Conditions: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Keywords: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus M2951 Placebo Dose response Oral Corticosteroids Safety Efficacy Autoimmune And Inflammatory Disorders
Allocation: RANDOMIZED | Intervention model: PARALLEL
Enrollment: 469
Healthy volunteers: no

Brief summary:
M2951 is an investigational drug under evaluation for treatment of autoimmune and inflammatory disorders. The purpose of the study was to assess the Safety and Efficacy of M2951 in participants with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE).

Detailed description:

Arms:
arm 1: None arm 2: None arm 3: None arm 4: None arm 5: None arm 6: None arm 7: None arm 8: None

Interventions: intervention 1: Placebo intervention 2: M2951 intervention 3: M2951 intervention 4: M2951 intervention 5: M2951
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Participants received placebo matched to M2951 orally for 52 weeks. intervention 2: Participants received 25 milligrams (mg) of M2951 orally once daily (QD) for 52 weeks. intervention 3: Participants received 75 mg of M2951 orally QD for 52 weeks. intervention 4: Participants received 50 mg of M2951 orally twice daily (BID) for 52 weeks. intervention 5: Participants who had received Placebo or M2951 (25 mg QD, 75 mg QD or 50 mg BID) during DBPC period were switched to receive 50 mg M2951 orally BID in LTE period for 104 weeks.

Protocol document:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
1/205
Clinical Trial Protocol
Clinical Trial Protocol Number
MS200527-0018 
Title
A 
Phase II, 
Randomized, 
Double-Blind, 
Placebo-Controlled Dose-Ranging Study To Evaluate
the Safety and Efficacy of M2951 in Subjects with 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)
Phase
II
IND Number
EudraCT Number
2016-002950-19
Coordinating Investigator
Telephone: 
Sponsor
For all countries except the USA, and Japan
Merck KGaA
Frankfurter Strasse 250
64293 Darmstadt
Germany 
For Japan only:
Merck Serono Co., Ltd.
(Affiliate of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany)
Arco Tower, 1-8-1 Shimomeguro
Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8926, Japan
And
For the USA
EMD Serono Research & Development Institute, Inc. 
45A Middlesex Turnpike
Billerica, MA 01821
USA
Medical Responsible:
EMD Serono Research & Development Institute
45A Middlesex Turnpike
Billerica MA 01821
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
2/205
USA
Telephone: 
Clinical Trial Protocol Version
22 May 2018 / Version 7.0
Replaces Version
05 January 2018 / Version 6.0
This document is the property of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, or one of its subsidiaries. It 
is intended for restricted use only and may not – in full or part – be passed on, reproduced, 
published or used without express permission of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, or its 
subsidiary. Copyright © 2018 by Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, or its subsidiary. All rights 
reserved.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
3/205
Protocol Table of Contents
Protocol Table of Contents ..................................................................................................3
Table of In-Text Tables .......................................................................................................9
Table of In-Text Figures......................................................................................................9
List of Abbreviations .........................................................................................................10
1
Synopsis..............................................................................................14
2
Sponsor, Investigators and Trial Administrative Structure ................38
2.1
Investigational Sites............................................................................38
2.2
Trial Coordination / Monitoring.........................................................38
3
Background Information.....................................................................40
3.1
Benefit and Risk .................................................................................44
4
Trial Objectives ..................................................................................45
4.1
Primary Objectives .............................................................................45
4.2
Secondary Objectives .........................................................................46
4.3
Exploratory Objectives .......................................................................46
4.4
Open-label Long-Term Extension (LTE) Period Objectives..............47
5
Investigational Plan ............................................................................47
5.1
Overall Trial Design and Plan ............................................................47
5.2
Discussion of Trial Design .................................................................52
5.2.1
Scientific Rationale for Study Design ................................................52
5.2.2
Justification for Dose..........................................................................53
5.2.3
Rationale for Endpoints......................................................................55
5.2.4
Inclusion of Special Populations ........................................................55
5.3
Selection of Trial Population..............................................................55
5.3.1
Inclusion Criteria ................................................................................56
5.3.2
Exclusion Criteria...............................................................................58
5.4
Criteria for Randomization/Initiation of Treatment with the 
Investigational Medicinal Product......................................................65
5.5
Criteria for Subject Withdrawal..........................................................65
5.5.1
Withdrawal from the Trial..................................................................65
5.5.2
Withdrawal from the Investigational Medicinal Product ...................66
5.6
Premature Termination of the Trial ....................................................69
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
4/205
5.7
Definition of End of Trial...................................................................69
6
Investigational Medicinal Product and Other Drugs Used in the 
Trial.....................................................................................................70
6.1
Description of the Investigational Medicinal Product........................70
6.2
Dosage and Administration ................................................................70
6.3
Assignment to Treatment Groups.......................................................71
6.4
Non Investigational Medicinal Products to be Used ..........................71
6.4.1
Background Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Therapies.....................72
6.4.2
Corticosteroids....................................................................................73
6.4.2.1
Corticosteroid Use as Standard of Care..............................................76
6.4.2.2
Corticosteroid Use as Rescue Medication in Treatment of Flare.......78
6.5
Concomitant Medications and Therapies ...........................................78
6.5.1
Permitted Medicines...........................................................................78
6.5.1.1
Corticosteroids....................................................................................79
6.5.1.2
Non-Systemic Corticosteroids............................................................79
6.5.1.3
Vaccinations .......................................................................................79
6.5.1.4
Additional Permitted Medications......................................................79
6.5.2
Prohibited Medicines..........................................................................81
6.5.3
Other Interventions.............................................................................83
6.5.4
Special Precautions.............................................................................83
6.5.4.1
For M2951 ..........................................................................................83
6.5.5
Management of Specific Adverse Events or Adverse Drug 
Reactions.............................................................................................83
6.6
Packaging and Labeling of the Investigational Medicinal Product....84
6.7
Preparation, Handling, and Storage of the Investigational 
Medicinal Product...............................................................................84
6.8
Investigational Medicinal Product Accountability.............................84
6.9
Assessment of Investigational Medicinal Product Compliance .........86
6.10
Blinding ..............................................................................................86
6.11
Emergency Unblinding.......................................................................87
6.11.1
Unblinding for Regulatory Authorities...............................................88
6.12
Treatment of Overdose .......................................................................88
6.13
Medical Care of Subjects after End of Trial.......................................88
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
5/205
7
Trial Procedures and Assessments......................................................88
7.1
Schedule of Assessments....................................................................89
7.1.1
Screening Visit....................................................................................89
7.1.2
DBPC Treatment Period.....................................................................90
7.1.2.1
DBPC End of Treatment/Early Withdrawal Visit ..............................90
7.1.3
LTE Period..........................................................................................90
7.1.3.1
LTE End of Treatment Visit...............................................................91
7.1.4
Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit.................................................91
7.2
Demographic and Other Baseline Characteristics ..............................91
7.2.1
Medical History ..................................................................................92
7.2.2
Diagnosis of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.....................................92
7.2.3
Other Baseline Assessments...............................................................93
7.3
Efficacy Assessments .........................................................................93
7.3.1
British Isles Lupus Assessment Group 2004......................................93
7.3.2
Physician Global Assessment.............................................................94
7.3.3
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index-2000 and 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index Flare 
Index ...................................................................................................95
7.3.4
Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index ..96
7.3.5
Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics / American 
College of Rheumatology Damage Index...........................................96
7.3.6
Health Related Quality of Life Assessments......................................97
7.3.6.1
Medical Outcomes Study 36-item Short Form Health Survey...........97
7.3.6.2
Lupus Quality of Life .........................................................................97
7.3.6.3
Patient Global Impression of Change.................................................98
7.3.6.4
Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy-Fatigue..............98
7.3.6.5
EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 Levels.........................................................98
7.4
Assessment of Safety..........................................................................99
7.4.1
Adverse Events ...................................................................................99
7.4.1.1
Adverse Event Definitions..................................................................99
7.4.1.2
Methods of Recording and Assessing Adverse Events ....................101
7.4.1.3
Definition of the Adverse Event Reporting Period...........................102
7.4.1.4
Procedure for Reporting Serious Adverse Events ............................102
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
6/205
7.4.1.5
Safety Reporting to Health Authorities, Independent Ethics 
Committees/ Institutional Review Boards and Investigators............103
7.4.1.6
Monitoring of Subjects with Adverse Events...................................104
7.4.2
Pregnancy and In Utero Drug Exposure...........................................104
7.4.3
Clinical Laboratory Assessments .....................................................104
7.4.4
Vital Signs, Physical Examinations, and Other Assessments...........107
7.4.4.1
Vital Signs ........................................................................................107
7.4.4.2
Physical Examination .......................................................................107
7.4.4.3
Resting 12-lead Electrocardiogram and Chest X-ray.......................107
7.4.4.4
Review of Concomitant Medications and Procedures......................108
7.4.4.5
Unscheduled Visits ...........................................................................108
7.4.5
Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale..........................................108
7.5
Exploratory Assessments..................................................................109
8
Statistics............................................................................................113
8.1
Sample Size ......................................................................................113
8.2
Randomization..................................................................................114
8.3
Endpoints..........................................................................................114
8.3.1
Primary Endpoints of Efficacy and Safety .......................................114
8.3.2
Secondary Endpoints ........................................................................115
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
7/205
8.3.3
Exploratory Endpoints......................................................................117
8.3.4
Endpoints for Long-Term Extension Period.....................................118
8.4
Analysis Sets.....................................................................................118
8.4.1
Subgroups .........................................................................................120
8.5
Description of Statistical Analyses...................................................120
8.5.1
General Considerations.....................................................................120
8.5.2
Analysis of Primary Endpoints.........................................................121
8.5.3
Analysis of Secondary Endpoints.....................................................122
8.5.4
Analysis of Safety.............................................................................123
8.5.5
Analysis of Exploratory Endpoints...................................................124
8.5.6
Analysis of LTE Endpoints ..............................................................125
8.6
Interim and Additional Planned Analyses ........................................125
9
Ethical and Regulatory Aspects........................................................126
9.1
Responsibilities of the Investigator ..................................................126
9.2
Subject Information and Informed Consent .....................................127
9.3
Subject Identification and Privacy....................................................128
9.4
Emergency Medical Support and Subject Card................................129
9.5
Clinical Trial Insurance and Compensation to Subjects...................129
9.6
Independent Ethics Committee or Institutional Review Board........130
9.7
Health Authorities.............................................................................130
10
Trial Management.............................................................................130
10.1
Case Report Form Handling.............................................................130
10.2
Source Data and Subject Files..........................................................131
10.3
Investigator Site File and Archiving.................................................132
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
8/205
10.4
Monitoring, Quality Assurance and Inspection by Health 
Authorities ........................................................................................132
10.5
Changes to the Clinical Trial Protocol..............................................132
10.6
Clinical Trial Report and Publication Policy....................................133
10.6.1
Clinical Trial Report.........................................................................133
10.6.2
Publication........................................................................................133
11
References Cited in the Text.............................................................134
12
Appendices .......................................................................................138
Appendix I: Contraceptive Guidance and Woman of Childbearing Potential.................139
Appendix II: Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics Criteria for 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus........................................................141
Appendix III: Revised American College of Rheumatology Criteria for Systemic 
Lupus Erythematosus........................................................................144
Appendix IV:
Signature Pages and Responsible Persons for the Trial....................146
Signature Page – Protocol Lead.......................................................................................147
Signature Page – Coordinating Investigator ....................................................................148
Signature Page – Principal Investigator...........................................................................149
Sponsor Responsible Persons Not Named on the Cover Page ........................................150
Appendix V:
Protocol Amendments and List of Changes .....................................151
Amendment 14
152
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
9/205
Table of In-Text Tables
Table 1
Schedule of Assessments; Screening and Treatment Period (All 
Subjects), End of Study (Subjects Not Entering LTE Period)............28
Table 2
Schedule of Assessments – Optional Long-Term Extension Period..34
Table 3
Additional Pregnancy Testing for Long-Term Extension ..................37
Table 5
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events Grades for 
Relevant Laboratory Parameters.........................................................69
Table 6
Dosage and Administration of Investigational Medicinal Product.....71
Table 7
Permitted Background Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Therapies....72
Table 8
Prednisone Equivalence Calculation (Total Daily Dose)...................73
Table 9
Oral Corticosteroid Dose (in prednisone-equivalent) and 
Taper Guidance...................................................................................75
Table 11
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations.......................................................105
Table of In-Text Figures
Figure 2
Study Design of MS200527-0018 ......................................................51
Figure 3
Study Design for Long-Term Extension.............................................51
Figure 5
Physician Global Assessment Visual Analog Scale with Anchors ....95
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
10/205
List of Abbreviations
ACR
American College of Rheumatology
AE(s)
Adverse Event(s)
AIID(s)
Autoimmune And Inflammatory Disorders
ALT
Alanine Aminotransferase
ANA
Antinuclear Antibody(ies)
Anti-La 
An Antinuclear Antibody Associated With Autoimmune Diseases 
Including Sjögren Syndrome
Anti-Ro
An Antinuclear Antibody Associated With Autoimmune Diseases 
Including Sjögren Syndrome and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Anti-Sm
Anti-Smith Antibody, an Antinuclear Antibody Associated with 
Autoimmune Diseases Including Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
APRIL
A Proliferation-Inducing Ligand
AST
Aspartate Aminotransferase
β-hCG
Beta-Human Chorionic Gonadotropin
BICLA
BILAG-Based Composite Lupus Assessment
BILAG
British Isles Lupus Assessment Group
BLyS
B Lymphocyte Stimulator (Also Called B Cell Activating Factor or 
BAFF)
BP
Blood pressure
CLASI
Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index
CLASI-A
CLASI Activity
CLASI-D
CLASI Damage
CRA
Clinical Research Associate
CRO
Contract Research Organization
CRP
C-Reactive Protein
CS
Corticosteroid(s)
CSR
Clinical Study Report
C-SSRS
Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale
CTCAE
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
CTP
Clinical Trial Protocol
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
11/205
CXR
Chest X-ray
DBPC
Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled
DNA
Deoxyribonucleic Acid
ECG
Electrocardiogram
eCRF
Electronic Case Report Form
eGFR
Estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate
EOT
End of Treatment
ePRO
Electronic Patient-Reported Outcome
EQ-5D-5L
EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 Levels
FACIT
Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy
Fc
Fragment Crystallizable
FSH
Follicle-Stimulating Hormone
FWER
Family-Wise Type 1 Error Rate
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
HBV
Hepatitis B Virus
HCV
Hepatitis C Virus
HDA
High Disease Activity
HIV
Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HRQoL
Health Related Quality of Life
HRT
Hormone Replacement Therapy 
HRU
Health Resource Utilization
IA
Interim Analysis
IAP
Integrated Analysis Plan
ICF
Informed Consent Form
ICH
International Council for Harmonisation
IDMC
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
Ig
Immunoglobulin
IgA
Immunoglobulin A
IgG
Immunoglobulin G
IgM
Immunoglobulin M
IMP
Investigational Medicinal Product
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
12/205
IND
Investigational New Drug
INR
International Normalized Ratio
IPMP
Integrated Project Management Plan
IRB
Institutional Review Board
ITT
Intent-To-Treat
IWRS
Interactive Web Response System
LLN
Lower Limit of Normal
LTBI
Latent TB Infection
LTE
Long-Term Extension
LupusQoL
Lupus Quality of Life
MAD
Multiple Ascending Dose
MCS
Mental Component Summary
MDRD
Modification of Diet in Renal Disease
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary For Regulatory Activities
mITT
Modified Intent-To-Treat
MMF
Mycophenolate Mofetil
MPS
Mycophenolate Sodium
mRNA
messenger Ribonucleic Acid
NCI-CTCAE
National Cancer Institute - Common Terminology Criteria for 
Adverse Events
NK
Natural Killer
NSAIDs
Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs
OCS
Oral Corticosteroids
OR
Odds Ratio
PCR
Polymerase chain reaction
PCS
Physical Component Summary
PGA
Physician’s Global Assessment
PGIC
Patient Global Impression of Change
PI
Principal Investigator
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CC
I
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
13/205
PP
Per-Protocol
PRO
Patient-Reported Outcome
PTT
Partial Thromboplastin Time
QoL
Quality of Life
RA
Rheumatoid Arthritis
RoW
Rest of the World
SAD
Single Ascending Dose
SAE
Serious Adverse Event
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SF-36v2®
Medical Outcomes Study 36-Item Short Form Health Survey 
SFI
SLEDAI Flare Index
SLE
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
SLEDAI-2K
SLE Disease Activity Index-2000
SLICC
Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics
SMC
Safety Monitoring Committee
SOA
Schedule of Assessments
SoC
Standard of Care
SRI
SLE Responder Index
SUSAR
Suspected Unexpected Serious Adverse Reaction
TB
Tuberculosis
TSH
Thyroid Stimulating Hormone
ULN
Upper Limit of Normal
UPCR
Urine Protein to Creatinine Ratio
VAS
Visual Analog Scale
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
14/205
1
Synopsis
Clinical Trial Protocol Number
MS200527-0018
Title
A 
Phase II, 
Randomized, 
Double-Blind, 
Placebo-Controlled Dose-Ranging Study To Evaluate
the Safety and Efficacy of M2951 in Subjects with 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)
Trial Phase
II
IND Number
FDA covered trial
yes
no
EudraCT Number
2016-002950-19 
Coordinating Investigator
Telephone: 
Sponsors
For all countries except the USA and Japan
Merck KGaA
Frankfurter Strasse 250
64293 Darmstadt
Germany 
For Japan only:
Merck Serono Co., Ltd.
(Affiliate of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany)
Arco Tower, 1-8-1 Shimomeguro
Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8926, Japan
And
For the USA
EMD Serono Research & Development Institute, Inc. 
45A Middlesex Turnpike
Billerica, MA 01821
USA
Trial centers/countries
Approximately 180 sites / 20 countries
Planned Trial Period
(first subject in-last subject out)
First subject in: Q4, 2016
Last subject out: Q3, 2022
Trial Registry
ClinicalTrials.gov, EudraCT, clinicaltrials.jp
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
15/205
Trial Objectives 
Primary
! To evaluate the efficacy and dose response of evobrutinib (also referred to as M2951)
compared to placebo in reducing disease activity in adult subjects with active, 
autoantibody-positive systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) who are receiving standard of 
care (SoC) therapy based on SLE Responder Index (SRI)-4 response at Week 52 in all 
subjects, or on SRI-6 response at Week 52 in the High Disease Activity (HDA) subgroup, 
defined as SLE Disease Activity Index 2000 (SLEDAI-2K) ≥10
! To evaluate the safety of M2951 in subjects with SLE on SoC therapy.
Key Secondary
! To evaluate the efficacy and dose response of M2951 compared to placebo in delaying time 
to first severe flare during the Treatment Period, in subjects with SLE on SoC therapy, where 
a severe flare is defined as at least one British Isles Lupus Assessment Group (BILAG
2004) A in any organ system due to items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG 
evaluation at the previous visit.
! To evaluate the efficacy and dose response of M2951 compared to placebo in reducing 
disease activity, based on the SRI-4 response at Week 52, in the serologically active 
subgroup, which is defined as subjects with positive anti-double-stranded deoxyribonucleic 
acid (anti-dsDNA) and/or low complement levels.
Secondary
! To evaluate the efficacy of M2951 compared to placebo on changes in disease activity over 
52 weeks
! To evaluate the efficacy of M2951 compared to placebo on changes in organ-specific 
disease activity over 52 weeks
! To evaluate the effect of M2951 compared to placebo on the annualized flare rate
! To evaluate the impact of M2951 treatment compared to placebo on subject reported health 
related quality of life (HRQoL) over 52 weeks
! To evaluate the effect of M2951 on corticosteroid (CS) usage over 52 weeks.
Exploratory
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
16/205
Open-label Long-Term Extension (LTE) Period Objectives
The objective of the LTE Period is:
! To evaluate the long-term safety, efficacy, and HRQoL of M2951 at an initial dose of 50 mg 
twice daily or the eventual Phase III dose when decided for an additional two years.
Methodology
This is a Phase II, multicenter, international, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled 
(DBPC) parallel-arm study designed to determine the efficacy, dose response, and safety of 
M2951 in subjects with SLE, and to consider a dose to take forward into Phase III development. 
 
 
 
The study is composed of a Screening Period of four weeks, a DBPC Treatment Period of 
52 weeks, an open-label LTE Period of 104 weeks, and a Safety Follow-Up Period of 
four weeks.
Planned number of subjects
Approximately 468 enrolled subjects (approximately 117 enrolled subjects per treatment 
group). To ensure enrollment of an adequate number of subjects with HDA, recruitment of 
subjects without HDA may be capped, depending on enrollment rates observed during the 
study of subjects with and without HDA.
Primary endpoints
! The co-primary efficacy endpoints are SRI-4 response at Week 52 in all subjects and SRI-6 
response at Week 52 in a HDA subgroup.
! The primary safety endpoints are nature, severity, and incidence of adverse events (AEs), 
serious adverse events (SAEs); vital signs, electrocardiograms (ECGs); absolute values of 
and change from Baseline in serum total immunoglobulin (Ig) levels (IgG, IgA, IgM), total 
B cell counts, and clinical laboratory parameters.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
17/205
Secondary endpoints
Key Secondary
! Time to first severe flare, where a severe flare is defined as at least one BILAG A score in 
any organ system due to items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at 
the previous visit, during the Treatment Period
! SRI-4 response at Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which is defined as 
subjects with positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
Other Secondary
! SRI-6 response at Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which is defined as 
subjects with positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
! SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of Oral Corticosteroids (OCS) Dose 
to 7.5 milligrams prednisone-equivalent per day or less (≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal 
to (≤) Day 1 dose during Week 41 Through Week 52, in all subjects.
! SRI-6 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 7.5 milligrams 
prednisone-equivalent per day or less (≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 
dose during Week 41 Through Week 52, in the HDA subgroup, defined as SLEDAI-2K 
≥10 at Screening.
! SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 7.5 milligrams 
prednisone-equivalent per day or less (≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 
dose during Week 41 Through Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which is 
defined as subjects with positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
! Time to first flare, flare-free status at Week 52, and annualized flare rate, during the 
Treatment Period, will be analyzed separately, each assessed with flare defined as:
o
BILAG A Severe flare
o
BILAG A or 2B Moderate to Severe flare
o
SLEDAI Flare Index (SFI) Severe flare
! Disease activity over time, during the Treatment Period, as measured by:
o
Low disease activity status, defined by SLEDAI-2K ≤ 2, at Week 52
o
Low disease activity status, defined by clinical SLEDAI-2K (SLEDAI 2K excluding 
anti-dsDNA and low complement parameters) ≤ 2, at Week 52
o
Lupus low disease activity state (LLDAS), defined as meeting all of the following 
(Franklyn 2016):
-
SLEDAI-2K ≤ 4
-
No activity in any major organ systems (renal, central nervous system, 
cardiopulmonary, vasculitis, fever)
-
No new features of disease activity compared with the previous assessment
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
18/205
-
Prednisone-equivalent ≤7.5 mg/day
-
Unchanged background immunosuppressive therapy
o
Change from Baseline in SLEDAI-2K score by visit
o
Change from Baseline in Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and 
Severity Index-Activity (CLASI-A) by visit
o
BILAG-based Composite Lupus Assessment (BICLA) response by visit
o
Change from Baseline in BILAG-2004 by visit
o
Change from Baseline in Physician’s Global Assessment (PGA) by visit
! HRQoL over time, during the Treatment Period, as measured by:
o
Change from Baseline in Medical Outcomes Study 36-Item Short Form Health 
Survey (SF-36v2®) Physical Component Summary (PCS) and Mental Component 
Summary (MCS) score (and their components) by visit
o
Change from Baseline in EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 Levels (EQ-5D-5L) score by
visit
o
Change from Baseline in Lupus Quality of Life (LupusQoL) scores by visit
o
Patient Global Impression of Change (PGIC) score by visit
o
Change from Baseline in Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy 
(FACIT)-Fatigue score by visit
! Corticosteroid usage over time, during the Treatment Period, as measured by:
o
Reduction from Baseline in prednisone-equivalent CS dose by ≥25% to a dose 
of ≤7.5 mg/day, with no BILAG A or 2B flare in disease activity (at that visit)
o
Change from Baseline to Week 52 in prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose
o
Reduction from Baseline to Week 52 in prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose of 
zero to < 25%, 25% to 50%, > 50%, or an increase 
o
Cumulative prednisone-equivalent CS dose from Baseline until completion of the 
Treatment Period
o
Clinically meaningful reduction in CS dose from Baseline, defined by:
-
A reduction of daily prednisone-equivalent CS dose ≥25% to a dose 
of ≤7.5 mg/day by Week 40 and sustained through Week 52
And
-
No new BILAG A organ domain scores and no more than one new BILAG 
B organ domain score during Weeks 40 through 52.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
19/205
Exploratory Endpoints
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
20/205
Endpoints for Long-Term Extension Period
LTE Safety:
! Nature, severity, and incidence of AEs, SAEs, vital signs, ECGs, absolute values and change 
from Baseline in serum total Ig levels (IgG, IgA, IgM) and total B cell counts, and clinical 
laboratory parameters.
LTE Efficacy:
! The following LTE efficacy endpoints will be analyzed at Week 24, Week 52, and 
Week 104:
o
Changes over time in SRI response
o
Changes over time in Low Disease Activity status (LLDAS, SLEDAI-2K ≤2, 
clinical SLEDAI-2K ≤2).
o
Changes over time in CLASI-A, CLASI-D, and SLICC/ACR Damage Index organ 
damage scores
o
Changes over time in disease activity as measured by the BILAG, SLEDAI-2K, and 
PGA
o
Change over time in prednisone-equivalent CS dose
o
Changes over time in HRQoL
o
Changes over time in autoantibodies and complement levels
! Changes in HRU by visit, including but not limited to doctor/home/emergency visits, 
hospitalizations, paid assistance, and missed work
! Time to first flare; flare-free status at Weeks 24, 52, and 104; and annualized flare rate, will 
be analyzed separately, each assessed with flare defined as:
o
BILAG A Severe flare
o
BILAG A or 2B Moderate to Severe flare
o
SLEDAI Flare Index (SFI) Severe flare.
Schedule of visits and assessments
The study will be conducted on an outpatient basis. Subjects will attend clinic visits at regular 
intervals as indicated in the Schedule of Assessments (SOA).
Screening Period
The first visit will be a Screening Visit and will include a review of the inclusion/exclusion 
criteria. Subjects should undergo the Day 1 Visit as soon as possible after eligibility for the 
study has been confirmed. During the Screening Period, there will be no change in OCS dose.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
21/205
Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Treatment Period
Duration of the Treatment Period will be 52 weeks starting at randomization (Day 1). The 
Day 1 Visit will be considered the Baseline for disease activity (e.g., BILAG 2004, 
SLEDAI-2K, PGA, and CLASI). Subject eligibility must be reviewed on Day 1 prior to 
randomization, and the first dose of the Investigational Medicinal Product (IMP) (M2951 or 
placebo) will be given while the subject is still on site for Day 1. Subjects must then return to 
the study site for study visits as indicated in the SOA. Subjects will receive the last dose of 
IMP at Week 52, which is the End of Treatment (EOT) for the study, unless they enter the LTE 
Period.
From Day 1 to the Week 4 Visit, corticosteroids may be increased, decreased, initiated (within 
the first two weeks of the treatment period), or remain unchanged. However, the corticosteroid 
dose must be ≤30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent by the end of Week 4. From Week 4 to the 
Week 8 Study Visit, OCS dose will be reduced to establish a Threshold Dose, the maximum 
dose allowed at any time in the study, other than for treatment of flares. Treatment decisions 
will be made by Investigator assessment for the purpose of subject management. Rescue 
therapy will be allowed for the treatment of flares.
Any subjects permanently withdrawn from IMP will be expected to complete the EOT/Early 
Withdrawal study visit within five days of IMP withdrawal, followed by the Safety 
Follow-Up Visit four weeks post last dose.
Optional Open-Label Long-Term Extension Period
Subjects who completed the 52-week DBPC Treatment period will be offered participation in 
the 104-week open-label, LTE Period of the study. The purpose of the LTE Period is to allow 
all the subjects with the opportunity to receive active treatment with M2951 and to collect long 
term safety and efficacy data. The Investigator should review the optional LTE Period with the 
subject prior to the DBPC Week 52 visit. Signed consent will be obtained prior to participation 
in the LTE Period. The DBPC Week 52/EOT Visit will be considered the LTE Day 1 Visit.  
The Safety Follow-Up Visit will be deferred until treatment is stopped in the LTE Period, due 
to either a subject’s premature withdrawal/early termination from the LTE, termination of the 
study by the Sponsor, or completion of the LTE treatment period. 
In some cases, due to Institutional Review Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics Committee (IEC) 
approval, regulatory-specific, or other administrative delays, a subject may experience a 
treatment gap between the IMP last dose received in the DBPC Period (Week 52/EOT visit) 
and the start of the LTE IMP treatment. Upon Principal Investigator (PI) request, these subjects 
may still be able to enroll in the LTE with approval from Merck/EMD Serono, on a 
case-by-case basis. If the day of rollover to the LTE occurs after the DBPC Week 56/EOS visit, 
all assessments noted at the LTE Day 1 visit will need to be completed. For subjects that 
rollover after the Week 52/EOT visit but prior to their scheduled Week 56/EOS visit, 
concomitant medications and AEs will need to be reviewed and updated, and the PI will need 
to ensure that the subject remains eligible for the study. No other additional assessments other 
than dispensing of IMP will need to be completed.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
22/205
Safety Follow-Up Period
The Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit is scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration of study treatment. For subjects who do not participate in the LTE Period, the 
Safety Follow-Up Visit is scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration of study 
treatment in the DBPC Period. For subjects who participate in the LTE Period, the Safety 
Follow-Up Visit is delayed until four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration of study 
treatment in the LTE Period. Subjects who are approved to rollover into LTE Period after they 
entered, or completed, the DBPC Safety Follow-Up Period, may have two Safety Follow-Up 
Visits. Additional details of the Safety Follow-Up/ End of Study Visit are provided in the SOA.
Assessment of Endpoints
During the study, efficacy endpoints will be evaluated using several disease activity indices, 
such as the BILAG 2004, SLEDAI-2K, PGA, and CLASI-A. As part of the efficacy 
assessment, the effects of treatment on HRQoL will be examined using Patient-Reported 
Outcome (PRO) measures including but not limited to: SF-36v2, EQ-5D-5L, LupusQoL, 
FACIT-Fatigue, and PGIC. Health Resource Utilization will also be collected as part of the 
efficacy assessment. 
Safety will be evaluated through the nature, incidence, severity and outcome of AEs, and 
assessment of physical examination findings, ECGs, hematology and chemical laboratory 
assessments, vital signs, and change from Baseline in serum total Ig levels (IgG, IgA, and IgM)
and total B cell counts.
Treatment decisions will be made by Investigator assessment for the purpose of subject 
management. Rescue therapy will be allowed for the treatment of flares.
Diagnosis and key inclusion and exclusion criteria
Eligible male and female subjects, aged 18 to 75 years (In Japan, if a subject is < 20 years of 
age, the written informed consent from the subject’s parent or guardian will be required in 
addition to the subject’s written consent); must have diagnosis of SLE with either the SLICC 
criteria for SLE, or at least four of the 11 ACR classification criteria for SLE, of at least 
six months duration prior to Screening; SLEDAI-2K total score ≥6 (including clinical 
SLEDAI ≥4) at Screening Visit; and have positive test results for anti-double-stranded DNA
(anti-dsDNA) antibody and/or anti-nuclear antibody (human epithelial cell-2 ANA ≥1:80) at 
the time of Screening. Subjects are not eligible for this study if they have active, clinically 
significant interstitial lung disease or pulmonary arterial hypertension; proteinuria (urine 
protein to creatinine ratio [UPCR] > 4 mg/mg); acutely worsened renal function; central 
nervous system SLE; or within two weeks prior to Screening or during Screening: use of 
OCS > 30 mg daily prednisone-equivalent; use of injectable corticosteroids, or change in dose 
of corticosteroids.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
23/205
Oral CS restrictions during study
Restrictions within two weeks prior to Screening or during Screening: included use of 
OCS > 30 mg daily prednisone-equivalent, use of injectable corticosteroids, or change in dose. 
Restrictions and guidance for the use of OCS during the course of the study include prohibiting 
doses above 30 mg/day after Week 4 of the Treatment Period, prohibiting injectable CSs
(outside limited exceptions), limits on when change in dose of CS may occur, recommendations 
to decrease CS dose within parameters allowed by the study, and limits on the use of CS during 
treatment of SLE flares.
Investigational Medicinal Product: dose/mode of administration/ dosing schedule 
Subjects randomized into the study will receive one of three doses of M2951 (25 mg once daily, 
75 mg once daily, or 50 mg twice daily) or placebo, taken orally for 52 weeks. To maintain 
blinding for placebo and M2951, subjects will self-administer three tablets once daily in the 
morning and two tablets once daily in the evening. Subjects who choose to participate in the 
LTE Period will receive open-label M2951 50 mg twice daily or the eventual Phase III dose 
when decided, taken orally for 104 weeks.
Reference therapy: dose/mode of administration/dosing schedule 
N/A
Planned trial and treatment duration per subject 
Total duration of subject participation is approximately 420 days (60 weeks), which includes:
! Screening: 28 days (up to four weeks)
! DBPC Treatment: 364 days (52 weeks)
! Safety Follow-Up: 28 days (four weeks)
The optional LTE Treatment Period is approximately 104 weeks in duration and will be offered 
to subjects after completion of the DBPC Period.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
24/205
Statistical Methods 
A sample size of 103 evaluable subjects per group provides 80% power at the α = 0.025 
one-sided significance level to detect 
!
an absolute improvement of 20% in Week 52 SRI-4 response proportion for 
M2951-treated subjects relative to placebo-exposed subjects, among subjects with 
SLEDAI-2K total score ≥6 at Screening, assuming a placebo response proportion of 
40%,
or
!
an absolute improvement of 25% in Week 52 SRI-6 response proportion for 
M2951-treated subjects relative to placebo-exposed subjects, among subjects with a 
SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10 at Screening (i.e., HDA), assuming a placebo response 
proportion of 30%,
assuming that each co-primary endpoint is tested via a chi-squared test of the odds ratio (OR)
for treatment effect at the 0.0125 one-sided level, and assuming that approximately 50% of 
randomized subjects are in the HDA group. If the absolute improvement in Week 52 SRI-6
response in HDA subjects is only 20%, the power is 76%. Approximately 108 subjects will be 
randomized per treatment group to protect against a loss of information due to drop-out (for 
reasons other than efficacy/safety) of 5% over 52 weeks. Given the randomization ratio 1:1:1:1, 
the total sample size is planned to be 432 subjects. 
The study includes a Japanese cohort: 32 evaluable Japanese subjects total, increased to 
approximately 36 randomized Japanese subjects total to protect against loss of information. If 
enrollment of Japanese subjects is slow, the entire Japanese cohort may not be part of the 
primary analysis. Therefore, the total enrollment will range from n = 432 to 468, where
468 = 432 + 36 is the number enrolled if none of the 36 Japanese subjects enroll in time to be 
included in the primary analysis.  The number of subjects enrolled per group will range from 
n = 108 to 117.
Eligible subjects will be randomized to treatment with placebo or M2951 (doses 25 mg once 
daily, 75 mg once daily, or 50 mg twice daily), through a central randomization process by an 
Interactive Web Response System (IWRS), stratified according to race (Black versus 
non-Black), region (US and Western Europe, Japan, and the rest of the world [RoW]) and 
disease activity at Screening (SLEDAI-2K total score < 10 versus ≥10) prior to dosing on 
Day 1. Subjects with SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10 at Screening will be considered to have 
HDA.
There will be at least two planned analyses in this study - the primary and final analyses.  There 
may be up to four planned analyses, depending on whether the optional futility interim analysis 
(IA) is conducted, and whether the analysis for treatment effect consistency is coincident with 
the primary analysis, or is conducted after the primary analysis. If the futility IA is conducted, 
it will be based on Week 24 SRI-4 response among all subjects in the primary analysis cohort 
and Week 24 SRI-6 response among HDA subjects in the primary analysis cohort. The IA will 
be conducted when 100% of subjects in the primary analysis cohort reach Week 24 of treatment 
or prematurely discontinue from treatment. If enrollment is slower than expected, consideration 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
25/205
will be given to conducting the interim futility analysis when the first 50% of the primary 
analysis cohort reach Week 24 of treatment, or prematurely discontinue from treatment. 
The primary analysis cohort consists of the first 432 subjects randomized.  However, if drop-out 
for reasons unrelated to efficacy or safety is higher than expected, effectively reducing the 
power of the study, the Integrated Analysis Plan (IAP) may prespecify that the primary analysis
cohort will include all subjects randomized.  The primary analysis will be based on Week 52 
SRI-4 response among all subjects in the primary analysis cohort, and Week 52 SRI-6 response 
among HDA subjects in the primary analysis cohort. This analysis will be triggered when 100% 
of subjects in the primary analysis cohort.
!
Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter LTE or complete Safety Follow-Up, 
or
!
Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 52 and complete Safety 
Follow-Up, or
!
Prematurely discontinue from study without Safety Follow-Up.
The Japanese cohort may be fully, partially, or not included in this primary analysis, depending 
on the enrollment rate. 
The Family-Wise type 1 error rate (FWER) due to the co-primary endpoints and multiple
M2951 dose group comparisons versus placebo will be controlled at the two-sided α = 0.05
level via a tree gatekeeping procedure. The four hypotheses associated with the comparisons 
involving the co-primary endpoints and the two highest dose groups will form the first family 
of hypotheses in the tree.  This family will be tested via the truncated Hochberg procedure, 
with truncation fraction pre-specified in the IAP. The multiple-testing procedure for the 
remainder of the tree, including the hypotheses associated with the comparisons involving the 
co-primary endpoints and the lowest dose group, and the key secondary endpoints and all dose 
groups, will be pre-specified in the IAP.
A treatment effect consistency analysis may be scheduled if the Japanese cohort does not enroll 
in time to be included with the primary analysis cohort.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls in time 
to be included, the evaluation of consistency with respect to ethnicity of Week 52 SRI-4 
response can be performed at the time of the primary analysis.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls 
slowly, then the primary analysis will occur without inclusion of the Japanese cohort, and a 
separate consistency analysis will be triggered when 100% of enrolled Japanese subjects: 
! Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter LTE or complete Safety Follow-Up, or 
! Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 52 and complete Safety Follow-Up, 
or 
! Prematurely discontinue from study without Safety Follow-Up.
The final analysis will be triggered when 100% of subjects enrolled: 
! Complete Week 104 of the LTE and the Safety Follow-Up, or
! Complete Week 52 of treatment and the Safety Follow-Up (if they did not rollover into the 
LTE), or
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
26/205
! Prematurely discontinue from treatment and complete Safety Follow-Up, or
! Prematurely discontinue from study. 
The final analysis will be performed by 
 staff when the final analysis trigger condition 
has been met, protocol violations determined, and the database is locked for the final analysis.
Analysis of Co-primary Efficacy Endpoints
The primary analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 52 among all subjects in the primary analysis
cohort, and SRI-6 response at Week 52 among HDA subjects in the primary analysis cohort, 
will be an estimate of OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI and p-value (testing null 
hypothesis H0: OR = 1.0), comparing each M2951 dose group to placebo, based on a logistic 
model for the odds of a given SRI response in the appropriate population, with M2951 dose 
group or placebo group as a factor and adjustment for covariates based on randomization strata. 
The primary analysis of the co-primary efficacy endpoints will be based on the modified intent-
to-treat (mITT) analysis set. 
Descriptive statistics for SRI-4 response, and for SRI-6 response in the HDA subgroup, will be 
provided for each treatment group by time point. 
Analysis of Key Secondary Endpoints
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare during the Treatment Period in all subjects will be 
compared between M2951 and placebo via a stratified log rank test.  The adjusted hazard ratio 
comparing M2951 to placebo will be estimated (together with 95% CI)  via a Cox regression 
model, with treatment group as a factor, and controlling for covariates defining randomization 
strata. A subject who discontinues treatment or completes treatment without experiencing 
severe flare will have his/her time to flare censored at the last time point at which flare could 
be assessed. 
Kaplan-Meier estimates of probability of surviving free of severe (BILAG A) flare as a function 
of time on treatment will be provided for each treatment group.
The analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 52 among serologically active subjects will be an 
estimate of OR, together with associated 95% CI and p-value, comparing each M2951 dose 
group to placebo, based on a logistic model for the odds of SRI-4 response in the serologically 
active population, with M2951 dose group or placebo group as a factor and adjustment for 
covariates based on randomization strata. A test for trend in dose-response, using the same 
logistic model, will be reported as a supportive analysis.
Descriptive statistics for SRI-4 response in the serologically active subgroup, will be provided 
for each treatment group by time point. 
Analysis of Other Secondary Efficacy Endpoints
Binary endpoints will be modeled via logistic regression, time to event endpoints will be 
modeled via Cox regression and tested via stratified log rank test, continuous endpoints 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
27/205
measured longitudinally (i.e., HRQoL change from baseline) will be analyzed using 
Mixed-effect Model for Repeated Measures (MMRM), and count endpoints (i.e., annualized 
flare rate) will be modeled via negative binomial regression, with treatment group as a factor, 
and adjusting for covariates defining randomization strata. Analysis of annualized flare rate 
will use the log of observation time (in years) as an offset in the model. Change in a binary 
endpoint between two time points will be analyzed via McNemar’s test. The effect of treatment 
on change in a binary endpoint will be analyzed via logistic regression, with treatment group, 
time point, and interaction as predictors, and adjusting for covariates defining randomization 
strata. All tests of efficacy will be conducted at a two-sided α level of 0.05, with p-values 
considered nominal unless generated as part of the tree gatekeeping multiple testing strategy 
as described in the Integrated Analysis Plan (IAP). P-values and the 95% CIs will be presented 
where applicable.
Analysis of Safety
Safety data for all treatment groups (M2951 dose groups, placebo group) will be listed and 
summarized using descriptive statistics. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
28/205
Table 1
Schedule of Assessments; Screening and Treatment Period (All Subjects), End of Study (Subjects Not 
Entering LTE Period)
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
Up/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
+5
Informed consent
X
LTE informed 
consent
X
Inclusion/exclusion 
criteria
X
Xb
Demographics and 
medical historyc
X
Chest X-rayd
X
12-lead ECG
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xe
Physical 
examination
X
Xf
Xg
Xg
Xg
Xg
Xg
Xg
X
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
X
X g
Vital signs, weight, 
height i
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SFI, SLEDAI-2K, 
PGA, BILAG 2004, 
CLASI
X
Xf
Xj
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SLICC/ACR 
Damage Index
Xf
X
C-SSRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
29/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
Up/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
+5
IMP 
administrationk
Daily administration of IMP
Urinalysis and 
microscopy
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Routine 
hematology, 
chemistrym
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X 
X
Supplementary 
LFTsn
X
X
X
Total Ig Levels 
(IgG, IgA, IgM)
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Coagulation (INR, 
PTT)
X
HIVq, HCV, and 
HBV testing
X
Reflex testing for 
HBV DNAr
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Serum pregnancy 
and FSH testings
X
Serum β-D-glucant
X
TSH
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
30/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
Up/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
+5
Tuberculosis 
assessmentl
X
Urine pregnancy 
tests
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
UPCR
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SF-36v2, 
LupusQoL, FACIT-
Fatigue, EQ-5D-
5Lu
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HRU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PGICu
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dispense IMP 
X
Dispense as needed, using IWRS
Dispense subject 
diary 
X
Dispense as needed.
Concomitant 
medications / 
procedures
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Adverse Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
31/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
Up/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
+5
Immunological Assessments
Anti-dsDNA, 
Complement 
(C3, C4), CRP
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ANA, anti-Sm
X
Autoantibodies
X
X
X
X
Exploratory Biomarkers
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
32/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
Up/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
+5
ACR = American College of Rheumatology, ALT = alanine aminotransferase, ANA = Antinuclear Antibody(ies), Anti-dsDNA = Anti-Double-Stranded 
Deoxyribonucleic Acid, Anti-Sm = anti-Smith antibody, AST = aspartate aminotransferase, BILAG = British Isles Lupus Assessment Group, BP = blood pressure,
, CLASI = Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index, CRP = C-Reactive Protein,
C-SSRS = Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale, DNA = deoxyribonucleic acid, ECG = Electrocardiogram, EOT = End of Treatment, EQ-5D-5L = EuroQoL 5 
Dimension 5 Levels, FACIT = Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy, GGT = γ-Glutamyl-transferase, Ig = Immunoglobulin, IMP = Investigational 
Medicinal Product, IWRS = Interactive Web Response System, HBV = Hepatitis B Virus, HCV = Hepatitis C Virus, HIV = Human Immunodeficiency Virus,
HRQoL = Health Related Quality of Life, HRU = Health Resource Utilization, INR = International Normalized Ratio, LFT = liver function test, LTE = long-term 
extension, LupusQoL = Lupus Quality of Life, mRNA = messenger Ribonucleic Acid,
 PCR = polymerase chain reaction, PGA = Physician’s 
Global Assessment, PGIC = Patient Global Impression of Change,
, PTT = Partial Thromboplastin Time, SF-36v2 = Medical Outcomes 
Study 36-Item Short Form Health Survey, SFI = SLEDAI Flare Index, SLEDAI-2K = Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index-2000,
SLICC = Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics, TB = tuberculosis, TSH = Thyroid Stimulating Hormone, UPCR = Urine Protein To Creatinine Ratio,
Wk = Week.
a
Safety Follow-Up Visit will be conducted at four weeks after the last dose of IMP for subjects who have been discontinued from IMP or have completed the 
52-week Treatment Period, unless subjects have entered the LTE period.
b
Subject eligibility to be confirmed on Day 1 prior to randomization.
c
Medical history includes documentation of SLE classification criteria, SLE medical history, medications, and surgery/procedures (see Section 7.2.1).
d
The results of a chest X-ray performed within three months prior to the Screening Visit (if available) are acceptable, provided there is no reason to suspect 
any clinical changes, per Investigator discretion.
e
Only required if change noted at Wk52/EOT, when compared to Baseline ECG.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
33/205
f
Predose sample/procedure to be collected/performed before the first daily dose.
g
Abbreviated physical examination at these visits (see Section 7.4.4.2).
h
Abbreviated physical examination may be performed at Primary Investigator discretion, as required to fully obtain information needed for the BILAG and/or 
SLEDAI assessments, if scheduled, as well as required to fully evaluate any subject complaints or adverse events. 
i
Vital signs include arterial BP, pulse rate, respiratory rate, and body temperature. Height will be measured at Screening only. Body weight will be measured 
with a balance beam scale, if possible. Pulse rate and BP will be measured after 10 minutes rest in the semisupine position with the subject’s arm 
unconstrained by clothing or other material. The BP should be assessed on the same arm for each subject throughout the study.
j
Only CLASI assessed at Week 2.
k
On Study Visit Days, IMP should be administered during the Study Visit; otherwise, IMP should be self-administered at home at a set time each day (every 
12 hours ± 2 hours). Investigational medicinal product administration at Week 52 will only occur for subjects rolling over into the LTE.
l
A Quantiferon test will be performed centrally. Prior TB testing results must be entered into the eCRF.
m
See Table 11 for list of clinical laboratory evaluations.
n
Supplementary LFTs include AST, ALT, alkaline phosphatase, GGT, and bilirubin.
p
To be collected at Screening only in subjects who have previously received B cell depleting therapy (see Exclusion Criterion 33, in Section 5.3.2).
q
HIV testing will be performed locally.
r
For subjects who are negative for hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) but are anti-hepatitis B surface antibody positive and/or anti-hepatitis B core antibody 
positive, an HBV DNA PCR reflex test is to be completed at screening. If the subject enters the study with positive HBV DNA negative OR has detectable 
HBV DNA < 20 IU/mL only, additional HBV DNA PCR testing must be performed (see Exclusion criteria 20, in Section 5.3.2).
s
For women of childbearing potential or who are postmenopausal see inclusion criterion 7. A follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) must be drawn at Screening 
if necessary to confirm postmenopausal status. The urine pregnancy test being used at all time points in this study must be a highly sensitive urine 
pregnancy test.
t
For Japan only.
u
HRQoL Questionnaires should be completed before any other procedures are performed.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

C
C
I
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
34/205
Table 2
Schedule of Assessments – Optional Long-Term Extension Period
LTE Trial Period
Visit Weeks During LTE Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
24
40
52
76
Week 104/
LTE
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
Week 108/
Safety Follow-
Up/LTE End of 
Study
Trial Day
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
169
281
365
545
745
774
Visit
Day 1b
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
24
Wk
40
Wk
52
Wk
76
Wk
104
Wk
108
Visit window (±day)
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±7
±7
±7
±7
±7
+5
Informed Consent
X
Verify subject remains 
eligible for the study (no 
prohibited medication, etc.)
X
Vital signs, weightc
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
12-lead ECG
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xd
Physical examination
X
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
X
Xe
X
Xe
Routine hematology, 
urinalysis, chemistry
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Urine microscopy
X
X
X
X
Supplementary LFT labs
X
X
X
X
X
Total Ig Levels 
(IgG, IgA, IgM)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Urine pregnancy testg
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Urine pregnancy test kit 
dispensationg
X
X
X
X
X
Reflex testing for HBV DNAh
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
UPCR
X
X
X
X
IMP dispensationi
X
Dispense as needed, using IWRS and complete compliance documentation
IMP administrationj
Daily Administration of Evobrutinib
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
35/205
LTE Trial Period
Visit Weeks During LTE Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
24
40
52
76
Week 104/
LTE
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
Week 108/
Safety Follow-
Up/LTE End of 
Study
Trial Day
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
169
281
365
545
745
774
Visit
Day 1b
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
24
Wk
40
Wk
52
Wk
76
Wk
104
Wk
108
Visit window (±day)
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±7
±7
±7
±7
±7
+5
C-SSRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SFI, SLEDAI-2K, PGA, 
BILAG 2004, CLASI
X
X
X
X
SLICC/ACR Damage Index
X
X
X
X
SF-36v2, LupusQoL, 
FACIT-Fatigue, EQ-5D-5Lk
X
X
X
X
PGICk
X
X
X
X
HRU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Concomitant medications / 
procedures
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Adverse Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Immunological Assessments
Anti-dsDNA Complement 
(C3, C4), CRP
X
X
X
X
ANA and other 
Autoantibodies
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
36/205
ACR = American College of Rheumatology, ANA = Antinuclear Antibody(ies), Anti-dsDNA = Anti-Double-Stranded Deoxyribonucleic Acid, BILAG 2004 = British 
Isles Lupus Assessment Group 2004, CLASI = Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index, C-SSRS = Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating 
Scale, D = day, DNA = deoxyribonucleic acid, ECG = Electrocardiogram, EOT = End of Treatment, EQ-5D-5L = EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 Levels,
FACIT = Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy, HBsAg = hepatitis B surface antigen, HBV = Hepatitis B Virus, HRU = Health Resource Utilization,
Ig = Immunoglobulin, IMP = Investigational Medicinal Product, LFT = liver function test, LTE = Long-Term Extension, LupusQoL = Lupus Quality of Life,
PGA = Physician’s Global Assessment, PGIC = Patient Global Impression of Change,
, SFI = SLEDAI Flare Index, SLEDAI-2K = Systemic 
Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index-2000, SLICC = Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics, SoA = Schedule of Assessments, UPCR = Urine 
Protein To Creatinine Ratio, Wk = Week, WOCBP = women of childbearing potential.
a
Safety Follow-Up Visits will be conducted at four weeks after the last dose of IMP for subjects who have been discontinued from IMP or have completed the 
LTE Treatment Period.
b
The LTE D1 visit is the EOT/Wk 52 visit from the DBPC Period unless a subject rollsover more than four weeks after the Wk 52/EOT visit. If a subject 
exceeds the four weeks due to unanticipated causes (e.g., regulatory approval delay), prior approval from the Medical Monitor is required and the subject 
will need to complete the LTE D1 visit (see Section 7.1.3).
c
Vital signs including weight, oral temperature, seated blood pressure, pulse rate, and respiratory rate.
d
Only required if change noted at Wk 104/EOT, when compared to Baseline ECG.
e
Abbreviated physical examination may be performed at Primary Investigator discretion, as required to fully obtain information needed for the BILAG and/or 
SLEDAI assessments, if scheduled, as well as required to fully evaluate any subject complaints or adverse events (see Section 7.4.4.2).
g
The urine pregnancy test being used at all time points in this study must be a highly sensitive urine pregnancy test. In-between visit urine pregnancy tests 
will be dispensed and performed at home per SOA (Table 3) for WOCBP. The site staff will confirm completion of the home pregnancy testing and discuss 
results (Section 7.1.3).
h
Additional HBV DNA PCR testing must be performed for subjects who entered the study with negative HBsAg and positive for anti-hepatitis B surface 
antibody and/or anti-hepatitis B core antibody with an HBV DNA negative OR detectable HBV DNA < 20 IU/mL only.
i
The IMP will be dispensed per IWRS and IMP compliance documented using pill counts. All remaining IMP will be collected at Week 104 for all subjects.
j
IMPs will be self-administered at a set time each day (± 2 hours).
k
HRQoL Questionnaires should be completed before any other procedures are performed.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

C
C
I
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
37/205
Table 3
Additional Pregnancy Testing for Long-Term Extension
LTE Trial 
Period
Visit Weeks During LTE Treatment Period
Week
20
28
32
36
44
48
56
60
64
68
72
80
84
88
92
96
100
Trial Day
143
200
229
258
315
344
402
430
459
488
516
574
602
631
660
688
717
Visit
8a
9a
9b
9c
10a
10b
11a
11b
11c
11d
11e
12a
12b
12c
12d
12e
12f
Visit window 
(±day)
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
Highly 
sensitive 
urine 
pregnancy 
testa
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AE = adverse events, LTE = Long-Term Extension.
a
In-between visit urine pregnancy test will be performed at home. The site staff will call the subject to confirm completion of the home pregnancy testing and 
discuss results. Any occurrence of pregnancy results in subject withdrawal from IMP and the trial (see Section 5.5.1 and 5.5.2). 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
38/205
2
Sponsor, Investigators and Trial Administrative Structure
The Sponsor of this clinical study is EMD Serono Research & Development Institute, Inc. (EMD 
Serono R&D), Billerica, MA, in the USA; Merck Serono Co., Ltd. (Affiliate of Merck KGaA, 
Darmstadt, Germany) in Japan; and Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, in rest of the world 
(RoW).
Study Organization in Japan:
Refer to the Study Organization in Japan in the supporting documentation for additional 
information.
A contract research organization (CRO), 
, will undertake the 
operational aspects of this study. In Japan, 
, will 
undertake the operational aspects. Details of such structures and associated procedures will be 
defined in a separate Integrated Project Management Plan (IPMP). The IPMP will be prepared by 
the 
Clinical Project Manager in cooperation with other 
Operational Team Leads.
2.1
Investigational Sites
The study will be conducted in multiple centers, at approximately 180 sites, across approximately 
20 countries.
Approximately 40 sites are anticipated to participate in the United States.
Study sites in Japan:
Refer to the Study Sites in Japan in the supporting documentation for additional information.
2.2
Trial Coordination / Monitoring
The study will appear in the following clinical trial registry: clinicaltrials.gov.
The Sponsor will enlist the support of 
, a CRO, to conduct the clinical part of the study
including study set-up, operation of an interactive web response system (IWRS) for randomization, 
coordination, monitoring, medical oversight, data capture, data management, statistical analysis, 
and clinical study reporting. The Sponsor will also make use of the CRO’s central laboratory for 
sample analyses, storage, and shipment to specialized bioanalytical laboratories. The Sponsor will 
supervise all outsourced activities.
Investigational medicinal product (IMP) will be supplied by the Clinical Trial Supply Department 
of the Sponsor, and packaged, labeled and distributed by a designated contract manufacturing 
organization.
The Coordinating Investigator 
represents 
all Investigators for decisions and discussions regarding this study, consistent with the 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
39/205
International Council for Harmonisation (ICH) Topic E6 Good Clinical Practice (GCP); hereafter 
referred to as ICH GCP. The Coordinating Investigator will provide expert medical input and 
advice relating to study design and execution and is responsible for the review and signoff of the 
clinical study report (CSR). Signature pages for the protocol lead and the Coordinating Investigator 
as well as a list of Sponsor responsible persons are in Appendix IV.
Subject enrollment and randomization will be managed by an IWRS.
Safety laboratory assessments will be performed centrally. Use of local laboratories is optional and 
to be used at the discretion of the Investigator; however, duplicate samples must also be collected 
and sent for central laboratory analysis. Only central laboratory data will be transferred into the 
clinical database. Unless otherwise specified (see Section 7.4.3), local laboratory results will not 
be recorded in the electronic case report forms (eCRFs). Urinalysis will be performed locally;
microscopic analysis and urine protein to creatinine ratio (UPCR) will be performed centrally.
The Global Drug Safety Department, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, or their designated 
representatives will supervise drug safety and the timely reporting of adverse events (AEs), and 
serious adverse events (SAEs). Quality assurance of the study conduct will be performed by the 
Development Quality Assurance Department, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany.
The department of Global Biostatistics, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, will supervise the 
statistical analyses, which will be outsourced to a CRO. Pharmacokinetic data analyses will be 
completed by Merck KGaA.
An independent data monitoring committee (IDMC) will be established to assess safety and 
tolerability of IMP during the conduct of the study and review the interim analysis (IA) if 
completed. The IDMC will be composed of a minimum of three members who do not have any 
conflict of interests with the study Sponsor, including two clinicians and a biostatistician. The full 
membership, mandate, and processes of the IDMC will be detailed in the IDMC charter. The 
IDMC will review the data from the interim futility analysis conducted by an independent third 
party statistician. Based on the pre-defined futility criteria, the IDMC will make recommendations 
to the Sponsor. 
The IDMC will monitor the study until the last subject has either entered the LTE or completed 
the Safety Follow-Up Visit following the DBPC Treatment Period for subjects that did not rollover 
into the LTE, whichever occurs last. At that time, study monitoring may transition to an internal 
Safety Monitoring Committee (SMC). The SMC will review all available safety data on a regular 
basis during the open-label LTE. The SMC consists of Sponsor representatives (including, but not 
limited to, the Medical Responsible, the Drug Safety Product Lead, the biostatistician), the Medical 
Monitor from the CRO, and the Coordinating Investigator. The full membership, mandate, and 
processes of the SMC will be detailed in the SMC charter.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
40/205
In addition, the trial will be advised and monitored by a Study Steering Committee.  Details about 
this committee will be provided in a separate charter.
Details of structures and associated procedures will be defined in a separate Manual of Procedures, 
which will be prepared under the supervision of the Clinical Trial Leader.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 B cell modulators have shown efficacy in several AIIDs. Belimumab, approved in 2011 
in the US and EU for the treatment of lupus, inhibits B cell survival and differentiation into plasma 
cells (Benlysta® 2015). 
 
 
Rituximab has established efficacy (approved in the 
USA and EU) in RA and granulomatosis with polyangiitis/microscopic polyangiitis (Rituxan®
2016) and reported efficacy in a broad range of AIID disorders, including multiple sclerosis 
(Naismith 2010, Tanasescu 2014) and other autoimmune disorders (Kasperkiewicz 2011, 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
41/205
Lunardon 2012, Tony 2011, Xin 2013). In addition, other agents targeting B cells are in late stage 
development for systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) (Furie 2014, Wallace 2014).
Although randomized controlled studies with rituximab in SLE and lupus nephritis have not 
demonstrated significant benefit over placebo (Borba 2014, Merrill 2010, Rovin 2012), this may 
be related in part to study design, as significant changes in background therapy were allowed. 
These results contrast with numerous uncontrolled studies and observational studies that have 
suggested benefit; many in the rheumatology community perceive rituximab to be effective for a 
number of manifestations of SLE, and this off-label use is recommended in SLE treatment 
guidelines as an alternative for the treatment of refractory lupus nephritis (Bertsias 2008, 
Hahn 2012, KDIGO 2012).
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
42/205
The present Phase II study (MS200527-0018) is designed to determine the efficacy and safety of 
M2951 in subjects with SLE, and to determine a dose to take forward into Phase III development.
Based on the available nonclinical and clinical data to date, the conduct of the study specified in 
this protocol is considered justifiable.
The available nonclinical and clinical data to date clearly support the pathogenic contribution of 
B cells in SLE. Novel non-depleting B cell therapies may deliver a more favorable benefit-risk 
balance than current B cell directed therapeutic approaches. In addition to silencing B cells, 
M2951 prevents innate immune cell activation which contributes to its efficacy. This is underlined 
by in-house preclinical data demonstrating superior efficacy over B cell depletion in a mouse lupus 
model, as well as efficacy in a mouse arthritis model despite continued presence of 
collagen-specific autoantibodies.
 
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
43/205
 
 
 
M2951 is being considered for the treatment of autoimmune diseases, including RA, SLE, and 
multiple sclerosis. To date, no efficacy data are available. However, because its mechanism of 
action directly targets both the production of autoantibodies and cellular effectors of end-organ 
injury, it is reasonable to anticipate that M2951 may represent a significant advance in the 
treatment of SLE and other autoimmune diseases. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
44/205
3.1
Benefit and Risk
No identified risks or new potential risks have emerged from clinical studies thus far. In the first 
in human Study EMR200527-001, M2951 was well tolerated
 
 In the completed Phase Ib study in subjects with SLE 
(Study EMR200527-002) M2951 was well tolerated. There were no SAEs reported during the 
study and no new safety signals were identified. Evidence of clinical benefit was not expected in 
this 4-week safety study. 
 
 
 
 
 
Important potential risks to subjects are based on nonclinical safety data of M2951 and clinical 
data on adverse drug effects associated with compounds of a similar pharmacological class. They 
include infection, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, hemorrhage, gastrointestinal intolerance, renal 
toxicity, hepatocellular injury, atrial fibrillation, drug-drug interactions, and embryo-fetal toxicity. 
Asymptomatic elevations in amylase and/or lipase have been observed in completed clinical 
studies of M2951. The clinical significance and risk status of these observations are being assessed. 
The Sponsor is also assessing the clinical significance of convulsions observed in dogs at very 
high levels of exposure.
Risk minimization measures inherent to early phase clinical trials are considered adequate for the 
proposed clinical trial in subjects with SLE. An IDMC will continually review available safety and 
tolerability data and will be mandated to make immediate decisions regarding the conduct of the 
trial; no additional risk minimization measures are proposed. During the LTE, an internal SMC 
may review safety data on a regular basis during the LTE in lieu of the IDMC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
45/205
 
Taking the above information into account, benefit-risk considerations support conduct of the 
proposed clinical trial MS200527-0018 in subjects with SLE.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refer to the Investigator's Brochure for more details of each study. This clinical trial will be 
conducted in compliance with the CTP, ICH GCP, and any additional applicable regulatory 
requirements.
4
Trial Objectives
4.1
Primary Objectives
The primary objectives are:
! To evaluate the efficacy and dose response of M2951 compared to placebo in reducing disease 
activity in adult subjects with active, autoantibody-positive SLE who are receiving standard of 
care (SoC) therapy based on SLE Responder Index (SRI)-4 response at Week 52 in all subjects, 
or on SRI-6 response at Week 52 in the High Disease Activity (HDA) subgroup, defined as 
SLE Disease Activity Index 2000 (SLEDAI-2K) ≥10.
! To evaluate the safety of M2951 in subjects with SLE on SoC therapy.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
46/205
4.2
Secondary Objectives
The key secondary objectives are:
! To evaluate the efficacy and dose response of M2951 compared to placebo in delaying time to 
first severe flare during the Treatment Period, in subjects with SLE on SoC therapy, where a 
severe flare is defined as at least one British Isles Lupus Assessment Group (BILAG 2004) A 
in any organ system due to items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at 
the previous visit.
! To evaluate the efficacy and dose response of M2951 compared to placebo in reducing disease 
activity, based on the SRI-4 response at Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which 
is defined as subjects with positive anti-double-stranded deoxyribonucleic acid (anti-dsDNA)
and/or low complement levels.
Other secondary objectives are:
! To evaluate the efficacy of M2951 compared to placebo on changes in disease activity over 
52 weeks
! To evaluate the efficacy of M2951 compared to placebo on changes in organ-specific disease 
activity over 52 weeks
! To evaluate the effect of M2951 compared to placebo on the annualized flare rate
! To evaluate the impact of M2951 treatment compared to placebo on subject reported health 
related quality of life (HRQoL) over 52 weeks
! To evaluate the effect of M2951 on corticosteroid (CS) usage over 52 weeks.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
47/205
4.4
Open-label Long-Term Extension (LTE) Period Objectives
The objective of the LTE Period is:
! To evaluate the long-term safety, efficacy, and HRQoL of M2951 at an initial dose of 50 mg
twice daily or the eventual Phase III dose when decided for an additional two years.
5
Investigational Plan
5.1
Overall Trial Design and Plan
This is a Phase II, multicenter, international, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled 
(DBPC) parallel-arm trial, designed to determine the efficacy, dose response, and safety of M2951
in subjects with SLE, and to consider a dose to take forward into Phase III development. 
Approximately 432 subjects are planned to be randomized in a ratio of 1:1:1:1 to receive one of 
three doses of M2951 (doses 25 mg once daily, 75 mg once daily, or 50 mg twice daily) or placebo, 
taken orally for 52 weeks. The study includes a Japanese cohort (approximately 36 Japanese 
subjects). If enrollment of Japanese subjects is slow, the entire Japanese cohort may not be part of 
the primary analysis. Therefore, the total enrollment will range from n = 432 to 468 (n = 108 to 
117 subjects per group). All subjects that choose to enter the LTE Period will be switched to active 
treatment with M2951 
 or to the eventual Phase III dose when 
decided. This trial will be conducted at approximately 180 sites across 20 countries.
The study is composed of a Screening Period of four weeks, a DBPC Treatment Period of 
52 weeks, an open-label LTE Period of 104 weeks, and a Safety Follow-Up Period of four weeks.
The study will be conducted on an outpatient basis. Subjects will attend clinic visits at regular 
intervals as indicated in the Schedule of Assessments (SOA).
Screening Period
The first visit will be a Screening Visit and will include a review of the inclusion/exclusion criteria 
(see Section 5.3). Subjects should undergo the Day 1 Visit as soon as possible after eligibility for 
the study has been confirmed. During the Screening Period, there will be no change in oral 
corticosteroid (OCS) dose (see Section 6.4.2). Subjects who do not meet all inclusion criteria or 
meet an exclusion criterion within the Screening Period and are considered screen failures may 
undergo rescreening once, after approval by the Medical Monitor (see Section 7.1.1).
DBPC Treatment Period
Duration of the Treatment Period will be 52 weeks starting at randomization (Day 1). The 
Day 1 Visit will be considered the Baseline for disease activity (e.g., BILAG 2004, SLE Disease 
Activity Index-2000 [SLEDAI-2K], Physician’s Global Assessment [PGA], and CLASI). Subject 
eligibility must be reviewed on Day 1 prior to randomization, and the first dose of the IMP (M2951
or placebo) will be given while the subject is still on site for Day 1. Subjects must then return to 
the study site for study visits as indicated in the SOA. Subjects will receive the last dose of IMP at
Week 52, which is the EOT for the study, unless they enter the LTE Period.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
48/205
From Day 1 to the Week 4 Visit, corticosteroids may be increased, decreased, initiated (within the 
first two weeks of the treatment period), or remain unchanged. However, the daily corticosteroid 
dose must be ≤30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent by the end of Week 4. From Week 4 to the 
Week 8 Study Visit, OCS dose will be reduced to establish a Threshold Dose, the maximum dose 
allowed during the remainder of the study, other than for treatment of flares. Treatment decisions 
will be made by Investigator assessment for the purpose of subject management. Rescue therapy 
will be allowed for the treatment of flares (see Section 6.4.2.2).
Any subjects permanently withdrawn from IMP will be expected to complete the EOT/Early 
Withdrawal study visit within five days of IMP withdrawal, followed by the Safety 
Follow-Up Visit four weeks post last dose.
Optional Open-Label Long-Term Extension Period
Subjects who completed the 52-week DBPC Treatment period will be offered participation in the 
104-week open-label, LTE Period of the study. The purpose of the LTE Period is to allow all the 
subjects with the opportunity to receive active treatment with M2951 and to collect long term 
safety and efficacy data. The Investigator should review the optional LTE Period with the subject 
prior to the DBPC Week 52 visit. Signed consent will be obtained prior to participation in the LTE 
Period. The DBPC Week 52/EOT Visit will be considered the LTE Day 1 Visit. The Safety 
Follow-Up Visit will be deferred until treatment is stopped in the LTE Period, due to either a 
subject’s premature withdrawal/early termination from the LTE, termination of the study by the 
Sponsor, or completion of the LTE treatment period. 
In some cases, due to Institutional Review Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics Committee (IEC) 
approval, regulatory-specific, or other administrative delays, a subject may experience a treatment 
gap between the IMP last dose received in the DBPC Period (Week 52/EOT visit) and the start of 
the LTE IMP treatment. Upon Principal Investigator (PI) request, these subjects may still be able 
to enroll in the LTE with approval from Merck/EMD Serono, on a case-by-case basis. If the day 
of rollover to the LTE occurs after the DBPC Week 56/EOS visit, all assessments noted at the LTE 
Day 1 visit will need to be completed. For subjects that rollover after the Week 52/EOT visit but 
prior to their scheduled Week 56/EOS visit, concomitant medications and AEs will need to be 
reviewed and updated, and the PI will need to ensure that the subject remains eligible for the study. 
No other additional assessments other than dispensing of IMP will need to be completed.
Safety Follow-Up Period
The Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit is scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration of study treatment. For subjects who do not participate in the LTE Period, the Safety 
Follow-Up Visit is scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration of study treatment 
in the DBPC Period. For subjects who participate in the LTE Period, the Safety Follow-Up Visit 
is delayed until four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration of study treatment in the LTE 
Period. Subjects who are approved to rollover into LTE Period after they entered, or completed, 
the DBPC Safety Follow-Up Period, may have two Safety Follow-Up Visits. Additional details of 
the Safety Follow-Up/ End of Study Visit are provided in the SOA.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
49/205
Assessment of Endpoints
During the study, efficacy endpoints will be evaluated using several activity indices, such as the 
BILAG 2004, SLEDAI-2K, PGA, and Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity 
Index-Activity (CLASI-A). As part of the efficacy assessment, the effects of treatment on HRQoL
will be examined using Patient-Reported Outcome (PRO) measures including but not limited to:
Medical Outcomes Study 36-item Short Form Health Survey (SF-36v2®), EuroQoL 5 Dimension 
5 Levels (EQ-5D-5L), Lupus Quality of Life (LupusQoL), Functional Assessment of Chronic 
Illness Therapy
(FACIT-Fatigue), and Patient Global Impression of
Change
(PGIC)
(see Section 7.3.5). Health Resource Utilization will also be collected as part of the efficacy 
assessment. 
Safety will be evaluated through the nature, incidence, severity and outcome of AEs, and 
assessment of physical examination findings, ECGs, hematology and chemical laboratory 
assessments, vital signs, and absolute values of and change from Baseline in serum total 
immunoglobulin (Ig) levels (IgG, IgA, and IgM) and total B cell counts.
Treatment decisions will be made by Investigator assessment for the purpose of subject 
management. Rescue therapy will be allowed for the treatment of flares.
Statistical Methods
There will be at least two planned analyses in this study - the primary and final analyses. There 
may be up to four planned analyses, depending on whether the optional futility interim analysis 
(IA) is conducted, and whether the analysis for treatment effect consistency is coincident with the 
primary analysis, or is conducted after the primary analysis.
If the futility IA is conducted, it will be based on Week 24 SRI-4 response among all subjects in 
the primary analysis cohort and Week 24 SRI-6 response among HDA subjects in the primary 
analysis cohort. The IA will be conducted when 100% of subjects in the primary analysis cohort,
reach Week 24 of treatment or prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 24. If the 
response proportion difference for both co-primary endpoints is sufficiently low at Week 24, as 
defined in the Integrated Analysis Plan (IAP), consideration will be given to termination of the 
study. If enrollment is slower than expected, consideration will be given to conducting the interim 
futility analysis when the first 50% of the primary analysis cohort reach Week 24 of treatment, or 
prematurely discontinue from treatment. An IDMC will monitor safety and tolerability as well as 
review the data from the IA. The IA will be prepared by a team independent of the study teams 
(Sponsor and 
).
The primary analysis cohort consists of the first 432 subjects randomized. However, if drop-out 
for reasons unrelated to efficacy or safety is higher than expected, effectively reducing the power 
of the study, the IAP may prespecify that the primary analysis cohort may include all subjects 
randomized. The primary analysis will be based on Week 52 SRI-4 response among all subjects
in the primary analysis cohort, and Week 52 SRI-6 response among HDA subjects in the primary 
analysis cohort. This analysis is triggered when 100% of subjects in the primary analysis cohort:
! Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter LTE or complete Safety Follow-Up, or
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
50/205
! Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 52 and complete Safety Follow-Up, or
! Prematurely discontinue from study without Safety Follow-Up.
The Japanese cohort may be fully, partially, or not included in this primary analysis, depending on 
the enrollment rate. The primary analysis will be performed by 
staff when the primary 
analysis trigger condition has been met, protocol violations determined, and the database is locked
for the primary analysis.
The Family-Wise type 1 error rate (FWER) due to the co-primary endpoints and multiple M2951
dose group comparisons versus placebo will be controlled at the two-sided α = 0.05 level via a tree 
gatekeeping testing procedure. The four hypotheses associated with comparisons involving the 
co-primary endpoints and the two highest dose groups will form the first family of hypotheses in 
the tree. This family will be tested via the truncated Hochberg procedure, with truncation fraction 
pre-specified in the IAP. The multiple-testing procedure for the remainder of the tree, including 
the hypotheses associated with the comparisons involving the co-primary endpoints and the lowest 
dose group, and the key secondary endpoints and all dose groups, will be pre-specified in the IAP.
A treatment effect consistency analysis may be scheduled if the Japanese cohort does not enroll in 
time to be included with the primary analysis cohort.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls in time to be 
included, the evaluation of consistency with respect to ethnicity of Week 52 SRI-4 response can 
be performed at the time of the primary analysis.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls slowly, then the 
primary analysis will occur without inclusion of the Japanese cohort, and a separate consistency 
analysis will be triggered when 100% of enrolled Japanese subjects: 
! Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter LTE or complete Safety Follow-Up, or 
! Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 52 and complete Safety Follow-Up, or
! Prematurely discontinue from study without Safety Follow-Up.
If required, the consistency analysis will be performed by 
.
The final analysis is triggered when 100% of subjects enrolled: 
! Complete Week 104 of the LTE and the Safety Follow-Up, or
! Complete Week 52 of treatment and the Safety Follow-Up (if they did not rollover into the 
LTE), or
! Prematurely discontinue from treatment and complete Safety Follow-Up, or
! Prematurely discontinue from study. 
The final analysis will be performed by 
staff when the final analysis trigger condition has 
been met, protocol violations determined, and the database is locked for the final analysis.
A schematic of the trial design is presented in Figure 2 and Figure 3 and the trial SOA is provided 
in Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
51/205
Figure 2
Study Design of MS200527-0018
BID = Twice Daily, CS = Corticosteroid, HDA = High Disease Activity, QD = Once Daily, SRI = SLE Responder Index; 
Wk = week.
a
CS dose may increase, decrease, be initiated, or remain unchanged from Day 1 to the Week 4 Visit, and 
reduce as tolerated from Week 4 through the Week 8 Visit (see Section 6.4.2).
b
The Japanese cohort may be fully, partially, or not included in the primary analysis, depending on the 
enrollment rate.
Figure 3
Study Design for Long-Term Extension
BID = twice daily, D = day, LTE = Long-Term Extension, QD = once daily, SFU = Safety Follow-Up, SLE = Systemic 
Lupus Erythematosus, WOCBP = women of child bearing potential.
** = Subjects will receive an initial dose of 50 mg BID. When a Phase 3 dose is determined, all subjects may be 
switched to this dose at the Sponsor’s discretion.
* = For subjects entering the Open Label Extension, the Week 52 visit is considered the Day 1 visit for the Open 
Label LTE Period.
NOTE: For WOCBP, urine pregnancy tests will be performed at home to ensure monthly pregnancy testing.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
52/205
5.2
Discussion of Trial Design
5.2.1
Scientific Rationale for Study Design
The present study (MS200527-0018) is designed to determine the efficacy and safety of M2951 in 
subjects with active SLE without severe organ system disease (e.g., central nervous system and 
renal). Subjects will be on standard of care background therapy (e.g., antimalarials, 
immunosuppressants). The primary objective will focus on reduction in disease activity relative to 
placebo over 52 weeks in adult subjects with active, autoantibody-positive SLE who are receiving 
SoC therapy based on SRI-4 response at Week 52, or in reducing disease activity in a HDA 
subgroup (SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10) based on SRI-6 response at Week 52.
The key secondary measures will evaluate reduction in flares relative to placebo and assess SRI-4 
response in the serologically active subgroup, where serologically active is defined as anti-dsDNA 
positive and/or low complement levels.
Both SRI-4 response in the study population as a whole and SRI-6 response in a HDA subgroup
will be evaluated to ensure that a robust signal on disease activity is demonstrated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refer to the current Investigator’s Brochure for more detailed results from the completed clinical 
studies, including final data from clinical Study EMR200527-002. Based on the available 
nonclinical and clinical data to date, the conduct of the study specified in this protocol is considered 
justifiable (see Section 3).
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
53/205
5.2.2
Justification for Dose
Refer to the current Investigator’s Brochure for more detailed results from the completed clinical 
studies.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
54/205
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
55/205
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.2.3
Rationale for Endpoints
The primary and key secondary endpoints are standard for SLE studies and are accepted by 
regulators. The co-primary endpoints are SRI-4 response in the entire study population and SRI-6
response in subjects with HDA, both at Week 52. These endpoints provide a measure of a subject’s 
response to disease treatment. The evaluation for greater improvement in subjects with HDA 
reflects the goal of specifically evaluating the ability of M2951 to provide relief in the subjects 
with more severe disease. The key secondary endpoint, time to first severe (BILAG A) flare during 
the Treatment Period, characterizes another aspect of response to treatment, specifically the ability 
of M2951 to improve control of flares. For the other key secondary endpoint, subjects who are 
serologically active (i.e., positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement) will also be evaluated for 
response to treatment. As shown in other SLE studies, serologically active subjects demonstrated 
higher treatment effect size between the active and placebo groups in the SRI-4 response rates 
compared to the serologically inactive subjects (Stohl 2012).
The secondary HRQoL endpoints are complementary to the disease activity endpoints. The 
SF-36v2 has widely been used to assess physical, psychological and social impact of chronic 
diseases like SLE. The disease specific LupusQoL, and the symptom specific FACIT-Fatigue are 
well validated tools to measure disease specific aspects of HRQoL in SLE studies. The EQ-5D-5L
is the most accepted and often required instrument generating quality of life (QoL) outcomes data 
to be used by Health Technology Assessment bodies.
5.2.4
Inclusion of Special Populations
Not applicable.
5.3
Selection of Trial Population
Subject enrollment will be randomized and managed by an IWRS (see Section 6.3). Only subjects 
meeting all inclusion criteria and no exclusion criteria may be enrolled into the study as subjects
(see Section 5.4). Prior to performing any study assessments not part of the subject’s routine 
medical care, the Investigator will ensure that the subject or the subject’s legal representative has 
provided written informed consent following the procedure described in Section 9.2.
Eligibility will be evaluated and confirmed by the study eligibility team. Sites will be required to 
submit an eligibility packet (consisting of an eligibility checklist and appropriate documentation) 
for potential eligible subjects. The subjects’ eligibility will be assessed at a Screening Visit that 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
56/205
will occur up to four weeks prior to the Randomization Visit (Day 1). When a laboratory test must 
be repeated during the Screening Period or an unanticipated event occurs, the Screening Period 
can be extended to 8 weeks after discussion with the Medical Monitor. See Table 1 for a list of 
assessments done at Screening to determine the eligibility of the subject to participate in the study. 
Subjects cannot be randomized into the study until eligibility is confirmed.
Screen failures may be rescreened once (see Section 7.1.1).
5.3.1
Inclusion Criteria
For inclusion in the study, all of the following inclusion criteria must be fulfilled:
1. Signed written informed consent before any study-related procedure is undertaken that is 
not part of the standard subject management and able to comply with requirements of 
protocol. In Japan, if a subject is < 20 years of age, the written informed consent from the 
subject’s parent or guardian will be required in addition to the subject’s written consent. 
2. Male or female subjects, 18 to 75 years of age.
3. Diagnosis of SLE with either the SLICC criteria for SLE (see Appendix II), or at least four 
of the 11 ACR classification criteria for SLE (see Appendix III), of at least six months 
duration prior to Screening.
4. SLEDAI-2K total score ≥6 (including SLEDAI-2K clinical score ≥4) at Screening Visit.
5. Positive test results for anti-dsDNA antibody and/or anti-nuclear antibody (human 
epithelial cell-2 ANA ≥1:80) and/or anti-Smith (anti-Sm) antibody at the time of 
Screening.
6. Due to newly available nonclinical data, previous requirements for male participant 
contraception have been removed (see Section 6.5.3).
7. A female participant is eligible to participate if she is not pregnant (see Appendix I), not
breastfeeding, and at least one of the following conditions applies:
a.
Not a woman of childbearing potential (WOCBP) as defined in Appendix I
OR
b. A WOCBP who agrees to use 2 methods of birth control: a barrier method together 
with a highly effective method (i.e., methods with a failure rate of less than 1% per 
year) as detailed in Appendix I of this protocol for at least 28 days before start of 
first dose of study treatment (as appropriate), during the treatment period and for at 
least 90 days after the last dose of study treatment.
8. History of vaccinations, as per local guidelines:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
57/205
a.
Vaccination against Streptococcus pneumoniae with PPSV23 and/or PCV13 or 
local equivalent with repeat administration as necessary to be up to date. If 
vaccination during Screening, there must be at least 2 weeks between vaccination 
and randomization.
b. Vaccination against influenza virus (as seasonally required) or vaccination against 
these pathogens during Screening (as seasonally required for influenza virus). If 
vaccinated during Screening, there must be at least 2 weeks between vaccination 
and randomization. If the subject is screened after the most recent influenza season
and/or the influenza vaccine is no longer available, the influenza vaccine should be 
given during the study once available, as per local guidelines. 
9. Subjects should be on SLE standard of care (SoC) background therapy, consisting of at 
least one protocol permitted therapy (e.g., immunosuppressants, immunomodulators, 
antimalarials, corticosteroids, or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs [NSAIDs] [see 
Section 6.4.1]). Subjects not on SoC background therapy may be enrolled after approval 
by the Medical Monitor. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
58/205
5.3.2
Exclusion Criteria
Subjects are not eligible for this study if they fulfill any of the following exclusion criteria:
1. Active, clinically significant, interstitial lung disease or pulmonary arterial hypertension, 
defined as follows:
a.
Pulmonary Hypertension (with presence of any of the following):
i. Presence of uncontrolled World Health Organization (WHO) Pulmonary 
Hypertension Functional Class III or IV (Galiè 2016):
1. WHO Class III – Pulmonary hypertension resulting in marked 
limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest. Less than 
ordinary activity causes undue dyspnea or fatigue, chest pain or near 
syncope.
2. WHO Class IV – Pulmonary hypertension resulting in inability to 
carry out any physical activity without symptoms. Signs of right 
heart failure are present. Dyspnea and/or fatigue may even be 
present at rest. Discomfort is increased by any physical activity.
ii. Pulmonary hypertension requiring past or current treatment with any of the 
following: supplemental oxygen, endothelin receptor antagonists (e.g.,
ambrisentan, bosentan, macitentan), phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors 
(e.g., sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil), riociguat, prostacyclin analogues 
(epoprostenol, iloprost, treprostinil, beraprost), selexipag, or any other 
systemic therapies targeting pulmonary hypertension. In addition, subjects 
that would be considered to require initiation of systemic therapy for PHTN 
by the Investigator or evaluating pulmonologist and/or cardiologist would 
also be excluded.
iii. History of transthoracic echocardiography showing any of the following, 
(unless right heart catheterization subsequent to these measures did not 
reveal pulmonary hypertension): 
1. tricuspid regurgitation jet > 2.8 m/sec
2. right atrial enlargement (major dimension > 53 mm)
3. right ventricular enlargement (mid cavity dimension > 35 mm)
4. moderate to severe left ventricular dysfunction.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
59/205
b. Interstitial Lung Disease (with presence of any of the following):
iv. Interstitial lung disease requiring treatment with supplemental oxygen or 
cyclophosphamide within the 12 months prior to Screening.
v. Interstitial lung disease diagnosed by lung biopsy and/or high-resolution 
computed tomography with significant respiratory symptoms at Screening
based on the Investigator’s assessment.
c. Further, subjects with either diagnosis may be excluded if the Investigator or 
Sponsor/designee feels that the diagnosis constitutes an inappropriate risk or a 
contraindication for participation in the study or that could interfere with the study 
objectives, conduct or evaluation (see Exclusion Criterion 28).
2. Proteinuria > 4 g/day (spot UPCR > 4 mg/mg), and/or estimated glomerular filtration rate 
(eGFR) < 45 mL/min/1.73 m2 as calculated by the 4-component Modification of Diet in 
Renal Disease (MDRD) equation by the central laboratory):
a.
The four-component Modification of Diet in Renal Disease equation (Levey 2006):
eGFR = 175 × (serum creatinine in mg/dL) –1.154 × (age in years) –0.203 × 0.742 (if 
female) × 1.212 (if race is black)
3. Evidence of recent, acutely worsened renal function (e.g., reduction in eGFR by 
≥30 mL/min to < 60 mL/min/1.73 m2;
or a syndrome of Rapidly Progressive 
Glomerulonephritis, as defined by a 50% decline in glomerular filtration rate in three
months; in the six months prior to Screening).
4. Subjects with any of the following will be excluded:
a.
Active seizures, seizures requiring long-term treatment, or a recent seizure (in the 
past 2 years) with the exception of: remote seizures (e.g., in childhood or 
adolescence with resolution and not on treatment, or a past history of febrile 
seizures) OR a seizure related to a metabolic / physiologic disturbance in the past 
(e.g., related to low electrolytes, low glucose, or secondary to a vasovagal event). 
These subjects would have no greater risk of developing a seizure than a normal 
individual who had not had seizures, and would not need to be excluded.
b. Active central nervous system SLE deemed to be severe or progressive including 
any history of transverse myelitis, seizures as detailed in Exclusion Criterion 4a 
above, and/or associated with significant cognitive impairment leading to inability 
to provide informed consent and/or comply with the protocol.
If the Investigator’s assessment provides for an outcome of exclusion, or a question 
regarding eligibility, a Neurologist may be consulted, but inclusion in the study regarding 
this criterion is at the discretion of the Investigator.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
60/205
5. Within two weeks prior to Screening or during Screening: use of OCS > 30 mg daily 
prednisone-equivalent, use of injectable corticosteroids, or change in dose of 
corticosteroids.
6. Within two months prior to Screening or during Screening: initiation of or change in dose 
of antimalarial, methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, sulfasalazine, mycophenolate (mofetil
[MMF] or sodium [MPS]*), or azathioprine (*not approved in Japan). 
7. Calcineurin inhibitors (cyclosporine, tacrolimus) and cyclophosphamide are prohibited 
during the study. Calcineurin inhibitors must be washed out one month prior to Screening.
Cyclophosphamide must be washed out three months prior to Screening.
8. A stable dose of leflunomide is not exclusionary; however, subjects having discontinued 
leflunomide must have washed out for three months prior to Screening.
9. Within three months prior to Screening or during Screening, use of abatacept, antitumor 
necrosis factor alpha agents, intravenous Ig, plasmapheresis, or other disease modifying, 
immunosuppressive or immunomodulatory therapies not otherwise specified in protocol.
10. Within six months prior to Screening or during Screening: use of alkylating agents other 
than cyclophosphamide (e.g., chlorambucil).
11. Within one year prior to Screening or during Screening: use of belimumab* or any anti-B 
Lymphocyte Stimulator (BLyS) therapy.
13. Within two weeks prior to Screening, initiation or change in dose of angiotensin-converting 
enzyme inhibitor or angiotensin receptor blocker, or NSAIDs, or use of NSAIDs above 
maximum prescribed dose per local label.
14. On anticoagulation (e.g., vitamin K antagonists) or antiplatelet therapy (e.g., clopidogrel) 
other than daily low-dose aspirin (≤350 mg/day) for cardioprotection. Low-dose aspirin 
therapy for other indications may be permitted after discussion with medical monitor.
15. On fish oil (unless discontinued prior to first dose).
16. Within one month prior to Screening, vaccination with live or live-attenuated virus 
vaccine.
17. Known hypersensitivity to any study treatment, component, or placebo.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
61/205
18. Active clinically significant viral, bacterial or fungal infection, or any episode of infection 
requiring hospitalization or treatment with parenteral anti-infectives within four weeks 
prior to Screening, or completion of oral anti-infectives within two weeks before or during 
Screening, or a history of recurrent infections (i.e., three or more of the same type of 
infection in a 12 month rolling period). Vaginal candidiasis, onychomycosis and genital or 
oral herpes simplex virus considered by the Investigator to be sufficiently controlled would 
not be exclusionary.
19. Any of the following:
a.
History of or positive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) at Screening
b. History of or positive for hepatitis C antibody and/or hepatitis C RNA by 
polymerase chain reaction (PCR) at Screening
c.
Positive for hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) at Screening
d. For subjects who are negative for HBsAg at Screening but are anti-hepatitis B 
surface antibody positive and/or anti-hepatitis B core antibody positive at 
Screening, reflex testing for hepatitis B virus DNA (HBV DNA) by PCR will be 
performed:
1.
Hepatitis B antibody positive subjects who have detectable HBV DNA 
≥20 IU/mL are excluded.
2.
Hepatitis B antibody positive subjects who are HBV DNA negative OR have 
detectable HBV DNA < 20 IU/mL are not excluded from the study. 
However, these subjects will have HBV DNA measured by PCR at visits 
noted in the SOA.
Note: Subjects who have previously been vaccinated for Hepatitis B will not be 
tested for anti-hepatitis B surface antibody, as they will be positive for anti-hepatitis 
B surface antibody as the protective consequence of vaccination.
20. Any of the following:
a.
History of active tuberculosis (TB)
b. Current diagnosis of active TB
c.
Untreated latent TB infection (LTBI)
d. Undergoing current treatment for LTBI
e.
Subjects with current household contacts with active TB. 
In the absence of a diagnosis of active TB, or clinical features consistent with a diagnosis 
of active TB, LTBI is determined by any of the following:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
62/205
o
prior TB skin test with purified protein derivative (PPD) with induration ≥5 mm
(unless vaccinated with Bacille Calmette-Guérin)
o
prior positive T-SPOT.TB (Elispot) test result
o
positive Quantiferon test, either at Screening or with documented past results.
Note: All subjects, except those who have previously completed appropriate and
documented LTBI treatment, are required to undergo Quantiferon testing during Screening.
Individuals with indeterminate or positive Quantiferon test results felt to represent a false 
positive result by the Investigator, with no clinical features consistent with active TB, will 
be evaluated with T-SPOT.TB at the request of the Investigator. In this case, if the 
T-SPOT.TB is negative, the individual may be enrolled after approval by the study 
eligibility team.
Note: Prophylactic use of antituberculous drugs is not permitted during the study, and if 
used must be discontinued prior to the first dose of study medication. If an Investigator 
feels that a subject requires antituberculous prophylaxis while participating in the study, 
this may be allowed after review of the case by the Medical Monitor.
21. History of shingles within 12 months prior to Screening unless vaccinated following onset.
22. History of splenectomy at any time or any major surgery within two months prior to 
Screening. Major elective surgeries such as abdominal, thoracic, or joint replacement 
surgeries should not be planned to occur in the Study Period.
23. Clinically significant cardiovascular events (e.g., acute myocardial infarction, unstable 
angina or peripheral vascular disease symptoms, hospitalization for congestive heart 
failure, cardiac surgery, ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke, or transient ischemic attack)
within six months before the Screening Visit or during Screening, or current active angina 
or untreated hypertension at the Screening Visit.
24. Active cardiac arrhythmia or other ECG abnormality that could constitute a clinical risk 
(including but not limited to): long QT syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, or an
untreated malignant ventricular arrhythmia (e.g., ventricular fibrillation or tachycardia) at 
the Screening Visit or Day 1.
25. Presence of uncontrolled or New York Heart Association (NYHA) Class 3 or 4 congestive 
heart failure. 
a.
NYHA Class 3: Cardiac disease resulting in marked limitation of physical activity. 
Subjects are comfortable at rest. Less than ordinary activity causes fatigue, 
palpitation, dyspnea, or anginal pain.
b. NYHA Class 4: Cardiac disease resulting in inability to carry on any physical 
activity without discomfort. Symptoms of heart failure or the anginal syndrome 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
63/205
may be present even at rest. If any physical activity is undertaken, discomfort is 
increased.
26. Antiphospholipid antibody syndrome associated with a thromboembolic event in the 
12 months prior to or during Screening. See Exclusion Criterion 14 for discussion of 
anticoagulation or anti-platelet therapy.
27. Any condition, including any uncontrolled disease state other than SLE, that in the 
Investigator’s opinion or Sponsor/designee opinion constitutes an inappropriate risk or a 
contraindication for participation in the study or that could interfere with the study
objectives, conduct or evaluation.
28. History or current systemic autoimmune diagnosis other than SLE, including 
demyelinating diseases (e.g., multiple sclerosis, optic neuritis), or any other condition 
requiring systemic corticosteroid therapy (such as asthma or inflammatory bowel disease) 
with the exception of concomitant Sjögren’s or secondary Sjögren’s syndrome. 
29. History of cancer with the following exceptions:
a.
A history of non-melanoma skin cancer Stage 0 (in situ) or Stage 1, considered 
cured > five years is not exclusionary.
b. A history of in situ cervical cancer, considered cured > five years, is not 
exclusionary.
Any history of cancer not meeting these exceptions is exclusionary.
30. Breastfeeding/lactating or pregnant women. Lactating women are excluded regardless of 
whether or not they are nursing infant(s). 
31. Alanine or aspartate aminotransferase, amylase or lipase > 2 × above upper limit of normal 
(ULN) of laboratory reference range, total bilirubin > 1.5 × ULN, thyroid stimulating 
hormone [TSH] < 0.01 or ≥7.1 mIU/L per central laboratory results) or any other clinically 
significant laboratory abnormality.
32. Participation in any investigational drug study within three months or five half-lives of the 
investigational drug, whichever is longer, prior to Screening. For this protocol, this 
includes JAK inhibitors, therefore JAK inhibitors must have been discontinued for at least 
three months prior to Screening.
33. Total B cell count < 50% of the lower limit of normal (LLN) at the Screening Visit in 
subjects who previously received B cell depleting therapy such as with anti-CD20 agents 
(e.g., rituximab, 
ocrelizumab*, 
ofatumumab, 
obinutuzumab*,
ocaratuzumab*, 
veltuzumab*) (*not approved in Japan).
34. Significant cytopenia, such as neutrophil count < 1,000/mm3, or platelet count
< 75,000/mm3.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
64/205
35. Serum IgG below 6 g/L at the Screening Visit.
37. Active infective process or any other clinically significant abnormality on chest X-ray 
(CXR). Chest X-ray must have been taken within three months prior to the Screening Visit, 
or during the Screening Period.
38. History or current alcohol, substance, or drug abuse:
a.
Excessive alcohol use is defined as alcohol and/or substance abuse or dependence 
(as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th
edition, Text revision) in the past year or a history of alcohol or substance abuse, 
as determined by the Investigator.
39. Subjects who have evidence of serious suicide risk including any history of suicidal 
behavior in the last three months and/or any suicidal ideation of type 4 or 5 on the 
Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) in the month prior to Screening, 
OR
Are a significant suicide risk, as determined by the Investigator, including any history of 
active suicidal ideation with intent to act in the last three months or any history of suicidal 
behavior in the subject’s lifetime.
40. Legal incapacity or limited legal capacity.
41. History of bleeding disorder and/or drug-induced thrombocytopenia.
42. Any of the following diagnoses are exclusionary due to lactose present in the IMP:
a.
Galactosemia/Galactose intolerance:
i. Classical 
Galactosemia, 
also 
known 
as 
galactose-1-phosphate 
uridyltransferase deficiency or GALT deficiency
ii. Galactosemia type II, also known as galactokinase deficiency or GALK 
deficiency
iii. Galactosemia type III, also known as galactose epimerase deficiency, 
UDP-Galactose-4-epimerase deficiency, or GALE deficiency
b. Fanconi-Bickel syndrome, also known as glycogen storage disease XI, 
Bickel-Fanconi glycogenosis, or glucose transporter 2 (GLUT2) deficiency
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
65/205
c.
Congenital lactase deficiency, also known as congenital alactasia or disaccharide 
intolerance II
d. Glucose/Galactose malabsorption, also known as monosaccharide malabsorption
e.
Individuals with acquired lactose intolerance are not excluded, but should be aware 
that the IMP contains lactose and should be monitored for gastrointestinal 
symptoms related to the increased consumption of lactose in the IMP, and made 
aware of the risks.
43. For Japan only - Positive serum β-D-glucan test at Screening.
5.4
Criteria for Randomization/Initiation of Treatment with the 
Investigational Medicinal Product
Randomization can occur only after informed consent and confirmation that the Medical Monitor 
has reviewed the Screening Period data including SLE diagnostic criteria, inclusion/exclusion 
criteria, SLEDAI-2K, medical history (including date of SLE diagnosis), concomitant 
medications, ECG and clinical laboratory assessments.
Eligible subjects will be randomized in a 1:1:1:1 ratio to treatment with placebo or M2951 (doses 
25 mg once daily, 75 mg once daily, or 50 mg twice daily), through a central randomization 
process by an IWRS, stratified according to race (Black versus non-Black), region (US and 
Western Europe, Japan, and the RoW) and disease activity (SLEDAI-2K total score < 10 
versus ≥10 at Screening) prior to dosing on Day 1. Subjects with SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10 at 
Screening will be considered to have HDA.
5.5
Criteria for Subject Withdrawal
5.5.1
Withdrawal from the Trial
Subjects may withdraw from the study at any time without giving a reason. Withdrawal of consent 
will be considered withdrawal from the study. Subjects who withdraw from the study while still 
on the IMP should return for an EOT/Early Withdrawal Visit upon discontinuation of the IMP and 
a Safety Follow-Up Visit as indicated in the SOA. Subjects who withdraw and are no longer on 
the IMP must complete the Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit assessments as indicated in the 
SOA provided in Table 1, and in Table 2 (for the LTE). A complete final evaluation at the time of 
the subject's withdrawal should be made, and AEs followed up as per Section 7.4.1.
A subject must be withdrawn if any of the following occur during the study:
! Subject withdrew consent
! Participation in any other clinical study during the duration of this study
! Occurrence of Pregnancy (for further details in case of pregnancy, see Section 7.4.2)
! Any events that endanger the safety of the subject. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
66/205
! Subject lost to follow-up 
! Sponsor decision to end clinical study
! Subject is considered a treatment failure
! IMP is permanently withdrawn (see Section 5.5.2)
If a subject fails to return for the Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit, all attempts should be made 
to contact the subject to ensure the reason for not returning is not an AE. Likewise, if a subject 
wishes to discontinue from the study (e.g., for personal reasons), attempts should be made to 
establish the true reason is not an AE (bearing in mind the subject is not obliged to state the 
reasons).
If a subject has failed to attend scheduled study assessments, the Investigator must determine the 
reasons and the circumstances as completely and accurately as possible. At least three attempts to 
contact lost to follow-up subjects should be made and documented (two phone calls and one 
authorized organization representative letter).
If IMP is prematurely discontinued, the primary reason for discontinuation must be recorded in the 
appropriate section of the eCRF, and all efforts will be made to complete and report the 
observations as thoroughly as possible. 
Subjects who are withdrawn after randomization due to safety or lack of efficacy will not be 
replaced. Consideration will be given to increasing enrollment to compensate for loss of 
information due to subjects who withdraw for reasons unrelated to safety or lack of efficacy.
Subjects who are withdrawn from the study will not be allowed to re-enroll in the study.
5.5.2
Withdrawal from the Investigational Medicinal Product
Subjects who withdraw from IMP must immediately return for an EOT/Early Withdrawal Visit
followed by the Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit as indicated in the SOA provided in Table 1, 
and in Table 2 (for the LTE). Subjects considered a treatment failure, as defined in the protocol, 
must be withdrawn from the study (see Section 5.5.1).
Escape Criteria
If during the study, in the opinion of the Investigator, the subject's SLE disease level is 
unacceptably high requiring therapy not permitted per the protocol, the subject may withdraw from 
the study treatment and initiate therapy recommended per the treating physician. In this case, the 
subject will be considered a treatment failure. See Section 6.4.2.2 for handling of flares.
A subject must be withdrawn from M2951 or placebo if any of the following occur:
! Withdrawal from the study (see Section 5.5.1).
! Enrollment despite violation of an exclusion criterion which, in the Investigator’s and/or 
Sponsor’s opinion, makes discontinuation of the subject necessary. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
67/205
! Occurrence of an AE and if discontinuation of IMP is desired or considered necessary by the 
Investigator and/or the subject.
! Occurrence of pregnancy (for further details in case of pregnancy, see Section 7.4.2).
! Use of a prohibited medication, as defined in Section 6.5.2. However, any medications that are 
considered necessary for the subject’s well-being may be given at the discretion of the 
Investigator. If, in the view of the Investigator, the use of a prohibited medication should not 
impact subject safety or bias efficacy assessments, the Investigator can request the Medical 
Monitor review the case. Such a request must be made as soon as the Investigator is aware of 
the use of prohibited medication, and the Medical Monitor, along with the Sponsor, will 
determine if the subject must be permanently withdrawn from IMP. See Section 6.4.2.2 for 
specifics regarding treatment of flares during the DBPC and LTE treatment periods of the study 
and withdrawal from IMP.
! Occurrence of any other clinical condition for which discontinuation is considered necessary 
by the Investigator and/or the Sponsor/designee.
Criteria for Withdrawal of Investigational Medical Product (Temporary and Permanent)
The IMP should be temporarily withheld or permanently withdrawn if the following laboratory 
abnormalities occur or re-occur, as relevant, and re-initiation following temporarily withholding 
of IMP should be discussed with the Medical Monitor. If a subject’s pre-dose baseline value is 
abnormal and/or falls within any of the below criteria, consult with the Medical Monitor regarding 
potential withdrawal, continued participation in study, and additional monitoring if needed. 
Retesting should be completed within 1 week:
! For a neutrophil count < 1000/mm3 (Grade 3 or 4) or platelet count < 50,000/mm3 (Grade 3 or 
4), temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the value. If the value is still Grade 3 or 4, 
permanently discontinue the IMP; if the value improves to Grade 2, Grade 1 or is within normal 
limits, IMP may be reinitiated after discussion with the Medical Monitor. For a recheck value 
that decreases to Grade 2, perform repeat testing within 1 month.
! For a lymphocyte count < 200/mm3 (Grade 4), temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the value. 
If the value is still Grade 4, permanently discontinue the IMP; if the value improves to a 
Grade 3, discuss with the Medical Monitor; if the value improves to Grade 2, Grade 1 or is 
within normal limits, IMP may be reinitiated after discussion with the Medical Monitor. For a 
recheck value that improves to Grade 2, perform repeat testing within 1 month.
! For an increase in aspartate aminotransferase (AST) or alanine aminotransferase (ALT)
to > 3× ULN (Grade 2 or higher), temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the value. If the value 
is still Grade 2 or higher, the IMP should be permanently withdrawn. The subject should be 
followed with additional testing as needed until a return to ULN or acceptable value as agreed 
upon by the Investigator and Medical Monitor. Consultations with specialists, such as a 
hepatologist, can be considered at the discretion of the Investigator and in conjunction with the 
Medical Monitor.
! For an increase in bilirubin to > 1.5 × ULN (Grade 2 or higher), temporarily hold the IMP and 
recheck the value. If the value is still Grade 2 or higher, the IMP should be permanently 
withdrawn.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
68/205
! A comprehensive hepatic panel is requested for any subjects, for whom above AST or ALT 
withdrawal criteria are met and who permanently discontinue dosing due to elevated liver 
function tests. Subjects should be referred to a hepatologist who may recommend testing in 
addition to the following:
o
INR, PTT, fibrinogen, hsCRP
o
Hepatitis serology: anti-HAV IgG, anti-HAV IgM, HBsAg, anti-HBc, anti-HBsAg, anti-
HCV, anti-HEV IgG and IgM, anti-VCA IgG and IgM, anti-EA IgG, anti-EBNA IgG, 
anti-CMV IgG and IgM
o
Antinuclear antibody, anti-smooth muscle antibody, and liver-kidney microsomal 
antibody
o
Albumin
! For an increase in amylase or lipase to > 2× ULN (Grade 3 or 4), temporarily hold the IMP and 
recheck the value. If the value is still Grade 3 or 4, permanently discontinue the IMP; if the 
value improves to Grade 2, Grade 1, or is within normal limits, IMP may be reinitiated after
discussion with the Medical Monitor. For a recheck value that improves to Grade 2, perform 
repeat testing within 1 month.
! For an increase in serum creatinine to > 3× Baseline (Grade 3 or 4), temporarily hold the IMP 
and recheck the value. If the value is still a Grade 3 or 4, permanently discontinue the IMP. 
! For an increase in serum creatinine > 1.5× Baseline to ≤ 3× Baseline (Grade 2), temporarily 
hold the IMP and recheck the value. If the value is still Grade 2, discuss with the Medical 
Monitor; if the value improves to Grade 1 or is within normal limits, IMP may be reinitiated 
after discussion with the Medical Monitor.
! For any serum IgG level < 3 g/L, temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the value. If the value 
is still < 3 g/L, the IMP should be permanently withdrawn.
! For any increase in HBV DNA by PCR from negative/undetectable to detectable, and/or
increase in HBV DNA by PCR from < 20 IU/mL to ≥20 IU/mL, the IMP should be 
permanently withdrawn. The subject should be followed with additional testing and Hepatitis B 
treatment, as indicated per local guidelines, including consultation with a specialist, such as a 
hepatologist, at the discretion of the Investigator and in conjunction with the Medical Monitor.
! For any other laboratory abnormality of Grade 4 severity, temporarily hold the IMP and recheck 
the value. If the value is still a Grade 4, the IMP should be permanently withdrawn. If the retest 
value improves, discuss with the Medical Monitor.
! For any other laboratory increase/decrease (as relevant) from Baseline to Grade 3 (unless 
otherwise indicated in this section of the protocol), temporarily hold the IMP, recheck the value,
and discuss results with Medical Monitor.
All laboratory abnormalities outlined must be followed to resolution. Laboratory values 
corresponding to Common Terminology Criteria for AEs (CTCAE) Grades 1 to 4 are presented 
for selected laboratory parameters in Table 5. For all other laboratory abnormalities, refer to the 
CTCAE, version 4.03 (CTCAE 2009).
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
69/205
The reason for IMP withdrawal and the nature, duration, and results of any planned follow-up 
observations should be recorded in the appropriate section of the eCRF.
Table 5
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events Grades for Relevant 
Laboratory Parameters
Laboratory Parameter
Grade 1
Grade 2
Grade 3
Grade 4
Neutrophil (/mm3)
< LLN to 1,500
< 1,500 to 1,000
< 1,000 to 500
< 500
Platelets (/mm3)
< LLN to 75,000
< 75,000 to 50,000
< 50,000 to 25,000
< 25,000
AST and ALT
> ULN to 3× ULN
> 3 to 5× ULN
> 5 to 20× ULN
> 20× ULN
Bilirubin
> ULN to 1.5× ULN
> 1.5 to 3× ULN
> 3 to 10× ULN
> 10× ULN
Amylase and lipase
> ULN to 1.5× ULN
> 1.5 to 2× ULN
> 2 to 5× ULN
> 5× ULN
Creatinine
> Baseline to 1.5×
Baseline, or > ULN to 
1.5× ULN
> 1.5 to 3× Baseline 
or > 1.5 to 3× ULN
> 3× Baseline, or 
> 3 to 6× ULN
> 6× ULN
ALT = Alanine Aminotransferase, AST = Aspartate Aminotransferase, LLN = Lower Limit of Normal, ULN = Upper 
Limit of Normal.
5.6
Premature Termination of the Trial
The clinical study may be terminated prematurely or suspended at the request of Health Authorities 
or if new safety or efficacy information leads to an unfavorable risk benefit judgment for any IMP.
The Sponsor may discontinue the study if the IA indicates that the study is unlikely to achieve the 
primary endpoint at the time of the primary analysis, the study becomes unjustifiable for medical 
or ethical reasons, for poor enrollment, or because of discontinuation of clinical development of 
an IMP or withdrawal of an IMP or comparator from the market for safety reasons.
Health Authorities and Independent Ethics Committees (IECs/IRBs) will be informed about the 
discontinuation of the study in accordance with applicable regulations.
5.7
Definition of End of Trial
The end of the study is defined as the last contact date with the last subject who participates in this 
study (i.e., last subject’s last visit).
A CTP may not be considered closed as long as:
!
Any subject is still receiving any IMP,
!
Visits specified by the protocol are still taking place,
!
Procedures or interventions according to the protocol are still being undertaken in any subject, 
!
The post-treatment Safety Follow-Up Period, defined in the clinical study protocol as being 
part of the study, has not yet been completed for any subject.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
70/205
6
Investigational Medicinal Product and Other Drugs Used in 
the Trial
6.1
Description of the Investigational Medicinal Product
The term “Investigational Medicinal Product” refers to an active substance or a placebo being 
tested or used as a reference therapy in a clinical study, including products that have a marketing 
authorization but are formulated, packaged, or administered differently from the authorized form, 
used for an unauthorized indication, or used to gain further information about the authorized form.
M2951 will be administered as film-coated tablets (white to off-white, round biconvex with band 
and no embossing) ready for oral administration and containing 25 mg of drug substance (chemical 
name 
1-(4-{[6-Amino-5-(4-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-methyl}-piperidin-1-yl)-
propenone) formulated with excipients. The placebo will be administered as tablets ready for oral 
administration matching the active both in color and in size and shape.
Reference therapy: dose/model of administration/dosing schedule
Not applicable.
Specific rules for treatment modifications
Not applicable.
6.2
Dosage and Administration
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
71/205
6.3
Assignment to Treatment Groups
Following informed consent and evaluation of inclusion/exclusion criteria, eligible subjects will 
be randomized in a 1:1:1:1 ratio to treatment with placebo or M2951 (doses 25 mg once daily, 
75 mg once daily, or 50 mg twice daily), through a central randomization process by an IWRS, 
stratified according to race (Black versus non-Black), region (US and Western Europe, Japan, and
RoW) and disease activity (SLEDAI-2K total score < 10 versus ≥10 at Screening) prior to dosing 
on Day 1. Subjects with SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10 at Screening will be considered to have 
HDA.
For the purposes of this study, Black race will be defined as per the US Census definition. 
Specifically, Black race includes individuals who self-identify as Black, African American, Negro, 
and/or have origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa, including individuals of 
sub-Saharan African origin (e.g., Kenyan, Nigerian) and individuals of Afro-Caribbean origin 
(e.g., Haitian, Jamaican). Individuals of North African origin (e.g., Morocco, Egypt) are classified 
as non-Black, along with individuals from Sudan and Cape Verde due to their complex population 
history. Subjects declining to identify race will be placed in the non-Black stratum.
The study is fully controlled by the IWRS, which assigns treatment individual (unique) kit numbers 
for each subject. The kit number is linked via the Good Manufacturing Practice qualified system 
to the corresponding treatment as well as to the subject.
Subject identifiers will be comprised of three sets of numbers representing the study number, the 
site number, and the subject number, which is allocated sequentially starting with 0001.
6.4
Non Investigational Medicinal Products to be Used
Permitted medications (including rescue medications) are any medications required per the 
medical history and not specifically prohibited by the protocol during the study (i.e., from 
Screening to the end of the 52 week Treatment Period or LTE Period) (see Section 6.5). Any such 
medications used should be recorded in the eCRF.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
72/205
Rescue medications are medicines identified in the CTP as those that may be administered to the 
subject when the efficacy of the IMP is not satisfactory, in case of adverse reactions, or to manage 
an emergency situation.
6.4.1
Background Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Therapies
Background SLE therapies include SoC medications prescribed as part of the subject’s previous 
SLE treatment. Not all SoC therapy will be permitted to be continued during this study. The SoC 
therapy that is allowed to be continued during this study for SLE is presented in Section 6.5.1 and 
includes the use of one single immunosuppressant or immunomodulator, and the use of 
antimalarials, CSs, and NSAIDs. Although it is expected subjects will be on SoC medications, not 
all therapies are permitted (e.g.,
cyclophosphamide, thalidomide, and chlorambucil*
[see Section 6.5]) (*not approved in Japan). 
Table 7
Permitted Background Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Therapies
Permitted SoC Therapy
Immunosuppressants / 
Immunomodulators
(use of one is permitted)
Azathioprine
up to 2.5 mg/kg/day
6-Mercaptopurine
up to 1.5 mg/kg/day
Mycophenolate
either as MMF up to 3 g/day or MPSa up to 
2160 mg/day
Methotrexate
up to 25 mg/week
Sulfasalazine
up to 3 g/day
Leflunomide
up to 20 mg/day
Antimalarials
Hydroxycholoroquine
Quinacrinea
Chloroquinea
Corticosteroids
(see Section 6.4.2 and Section 6.5.1)
NSAIDs
(see Section 6.5.1)
Note: Not all SoC medications are permitted. Prohibited SoC therapies include cyclophosphamide, thalidomide, and 
chlorambucil (see Section 6.5)
MMF = mycophenolate mofetil, MPS = mycophenolate sodium, NSAIDs = nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.
a: not approved in Japan.
All background therapy for SLE given prior to Screening must have been kept stable or 
discontinued according to the specifications in the exclusion criteria for a subject to be eligible for 
the study. These medications (i.e.,
single immunosuppressant/immunomodulator and/or 
antimalarials, if used) must remain stable during the Screening Period as well as the 52 week
Treatment Period, with the exception of CS and NSAIDs which can be adjusted as long as doses 
are consistent with allowed levels as indicated in Section 6.4.2. Background therapy may only be 
changed for documented safety issues. Initiation of any new immunosuppressant or 
immunomodulator therapy would be considered a treatment failure during the DBPC Treatment 
Period and should result in withdrawal of the subject from the IMP and study (see Section 5.5). 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
73/205
SoC medications are part of the subject’s previous SLE treatment and thus will not be provided by 
the Sponsor, including CS and NSAIDs. For Peru, Baseline treatments will be provided by the 
Sponsor as required per local regulation.
Additional treatments commonly given to subjects with SLE are permitted during the study
(see Section 6.5.4.1).
Any medications (other than those excluded per exclusion criteria in Section 5.3.2 or prohibited as 
per Section 6.5.2) that are considered necessary for the subjects’ welfare and will not interfere with 
the study medication may be given at the Investigator’s discretion.
6.4.2
Corticosteroids
DBPC Period
Subjects may enter the Screening Period on CS up to 30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent
(see Table 8), and must be no higher than 30 mg/day on Day 1. Corticosteroid doses above 
30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent should be avoided if possible, but may occur between Day 1 and 
Week 4. If a corticosteroid dose of 30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent or less cannot be achieved at 
the end of Week 4, the subject will be withdrawn from the study and will be considered a treatment
failure. After Week 4 of the Treatment Period, doses above 30 mg/day are prohibited. Furthermore, 
injectable corticosteroids (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, and intra-articular) are
prohibited during the study with the exception of a single dose of intramuscular steroid, no more 
than 80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, permitted prior to the twelfth week of the DBPC Period. 
Table 8
Prednisone Equivalence Calculation (Total Daily Dose)
Oral CS Medication
Equivalent (mg) to 1 mg of Prednisone
Betamethasone
0.15 mg
Cortisone
5 mg
Dexamethasone
0.15 mg
Hydrocortisone
4 mg
Prednisolone
1 mg
Meprednisonea
0.8 mg
Methylprednisolone
0.8 mg
Triamcinolone
0.8 mg
CS = Corticosteroids.
a: not approved in Japan.
The corticosteroid dose achieved by the end of Week 8 is defined as the Threshold Dose. This is 
the maximum dose allowed at any time in the study other than for treatment of flares as outlined 
below (see Section 6.4.2.2). After treatment for a flare the corticosteroid dose must be reduced 
within seven days to less than or equal to the Threshold Dose. If this is not possible then the subject 
is considered a treatment failure and will be withdrawn from the study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
74/205
Investigators are strongly encouraged to decrease the CS dose of the subject as much as tolerated 
and as soon as possible until after the Week 16 study visit. Between Weeks 17 and 24, no changes 
to the CS dose may be made. After Week 24 assessments are completed, dose may be decreased, 
as tolerated, through the Week 40 study visit. Between Weeks 41 and 52, no changes to the CS 
dose may be made. The rules for CS dose changes during Screening and the DBPC Treatment 
Period are outlined in Table 9. There is no minimum CS dose required during the study.
Guidance regarding the use of oral CS during the study is provided below. Doses given are for a 
total daily dose of prednisone or prednisolone; CS other than prednisone/prednisolone may be used 
instead orally at the equivalent doses (Table 8).
LTE Period
During the LTE Period, CS doses up to 30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent (see Table 8) are 
permitted. Injectable corticosteroids (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, and intra-
articular) remain prohibited during the LTE Period, with the exception of a single dose of 
intramuscular steroid, no more than 80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, permitted prior to the 
twelfth week of the LTE Period.
Screening Period, DBPC Period, and LTE Period
There are no restrictions on non-systemic corticosteroid dosage (see Section 6.5.1.2).
The Investigator will record all concomitant medications taken by the subject during the study,
from the date of signature of informed consent, in the appropriate section of the eCRF, after 
recording them in the source documents.
Any additional concomitant therapy that becomes necessary during the study and any change to 
concomitant drugs must be recorded in the corresponding section of the eCRF, noting the name, 
dose, duration and indication of each drug.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
75/205
Table 9
Oral 
Corticosteroid 
Dose 
(in 
prednisone-equivalent) 
and 
Taper Guidance
Study Visit
Study 
Period
Maximum 
Allowable Dosea
Target Dose
Action for CS dosing
Screening 
Screening 
Period
30 mg/day
≤30 mg/day
No change in CS doseb
Day 1 Week 1
30 mg/day
≤30 mg/day
After Day 1, may initiate, 
increase, decrease, or have no 
change to dose. Dose must be 
tapered to ≤Day 1 dose by 
Week 4
Week 1 
through 3
30 mg/dayf
≤30 mg/day
Week 4 Visit
Week 4
Day 1 dosec
≤Dose at Day 1 Visit
Begin taper to ≤10 mg/day by 
Week 8, as tolerated
Weeks 5 
through 7
Week 4 
Visit dose 
≤10 mg/day
Continue to taper to 
≤10 mg/day by Week 8, as 
tolerated
Week 8 Visit
Week 8
Week 4
Visit dose
≤10 mg/day
Begin taper to ≤7.5 mg/day by 
Week 12, as tolerated
Weeks 9 
through 11
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Continue to taper to 
≤7.5 mg/day by Week 12, as 
tolerated
Week 12 Visit
Week 12
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Weeks 13 
through 15
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Week 16 Visit
Week 16
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Weeks 17 
through 23
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
No change in CS dosed
Week 24 Visit
Week 24
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
No change in CS dosed
Weeks 25 
through 39
Week 8
Visit dose
≤5 mg/day
Taper to ≤5 mg/day by 
Week 40, as tolerated
Week 40 Visit
Week 40
Week 8
Visit dose
≤5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Weeks 41 
through 52
Week 8
Visit dose
≤5 mg/day
No change in CS dosee
CS = Corticosteroids.
a 
Violation of requirements during the Screening Period results in screen-failure; treatment period violation may 
result in treatment failure and withdrawal from study. 
b 
Any dose change between Screening and Day 1 results in screen failure.
c
Subjects with CS dose < 7.5 mg/day at Day 1 may have up to 7.5 mg/day at Week 4.
d
Any dose increase during Weeks 17 to 24 results in treatment failure and withdrawal from study, dose may be 
tapered after Week 24 assessments have been completed.
e
Any dose increase during Weeks 41 to 52 results in treatment failure and withdrawal from study.
f
Although it is preferred that subjects do not receive a CS dose > 30 mg/day, subjects who receive > 30 mg/day 
between Day 1 and the Week 4 visit will not be withdrawn from the study if they are able to achieve a dose no 
higher than (≤) the Day 1 CS dose and ≤30 mg/day (whichever is lower) by the Week 4 visit.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
76/205
Overview / Key Points on Corticosteroid Dose During Study
!
CS dose must remain stable during the Screening Period.
!
From Day 1 to the Week 4 Visit, CS dose may be initiated, increased, decreased, or remain 
unchanged. 
!
Corticosteroid dose adjustment goals and restrictions during the DBPC Treatment Period:
o
By the Week 4 Visit, the dose must be ≤dose at Day 1. Subjects with CS dose 
< 7.5 mg/day at Day 1 may have up to 7.5 mg/day at Week 4.
o
By the Week 8 Visit, dose should be tapered to ≤10 mg/day, as tolerated
o
By the Week 12 Visit, dose should be tapered to ≤7.5 mg/day, as tolerated
o
No changes to CS dose should be made from Week 17 through completion of study 
assessments for Week 24.
o
Between study visits at Week 25 through Week 40, dose should be tapered to 
≤5 mg/day, as tolerated.
o
No changes to CS dose are allowed from Week 41 through completion of study 
assessments for Week 52/EOT.
!
During the LTE Period, CS doses may be initiated or increased up to 30 mg/day 
prednisone-equivalent, decreased, or remain the same. Investigators are strongly encouraged 
to decrease the CS dose of the subject as much as tolerated.
These rules are detailed in the next section (see Section 6.4.2.1).
6.4.2.1
Corticosteroid Use as Standard of Care
DBPC Period:
Screening Visit to Day 1 (No Change in CS Dose)
From the Screening Visit to Day 1, the corticosteroid dose should be maintained at the 
Screening Visit dose. If the corticosteroid dose is changed, the subject will be considered a screen
failure. The total daily prednisone-equivalent dosage must not be higher than 30 mg/day during 
the Screening Period.
Day 1 to Week 4 Visit (CS Dose Adjustable)
Corticosteroids may remain unchanged, be initiated, be increased, or be decreased after Day 1 but 
must be no higher than (<) the Day 1 CS dose  at the Week 4 Visit.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
77/205
Week 4 Visit and Week 4 Study Period
At the Week 4 Visit, the CS dose is required to be no higher than (≤) the Day 1 CS dose and total 
daily prednisone-equivalent dosage must be ≤30 mg/day (whichever is lower). However, subjects 
taking < 7.5 mg/day at the Screening Visit can have a dose of up to 7.5 mg/day at Week 4.
Weeks 5 to 8 (CS Dose Reduction)
By the Week 8 Visit, the CS dose should be tapered to as low a dose as tolerated, targeting a 
prednisone-equivalent dosage ≤10 mg/day and must be ≤the Week 4 dose. This is the new upper 
limit for subsequent doses, and is considered the Threshold Dose.
Weeks 9 to 16 (CS Dose Reduction/Rescue)
After Week 8, the CS dose must always be ≤Week 8 dose (Threshold Dose).
Decreases in the CS dose from the Week 8 dose level should be performed to reach the target of 
prednisone-equivalent ≤7.5 mg/day, as tolerated.
Treatment for flare as outlined below will be allowed once during this period.
Weeks 17 to 24 (No Change in CS Dose)
From Week 17 to 24, the 8 weeks prior to the 24 week assessment of disease activity, the 
corticosteroid dose must be maintained at the Week 16 dose, with no changes. If a corticosteroid 
dose increase is required to treat a flare, the subject will be considered a treatment failure and will 
be withdrawn from study.
Weeks 25 to 40 (CS Dose Reduction/Rescue)
After Week 24, the CS dose must always be ≤Week 8 dose (Threshold Dose).
Decreases in the CS dose from the Week 24 dose level should be performed to reach the target of 
prednisone-equivalent ≤5 mg/day, as tolerated. 
Treatment for flare as outlined below will be allowed once during this period.
Weeks 41-52 (No Change in CS Dose)
The CS dose must be maintained at the Week 40 dose, with no changes. No increases are allowed.
If a corticosteroid dose increase is required to treat a flare, the subject will be considered a 
treatment failure and will be withdrawn from study.
LTE Period:
Corticosteroid doses may be initiated or increased up to 30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent, 
decreased, or remain the same. Investigators are strongly encouraged to decrease the CS dose of 
the subject as much as tolerated.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
78/205
6.4.2.2
Corticosteroid Use as Rescue Medication in Treatment of 
Flare
Corticosteroid Dose Increases and Treatment of Flares: DBPC Treatment Period
Subjects may increase the CS dose up to 30 mg/day only two times as rescue for worsening of 
SLE activity or for other reasons during the DBPC Treatment Period of the study. Each rescue is 
allowed only once during each of the following two time periods: 1) once between Week 8 to
Week 16; and 2) once between Week 24 to Week 40. The CS dose can be increased up to 
prednisone-equivalent 30 mg/day, but must be returned to ≤Week 8 dose (Threshold Dose) within
seven days. A CS dose increase must not to be initiated within one week of a planned study visit.
A single dose of intramuscular steroid, no more than 80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, is 
permitted prior to the twelfth week of the DBPC Period. CS medications are part of the subject’s 
previous SLE treatment and thus will not be provided by the Sponsor. Doses for treatment of flares 
beyond these allowable rescue doses will result in the subject being considered a treatment failure, 
and withdrawal from the study (see Section 5.5.1).
Corticosteroid Dose Increases and Treatment of Flares: LTE Treatment Period
During the LTE Period, CS doses up to 30 mg/day are permitted. In addition, a single dose of 
intramuscular steroid, no more than 80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, is permitted prior to the 
twelfth week of the LTE Period. CS medications are part of the subject’s previous SLE treatment 
and thus will not be provided by the Sponsor. 
If medications which are not permitted (as per Section 6.5.2) are required to treat the flare, and/or 
the flare has been ongoing between 2 visits at least 12 weeks apart without improvement, the 
subject must be discussed with the Medical Monitor to determine if the subject should be 
considered a treatment failure, and must be withdrawn from the study (see Section 5.5.1).
6.5
Concomitant Medications and Therapies
All concomitant medications taken by the subject during the study, from the date of signature of 
informed consent are to be recorded in the appropriate section of the eCRF, noting the name, dose, 
duration (i.e., start and end dates), dosing regimen (e.g., once daily, twice daily, etc.), and 
indication of each drug. Nondrug interventions and any changes to a concomitant medication or 
other intervention should also be recorded in the eCRF.
6.5.1
Permitted Medicines
Any medications that are considered necessary to protect subject welfare and will not interfere 
with the study medication may be given at the Investigator’s discretion.
Rescue medications may be administered to address ineffective treatment, anticipated adverse 
reactions or anticipated emergency situations.
Additional treatments commonly given to subjects with SLE are permitted during the study as 
described in Section 6.5.1.4.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
79/205
6.5.1.1
Corticosteroids
Corticosteroid dose above 30 mg/day prednisone-equivalent is excluded (except between Day 1 
and Week 4). There is no minimum CS dose required during the study. Rules for CS dose changes 
are detailed in Section 6.4.2.1.
6.5.1.2
Non-Systemic Corticosteroids
Non-systemic corticosteroid medications in this study are defined as otic, topical, intranasal, 
inhaled, and ophthalmic. There are no restrictions on non-systemic corticosteroid dosing.
However, all injected corticosteroids, including local injections (e.g., intra-articular injections) are 
not permitted with the exception of a single dose of intramuscular steroid, no more than 80 mg of 
prednisolone equivalent prior to the twelfth week of the DBPC Treatment Period and once during 
the LTE Period (prior to the twelfth week).
6.5.1.3
Vaccinations
Subjects will be required to have had pneumococcal vaccination and seasonal flu vaccine, as per 
local guidance, to be eligible to participate in the study as per Section 5.3.1. In addition, it is 
strongly recommended that Investigators’ review the subject’s vaccination status, and ensure they 
are up to date with vaccines as per local guidelines. Live vaccinations will not be permitted as per 
Section 5.3.1 and Section 5.3.2.
6.5.1.4
Additional Permitted Medications
Additional background therapies commonly given to subjects with SLE are permitted during the 
study as follows:
! Vitamin D (≥400 IU/day) and calcium supplementation (≥800 mg/day) is encouraged per local 
SoC guidelines. Subjects not already taking these medications at Screening should, according 
to the Investigator's judgement, initiate treatment as soon as possible after Screening. These 
medications will not be supplied by the Sponsor. 
! Subjects taking an NSAID (including cyclooxygenase 2 inhibitors) for SLE symptoms at 
randomization can continue to do so throughout the study. Subjects may have the dose adjusted 
during the study, with any changes in dosage captured in the eCRF (see Section 6.5). The 
NSAIDs should not be used above the maximum allowable doses and site should perform 
regular AE monitoring of these concomitant medications. NSAIDs may not be initiated during 
the DBPC Treatment Period.
! Low-dose aspirin (≤350 mg/day) for cardiovascular prophylaxis. Low-dose aspirin for other 
indications may be permitted after discussion with medical monitor.
! Paracetamol (acetaminophen) up to 3 g/day may be initiated or continued for pain control of 
SLE symptoms during the study. This should be titrated off as tolerated. 
! Opioids are permitted for stable use for SLE if initiated by Day 1. Initiation of opioids and/or 
dosing of opioids as needed after Day 1 for SLE is not permitted during the DBPC Treatment 
Period. These may be titrated off as tolerated during the study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
80/205
! Analgesics, including opiates, may be used at stable doses or as needed for temporary relief of 
symptoms not due to SLE, but then are strongly recommended to be unchanged 24 hours prior 
to each study visit.
! It is recommended that angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor 
blockers if used at Screening be maintained at a stable dose during the study as subjects with 
proteinuria up to 4 g/day will be permitted into the study and the proteinuria will be followed, 
unless dose change or initiation is required for safety reasons. 
! Any medications (other than those excluded by the CTP) that are considered necessary for the 
subjects’ welfare and will not interfere with the study medication may be given at the 
Investigator’s discretion.
! Rescue medications may be administered to address ineffective treatment, anticipated adverse 
reactions or anticipated emergency situations (see Section 6.4.2.2 for CS treatment of flare).
! During the LTE Period: 
o
If a subject is on an immunosuppressant/immunomodulator when they rollover into 
the LTE Period, the dosage may be decreased or remain the same. After Week 24 
of the LTE Period, the dosage regimen for an immunosuppressant/
immunomodulator may be increased up to the limits permitted in Table 7 or 
initiated as long as only 1 immunosuppressant is used
o
Antimalarials may be initiated, increased, decreased, or remain the same
o
NSAIDs for SLE may be initiated, increased, decreased, or remain the same
o
Opioids may be initiated, increased, or decreased
o
NSAIDs and paracetamol may also be used for symptoms not due to SLE. It is 
strongly recommended that analgesics (including opioids), paracetamol, and 
NSAIDs are unchanged 24 hours prior to study visits when SLE assessments are 
completed (see SoA).
! Medical marijuana* use (as permitted by local and/or national law) is not excluded; however, it 
will require a case-by-case review and approval by the Medical Monitor and/or Sponsor. Site 
must provide information to confirm:
1.
The marijuana is medically prescribed,
2.
The condition for which it is prescribed is not exclusionary, 
3.
The medical marijuana use is not abuse (i.e., does not interfere with subject compliance 
or safety in the opinion of the Investigator), AND
4.
The dose is stable as to not interfere with the disease activity assessment.
*Not approved in Japan.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
81/205
6.5.2
Prohibited Medicines
The following treatments and therapies are not permitted during this study:
!
 
! Use of cyclophosphamide, thalidomide, or chlorambucil* (alkylating agents), tacrolimus, 
cyclosporine, or other immunosuppressant or immunomodulator therapies not listed in
Section 5.3.2 (*not approved in Japan).
! Use of more than one immunosuppressant therapy at any time (see Section 5.3.2 and 6.4.1).
! Biologic therapies for SLE are strictly prohibited. Biologic therapies for other indications must 
be discussed with the Medical Monitor on a case-by-case basis, with the exception of insulin 
and antibodies used for bone density (e.g., denosumab), which are permitted.
! JAK inhibitors (e.g., tofacitinib, baricitinib).
! Anticoagulants and anti-platelet therapy other than low dose of daily aspirin for 
cardioprotection.
! Fish oil.
! Ig therapy or plasmapheresis.
! Bone marrow transplant.
! Any solid organ transplant.
! Vaccines: Live and live-attenuated vaccines are prohibited within one month before Screening 
and during the Study Period. 
!
 
 
! Use of prohibited medications, including the use of oral CS doses that are not allowed or use of 
injectable CS (including intraarticular CS) as mentioned in Section 6.5. 
! New therapies for SLE should not be initiated during Screening or DBPC Treatment Period of 
the study. Initiation of any new immunosuppressant or immunomodulatory therapy would be 
considered a treatment failure and result in withdrawal of the subject from the IMP during the 
DBPC Treatment Period (see Section 5.5). For the LTE Period, see Section 6.4.1.
! Therapies for pulmonary hypertension, see Exclusion criterion 1. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
82/205
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
83/205
6.5.3
Other Interventions
Other Trial Considerations
Women of childbearing potential must be willing to follow very specific restrictions for birth 
control as indicated in Section 5.3.1. While there is no requirement for contraception in male 
participants based on the nonclinical data, it is recommended that conception be avoided during 
exposure to M2951 as there is limited experience in humans.
Other Interventions/Therapies
Use of potentially excluded procedures such as acupuncture or joint replacement therapy is to be 
discussed with the Sponsor or designee on a case-by-case basis. Use of acupuncture is allowed to 
continue if it is started before the Screening Visit and may be initiated/and or modified during the 
LTE Period. Major elective surgeries such as abdominal, thoracic or joint replacement surgeries 
should not be planned to occur in the Study Period. Unplanned joint replacement surgery should 
be discussed at the earliest opportunity prior to the surgery with the Medical Monitor regarding 
continuation of the subject in the study.
6.5.4
Special Precautions
In this study, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, dosing regimens, and other precautionary 
measures specified within this CTP must be respected in addition to the recommendations provided 
in the Investigator’s Brochure.
6.5.4.1
For M2951
The IMP should be temporarily withheld or permanently withdrawn if laboratory abnormalities 
occur or recur as relevant per Section 5.5.2.
6.5.5
Management of Specific Adverse Events or Adverse Drug 
Reactions
No specific measures are proposed at this stage. Standard medical care will be provided at the 
study site for all AEs occurring during the study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
84/205
6.6
Packaging and Labeling of the Investigational Medicinal 
Product
M2951 and matching placebo is supplied by the Sponsor. A description of pharmaceutical 
properties and composition of the formulation of M2951 is provided in the Investigator Brochure. 
All IMPs will be packaged and labeled in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements 
and Good Manufacturing Practice Guidelines. Additional details of packaging and labeling of the 
IMP will be defined in a separate Manual of Procedures.
6.7
Preparation, Handling, and Storage of the Investigational 
Medicinal Product
IMP must be carefully stored at the study site in a closed room or cabinet with restricted access 
and separately from other drugs.
Storage conditions for M2951 will be specified in a separate Manual of Procedures. Any deviations 
from the recommended storage conditions should be immediately reported to the Sponsor, and the 
medication should not be used until authorization has been received from the Sponsor.
M2951 must not be used for any purpose other than the study. The administration of M2951 to 
subjects who have not been enrolled into the study is not covered by the study insurance.
Disposal of IMP should be according to local regulations and institutional guidelines.
6.8
Investigational Medicinal Product Accountability
The Investigator is responsible for ensuring IMP accountability, including reconciliation of drugs 
and maintenance of records. For Japan only - The head of the study site is responsible for ensuring 
IMP accountability, including reconciliation of drugs and maintenance of records. The head of the 
study site can delegate the control of and accountability for the study drug to an investigational 
product storage manager.
! Upon receipt of IMP, the Investigator (or designee) will check for accurate delivery and 
acknowledge receipt in the IWRS and by signing or initialing and dating the appropriate 
documentation and returning it to the location specified. The original or a copy will be archived 
for the Investigator Site File. For Japan only - Upon receipt of IMP, the head of the study site
(or the investigational product storage manager) will check for accurate delivery and 
acknowledge receipt in the IWRS and by signing or initialing and dating the appropriate 
documentation and returning it to the location specified. The original or a copy will be archived 
for the Investigator Site File
! The dispensing of the study IMP will be carefully recorded on the appropriate drug 
accountability forms and an accurate accounting will be available for verification by the clinical 
research associate (CRA) at each Monitoring Visit.
! Study IMP accountability records will include the following:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
85/205
! Confirmation of IMP delivery, in good condition and in the defined temperature range to the 
study site.
! The inventory of IMP provided for the clinical study by the Sponsor and prepared at the site.
! The use of each kit by each subject.
! The disposition (including return, if applicable) of any unused IMP.
! Dates, quantities, batch numbers, kit numbers, expiry dates, as well as individual subjects’ 
study numbers.
The Investigator site should maintain records, which adequately document that subjects were 
provided the IMP specified in this CTP, and all IMPs provided by the Sponsor were fully 
reconciled.
The CRA will periodically collect the IMP accountability forms and will check them. Expired IMP 
can be destroyed at the study site according to local regulations and institutional guidelines while 
the study is ongoing if no shelf life prolongation is possible. 
Unused IMP must not be discarded or used for any purpose other than the present study. Any study
treatment that has been dispensed to a subject must not be re-dispensed to a different subject.
At the conclusion or termination of this study, study site personnel and the CRA will conduct a 
final product supply inventory on the investigational drug accountability forms and all used and
unused IMP kits will be destroyed at the study site according to local regulations and institutional 
guidelines. The study site personnel will be supplied with a copy for filing of the investigational 
drug accountability forms. This documentation must contain a record of clinical supplies used, 
unused, and destroyed and shall include information on:
! All administered units
! All unused units 
! All destroyed units (used and unused) during the study
! All destroyed units (used and unused) at the end of the study
! Date of destruction(s)
! Name and signature of the Investigator/pharmacist. For Japan only - Name and signature of the 
head of the study site or the investigational product storage manager.
It must be ensured at each study site that the study treatment is not used:
! After the expiry date
! After the retest date unless the study treatment is reanalyzed and its retest date is extended.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
86/205
6.9
Assessment of Investigational Medicinal Product Compliance
The IMP will be administered at the site on study visit days as indicated in the SOA (Table 1). All 
other dosing will be done by the subject or subject’s caregiver at home throughout the rest of the 
study. Compliance may be assessed via the patient diary for dosing and food intake around dosing.
Subjects will be instructed to bring all IMP, including the used packaging, to each study visit to 
allow for the assessment of compliance with study treatment. Prior to discharge from each 
scheduled visit as determined by IWRS, subjects will be given sufficient IMP for at-home dosing 
until the next scheduled visit during the Treatment Period.
Insufficient compliance with the protocol-specified dosing regimen is defined as receiving < 80% 
of the required number of scheduled doses of study medication. If a subject has insufficient 
compliance, the Investigator or designee is to counsel the subject and ensure steps are taken to 
improve compliance.
6.10
Blinding
Treatment with M2951 and placebo will be double-blinded. Subjects, Investigators, study staff and 
the study teams (Sponsor and 
) will be blinded to treatment. All breaks of the study blind 
must be adequately documented.
Packaging and labeling will be prepared to protect the blinded nature of the study. IMP (M2951
or placebo) will not be distinguishable from each other and will be covered by suitable labels to 
prevent subjects and study personnel from noticing any differences in the tablets of M2951 versus
placebo. Blinded treatment kit numbers will be obtained through the IWRS as described in 
Section 6.3.
After Day 1, results of analyses that could reveal the PD effects of M2951 in an individual subject 
will be blinded to the study site, the Sponsor, and the CRO. These analyses will include: total Ig 
(IgA, IgM, and IgG), IgG subclasses, C3, C4, anti-dsDNA, ANA, other autoantibodies 
(anticardiolipin, anti-Smith antibody [anti-Sm]; an antibody to ribonucleoproteins; and antinuclear 
antibodies associated with autoimmune diseases including Sjögren syndrome and SLE [anti-Ro, 
anti-La]), and cell counts by flow cytometry (total B cells and B cell subsets). If the Investigator 
considers it necessary to have any of the above results for acute medical management of the subject 
after Day 1, then this should be discussed with the Medical Monitor. It should be noted that in the 
clinical utility of monitoring anti-dsDNA levels may be diminished due to an anticipated drop in 
levels as a consequence of M2951’s PD effects. Lymphocyte counts as assessed by routine 
complete blood counts will not be blinded, as these results are not anticipated to reveal PD effects, 
since B lymphocytes represent a small proportion of total lymphocytes (5% - 20%).
An IA for futility may be triggered when 100% of the planned enrollment required for the primary 
analysis reaches 24 weeks of treatment, or discontinues treatment prematurely prior to Week 24. 
The IDMC will be fully unblinded to treatment and will make a recommendation, as described in 
the IDMC charter. A limited set of endpoints will be analyzed for the IA, including Week 24 SRI-4 
response for the whole study population and Week 24 SRI-6 response for the HDA subgroup. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
87/205
If the planned enrollment required for the primary analysis is slower than expected, consideration 
will be given to conducting the interim futility analysis at an earlier time point, when the first 50% 
of subjects enrolled of the planned enrollment reach 24 weeks of treatment, or discontinue 
treatment prematurely prior to Week 24. The unblinding procedures specified above will be 
followed, regardless of the timing of the interim futility analysis.
Only when the trigger event for the primary analysis (Section 5.1) is reached, the protocol 
violations are determined, and the database is locked, will the drug codes be broken and made 
available for the primary analysis.
If the Japan cohort enrollment is slow and cannot be fully included in the  primary analysis cohort, 
a consistency analysis (occurring after the primary analysis) will be scheduled for the purpose of 
analyzing the entire Japan cohort. Only when the trigger event for the consistency analysis (Section 
5.1) is reached, the protocol violations are determined, and the database is locked, will the drug 
codes be broken for the Japanese subjects not included in the primary analysis, and made available 
for the treatment effect consistency analysis with respect to non-Japan and Japan regions.
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.11
Emergency Unblinding
The Investigator will have the ability to break the blind with regard to IMP for any subject at any 
time through the IWRS. However, the Investigator should make every effort to contact the 
responsible Medical Monitor or their designee to discuss the subject’s emergency situation and the 
need to unblind prior to unblinding any subject and must contact the Sponsor or designee within 
1 working day after the event occurs without revealing to the Sponsor personnel the result of the 
code break. The Investigator will be able to access the subject’s treatment assignment 24 hours a 
day through the IWRS using a unique access code and user number (different from those used to 
assign subjects to treatment through the IWRS). Should the IWRS be unavailable for any reason, 
the Investigator will be able to break the blind via a telephone call to the IWRS help desk, which 
is available 24 hours a day. The help desk can access the database manually to perform the 
unblinding via telephone in the event that the IWRS is not operational. The Investigator must 
record the date of unblinding and the reason in the eCRF. Contact information for breaking the 
blind in an emergency is given on the subject emergency card provided to each subject (see 
Section 9.4).
Under certain circumstances, the IDMC or Drug Safety may be required to unblind the treatment 
assignment for an individual subject following a SAE or other serious event; (e.g., if an expedited 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
88/205
regulatory report is required). See Section 7.4.1.4 for further details on expedited reporting 
and SAEs.
6.11.1
Unblinding for Regulatory Authorities
In cases where unblinding is required for the purposes of reporting expedited safety events to 
country-specific regulatory agencies or IECs, the unblinding will be performed by an authorized 
person(s). A blinded version of any documents to be submitted to the authorities will be shared as 
appropriate with study staff and site personnel. Only the authorized person(s) within the CRO and 
regulatory affairs will have access to the unblinded version of any documents. The procedures for 
requesting and obtaining unblinded information and for maintaining the integrity of the data and 
clinical study are outlined in the pharmacovigilance plan for this study.
6.12
Treatment of Overdose
An overdose is defined as any dose greater than the highest total daily dose included in a CTP or 
planned for an individual subject enrolled in the study. 
 
 
 
 
. Any overdose must be recorded in the study medication section of the eCRF.
For monitoring purposes, any case of overdose – whether or not associated with an AE (serious or 
nonserious) – must be reported to the Sponsor’s Global Drug Safety department or designee in an 
expedited manner using the appropriate reporting form (see Section 7.4).
The effects of an overdose of M2951 are unknown, and there is no known specific treatment in 
case of overdose. In the event of overdose, subjects should be considered for hospitalization for 
observation if clinically indicated, and the Investigator or treating physician should use appropriate 
clinical judgment for the management of any clinical or investigational findings.
6.13
Medical Care of Subjects after End of Trial
After a subject has completed the study or has withdrawn early, the subject is free to access further 
treatment as deemed appropriate by the Treating Investigator. The Sponsor will not provide any 
additional care to subjects after they leave the study because such care should not differ from what
is normally SoC for subjects with SLE.
7
Trial Procedures and Assessments
Prior to performing any study assessments not part of the subject’s routine medical care, the 
Investigator will ensure that the subject has provided written informed consent according to the 
procedure described in Section 9.2.
Upon subject’s agreement, the subject’s primary health care provider can be informed about 
subject’s enrollment in the study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
89/205
Throughout the study, subjects will undergo the assessments detailed in Table 1 and Table 2, 
including collection of patient-reported HRQoL data and blood sampling.
HRQoL and subject self-assessment questionnaires must be completed first at visits where these 
assessments are collected.
Unscheduled visits may occur at any time during the study in case of suspected flares or AEs 
(assessments to be performed according to the Investigator’s judgement).
7.1
Schedule of Assessments
Prior to performing any trial assessments that are not part of routine medical care for the subject, 
the Investigator will obtain written informed consent as described in Section 9.2.
7.1.1
Screening Visit
The subjects’ eligibility will be assessed at a Screening Visit that will occur up to four weeks prior 
to the Randomization Visit (Day 1). See Table 1 for a list of assessments done at Screening to 
determine the eligibility of the subject to participate in the study. 
Subjects should undergo the Day 1 Visit as soon as possible after eligibility for the study has been 
confirmed.
Subjects who do not meet all inclusion criteria or meet an exclusion criteria within the first 
Screening Period and are considered screen failures may undergo rescreening once after approval 
by the Medical Monitor. The second Screening Period is a new 28-day Screening Period, and the 
subject will receive a new identification number. Testing at rescreening is required to be redone as 
noted below:
Rescreening: 
Subjects who are considered screen failures after a first Screening Period may undergo rescreening 
once, after approval by the Medical Monitor. If a subject is rescreened, all Screening tests will 
need to be repeated except as follows:
a.
Documented CXR and TB testing if occurred within 3 months prior to the initial rescreening 
visit.
b. Hepatitis and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) testing if occurred within 1 month prior 
to the initial rescreening visit.
Retesting:
During the initial Screening Period or single rescreening period, testing may be repeated once for 
subjects if test results would preclude enrollment in the study and are thought to represent a 
laboratory error, or a reversible, clinically insignificant intermittent condition, or are inconsistent 
with the subject’s historical values, after discussion with the Medical Monitor. When a laboratory 
test needs to be repeated during the Screening Period, or to accommodate other unanticipated 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
90/205
events, the Screening Period may be extended to 8 weeks after discussion with the Medical 
Monitor.
Information collected during the Screening Visit will be entered in the appropriate eCRF.
Subjects who meet the Screening criteria and are to be randomized will be given instructions as to 
the date and time they are due back at the site for Day 1 (randomization/first day of dosing).
7.1.2
DBPC Treatment Period
The treatment should start the day of randomization (Day 1). While on IMP, subjects will be asked 
to visit the study site and undergo assessments according to the SOA in Table 1. The Day 1 Visit
will be considered the Baseline for disease activity [e.g., BILAG 2004 Disease Activity Index, 
SLEDAI-2K, PGA, and CLASI].
A subject diary should be provided to the subjects to capture information such as daily dosing, 
concomitant medications, and AEs. Site personnel should review the subject diaries with the 
subjects at each study visit. Site personnel will dispense IMP to the subjects, per the IWRS, during 
this Period.
! A scheduling window of up to three days before or after the scheduled visit day (±3 days) will 
be permitted as indicated in the SOA.
! Subjects who discontinue early must return for the EOT/Early Withdrawal Visit and Safety 
Follow-Up Visit. 
7.1.2.1
DBPC End of Treatment/Early Withdrawal Visit
The EOT Visit is scheduled on the last day of administration of study treatment. The EOT Visit
will include a full assessment for safety (e.g., physical examination, vital signs, weight, 
hematology and chemistry), and other assessments as described in Table 1. Subjects who complete 
the End of Treatment Visit will be given the opportunity to participate in the LTE Period.
Subjects who discontinue early from the study prior to completing 52 weeks of treatment are to 
complete the EOT Visit within five days after discontinuation, including assessments as detailed 
above and in Table 1. Subjects will also complete the Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit, as
required (see Section 7.1.3).
7.1.3
LTE Period
Subjects who completed the 52-week DBPC Treatment period will be offered participation in the 
open-label, LTE Period of the study as described in Section 5.1. The Investigator will obtain
written informed consent for the LTE. 
At all applicable visits, patient-reported outcome questionnaires must be performed prior to any 
other assessments. Scheduled assessments will be performed according to Table 2.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
91/205
All scheduled visits during the LTE Period may take place within the visit windows specified in
Table 2. Subjects who discontinue early must return for the LTE End of Treatment/Early 
Withdrawal Visit and Safety Follow-Up Visit. 
For WOCBP, additional highly sensitive urine pregnancy testing will be performed at home per 
SOA, Table 3. Urine pregnancy test kits will be provided to the subject at Week 16 (for testing at 
Week 20), Week 24 (for testing at Week 28, 32, and 36), Week 40 (for testing at Week 44 and 48), 
Week 52 (for testing at Week 56, 60, 64, 68, and 72), and Week 76 (for testing at Week 80, 84, 
88, 92, 96, and 100). At and/or prior to the Week 16 visit, the PI and/or delegated site staff will 
train the relevant subjects to self-administer the urine pregnancy tests and will call the subject to 
confirm completion of urine pregnancy testing and discuss results per Table 3.
7.1.3.1
LTE End of Treatment Visit
The LTE End of Treatment Visit will be performed at Week 104 or within 5 days of early 
discontinuation of treatment with the IMP. Subjects will undergo assessments as described in
Table 2. In case of premature discontinuation, the PRO assessments must be completed at the LTE
End of Treatment Visit. Subjects will enter the Safety Follow-Up Period after completing the LTE
End of Treatment Visit.
7.1.4
Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit
The Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit is scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration of study treatment. For subjects who do not participate in the LTE Period, the Safety 
Follow-Up Visit is scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration of study treatment 
in the DBPC Period. For subjects who participate in the LTE Period, the Safety Follow-Up Visit 
is delayed until four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration of study treatment in the LTE 
Period. Subjects who are approved to rollover into LTE Period after they entered, or completed, 
the DBPC Safety Follow-Up Period, may have two Safety Follow-Up Visits. Additional details of 
the Safety Follow-Up/ End of Study Visit are provided in the SOA.
Subjects who discontinue the IMP or withdraw from the trial early will attend the Safety 
Follow-Up Visit according to procedures described in Sections 5.5.1 or 5.5.2, respectively.
All SAEs ongoing at the Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit must be monitored and followed 
up by the Investigator until stabilization or until the outcome is known, unless the subject is 
documented as “lost to follow-up”.
7.2
Demographic and Other Baseline Characteristics
Demographic data such as date of birth, self-reported race and ethnic origin, gender, weight, 
height, and body mass index will be assessed at Screening. Information about previous and 
concomitant medications will also be recorded.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
92/205
7.2.1
Medical History
In order to determine the subject’s eligibility to the study, a complete medical history of each 
subject will be collected and documented during Screening, which will include, but may not be 
limited to the following:
! Past and concomitant disease.
! Physical examination including neurological assessment and serology.
! All medications (including herbal medications) taken and procedures carried out within 28 days 
prior to Screening. Any SLE-related medications and procedures from within one year prior to 
Screening should be documented. Additional medications and procedures (with particular 
attention to SLE-related medications and procedures), should be included as deemed relevant 
by the Investigator.
For the study entry, all of the subjects must fulfill all inclusion criteria described in Section 5.3.1, 
and none of the subjects should have any exclusion criterion from the list described in 
Section 5.3.2.
7.2.2
Diagnosis of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Date of documented diagnosis of SLE, and presence/absence of the SLICC criteria for diagnosis 
of SLE (see Appendix II) and/or the presence/absence of the 11 ACR criteria for classification of 
SLE (see Appendix III), serially or simultaneously, during any interval of observation, will be 
collected.
Diagnosis of SLE will be defined as having presence of (serially or simultaneously, during any 
interval of observation):
Presence of at least four criteria, including at least one clinical criterion and at least one 
immunological criterion; or biopsy proven lupus nephritis with positive ANA and/or positive 
anti-dsDNA; as specified in the SLICC Classification Criteria for SLE (see Appendix II),
Or,
Presence of at least four of the 11 ACR classification criteria for SLE.
The diagnosis must have been made and documented at least six months prior to Screening. If a 
potential subject has not been formally diagnosed with SLE, but has 6 months of documented and 
sufficient diagnostic criteria (ACR or SLICC, as above), they may be included in the study. The 
Investigator must review the medical history, confirm the retrospective diagnosis of SLE, and the 
Medical Monitor must provide documented approval.
Additionally, subjects will be required to have SLEDAI-2K total score ≥6 (including clinical 
SLEDAI ≥4) at Screening. Subjects with SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10 at Screening will be 
considered to have HDA.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
93/205
7.2.3
Other Baseline Assessments
The term ‘Baseline’ in this protocol is defined as Day 1, predose. Baseline measurements, such as 
vital signs, a complete physical examination, clinical laboratory parameters, 12-lead ECG, HRQoL
assessments (SLEDAI Flare Index [SFI], SLEDAI-2K, PGA, C-SSRS, BILAG 2004, CLASI, 
SLICC/ACR damage index), and PD parameters will be assessed as indicated in the SOA
(Table 1). The HRQoL assessments on Day 1 are to be completed after inclusion/exclusion criteria 
are reviewed, verified, and the subject is randomized.
7.3
Efficacy Assessments
Efficacy will be evaluated using the instruments and outcomes described below and at the visits 
specified in Table 1 and Table 2 in accordance with recommendations for outcome measures in 
SLE studies which suggest assessment of current disease activity, permanent damage, and HRQoL, 
ideally including an instrument sensitive to fatigue.
All data collection and all query handling will be done via an eCRF system. An electronic device 
(electronic PRO [ePRO] system) may be used to collect some of the HRQoL assessments.
7.3.1
British Isles Lupus Assessment Group 2004
The BILAG 2004 Disease Activity Index evaluates SLE activity in a number of organ systems, 
based on the principle of “physician’s intention to treat” (refer to Manual of Procedures). The 
primary purpose of the BILAG in this study is to assess possible worsening in specific organ 
systems. Additional analyses of improvements in disease activity as assessed by the BILAG 2004 
will also be done.
A separate alphabetic score is assigned to each organ system, corresponding in general to the 
following definitions:
! BILAG A: Severe disease activity requiring any of the following treatments (e.g., systemic high 
dose oral CS, intravenous pulse CS, systemic immunosuppressants, or therapeutic high dose 
anticoagulation in the presence of high dose CS or ≥20 mg prednisone). Note that in the context 
of a CTP with medication restrictions and blinded IMP, the term “requiring” is not taken 
literally, but indicates that if all else were equal this would be the degree of treatment indicated. 
It is also understood that some subjects respond to different levels of medication than others, so 
that in assessing subjects with the BILAG “intent to treat” really means that most subjects with 
this degree of symptom would require this level of treatment, not necessarily the subject in 
question. 
! BILAG B: Moderate disease activity requiring treatment with systemic low dose oral 
glucocorticoids, intramuscular or intra-articular or soft tissue CS injection, topical CS or 
immunosuppressants, or symptomatic therapy such as antimalarials or NSAIDs.
! BILAG C: Mild disease
! BILAG D: System previously affected but now inactive
! BILAG E: System never involved
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
94/205
The BILAG 2004 is evaluated by scoring each of a list of signs and symptom as: improving (1); 
same (2); worse (3); new (4); not present (0); not done (ND). For some items, appropriate responses 
may be: Y/N or numerical values where indicated or Y/N confirm this is due to SLE activity.
All signs and symptoms scored must be due to SLE. Use of a glossary provided with the 
BILAG 2004 instrument and training of assessors in use of the instrument are essential to obtaining 
reliable and consistent results.
Use of the BILAG 2004 index for evaluating flares has been identified as a robust way of 
evaluating the efficacy of drugs; this judgment has been corroborated by external advisors and 
regulatory authorities. 
BILAG assessments should be conducted by a trained evaluator. 
Requirements for BILAG-based Composite Lupus Assessment (BICLA) response are: (1) BILAG
2004 improvement (all A scores at Baseline improved to B/C/D, and all B scores improved to C 
or D); (2) no worsening in disease activity (no new BILAG 2004 A scores and ≤1 new B score); 
(3) no worsening of total SLEDAI-2K score from Baseline; (4) no significant deterioration 
(< 10% worsening) in visual analogue PGA and (5) no treatment failure (defined as non-protocol 
treatment, i.e., new or increased immunosuppressives or antimalarials; or increased or parenteral 
corticosteroids; or premature discontinuation from study treatment) (Wallace 2014).
A copy of the BILAG 2004 and glossary is provided in the Manual of Procedures.
7.3.2
Physician Global Assessment 
The PGA is used to quantify disease activity and is measured using an anchored Visual Analog 
Scale (VAS) (see Figure 5). The PGA will be determined on a continuous VAS that asks the 
Investigator to assess the subject’s current disease activity from a score of 0 (none) to 3 (severe), 
with the assessment made relative not to the subject’s most severe state but the most severe state 
of SLE per the Investigator’s assessment. As per its validation method, the PGA is recommended 
to be completed prior to laboratory results from the individual study visit being available 
(Petri 1992).
This version of the PGA is not scored blindly. The assessor is instructed to look at the 
previous month’s PGA, decide whether the overall condition of the subject is same, better or worse 
and move the line accordingly.
A score change, where score is moved to the right from 2.5 or below in the previous month
to > 2.5 this month, denotes an arbitrary threshold for severe flare to be considered when 
determining if enough change has occurred to justify assessing the criterion as severe flare. A score 
change ≥1 unit to the right denotes a designation of mild/moderate flare.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
95/205
Figure 5
Physician Global Assessment Visual Analog Scale with Anchors
7.3.3
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index-2000
and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index 
Flare Index
SLEDAI-2K
The SLEDAI-2K is a reliable, valid, simple 1-page index that measures disease activity and records 
features of active lupus as present or not present (Gladman 2002). It is a modification for the 
SLEDAI to reflect persistent, active disease in those descriptors that had previously only 
considered new or recurrent occurrences. The SLEDAI-2K was validated against the original 
SLEDAI for evaluation over the previous 10 days. It has been shown to be reliable at different 
levels of disease activity (Gladman 1992, Gladman 1994). The properties of the SLEDAI-2K are 
summarized in a recent publication of Romero-Diaz et al (Romero-Diaz 2011).
Subsequently, use of the SLEDAI-2K for evaluating the previous 30 days was validated, and 
evaluation of the previous 30 days is now the approach recommended for use in clinical studies 
(Touma 2010, Touma 2011).
The SLEDAI-2K uses a weighted checklist to assign a numerical score based on the presence or 
absence of 24 symptoms at the time of assessment or during the previous 30 days. Each symptom 
present is assigned between 1 and 8 points based on its usual clinical importance, yielding a total 
score that ranges from 0 points (no symptoms) to 105 points (presence of all defined symptoms). 
However, if scored correctly, it is rare for even the sickest subjects to score more than 20 points. 
The assessor is also requested to assess the subject’s symptoms using the VAS for the PGA 
(see Section 7.3.2).
SLEDAI Flare Index 
The SFI can be used with any version of the SLEDAI, and will be used with the SLEDAI-2K for 
the purposes of this trial.
A mild/moderate flare is defined as any of the following
! Increase in SLEDAI instrument score of 3 points or more (but total score not to more than 12).
! New or worse discoid, photosensitive, profundus, cutaneous vasculitis, bullous lupus; or 
nasopharyngeal ulcers; or pleuritic; or pericarditis; or arthritis; or fever due to SLE.
! Increase in prednisone, but not to > 0.5 mg/kg/day.
! Added NSAID or hydroxychloroquine (or chloroquine) for SLE activity.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
96/205
! ≥1.0 increase in PGA score, but score not to exceed 2.5 (assuming the PGA score has been 
transformed to a 0-3 point scale).
! A severe flare is defined as any of the following:
! Increase in SLEDAI instrument score leading to total score > 12.
! New or worse central nervous system SLE; or vasculitis; or nephritis; or myositis; or 
platelets < 60,000/mm3, or hemolytic anemia with hemoglobin < 70 g/L or decrease in 
hemoglobin > 30 g/L AND requiring: double prednisone, or prednisone increase 
to > 0.5 mg/kg/day, or hospitalization due to SLE.
! Increase in prednisone to > 0.5 mg/kg/day.
! New cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, methotrexate, or mycophenolate for SLE activity.
! Hospitalization for SLE activity.
! Increase in PGA score leading to total score > 2.5 (assuming the PGA score has been 
transformed to a 0-3 point scale).
The SLEDAI-2K and SFI assessments should be conducted by a trained evaluator.
A copy of the SLEDAI-2K form is provided in a separate Manual of Procedures.
7.3.4
Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity 
Index
Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index is a validated measurement 
instrument for lupus erythematosus developed for use in clinical studies that consists of separate 
scores for the activity of the disease (CLASI-A) and the damage done by the disease (CLASI-D).
The CLASI activity score is calculated on the basis of erythema, scale/hyperkeratosis, mucous 
membrane involvement, acute hair loss and non-scarring alopecia. The CLASI damage score is 
calculated on the basis of dyspigmentation and scarring, including scarring alopecia. 
Dyspigmentation due to lesions is defined as lesions that remain visible for more than 12 months, 
which are considered to then be permanent (Albrecht 2005).
The CLASI assessment should be conducted by a trained evaluator, and a copy of the Index is 
provided in a separate Manual of Procedures.
7.3.5
Systemic 
Lupus 
International 
Collaborating 
Clinics /
American College of Rheumatology Damage Index
The SLICC/ACR Damage Index evaluates cumulative damage in SLE (Gladman 1996). These 
changes may or may not be related to SLE. In order to ensure that features are not reversible 
components of active inflammation, most items are scored only if they have been present for at 
least six months. Scores range from 0 to 47 points, with higher scores indicating greater cumulative 
damage. However it would be exceedingly rare to see a damage index score of greater than 5 and 
most subjects in clinical studies have scores ranging from 0-2.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
97/205
Further information on the SLICC/ACR Damage Index is provided in the Manual of Procedures.
7.3.6
Health Related Quality of Life Assessments
The impact of SLE on subjects’ lives is significant, and thus HRQoL outcomes are meaningful to 
both subjects and clinicians. As part of the study’s examination of efficacy, the effects of treatment 
on HRQoL will be assessed through changes in the SF-36v2, EQ-5D-5L, LupusQoL, PGIC, and 
FACIT-Fatigue scores (Hewlett 2005, McElhone 2007, Hurst 2004, Wolfe 1996, Yellen 1997). 
Each HRQoL assessment will be used in the countries for which validated translations are 
available. A copy of each HRQoL assessment is provided in the Manual of Procedures. 
7.3.6.1
Medical Outcomes Study 36-item Short Form Health Survey 
The SF-36v2 is a 36-item scale constructed to survey HRQoL on eight domains: limitations in 
physical activities due to health problems; limitations in social activities due to physical or 
emotional problems; limitations in usual role activities due to physical health problems; bodily 
pain; general mental health (psychological distress and well-being); limitations in usual role 
activities due to emotional problems; vitality (energy and fatigue); and general health perceptions 
(Ware 2008).
The SF-36v2 form asks for subjects to reply to questions (items) according to how they have felt 
over a specifically defined period of time. The items use Likert-type scales, some with 5 or 6 points 
and others with 2 or 3 points and yields scale scores for each of these eight health domains, and 
two summary measures of physical and mental health: the Physical Component Summary (PCS) 
and Mental Component Summary (MCS). The interval level scoring for all eight scales ranges 
from 0 (for worse health) to 100 (best possible health as measured by the questionnaire) with 
standardized summary scores for the PCS and MCS (mean = 50, SD = 10).
Higher scores represent a better quality of life. Low scores on the PCS indicate significant 
limitations in performing physical activities, high degree of bodily pain and poor general health, 
while high scores reflect little or no such limitations. Low scores on the MCS indicate frequent 
psychological distress, social and role disability due to emotional problems and poor general 
health, while higher scores reflect little or no psychological distress or limitations. At each 
Assessment Visit, the SF-36v2 will be completed by the subject prior to the initiation of any other 
study activities or treatments.
7.3.6.2
Lupus Quality of Life
The LupusQoL is a lupus-specific HRQoL questionnaire consisting of 34 items grouped in eight 
domains: physical health, pain, planning, intimate relationships, burden to others, emotional 
health, body image and fatigue (McElhone 2007). Subjects indicate their responses on a five point 
Likert response format, where 4 = never, 3 = occasionally, 2 = a good bit of the time, 1 = most of 
the time, and 0 = all of the time. Summary scores can be calculated for all eight domains. The 
LupusQoL showed good internal reliability, test-retest reliability, and concurrent validity with the 
SF-36v2 and discriminant validity for different levels of disease activity and damage in SLE 
subjects (McElhone 2007, McElhone 2016).
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
98/205
7.3.6.3
Patient Global Impression of Change
The PGIC is a self-rated scale that asks the subject to describe the change in activity limitations, 
symptoms, emotions, and overall quality of life (QoL) related to the subject’s painful condition on 
the following scale: 1 (very much improved), 2 (much improved), 3 (minimally improved), 4 (no 
change), 5 (minimally worse), 6 (much worse) and 7 (very much worse). The subject will select 
the number that matches the subject’s degree of change since beginning the treatment with M2951
(Hurst 2004).
The PGIC can be used as an anchor based method to assess clinically important change in which 
the judgment of meaningful change is made by the subject (Amirfeyz 2009). 
7.3.6.4
Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy-Fatigue
The FACIT-Fatigue is a 13-item questionnaire that assesses self-reported fatigue and its impact 
upon daily activities and function (Wolfe 1996). It uses a 5-point Likert-type scale (0 = not at all; 
1 = a little bit; 2 = somewhat; 3 = quite a bit; 4 = very much). As each of the 13 items of the 
FACIT-Fatigue scale ranges from 0–4, the range of possible scores is 0-52, with 0 being the worst 
possible score and 52 the best. To obtain the 0-52 score, each negatively worded item response is 
recoded so that 0 is a bad response and 4 is good response. All responses are added with equal 
weight to obtain the total score. Fatigue is among the most prevalent symptoms of SLE, and can 
have profound effects on subjects’ HRQoL (Wolfe 1996, Yellen 1997). The FACIT-Fatigue has 
been validated in subjects with SLE being a valid and responsive measure of fatigue in subjects 
with SLE (Hewlett 2005, Kosinski 2013, Lai 2011, Strand 2015). 
7.3.6.5
EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 Levels
The EQ-5D-5L questionnaire is a generic measure of health status that provides a simple 
descriptive profile and a single index value (Aggarwal 2009). 
The EQ-5D-5L profile defines health in terms of mobility, self-care, usual activities, pain or 
discomfort, and anxiety or depression. Each dimension has five levels: no problems, slight 
problems, moderate problems, severe problems, and extreme problems. The digits for five
dimensions can be combined in a five-digit number describing the respondent’s health state. 
EQ-5D-5L health states, defined by the EQ-5D-5L descriptive system, may be converted into a 
single index value. The index values, presented in country specific value sets, facilitate the 
calculation of quality-adjusted life years that are used to inform economic evaluations of health 
care interventions. 
The EuroQoL VAS records the respondent’s self-rated health on a 20 cm vertical, visual analogue 
scale with endpoints labelled ‘the best health you can imagine’ and ‘the worst health you can 
imagine’. This information can be used as a quantitative measure of health as judged by the 
individual respondents.
Higher scores on both EQ-5D-5L scales represent a better QoL.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
99/205
7.4
Assessment of Safety
The safety profile of the IMP will be assessed through the recording, reporting and analysis of 
Baseline medical conditions; AEs; physical examination findings including vital signs, ECGs, and 
laboratory tests (including Ig as detailed Section 7.3.6 and B cell counts).
Comprehensive assessment of any apparent toxicity experienced by each subject will be performed 
from the time of giving informed consent and throughout the study. The Investigator will report 
any AEs, whether observed by the Investigator or reported by the subject (see Section 7.4.1.2). 
The Reporting Period for AEs is described in Section 7.4.1.3.
7.4.1
Adverse Events
7.4.1.1
Adverse Event Definitions
Adverse Event
An AE is any untoward medical occurrence in a subject or clinical investigation subject 
administered a pharmaceutical product, regardless of causal relationship with this treatment. An 
AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an abnormal laboratory
finding), symptom, or disease temporally associated with the use of a medicinal product, whether 
or not considered related to the medicinal product. 
For surgical or diagnostic procedures, the condition/illness leading to such a procedure is 
considered as the AE rather than the procedure itself.
The Investigator is required to grade the severity or toxicity of each AE.
Investigators will reference the National Cancer Institute - Common Terminology Criteria for AEs 
(NCI-CTCAE), version 4.03 CTCAE 2010, a descriptive terminology that can be used for 
AE reporting.
A general grading (severity/intensity; hereafter referred to as severity) scale is provided at the 
beginning of the above referenced document, and specific event grades are also provided.
Only if a particular AE’s severity is not specifically graded by the guidance document, the 
Investigator is to use the general NCI-CTCAE definitions of Grade 1 through Grade 5 following 
his or her best medical judgment.
The five general grades are:
! Grade 1 or Mild
! Grade 2 or Moderate
! Grade 3 or Severe 
! Grade 4 or Life-threatening
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
100/205
! Grade 5 or Death.
According to Sponsor convention, any clinical AE with severity of Grade 4 or 5 must also be 
reported as an SAE. However, a laboratory abnormality of Grade 4, such as anemia or neutropenia, 
is considered serious only if the condition meets one of the serious criteria described below.
If death occurs, the primary cause of death or event leading to death should be recorded and 
reported as an SAE. “Fatal” will be recorded as the outcome of this specific event and death will 
not be recorded as a separate event. Only, if no cause of death can be reported (e.g., sudden death, 
unexplained death), the death per se might then be reported as an SAE.
Investigators must also systematically assess the causal relationship of AEs to IMP(s)/study 
treatment (including any other non-IMPs, etc.) using the following definitions. Decisive factors 
for the assessment of causal relationship of an AE to the IMP include, but may not be limited to, 
temporal relationship between the AE and the IMP, known side effects of IMP, medical history, 
concomitant medication, course of the underlying disease, study procedures.
Unrelated:
Not reasonably related to the IMP/study treatment. AE could not medically 
(pharmacologically/clinically) be attributed to the IMP/study treatment under study 
in this CTP. A reasonable alternative explanation must be available.
Related:
Reasonably related to the IMP/study treatment. AE could medically 
(pharmacologically/clinically) be attributed to the IMP/study treatment under study 
in this CTP.
Abnormal Laboratory Findings and Other Abnormal Investigational Findings
Abnormal laboratory findings and other abnormal investigational findings (e.g., on an ECG trace) 
should not be reported as AEs unless they are associated with clinical signs and symptoms, lead to 
treatment discontinuation or are considered otherwise medically important by the Investigator. If 
a laboratory abnormality fulfills these criteria, the identified medical condition (e.g., anemia, 
increased ALT) must be reported as the AE rather than the abnormal value itself.
Serious Adverse Events
An SAE is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose:
! Results in death.
! Is life-threatening. (Note: The term “life-threatening” refers to an event in which the subject is 
at risk of death at the time of the event, not an event that hypothetically might have caused death 
if it was more severe)
! Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongs an existing hospitalization, except in the case of 
hospitalizations due to protocol-defined SLE flares.
! Results in persistent or significant disability or incapacity.
! Is a congenital anomaly or birth defect.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
101/205
! Is otherwise considered to be medically important. (Note: Important medical events that may 
not result in death, be life-threatening, or require hospitalization may be considered as SAEs 
when, based upon appropriate medical judgment, they may jeopardize the subject or may 
require medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the outcomes listed above. Examples 
of such events include allergic bronchospasm requiring intensive treatment in an emergency 
room or at home, blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in inpatient hospitalization, 
or the development of drug dependency or drug abuse.)
For the purposes of reporting, any suspected transmission of an infectious agent via an IMP is also 
considered an SAE, as described in 7.4.1.4.
Events that Do Not Meet the Definition of an SAE
Elective hospitalizations to administer, or to simplify study treatment or study procedures (e.g., an 
overnight stay to facilitate intravenous therapy) are not considered SAEs. However, all events 
leading to unplanned hospitalizations or unplanned prolongation of an elective hospitalization 
(e.g., undesirable effects of any administered treatment) must be documented and reported as 
SAEs, except for unplanned hospitalizations due to flare of SLE.
Events Not to Be Considered as AEs/SAEs 
Medical conditions present at the initial study visit that do not worsen in severity or frequency 
during the study are defined as Baseline Medical Conditions and are not to be considered AEs.
Worsening of the underlying disease is not routinely to be considered an AE or SAE, but is rather 
an efficacy endpoint, unless deemed to be causally related to the IMP.
However, if significant adverse signs or symptoms occur in association with complications or a 
prolonging of a hospitalization originally due to SLE flare, then these specific complications or 
hospital prolongation events should be recorded as AEs.
Exacerbation of SLE
SLE flares would not usually be reported as AEs unless they are unexpected in the context of the 
subject’s medical history. Further, the AE report should describe the event, rather than reporting 
an AE of “SLE flare” unless it is unavoidable. SAEs due to SLE flare are always reported, whether 
or not it is consistent with the subjects’ prior history. As for AE reports, the SAE report should 
describe the events, and avoid reporting an SAE of "SLE flare".
7.4.1.2
Methods of Recording and Assessing Adverse Events
At each study visit, the subject will be asked about changes in his/her condition. During the 
Reporting Period of the study, any unfavorable changes in the subject’s condition will be recorded 
as AEs, whether reported by the subject or observed by the Investigator, unless it is a lupus flare 
that is not unexpected based on the subject’s medical history. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
102/205
Complete, accurate and consistent data on all AEs experienced for the duration of the Reporting 
Period (defined below) will be reported on an ongoing basis in the appropriate section of the eCRF. 
All SAEs must be additionally documented and reported using an SAE Report Form as described 
in Section 7.4.1.4.
It is important that each AE report include a description of the event, its duration (onset and 
resolution dates [and times to be completed when relevant and possible to assess the time of AE 
onset relative to treatment administration]), its severity, its relationship with the study treatment, 
any other potential causal factors, any treatment given or other action taken (including dose 
modification or discontinuation of the IMP) and its outcome. In addition, SAEs should be 
identified and the appropriate seriousness criteria documented. 
Specific guidance can be found in the eCRF Completion and Monitoring Conventions provided 
by the Sponsor or designee.
7.4.1.3
Definition of the Adverse Event Reporting Period
The AE Reporting Period for safety surveillance begins when the subject is screened (date of first 
signature of informed consent) and continues through the study’s Post Treatment Follow-Up 
Period, defined as the Safety Follow-Up Period (EOT through Follow-Up Week 4). SAEs 
occurring after a subject has taken the last dose of IMP will be collected throughout the subject’s 
participation until the end of the Safety Follow-Up Period, regardless of the Investigator’s opinion 
of causation. Thereafter, SAEs are not required to be reported unless the Investigator determines 
the SAE was related to IMP, or protocol procedure. 
Any SAE assessed as related to M2951 must be reported whenever it occurs, irrespective of the 
time elapsed since the last administration of M2951. 
7.4.1.4
Procedure for Reporting Serious Adverse Events
Serious Adverse Events
In the event of any new SAE occurring during the Reporting Period, the Investigator must 
immediately (i.e., within a maximum of 24 HOURS after becoming aware of the event) inform the 
Sponsor or its designee by completing the SAE Report form in the eCRF following specific 
completion instructions.
In exceptional circumstances, an SAE (or follow-up information) may be reported by telephone; 
in these cases, an SAE Report Form must be completed immediately thereafter.
Relevant pages from the eCRF may be provided in parallel (e.g., medical history, concomitant 
drugs). Additional documents may also be provided by the Investigator, if available (e.g.,
laboratory results, hospital report, autopsy report). In all cases, the information provided in the 
SAE Report Form (clinical trial) must be consistent with the data on the event that are recorded in 
the corresponding sections of the eCRF.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
103/205
The Investigator/reporter must respond to any request for follow-up information (e.g., additional 
information, outcome and final evaluation, specific records where needed) or to any question the 
Sponsor/designee may have on the AE within the same timelines as described for initial reports. 
This is necessary to permit a prompt assessment of the event by the Sponsor or designee and (as 
applicable) to allow the Sponsor to meet strict regulatory timelines associated with expedited 
safety reporting obligations.
Requests for follow-up will usually be made via the responsible Monitor, although in exceptional 
circumstances the Global Drug Safety department may contact the Investigator directly to obtain 
further information or to discuss the event.
7.4.1.5
Safety Reporting to Health Authorities, Independent Ethics 
Committees/ Institutional Review Boards and Investigators
The Sponsor or designee will send safety notifications to Health Authorities in accordance with 
applicable laws and regulations.
The Investigator must comply with any applicable site-specific requirements related to the 
reporting of SAEs (and in particular, deaths) involving study subjects to the IEC/IRB that approved 
the study.
In accordance with ICH GCP, the Sponsor/designee will inform the Investigator of “findings that 
could adversely affect the safety of subjects, impact the conduct of the study or alter the 
IEC’s/IRB’s approval/favorable opinion to continue the study.” In particular and in line with 
respective regulations, the Sponsor/designee will inform the Investigator of AEs that are both 
serious and unexpected and are considered to be related to the administered product (SUSARs). 
The Investigator should place copies of safety reports in the Investigator Site File. National 
regulations with regard to safety report notifications to Investigators will be taken into account.
For Japan only - In accordance with ICH GCP and the Japanese ministerial ordinance on GCP, the 
Sponsor/designee will inform the Investigator and the head of the study site of “findings that could 
adversely affect the safety of subjects, impact the conduct of the study or alter the IEC’s/IRB’s 
approval/favorable opinion to continue the study.” In particular and in line with respective 
regulations, the Sponsor/designee will inform the Investigator and the head of the study sites of 
AEs that are both serious and unexpected and are considered to be related to the administered 
product (SUSARs). The Investigator should place copies of safety reports in the Investigator Site 
File. National regulations with regard to safety report notifications to Investigators will be taken 
into account. The head of the study site should also maintain copies of safety reports appropriately.
When specifically required by regulations and guidelines, the Sponsor/designee will provide 
appropriate Safety Reports directly to the concerned lead IEC/IRB and will maintain records of 
these notifications. When direct reporting is not clearly defined by national or site-specific 
regulations, the Investigator will be responsible for notifying the applicable IEC/IRB of any safety 
reports provided by the Sponsor/designee in accordance with applicable timelines and will be 
required to file copies of all reports and related correspondence in the Investigator Site File.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
104/205
For studies covered by the European Directive 2001/20/EC, the Sponsor’s responsibilities 
regarding the reporting of SAEs/SUSARs/safety issues will be carried out in accordance with that 
Directive and with the related Detailed Guidance documents.
7.4.1.6
Monitoring of Subjects with Adverse Events
Any AE that occurs during the course of a clinical study and is considered to be possibly related 
to the IMP must be monitored and followed up by the Investigator until stabilization or until the 
outcome is known, unless the subject is documented as “lost to follow-up”. Reasonable attempts 
to obtain this information must be made and documented. It is also the responsibility of the 
Investigator to ensure that appropriate additional therapeutic measures and follow-up procedures 
are performed if possible. The Sponsor or designee will actively follow-up and collect information 
on any AE that occurs during the course of a clinical study; however while this activity will 
continue for any SAEs until stabilization or until the outcome is known, it will be discontinued at 
the time of database lock for nonserious AEs.
7.4.2
Pregnancy and In Utero Drug Exposure 
Only pregnancies considered by the Investigator to be related to study treatment (e.g., resulting 
from a drug interaction with a contraceptive medication) are considered to be AEs. However, all 
pregnancies with an estimated conception date during the period defined in Section 7.4.1.3 must 
be recorded by convention in the AE page/section of the eCRF. The same rule applies to 
pregnancies in female subjects and to pregnancies in female partners of male subjects. The 
Investigator must notify the Sponsor/designee in an expedited manner of any pregnancy using the 
Pregnancy Report Form, which must be transmitted according to the same process as described 
for SAE reporting in Section 7.4.1.4. 
If possible, Investigators must actively follow-up, document and report on the outcome of all these 
pregnancies, even if the subjects are withdrawn from the study (see Section 5.5.2). The Pregnancy 
Report Form will be used to report outcomes and in case of adverse outcomes, the AE Safety 
Report Form (Clinical Trials) will be used for events occurring to the subject and the 
Parent Child/Fetus AE Report Form will be used if the child/fetus sustains an AE.
Adverse outcomes must be reported in an expedited manner as described in Section 7.4.1.4, while 
nonadverse outcomes must be reported within 45 days from delivery. In the event of pregnancy in 
a subject occurring during the course of the study, the subject must be discontinued from study
medication immediately. The Sponsor must be notified without delay and the subject should be 
followed as described above.
7.4.3
Clinical Laboratory Assessments
Blood and urine samples will be collected for the following clinical laboratory tests (Table 11), 
following the timing noted in the SOA (Table 1 and Table 2). All samples should be clearly 
identified. Sample collection, preparation, and handling/shipment procedures are described in the 
laboratory manual. For WOCBP, including those who are postmenopausal for less than 12 months, 
serum pregnancy tests will be performed at initial Screening, and high sensitivity urine pregnancy 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
105/205
tests will be performed at the visits specified in Table 1 and Table 3. Pregnancy tests will be done 
whenever 1 menstrual cycle is missed during the active treatment period, when potential 
pregnancy is otherwise suspected, and at the end of the study to confirm the subject has not become 
pregnant during the study. Pregnancy tests may be repeated per request of institutional review 
boards (IRBs)/ethics committees (ECs) or if required by local regulations.
Additional laboratory tests may be performed after abnormal findings. Local safety testing as 
requested by the study team should be entered into the eCRF.
Table 11
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations
Type of 
Evaluation
Tests
Biochemistry
Albumin
Aspartate aminotransferase
Alanine aminotransferase
Alkaline phosphatase
γ-Glutamyl-transferase
Lactate dehydrogenase
Total Ig Levels (IgG, IgA, IgM)b
Bilirubin (total) 
Protein (total)
Creatinine and eGFR
calculationa
Amylase
Lipase
Total carbon dioxide/serum 
biocarbonate
Blood urea nitrogen
Glucose
Sodium
Potassium
Chloride
Calcium
Magnesium
Phosphate
Uric acid
Supplementary 
LFT visits
Aspartate aminotransferase
Alanine aminotransferase
Alkaline phosphatase
γ-Glutamyl-transferase
Bilirubin (total) 
Hepatic Panel
International normalized ratio
Partial thromboplastin time
Fibrinogen
hsCRP
Hepatitis serology: 
anti HAV IgG, anti-HAV 
IgM, HBsAg, anti-HBc, anti 
HBsAg, anti-HCV, anti-HEV 
IgG and IgM, anti-VCA IgG 
and IgM, anti-EA IgG, anti-
EBNA IgG, anti-CMV IgG 
and IgM
Antinuclear antibody, anti-
smooth muscle antibody, 
antibody to liver kidney 
microsomes
Albumin
Hematology 
Hematocrit
Hemoglobin
Red blood cell count
Mean corpuscular volume
Mean corpuscular hemoglobin
Mean corpuscular hemoglobin 
concentration
Reticulocyte count
Platelet count 
White blood cell count
Flow cytometry for:
B cell countb
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts:
Basophils
Eosinophils
Lymphocytes
Monocytes
Neutrophils 
Coagulationb
International normalized ratio
Partial thromboplastin time
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
106/205
Type of 
Evaluation
Tests
Urinalysis/
microscopyc
and urine 
chemistry
pH
Nitrite
Urobilinogen
Bilirubin
Glucose 
Ketone bodies
Protein
Blood
Microscopy (white blood 
cells, red blood cells, casts,
crystals)
Protein/creatinine ratio
Additional urine 
testing
β-hCG (women only)c
Other Screening 
testsd
HCV antibodies
Serum β-hCG (women only)
Serum β-glucan (Japan only)
HBV antibodies
HIVe
TSH
FSH
HBsAg
Quantiferon tuberculosis test
Reflex Testing 
for HBV DNA
HBV DNA PCR
β-hCG = Beta-Human Chorionic Gonadotropin, DNA = deoxyribonucleic acid, EA = early antigen,
EBNA = Epstein-Barr nuclear antigen, eGFR = Estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate, FSH = Follicle-Stimulating 
Hormone, HAV = Hepatitis A virus, HBc = Hepatitis B core antigen, HBsAg = Hepatitis B Surface Antigen,
HBV = Hepatitis B Virus, HCV = Hepatitis C Virus, HEV = Hepatitis E virus, HIV = Human Immunodeficiency Virus,
hsCRP = high sensitivity C-reactive protein, Ig = Immunoglobulin, MDRD = Modification of Diet In Renal Disease,
NK = Natural Killer Cells, PPD = Purified Protein Derivative, TSH = Thyroid Stimulating Hormone, VCA = viral capsid 
antigen. 
a
Calculated using the four-component MDRD equation (Levey 2006).
b
To be done only when specified in Table 1 and not as a standard laboratory evaluation. See Section 7.5.5.2
for details of flow cytometry assessments (safety and exploratory).
c
Urine samples will be collected using a clean catch method. If a female is actively menstruating, urine sample 
will be delayed and collected preferably within the visit window (but no later than 10 days from the visit). 
Microscopy will be performed at the central laboratory.
d
Performed only at Screening.
e
HIV testing is to be performed locally and is mandatory for participation in the study.
7.4.3.1.1
Immunological Assessments
Absolute values of and changes from Baseline in complement proteins (C3, C4) and anti-dsDNA 
antibodies may be predictive of disease development and reflective of disease activity and response 
to therapy in SLE (Bernatsky 2006, Reveille 2004). Total B cell counts and serum Ig levels may 
change given the mechanism of action of M2951 and are being collected as safety evaluations 
(see Table 1 and Table 2). These additional immunological assessments will be collected 
according to the SOA:
! Anti-dsDNA (at Screening, may be measured using 2 assays, 1 of which is a multiplex assay 
that includes anti-Ro and anti-RNP. Only anti-dsDNA is used to determine subject eligibility 
and will be reported to the sites.)
! Complement (C3 C4)
! ANA
! C-reactive protein
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
107/205
7.4.4
Vital Signs, Physical Examinations, and Other Assessments
7.4.4.1
Vital Signs
Vital signs, including blood pressure (BP), pulse rate, respiratory rate, weight, and oral temperature 
will be assessed predose at all study visits (Table 1). Height will be measured at Screening only.
A semiautomated pulse rate and BP recording device with an appropriate cuff size will be utilized. 
Pulse rate and BP will be measured after 10 minutes rest in the semisupine position with the 
subject’s arm unconstrained by clothing or other material. The BP should be assessed on the same 
arm for each subject throughout the study.
7.4.4.2
Physical Examination
Physical examinations will be assessed as indicated in Table 1 and Table 2.
Physical examination includes assessment of the following: general appearance, skin, head and 
neck, mouth, lymph nodes, thyroid, abdomen, and nervous, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and 
respiratory systems. Physical examination findings during Screening before obtaining informed 
consent will be recorded as medical history events and new findings or worsening during the study
as AEs.
Abbreviated physical examination should always include assessment of head, ears, eyes, nose, 
throat, lungs, heart, abdomen, and extremities and other systems as required by symptoms.
Additional assessments (e.g., creatine phosphokinase, ECG, chest radiograph) should be 
performed as needed to fully obtain information needed for the BILAG 2004 and/or SLEDAI-2K
assessments (see Sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.3) if scheduled, as well as to fully evaluate any subject 
complaints or AEs.
7.4.4.3
Resting 12-lead Electrocardiogram and Chest X-ray
A 12-lead ECG will be performed as indicated in Table 1 and Table 2. The 12-lead ECG recordings 
will be obtained after 10 minutes of rest in a semisupine position.
The following ECG parameters will be obtained directly from the computerized 12-lead ECG 
recordings: rhythm, ventricular rate, PR interval, QRS duration, and QT interval. The corrected 
QT interval will be calculated using Fridericia’s formula. The overall evaluation 
(normal/abnormal) will be recorded on the eCRF, and if abnormal, the specific abnormality will 
be recorded. Abnormal evaluations will be judged as clinically significant or not clinically 
significant by the Investigator.
The printout of the ECG is to be signed, dated, and filed in the Investigator’s Site File along with 
a signed and dated copy (if the printouts are not on archive-quality paper). In addition, ECGs will 
also be stored digitally by the Sponsor.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
108/205
Posteroanterior CXRs will be performed during Screening according to local standard practice. 
Subjects who had a CXR performed for clinical reasons within three months prior to the 
Screening Visit do not need to have the CXR repeated. The CXR should show no evidence of 
active infective process, or any other clinically significant abnormalities. The overall evaluation 
(normal/abnormal) will be recorded on the eCRF, and if abnormal, the specific abnormality will 
be recorded. Abnormal evaluations will be judged as clinically significant or not clinically 
significant by the Investigator.
The 12-lead ECG and CXR will be performed and read locally.
7.4.4.4
Review of Concomitant Medications and Procedures
Data concerning concomitant medications and procedures will be collected throughout the study. 
These data will be obtained at scheduled and unscheduled study visits, based on information 
spontaneously provided by the subject and through questioning of the subject.
Data concerning concomitant medications and procedures may also be obtained from the subject 
diary, but information thus collected must be reviewed and assessed medically before it is 
transcribed to the eCRF.
7.4.4.5
Unscheduled Visits
Unscheduled visits may occur at any time during the study in case of suspected flares or AEs 
(assessments to be performed according to the Investigator’s judgment).
7.4.5
Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale
The C-SSRS will be used for prospective suicidality assessment. The structured interview prompts 
recollection of suicidal ideation, including the intensity of the ideation, behavior and attempts with 
actual/potential lethality.
The scale will be administered by the Treating Investigator or a qualified designee at Screening to 
identify eligible subjects. It will be self-administered at other time points during the study as per 
Table 1 and Table 2, using a validated, electronic, self-rated version of the C-SSRS (eC-SSRS) 
(Mundt 2010, Mundt 2013). 
Subjects who answer “yes” to any suicidal behavior questions or to suicidal ideation questions 
4 or 5 on the C-SSRS during the study should be referred for appropriate psychiatric care and the 
Medical Monitor notified.
Please note that assessing the risk of suicide is a difficult and complex task when applied to the 
individual subject. No single clinical scale can replace a thorough medical examination and suicide 
risk assessment. Ultimately, the determination of the presence of suicidality depends on clinical 
judgment.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
109/205
7.5
Exploratory Assessments
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
110/205
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
111/205
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
112/205
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
113/205
8
Statistics
8.1
Sample Size
A sample size of 103 evaluable subjects per group provides 80% power at the α = 0.025 one-sided 
significance level to detect 
! an absolute improvement of 20% in Week 52 SRI-4 response proportion for M2951-treated 
subjects relative to placebo-exposed subjects, among subjects with SLEDAI-2K total score ≥6
at Screening, assuming a placebo response proportion of 40%,
or
! an absolute improvement of 25% in Week 52 SRI-6 response proportion for M2951-treated 
subjects relative to placebo-exposed subjects, among subjects with SLEDAI-2K total 
score ≥10 at Screening (i.e., HDA), assuming a placebo response proportion of 30%,
assuming that each co-primary endpoint is tested via a chi-squared test of the odds ratio (OR) for 
treatment effect at the 0.0125 one-sided level, and assuming that approximately 50% of 
randomized subjects are in the HDA group. If the absolute improvement in Week 52 SRI-6
response proportion in HDA subjects is only 20%, the power is 76%. Approximately 108 subjects 
will be randomized per treatment group to protect against a loss of information due to drop-out 
(for reasons other than efficacy/safety) of 5% over 52 weeks. Given the randomization ratio 
1:1:1:1, the total sample size required for the primary analysis is planned to be 432 subjects.
Approximately 432 subjects will enter the main study. Assuming an 80% rate of continuation to 
LTE, approximately 346 subjects are expected to enter the LTE Period.
The Japan cohort size was determined to provide a reliable evaluation of consistency in the
Week 52 SRI-4 response proportion between the non-Japan and Japan regions. Assuming that:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
114/205
(i)
the Week 52 SRI-4 response proportion in the placebo group is 0.40 for both the 
non-Japan and Japan regions, 
(ii)
the Week 52 SRI-4 response proportion due to each of the 3 M2951 dose groups is 
0.60 for both regions, so that the true underlying effect size is 0.20 for both regions, 
(iii)
a total evaluable sample size of 412 (i.e., 309:103 randomization for M2951: placebo) 
is involved in analysis of the two regions, 
and applying “Method 2” from the PMDA Guidance, 32 evaluable subjects in the Japan cohort are 
required so that both observed region-specific effect sizes exceed 0.04 with probability of 80%.  
Taking into account a loss of information due to 5% drop-out at Week 52, for reasons unrelated to 
efficacy or safety, the total number of Japan subjects to be randomized is 36, or 8.3% of the total 
planned enrollment of 432.
If enrollment of Japanese subjects is slow, then the entire Japanese cohort will not be part of the 
primary analysis cohort. A maximum of n = 36 Japanese subjects will be analyzed for Week 52 
SRI-4 at a time point after the primary analysis for the purpose of assessing consistency.  
Therefore, the total enrollment will range from n = 432 to 468 , where 468 = 432 + 36 is the number 
enrolled if none of the 36 Japanese subjects enroll in time to be included in the primary analysis. 
The number of subjects enrolled per group will range from n = 108 to 117.
8.2
Randomization
Eligible subjects will be randomized into either one of three M2951 groups 
 or the placebo group in a ratio of 1:1:1:1, stratified 
according to race (Black versus non-Black), region (US and Western Europe, Japan, and RoW) 
and Screening disease activity (SLEDAI-2K total score < 10 versus ≥10 at Screening). A 
randomized allocation schedule for IMP assignment will be generated within the appropriate group 
of 
, by an individual who is not on the study team. Randomization will occur using the 
IWRS as described in Section 6.3 upon completion of the Screening/Baseline procedures and 
determination of subject eligibility.
To ensure enrollment of an adequate number of subjects with HDA, recruitment of subjects 
without HDA may be capped, depending on enrollment rates observed during the study of subjects 
with and without HDA.
8.3
Endpoints
8.3.1
Primary Endpoints of Efficacy and Safety
The co-primary efficacy endpoints are SRI response at Week 52: SRI-4 in all subjects and SRI-6
in a HDA subgroup. The SRI-4 response, a measure of reduced SLE disease activity, is defined by 
meeting all of the following conditions compared to Baseline:
1. ≥4 point reduction in SLEDAI-2K total score.
2. No significant worsening in PGA score (< 0.3 increase assuming the PGA score is on a 
0-3 scale).
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
115/205
3. No new BILAG A organ domain scores and ≤1 new BILAG B organ domain score 
compared to Day 1 using BILAG 2004.
4. No discontinuation of investigational product and no institution of protocol-prohibited 
medication/treatment
The SRI-6 response is defined similarly to SRI-4, based on a ≥6 point reduction in SLEDAI-2K 
total score. For SRI response, Baseline is defined as Day 1 predose.
In this study, safety endpoints are considered to be primary endpoints. The safety endpoints are:
! Nature, severity, and incidence of AEs, SAEs, vital signs, ECGs, absolute values and change 
from Baseline in serum total Ig levels (IgG, IgA, IgM) and total B cell counts, and clinical 
laboratory parameters.
8.3.2
Secondary Endpoints
The key secondary endpoints are:
! Time to first severe flare, where a severe flare is defined as at least one BILAG A score in any 
organ system due to items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the 
previous visit, during the Treatment Period
! SRI-4 response at Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which is defined as subjects 
with positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
Other Secondary endpoints are:
! SRI-6 response at Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which is defined as subjects 
with positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
! SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 7.5 milligrams 
prednisone-equivalent per day or less (≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose
during Week 41 Through Week 52, in all subjects.
! SRI-6 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 7.5 milligrams 
prednisone-equivalent per day or less (≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose 
during Week 41 Through Week 52, in the HDA subgroup, defined as SLEDAI-2K ≥10 at 
Screening.
! SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 7.5 milligrams 
prednisone-equivalent per day or less (≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose 
during Week 41 Through Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup, which is defined as 
subjects with positive anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
! Time to first flare, flare-free status at Week 52, and annualized flare rate, during the 
Treatment Period, will be analyzed separately, each assessed with flare defined as:
! BILAG A Severe flare 
! BILAG A or 2B Moderate to Severe flare 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
116/205
! SFI Severe flare 
! Disease activity over time, during the Treatment Period, as measured by:
! Low disease activity status, defined by SLEDAI-2K ≤ 2, at Week 52
! Low disease activity status, defined by clinical SLEDAI-2K (SLEDAI 2K excluding anti-
dsDNA and low complement parameters) ≤ 2, at Week 52
! Lupus low disease activity state (LLDAS), defined as meeting all of the following (Franklyn 
2016):
-
SLEDAI-2K ≤ 4
-
No activity in any major organ systems (renal, central nervous system, 
cardiopulmonary, vasculitis, fever)
-
No new features of disease activity compared with the previous assessment
-
Prednisone-equivalent ≤ 7.5 mg/day
-
Unchanged background immunosuppressive therapy
! Change from Baseline in SLEDAI-2K score by visit
! Change from Baseline in CLASI-A by visit
! BICLA response by visit
! Change from Baseline in BILAG-2004 by visit
! Change from Baseline in PGA by visit
! HRQoL over time, during the Treatment Period, as measured by:
! Change from Baseline in SF-36v2 PCS and MCS scores (and their components) by visit
! Change from Baseline in EQ-5D-5L score by visit
! Change from Baseline in LupusQoL score by visit
! PGIC score by visit
! Change from Baseline FACIT-Fatigue score by visit
! Corticosteroid usage over time, during the Treatment Period, as measured by:
! Reduction from Baseline in prednisone-equivalent CS dose by ≥25% to a dose 
of ≤7.5 mg/day, with no BILAG A or 2B flare in disease activity (at that visit)
! Change from Baseline to Week 52 in prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose
! Reduction from Baseline to Week 52 in prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose of zero
to < 25%, 25% to 50%, > 50%, or an increase
! Cumulative prednisone-equivalent CS dose from Baseline until completion of the Treatment 
Period
! Clinically meaningful reduction in CS dose from Baseline, defined by:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
117/205
o
A reduction of daily prednisone-equivalent CS dose ≥25% to a dose 
of ≤7.5 mg/day by Week 40 and sustained through Week 52
AND
o
No new BILAG A organ domain scores and no more than one new BILAG B organ 
domain score during Weeks 40 through 52.
8.3.3
Exploratory Endpoints
Exploratory endpoints are:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
118/205
8.3.4
Endpoints for Long-Term Extension Period
LTE Safety:
! Nature, severity, and incidence of AEs, SAEs, vital signs, ECGs, absolute values and change 
from Baseline in serum total Ig levels (IgG, IgA, IgM) and total B cell counts, and clinical 
laboratory parameters.
LTE Efficacy:
! The following LTE efficacy endpoints will be analyzed at Week 24, Week 52, and Week 104:
o
Changes over time in SRI response
o
Changes over time in Low Disease Activity status (LLDAS, SLEDAI-2K≤2, 
clinical SLEDAI-2K≤2).
o
Changes over time in CLASI-A, CLASI-D, and SLICC/ACR Damage Index organ 
damage scores
o
Changes over time in disease activity as measured by the BILAG, SLEDAI-2K, 
and PGA
o
Change over time in prednisone-equivalent CS dose
o
Changes over time in HRQoL
o
Changes over time in autoantibodies and complement levels
! Changes in HRU by visit, including but not limited to doctor/home/emergency visits, 
hospitalizations, paid assistance, and missed work
! Time to first flare; flare-free status at Weeks 24, 52, and 104; and annualized flare rate, will be 
analyzed separately, each assessed with flare defined as:
o
BILAG A Severe flare
o
BILAG A or 2B Moderate to Severe flare
o
SLEDAI Flare Index (SFI) Severe flare.
8.4
Analysis Sets
The statistical analyses described in this protocol will be based on the analysis sets defined below:
Enrolled
The Enrolled analysis set will include all subjects who sign the ICF.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
119/205
Intent-to-Treat
The Intent-to-Treat (ITT) Analysis Set will include all randomized subjects. Subjects will be 
analyzed according to randomized treatment.
Modified ITT
The modified Intent-to-Treat (mITT) Analysis Set will include all randomized subjects who have 
received at least one dose of IMP (M2951 or placebo), and have at least one Baseline and one 
post-Baseline disease assessment. Subjects will be analyzed according to randomized treatment.
Per-Protocol
The Per-Protocol (PP) Analysis Set will include all randomized and treated subjects who do not 
have any clinically important protocol deviations. Details of the criteria for exclusion from the PP 
analysis set will be provided in the IAP, including exclusion of subjects who take prohibited 
medications. Subjects will be analyzed according to randomized treatment.
Safety
The Safety Analysis Set will include all randomized subjects who receive at least one dose of IMP, 
and will be used for the evaluation of safety endpoints. Subjects will be analyzed according to the 
actual treatment they receive.
Long Term Extension Analysis Set
The LTE Analysis Set consists of all subjects who receive at least one dose of M2951 during the 
LTE.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
120/205
8.4.1
Subgroups
Descriptive analyses of efficacy will be performed for the following subgroups:
! Race (Black, non-Black) (see Section 6.3 for definitions of Race used in this study)
! Ethnicity (Japanese, non-Japanese) (Hispanic/Latino, non-Hispanic/Latino)
! Severity of disease at Screening (severe, mild/moderate). Severe is defined as at least one 
BILAG A; mild/moderate is defined as at least one BILAG B and no BILAG A. Analyses of 
subgroups defined in terms of SLEDAI-2K total score at Screening (< 10 versus ≥10) will also 
be performed.
! Serological activity status (positive versus negative). Serologically active is defined as positive 
anti-dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
! Age (< 65, ≥65).
! Gender (male, female).
! Region (US and Western Europe, Japan, and RoW).
! Subjects on background therapy that includes mycophenolate versus subjects not taking 
mycophenolate.
8.5
Description of Statistical Analyses
8.5.1
General Considerations
A general description of the statistical methods to be used to analyze the efficacy and safety data 
is outlined below. Prior to locking the database, a detailed IAP will be developed.
Continuous variables will be summarized descriptively using the number of observations, mean, 
SD, median, first quartile (Q1), third quartile (Q3), minimum, and maximum. Categorical variables 
will be summarized using frequency counts and percentages. The denominator for the percentages 
will be the total number of subjects in the treatment group and analysis set being presented, unless 
otherwise specified (e.g., on some occasions, percentages may be calculated based on the total 
number of subjects with available data at a particular time point).
Tests of treatment effect on each of the two co-primary efficacy endpoints will be conducted at a 
one-sided α-level of 0.0125, to maintain a study-wide one-sided α-level of 0.025. P-values and the 
two-sided CIs (97.5% or 95% as appropriate) will be presented where applicable. Actual p-values 
will be interpreted based on the multiple testing strategy, as specified in this protocol, and detailed 
further in the IAP. Treatment comparisons for each data type are described in later sections.
Alternative or additional statistical methods may be used as appropriate as outlined in the IAP.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
121/205
Data from all investigative sites will be pooled for all planned analyses. Analysis of individual site 
findings or country findings will be considered if necessary. For those measures that are analyzed 
using change from Baseline scores, observed scores may also be presented descriptively.
For SRI-4 or SRI-6 response at Week 52 (Week 24), a subject experiencing flare or CS dose 
increase during Weeks 41 to 52 (Weeks 17 to 24), or a subject with a missing response at Week 52
(Week 24), will be considered a non-responder. Four sensitivity analyses of the primary analysis 
are planned: (1) non-responder imputation for subjects discontinuing treatment for reasons due to 
efficacy/safety, with available observations used (in MMRM or multiple imputation) for subjects 
discontinuing treatment for reasons unrelated to efficacy/safety or completing treatment with 
missing response at Week 52, (2) unadjusted analysis, (3) completer analysis, and (4) per-protocol
analysis (i.e., excluding subjects with clinically important protocol violations). Additional 
procedures for handling missing, unused, or spurious data, and sensitivity analyses exploring the 
impact of missing data will be described in the IAP. 
The IAP will provide definitions of Baseline measurement as needed for change from Baseline
endpoints.
Treatment compliance will be assessed in terms of the percentage of the actual doses taken relative 
to the number of scheduled doses and summarized by descriptive statistics.
All subjects will be included in individual subject data listings. 
Any changes in the data analysis methods described in the protocol will require an amendment 
only if the change affects a principal feature of the protocol. Any other changes to the planned data 
analysis that does not require a protocol amendment will be described in the IAP and the CSR. 
8.5.2
Analysis of Primary Endpoints
The primary analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 52 among all subjects in the primary analysis 
cohort, and SRI-6 response at Week 52 among HDA subjects in the primary analysis cohort, will 
be an estimate of OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI and p-value (testing null 
hypothesis H0: OR = 1.0), comparing each M2951 dose group to placebo, based on a logistic 
model for the odds of a given SRI response in the appropriate population, with M2951 dose group 
or placebo group as a factor and adjustment for covariates based on randomization strata.
Additional covariates may be included in the model as specified in the IAP. In the primary analysis 
of SRI-4 or SRI-6 response at Week 52, a subject experiencing flare or CS dose increase during 
Weeks 41 to 52, or a subject with a missing response at Week 52, will be considered a non-
responder.
The primary analysis of the co-primary efficacy endpoints will be based on the mITT analysis set, 
with supportive analyses based on the ITT and PP analysis sets, if the size of these analysis sets 
differ substantially (> 10%) from the size of the mITT analysis set. 
The Family-Wise type 1 error rate (FWER) due to the co-primary endpoints and multiple M2951 
dose group comparisons versus placebo will be controlled at the two-sided α = 0.05 level via a tree 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
122/205
gatekeeping procedure. The four hypotheses associated with the comparisons involving the co-
primary endpoints and the two highest dose groups will form the first family of hypotheses in the 
tree.  This family will be tested via the truncated Hochberg procedure, with truncation fraction pre-
specified in the IAP. The multiple-testing procedure for the remainder of the tree, including the 
hypotheses associated with the comparisons involving the co-primary endpoints and the lowest 
dose group will be specified in the IAP.
A test for monotonic dose-response relationship, between ordered M2951 dose and SRI-4 response 
OR relative to placebo, will be performed as a supportive analysis. Similarly, a test for monotonic 
dose-response relationship, between ordered M2951 dose and SRI-6 response OR relative to 
placebo, will be performed as a supportive analysis in the HDA subgroup.
Descriptive statistics for SRI-4 response, and for SRI-6 response in the HDA subgroup, will be 
provided for each treatment group by time point.
Safety endpoints are considered to be primary endpoints in this study. Analysis of safety data is 
described in Section 8.5.4.
8.5.3
Analysis of Secondary Endpoints
The analysis of secondary endpoints will be based on the mITT analysis set. Descriptive statistics 
for secondary endpoints will be provided by treatment group and time point. 
The multiple-comparison procedure for testing the key secondary efficacy endpoints will be 
provided in the IAP. Other secondary efficacy endpoints will be analyzed for 
. 
Key Secondary Endpoints
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare during the Treatment Period in all subjects will be compared 
between M2951 and placebo via a stratified log rank test. The adjusted hazard ratio comparing 
M2951 to placebo will be estimated (together with 95% CI) via a Cox regression model, with 
treatment group as a factor, and controlling for covariates defining randomization strata. A subject 
who discontinues treatment or completes treatment without experiencing flare will have his/her 
time to flare censored at the last time point at which flare could be assessed. A test for trend in 
dose-response, using the same Cox model, will be reported as a supportive analysis.
Kaplan-Meier estimates of probability of surviving free of severe (BILAG A) flare as a function 
of time on treatment will be provided for each treatment group.
The analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 52 among serologically active subjects will be an estimate 
of OR, together with associated 95% CI and p-value, comparing each M2951 dose group to 
placebo, based on a logistic model for the odds of SRI-4 response in the serologically active
population, with M2951 dose group or placebo group as a factor and adjustment for covariates 
based on randomization strata. A test for trend in dose-response, using the same logistic model, 
will be reported as a supportive analysis.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
123/205
Descriptive statistics for SRI-4 response in the serologically active subgroup, will be provided for 
each treatment group by time point.
Other Secondary Endpoints
In the analysis of other secondary efficacy endpoints described in Section 8.3.2, binary endpoints 
will be modeled via logistic regression, time to event endpoints will be modeled via Cox regression
and tested via stratified log rank test, continuous endpoints measured longitudinally will be 
analyzed using Mixed-effect Model for Repeated Measures (MMRM), and count endpoints (i.e.,
annualized flare rate) will be modeled via negative binomial regression, with treatment group as a 
factor, and adjusting for covariates defining randomization strata. Analysis of annualized flare rate 
will use the log of observation time (in years) as an offset in the model. Change in a binary endpoint 
between two time points will be analyzed via McNemar’s test. The effect of treatment on change 
in a binary endpoint will be analyzed via logistic regression, with treatment group, time point, and 
interaction as predictors, and adjusting for covariates defining randomization strata. All tests of 
efficacy will be conducted at a two-sided α level of 0.05, with p-values considered nominal unless 
generated as part of the tree gatekeeping multiple testing strategy as described in the IAP. P-values 
and the 95% CIs will be presented where applicable.
Change in SF-36v2 PCS and MCS scores (and their components) over time, change in LupusQoL 
score over time, change in FACIT-Fatigue score over time, and change in EQ-5D-5L index over 
time, will be compared between M2951 treatment groups and placebo based on change from 
Baseline using MMRM, with treatment group as a factor, and adjustment for Baseline and 
covariates defining randomization strata.
The PGIC score will be analyzed based on absolute score, using MMRM to account for subjects 
with missing data, with treatment group as a factor, and adjustment for covariates defining 
randomization strata.
In the analysis of each secondary efficacy endpoint, other covariates may be included in the model, 
as appropriate.
8.5.4
Analysis of Safety 
Adverse events will be summarized by treatment group, severity, and relationship to IMP. Serious 
AEs, AEs leading to treatment discontinuation, and AEs leading to treatment withdrawal will be 
summarized by treatment group.
Adverse events will be coded according to the medical dictionary for regulatory activities 
(MedDRA). The severity of AEs will be graded using the NCI-CTCAE v4.03 grading scale
(Hahn 2012). 
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing one or more treatment-emergent AEs 
(TEAEs) will be summarized according to the MedDRA system organ classes and preferred terms 
by treatment group, relationship to IMP, and severity.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
124/205
Summary statistics will be used to present observed values and changes from Baseline in 
continuous laboratory, vital sign, and ECG data. Shift tables will be used to present changes in 
categorical laboratory parameters. Figures will be generated as needed to assist safety evaluation. 
Values for all safety variables will be listed by subject and time point.
8.5.5
Analysis of Exploratory Endpoints
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
125/205
8.5.6
Analysis of LTE Endpoints
Efficacy and HRQoL data collected during the LTE Period will be summarized. Details will be 
provided in the IAP.
Safety data collected during the LTE Period will be analyzed as described in Section 8.5.4.
8.6
Interim and Additional Planned Analyses
Interim Analysis
There may be an IA for futility based on the highest dose of M2951, triggered when 100% of 
subjects enrolled in the primary analysis cohort reach Week 24 of treatment, or prematurely 
discontinue from treatment prior to Week 24. If enrollment is sufficiently slow, consideration will 
be given to triggering the IA at an earlier time point, when the first 50% of subjects enrolled in the 
primary analysis cohort reach Week 24 of treatment, or prematurely discontinue from treatment
prior to Week 24. Pharmacokinetic analysis will not be included in the IA.
The difference between Week 24 SRI-4 response proportion in all subjects in the primary analysis
cohort, comparing the highest dose of M2951 to placebo, will be estimated, together with a 
two-sided 97.5% confidence interval. Similarly, the difference between Week 24 SRI-6 response 
proportion in HDA subjects in the primary analysis cohort, comparing the highest dose of M2951
to placebo, will be estimated, together with a two-sided 97.5% confidence interval. If the response 
proportion difference for both co-primary endpoints is sufficiently low, as defined in the IAP, 
consideration will be given to termination of the study, in which case all subjects will be 
discontinued from IMP and scheduled for a four week Safety Follow-Up Visit/End of Study Visit.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
126/205
Descriptive statistics for the Week 24 SRI-4 response endpoint in all subjects in the primary 
analysis cohort, and for the Week 24 SRI-6 response endpoint in HDA subjects in the primary 
analysis cohort, will be presented by treatment group. A point estimate of the OR for the effect of 
treatment on Week 24 SRI-4 response, comparing each M2951 dose group to the placebo group, 
will be provided, together with a two-sided 97.5% CI. Similarly, a point estimate of the OR for the 
effect of treatment on Week 24 SRI-6 response, comparing each M2951 dose group to the placebo 
group among HDA subjects, will be provided, together with a two-sided 97.5% CI.
A test for a monotonic relationship, between ordered M2951 dose and Week 24 SRI-4 response 
OR, relative to placebo, among all subjects, will be performed as a supportive analysis. Similarly, 
a test for a monotonic relationship, between ordered M2951 dose and Week 24 SRI-6 response 
OR, relative to placebo, among HDA subjects, will be performed as a supportive analysis.
Primary Analysis
The primary analysis will occur only when primary analysis trigger event (Section 5.1) has 
occurred, the protocol violations are determined, and the database is locked.
Consistency Analysis
A separate analysis of treatment effect consistency between the non-Japan and Japan regions, may
be performed if the Japan cohort enrollment is too slow for the consistency evaluation to take place 
at the time of the primary analysis. This analysis will occur only when the consistency analysis 
trigger event (Section 5.1) has occurred, the protocol violations are determined, and the database 
is locked.
Final Analysis
The final analysis will occur only when the last subject completes all study parts (including the 
LTE and Safety Follow-Up Visits) or discontinues prematurely, the protocol violations are 
determined, and the database is locked.
9
Ethical and Regulatory Aspects
9.1
Responsibilities of the Investigator
The Investigator is responsible for the conduct of the study at the site and will ensure that the study
is performed in accordance with this protocol, the ethical principles outlined in the Declaration of 
Helsinki, as well as with the ICH Note for Guidance on GCP (ICH Topic E6), and any other 
applicable regulations. The Investigator must ensure that only subjects who have given informed 
consent are included in the study. For Japan only - the Investigator is also responsible for the 
standards stipulated in Article 14, Paragraph 3, and Article 80-2 of the Pharmaceutical Affairs Act 
in Japan; and “Ministerial Ordinance on Good Clinical Practice for Drugs” (GCP) in Japan.
According to United States Code of Federal Regulations Part 54.2 (e), for studies conducted in any 
country that could result in a product submission to the United States Food and Drug 
Administration for marketing approval and could contribute significantly to the demonstration of 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
127/205
efficacy and safety of an IMP (which are considered “covered clinical trials” by the FDA), the 
Investigator and all subinvestigators are obliged to disclose any financial interest which they, their 
spouses or their dependent children may have in the Sponsor or the Sponsor’s product under study. 
This information is required during the study and for 12 months following completion of the study.
This study is being conducted under a US Investigational New Drug (IND), therefore all 
investigational sites must complete an FDA Form 1572. 
9.2
Subject Information and Informed Consent
An unconditional prerequisite for a subject’s participation in the study is his/her written informed 
consent. The subject’s written informed consent to participate in the study must be given before 
any study-related activities are carried out. In Japan when a subject is < 20 years of age, the written 
informed consent must be obtained from the subject’s parent or guardian in addition to the 
subject’s voluntary written consent. The ICF must be approved by the IEC/IRB and regulatory 
authorities (in some countries) before it is provided to the subject. 
Adequate information must therefore be given to the subject by the Investigator before informed 
consent is obtained (a person designated by the Investigator may give the information, if permitted 
by local regulations). A subject information sheet in the local language and prepared in accordance 
with the Note for Guidance on GCP (ICH Topic E6, 1996) will be provided by the Sponsor for the 
purpose of obtaining informed consent. In Japan, a subject information sheet in the local language 
and prepared in accordance with Japan’s GCP and the Note for Guidance on GCP (ICH Topic E6, 
1996) will be provided by the Sponsor for the purpose of obtaining informed consent. In addition 
to providing this written information to a potential subject, the Investigator or his/her designate 
will inform the subject verbally of all pertinent aspects of the study, including potential 
 testing 
(see Section 9.3). The language used in doing so must be chosen so that the information can be 
fully and readily understood by lay persons. 
Depending on national regulations, a person other than the Investigator may inform the subject 
and sign the ICF, as above.
Where the information is provided by the Investigator, the ICF must be signed and personally 
dated by the subject and the Investigator. In Japan, where the information is provided by the 
Investigator, the ICF must be signed and personally dated by the subject and/or the subject’s legal 
representative as applicable, and the Investigator.
The signed and dated declaration of informed consent will remain at the Investigator’s site, and 
must be safely archived by the Investigator so that the forms can be retrieved at any time for 
monitoring, auditing and inspection purposes. A copy of the signed and dated information sheet 
and ICF should be provided to the subject prior to participation.
Whenever important new information becomes available that may be relevant to informed consent, 
the Investigator will revise the subject information sheet and any other written information to be
provided to the subjects and submit them to the IEC/IRB for review and favorable opinion. Using 
the approved revised subject information sheet and other written information, The Investigator will 
explain the changes to the previous version to each study subject and obtain new written consent 
for continued participation in the study. In Japan, the Investigator will explain the changes to the 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
128/205
previous version to each study subject and/or the subject’s legal representative as applicable and 
obtain new written consent for continued participation in the study. The subject will be given 
sufficient time to read the information and the opportunity to ask questions and to request 
additional information and clarification about the changes.
 
9.3
Subject Identification and Privacy
A unique subject number will be assigned to each subject at inclusion, immediately after informed 
consent has been obtained. This number will serve as the subject’s identifier in the study as well 
as in the clinical trial database.
The subject’s data collected in the study will be stored under this number. Only the Investigator
will be able to link the subject’s study data to the subject via an identification list kept at the site. 
The subject’s original medical data that are reviewed at the site during source data verification by 
the monitor, audits and Health Authority inspections will be kept strictly confidential.
Data protection and privacy regulations will be observed in capturing, forwarding, processing, and 
storing subject data. Subjects will be informed accordingly, and will be requested to give their 
consent on data handling procedures in accordance with national regulations.
Confidentiality of information relating to the 
sample testing will be protected to the extent 
permitted by law. To protect against the risk of loss of confidentiality, all DNA samples will be 
marked with a code number only and will not be identified by subject name. Upon receipt at the 
analytical laboratory, the samples are recoded with a specific code 
 that is different from 
the subject code number. The data generated with these samples will also be tracked with the 
. Only authorized personnel will have access to this code and to the key linking both codes.
The key will be maintained in a restricted location. The results obtained from the 
 samples in 
this study are for research purposes only. The results of the tests conducted with the 
samples 
will not be made available to the subject, members of their family, their personal physician, or 
other third parties, except as specified as follows.
Unless required by law or regulatory authorities for the purpose of verifying information obtained 
from this study, only the Sponsor’s authorized personnel and agents will have access to the 
confidential genetic data. The results and other information from the 
 tests study may be 
submitted to the regulatory authorities and governmental agencies in countries where the IMP may 
be considered for approval; however, the subject will be identified by subject and study number 
only. The subject will not be identified in any reports or publications resulting from this study.
By default, results from genotyping will only be accessible to the Sponsor’s authorized personnel 
and agents and be handled without disclosure of subject identification. However, upon written 
request by the subject, the results from genotyping will be made available to the subject, if 
permitted by local law and regulations. If required by law or regulatory authorities for the purpose 
of verifying information obtained from this study, only the Sponsor’s authorized personnel and 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
129/205
 
9.4
Emergency Medical Support and Subject Card
Subjects enrolled in this clinical study will be provided with Emergency Medical Support cards 
during their study participation, which will be furnished by the Sponsor. The Emergency Medical 
Support card is based on the need to provide clinical study subjects with a way of identifying 
themselves as participating in a clinical study, and subsequently to give health care providers 
access to the information about this participation that may be needed to determine the course of 
the subject’s medical treatment.
This service is designed to provide information to health care providers who are not part of the 
clinical study; and this may include the possibility of emergency unblinding if needed, in case of 
blinded studies.
Clinical study Investigators, who are already aware of the CTP and treatment, have other means 
of accessing the necessary medical information for the management of emergencies occurring in 
their subjects.
The first point of contact for all emergencies will be the clinical study Investigator caring for the 
affected subject. The Investigator agrees to provide his or her emergency contact information on 
the card for this purpose. If the Investigator is available when an event occurs, she or he will answer 
any questions. Any subsequent action (e.g., unblinding) will follow the standard processes 
established for the Investigators.
In cases where the Investigator is not available, Merck Serono/EMD Serono provides the 
appropriate means to contact a CRO/Sponsor physician. This includes the provision of a 24 hour 
contact number at a call center, whereby the health care providers will be given access to the 
appropriate CRO/Sponsor physician. The CRO/Sponsor physician will assist the health care 
provider in medical emergencies by providing information relating to the study and IMP. The 
CRO/Sponsor physician is not responsible or required for potential emergency unblinding, but 
should be notified as per Section 6.11 if emergency unblinding is to or has occurred, and may 
provide information if requested regarding the study and IMP.
9.5
Clinical Trial Insurance and Compensation to Subjects
Insurance coverage will be provided for each country participating to the study. Insurance 
conditions shall meet good local standards, as applicable.
In Japan, the Sponsor is entirely responsible for AEs that are associated with this study and impair 
the health of the subjects, except for AEs caused by an intentional and/or significant deviation on 
the part of the Investigator, the study site, and/or the subject. The Sponsor will provide insurance 
to fulfill this responsibility.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
130/205
9.6
Independent Ethics Committee or Institutional Review Board
Prior to commencement of the study at a given site, the CTP will be submitted together with its 
associated documents to the responsible IEC/IRB for its favorable opinion/approval. The written 
favorable opinion/approval of the IEC/IRB will be filed in the Investigator Site File, and a copy 
will be filed in the Trial Master File.
The study must not start at a site before the Sponsor has obtained written confirmation of favorable 
opinion/approval from the concerned IEC/IRB. The IEC/IRB will be asked to provide 
documentation of the date of the meeting at which the favorable opinion/approval was given, and 
of the members and voting members present at the meeting. Written evidence of favorable 
opinion/approval that clearly identifies the study, the CTP version and the Subject Information and 
ICF version reviewed should be provided. Where possible, copies of the meeting minutes should 
be obtained.
Amendments to the clinical study will also be submitted to the concerned IEC/IRB, before 
implementation in case of substantial changes (see Section 10.5). Relevant safety information will 
be submitted to the IEC/IRB during the course of the study in accordance with national regulations 
and requirements.
In Japan, the person installing an IEC/IRB must retain all records, including documents that relate 
to the clinical study for the required period in accordance with Japan’s GCP.
9.7
Health Authorities
The CTP and any applicable documentation (eg, IMP Dossier, Subject Information and ICF) will 
be submitted or notified to the Health Authorities in accordance with all local and national 
regulations for each site.
10
Trial Management
10.1
Case Report Form Handling
Refer to the Manual of Procedures for eCRF handling guidelines.
The main purpose of the eCRF is to obtain data required by the CTP in a complete, accurate, 
legible and timely. The data in the eCRF should be consistent with the relevant source documents.
The Investigator or designee will be responsible for entering study data in a timely manner in the 
eCRF provided by the CRO’s Data Management Group and follow the data standards of the 
Sponsor. It is the Investigator’s responsibility to ensure the accuracy of the data entered in the 
eCRFs. For subject-reported outcome data such as QoL and pain assessments, ePRO may be used.
The data will be entered in to a validated database (InForm version 5.5). The CRO’s Data 
Management Group will be responsible for data processing, in accordance with data management 
procedures agreed upon between the Sponsor and CRO. Database lock will occur once quality 
control procedure, and quality assurance procedures (if applicable) have been completed. Portable 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
131/205
document format files of the eCRFs will be provided to the Investigators at the completion of the 
study.
10.2
Source Data and Subject Files
The Investigator (or in Japan the head of study site) must keep a subject file (medical file, original 
medical records) on paper or electronically for every subject included in the study. This file will 
contain the available demographic and medical information for the subject, and should be as 
complete as possible. In particular, the following data should be available in this file: 
! Subject’s full name,
! Date of birth,
! Sex,
! Height,
! Weight,
! Race (as self-identified, in jurisdictions where permissible),
! Medical history and concomitant diseases,
! Prior and concomitant therapies (including changes during the study),
! Trial identification,
! Date of subject’s inclusion into the study (i.e., date of giving informed consent),
! Subject number in the study,
! Dates of the subject’s visits to the site,
! Any medical examinations and clinical findings predefined in the CTP,
! All AEs observed in the subject,
! Date of subject’s end of study, and
! Date of and reason for early withdrawal of the subject from the study or from IMP, if applicable.
It must be possible to identify each subject by using this subject file.
Additionally, any other documents containing source data must be filed. This includes original 
printouts of data recorded or generated by automated instruments, ECG recordings, and laboratory 
value listings. Such documents must bear at least the subject number and the date when the 
procedure was performed. Information should be printed by the instrument used to perform the 
assessment or measurement, if possible. Information that cannot be printed by an automated
instrument will be entered manually. Medical evaluation of such records should be documented as 
necessary and the documentation signed and dated by the Investigator.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
132/205
10.3
Investigator Site File and Archiving
Upon initiation of the study, the Investigator will be provided with an Investigator Site File 
containing all necessary study documents, which will be completed throughout the study and 
updated as necessary. The file must be available for review by the Monitor, during Sponsor audits
and for inspection by Health Authorities during and after the study, and must be safely archived 
for at least 15 years (or longer, per local requirements or as otherwise notified by the Sponsor) 
after the end of the study. The documents to be archived include the Subject Identification List and 
the signed subject Informed Consent Forms. If archiving of the Investigator Site File is no longer 
possible at the site, the Investigator must notify the Sponsor/designee.
All original subject files (medical records) must be stored at the site (hospital, research institute, 
or practice) for the longest possible time permitted by GCP the applicable regulations, and/or as 
per ICH GCP guidelines, whichever is longer. In any case, the Investigator should ensure that no 
destruction of medical records is performed without the written approval of the Sponsor.
In Japan, the head of the study site must retain all records, including documents and data, which 
relate to the clinical study in accordance with GCP. The head of the study site must retain the 
records at the site (hospital, research institute, or practice) for the longest possible time permitted 
by Japan’s GCP, and/or as per ICH GCP guidelines, whichever is longer. In any case, the head of 
the study site should ensure that no destruction of medical records is performed without the written 
approval of the Sponsor
10.4
Monitoring, Quality Assurance and Inspection by Health 
Authorities
This study will be monitored in accordance with the ICH Note for Guidance on GCP (ICH Topic 
E6, 1996), and any other applicable regulations. The site Monitor will perform visits to the study
site at regular intervals.
The CTP, each step of the data capture procedure, and the handling of the data, including the final 
CSR, will be subject to independent Quality Assurance activities. Audits may be conducted at any 
time during or after the study to ensure the validity and integrity of the study data. Representatives 
of the Quality Assurance unit from the Sponsor or a designated organization, as well as Health 
Authorities, must be permitted to access all study documents and other materials at the site, 
including the Investigator Site File, the completed eCRFs, all IMP and IMP accountability records,
and the original medical records or files for each subject.
10.5
Changes to the Clinical Trial Protocol
Changes to the CTP will be documented in written protocol amendments. Major (substantial, 
significant) amendments will usually require submission to the Health Authorities and to the 
relevant IEC/IRB for approval or favorable opinion. In such cases, the amendment will be 
implemented only after approval or favorable opinion has been obtained.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
133/205
Minor (nonsubstantial) protocol amendments, including administrative changes, will be filed by 
the Sponsor and at the site. They will be submitted to the relevant IEC/IRB or to Health Authorities 
only where requested by pertinent regulations.
Any amendment that could have an impact on the subject’s agreement to participate in the study
requires the subject’s informed consent prior to implementation (see Section 9.2).
10.6
Clinical Trial Report and Publication Policy
10.6.1
Clinical Trial Report
After completion of the study, a CSR will be written by the Sponsor in consultation with the 
Coordinating Investigator following the guidance in ICH Topic E3 Publication.
 
10.6.2
Publication
The first publication will include the results of the analysis of the primary endpoint and will include 
data from all study sites.
The Investigator will inform the Sponsor in advance about any plans to publish or present data 
from the study. Any publications and presentations of the results (abstracts in journals or 
newspapers, oral presentations, etc.), either in whole or in part, by Investigators or their 
representatives will require review by the Sponsor.
The Sponsor will not suppress publication, but maintains the right to delay publication in order to 
protect intellectual property rights.
Posting of data on applicable databases is planned and will occur 12 months after the last clinic 
visit of the final study subject or another appropriate date to meet applicable requirements.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
134/205
11
References Cited in the Text
Aggarwal R, Wilke CT, Pickard AS, et al.  Psychometric properties of the EuroQol-5D and Short 
Form-6D in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus.  J Rheumatol. 2009;36;1209-16. 
Albrecht J, Taylor L, Berlin JA, et al. The CLASI (Cutaneous LE Disease Area and Severity 
Index): an outcome instrument for cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Invest Dermatol. 2005;125: 
889–94.
Amirfeyz R, Pentlow A, Foote J, et al. Assessing the clinical significance of change scores 
following carpal tunnel surgery. Int Orthop. 2009;33:181-5. 
Benlysta. Belimumab Prescribing Information. 2015.
Bernatsky S, Boivin JF, Joseph L, et al. Mortality in systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis 
Rheum. 2006;54:2550-7. 
Bertsias G, Ioannidis JPA, Boletis J, et al. EULAR recommendations for the management of 
systemic lupus erythematosus. Report of a Task Force of the EULAR Standing Committee for 
International Clinical Studies Including Therapeutics. Ann Rheum Dis. 2008;67(2):195-205.
Borba HHA, Wiens A, de Souza TT, et al. Efficacy and safety of biologic therapies for systemic 
lupus 
erythematosus 
treatment: 
systematic 
review 
and 
meta-analysis. 
BioDrugs. 
2014;28(2):211-28. 
Chen JS, Chang LC, Huang SJ, et al. Targeting Spleen Tyrosine Kinase-Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase 
Axis for Immunologically Mediated Glomerulonephritis. Biomed Res Int. 2014;2014:814869.
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events v4.03 (CTCAE). U.S. Department of Health 
and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, National Cancer Institute; 2009.
Franklyn K, Lau CS, Navarra SV, et al. Asia-Pacific Lupus Collaboration. Definition and initial 
validation of a Lupus Low Disease Activity State (LLDAS). Ann Rheum Dis. 2016;75(9):1615-21.
Furie R, Merrill J, Werth V, et al. Anifrolumab, an Anti-Interferon Alpha Receptor Monoclonal 
Antibody, in Moderate to Severe Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) [abstract]. Arthritis 
Rheum. 2015; 67 (suppl 10). 
Furie RA, Leon G, Thomas M, et al. A phase 2, randomised, placebo-controlled clinical trial of 
blisibimod, an inhibitor of B cell activating factor, in patients with moderate-to-severe systemic 
lupus erythematosus, the PEARL-SC study. Ann Rheum Dis. 2014;0:1-9.
Galiè N, Humbert M, Vachiery JL, et al. 2015 ESC/ERS Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment 
of pulmonary hypertension. European Heart Journal. 2016; 37(1):67-119. 
Gladman D, Ginzler E, Goldsmith C, et al. The development and initial validation of the systemic 
lupus international collaborating clinics/American college of rheumatology damage index for 
systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum. 1996;39(3):363–9. 
Gladman DD, Goldsmith CH, Urowitz MB, et al. Crosscultural validation and reliability of 3 
disease activity indices in systemic lupus erythematosus. J Rheumatol. 1992;19(4):608-11.
Gladman DD, Goldsmith CH, Urowitz MB, et al. Sensitivity to change of 3 Systemic Lupus 
Erythematosus 
Disease 
Activity
Indices: 
international 
validation. 
J 
Rheumatol. 
1994;21(8):1468-71.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
135/205
Gladman DD, Ibanez D, Urowitz MB. Systemic lupus erythematosus disease activity index 2000. 
J Rheumatol. 2002;29(2):288-91. 
Hahn BH, McMahon MA, Wilkinson A, et al. American College of Rheumatology guidelines for 
screening, treatment, and management of lupus nephritis. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 
2012;64(6):797-808.
Hewlett S, Cockshott Z, Byron M, et al.  Patient's perceptions of fatigue in rheumatoid arthritis: 
overwhelming, uncontrollable, ignored. Arthritis Rheum 2005;53:697-702. 
Hochberg MC. Updating the American college of rheumatology revised criteria for the 
classification of systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum. 1997;40(9):1725. 
Honigberg LA, Smith AM, Sirisawad M, et al. The Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor PCI-32765 
blocks B-cell activation and is efficacious in models of autoimmune disease and B-cell 
malignancy. Proc Natl Acad Sci. U S A. 2010;107(29):13075-80.
Horwood NJ, Urbaniak AM, Danks L. Tec family kinases in inflammation and disease. Int Rev 
Immunol. 2012;31(2):87-103.
Hurst H, Bolton J. Assessing the clinical significance of change scores recorded on subjective 
outcome measures. J Manipulative Physiol Ther. 2004;27:26–35. 
Kalunian KC, Merrill JT, Maciuca R, et al. A Phase II study of the efficacy and safety of 
rontalizumab (rhuMAb interferon-α) in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (ROSE). Ann 
Rheum Dis. 2016;75(1):196-202. 
Kasperkiewicz M, Shimanovich I, Ludwig RJ, et al. Rituximab for treatment-refractory pemphigus 
and pemphigoid: a case series of 17 patients. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65(3):552-8.
KDIGO. Chapter 12: Lupus nephritis. KDIGO Clinical Practice Guideline for Glomerulonephritis. 
Kidney Int (Supp). 2012;2(221-32).
Kennedy WP, Maciuca R, Wolslegel K, et al. Association of the interferon signature metric with 
serological disease manifestations but not global activity scores in multiple cohorts of patients with 
SLE. Lupus Sci Med. 2015;2(1):e0000080. 
Khamashta M, Merrill JT, Werth VP, et al. Sifalimumab, an anti-interferon-α monoclonal 
antibody, in moderate to severe systemic lupus erythematosus: a randomised, double-blind, 
placebo-controlled study. Ann Rheum Dis. 2016;0(1-8). 
Kosinski M, Gajria K, Fernandes AW, et al.  Qualitative validation of the FACIT-Fatigue scale in 
systemic lupus erythematosus. Lupus. 2013;22:422-30.
Lai J-S, Beaumont JL, Ogale S, et al.  Validation of the Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness 
Therapy-Fatigue Scale in patients with moderately to severely active systemic lupus 
erythematosus, participating in a clinical trial. J Rheumatol. 2011;38:672-79. 
Levey AS, Coresh J, Greene T, et al. Using standardized serum creatinine values in the 
modification of diet in renal disease study equation for estimating glomerular filtration rate. Ann 
Intern Med. 2006;145:247–54.
Lunardon L, Payne AS. Rituximab for autoimmune blistering diseases: recent studies, new 
insights. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2012;147(3):269-76.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
136/205
Marino E, Grey ST. B cells as effectors and regulators of autoimmunity. Autoimmunity. 
2012;45(5):377-87.
McElhone K, Abbott J, Shelmerdine J, et al.  Development and validation of a disease-specific 
health-related quality of life measure, the LupusQol, for adults with systemic lupus erythematosus. 
Arthritis Rheum. 2007;57:972-9. 
McElhone K, Abbott J, Sutton C, et al. Sensitivity to change and minimal important differences of 
the LupusQoL in patients with systemic Lupus Erythematosus. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 
2016;68(10):1505-13. 
Merrill JT, Neuwelt CM, Wallace DJ, et al. Efficacy and safety of rituximab in 
moderately-to-severely active systemic lupus erythematosus: the randomized, double-blind, 
phase II/III systemic lupus erythematosus evaluation of rituximab trial. Arthritis Rheum. 
2010;62(1):222-33.
Mina-Osorio P, LaStant J, Keirstead N, et al. Suppression of glomerulonephritis in lupus-prone 
NZB x NZW mice by RN486, a selective inhibitor of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. Arthritis Rheum. 
2013;65(9):2380-91.
Mundt JC, Greist JH, Gelenberg AJ, et al. Feasibility and validation of a computer-automated 
Columbia-Suicide severity rating scale using interactive voice response technology. Psychiatr Res. 
2010;44(16):1224–8. 
Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by 
lifetime suicidal Ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide severity 
rating scale. J Clin Psychol. 2013;74(09):887–93. 
Naismith RT, Piccio L, Lyons JA, et al. Rituximab add-on therapy for breakthrough relapsing 
multiple sclerosis: a 52- week phase II trial. Neurology. 2010;74(23):1860-7.
Petri M, Hellmann D, Hochberg M. Validity and reliability of lupus activity measures in the routine 
clinical setting. J Rheumatol. 1992;19:53-9. 
Petri M, Orbai A-M, Alarcón GS, et al. Derivation and validation of the systemic Lupus 
international collaborating clinics classification criteria for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis 
Rheum. 2012;64(8):2677–86. 
Reveille JD. Predictive value of autoantibodies for activity of systemic lupus erythematosus. 
Lupus. 2004;13:290-7.
Rituxan. Rituximab Prescribing Information. 2016.
Romero-Diaz J, Isenberg D, Ramsey-Goldman R, et al. Measures of adult systemic lupus 
erythematosus: updated version of British Isles Lupus Assessment Group (BILAG 2004), 
European Consensus Lupus Activity Measurements (ECLAM), Systemic Lupus Activity Measure, 
Revised (SLAM-R), Systemic Lupus Activity Questionnaire for Population Studies (SLAQ), 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index 2000 (SLEDAI-2K), and Systemic Lupus 
International Collaborating Clinics/American College of Rheumatology Damage Index (SDI).
Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2011;63 Suppl 11:S37-46.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
137/205
Rovin BH, Furie R, Latinis K, et al. Efficacy and safety of rituximab in patients with active 
proliferative lupus nephritis: the Lupus Nephritis Assessment with Rituximab study. Arthritis 
Rheum. 2012;64(4):1215-26.
Stohl W, Hiepe F, Latinis KM, et al. Belimumab reduces autoantibodies, normalizes low 
complement, and reduces select B cell populations in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. 
Arthritis Rheum. 2012;64(7):2328–37. 
Strand V, Levy RA, Cervera R, et al. Response to: “Belimumab and the measurement of fatigue” 
by Mazzoni. Ann Rheum Dis. 2015;74(9):e54. 
Tan EM, Cohen AS, Fries JF, et al. The 1982 revised criteria for the classification of systemic 
lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum. 1982;25(11):1271–7. 
Tanasescu R, Ionete C, Chou IJ, et al. Advances in the treatment of relapsing-remitting multiple 
sclerosis. Biomed J. 2014;37(2):41-9.
Tony HP, Burmester G, Schulze-Koops H, et al. Safety and clinical outcomes of rituximab therapy 
in patients with different autoimmune diseases: experience from a national registry (GRAID). 
Arthritis Res Ther. 2011;13(3):R75.
Touma Z, Urowitz MB, Gladman DD. SLEDAI-2K for a 30-day window. Lupus. 2010 
Jan;19(1):49-51.
Touma Z, Urowitz MB, Ibañez D, et al. SLEDAI-2K 10 days versus SLEDAI 2K 30 days in a 
longitudinal evaluation. Lupus. 2011;Jan 20(1):67-70.
Wallace DJ, Kalunian K, Petri MA, et al. Efficacy and safety of epratuzumab in patients with 
moderate/severe active systemic lupus erythematosus: results from EMBLEM, a phase IIb, 
randomised, 
double-blind, 
placebo-controlled, 
multicentre 
study. 
Ann 
Rheum 
Dis. 
2014;73(1):183-90. 
Ware JE Jr., Kosinski M, Bjorner JB, et al.  2008.  SF-36v2® Health Survey:  Administration 
guide for clinical trial investigators.  Lincoln, RI: QualityMetric Incorporated. 
Wolfe F, Hawley DJ, Wilson K.  The prevalence and meaning of fatigue in rheumatic disease. J 
Rheumatol. 1996;23:1407-17.
Xin G, Shi W, Xu LX, et al. Serum BAFF is elevated in patients with IgA nephropathy and 
associated with clinical and histopathological features. J Nephrol. 2013;26(4):683-90. 
Yellen SB, Cella DF, Webster K, et al.  Measuring fatigue and other anemia-related symptoms 
with the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy (FACT) measurement system.  J Pain 
Symptom Manage. 1997;13:63-74.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
138/205
12
Appendices
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
139/205
Appendix I: Contraceptive Guidance and Woman of Childbearing Potential
Definitions
Woman of Childbearing Potential (WOCBP)
A woman is considered fertile following menarche and until becoming post-menopausal unless 
permanently sterile. Permanent sterilization methods include hysterectomy, bilateral 
salpingectomy, and bilateral oophorectomy.
Women in the following categories are not considered WOCBP
1. Premenopausal female with 1 of the following:
! Documented hysterectomy
! Documented bilateral salpingectomy
! Documented bilateral oophorectomy
Note: Documentation can come from the site personnel’s: review of participant’s medical 
records, medical examination, or medical history interview.
2. Premenarchal 
3. Postmenopausal female
! Females who are postmenopausal (age-related amenorrhea ≥12 consecutive months and 
increased follicle-stimulating hormone [FSH] > 40 mIU/mL), or who have undergone 
hysterectomy or bilateral oophorectomy are exempt from pregnancy testing. If necessary to 
confirm postmenopausal status, an FSH will be drawn at Screening.
! Females on hormone replacement therapy (HRT) and whose menopausal status is in doubt will 
be required to use one of the non-hormonal highly effective contraception methods if they wish 
to continue their HRT during the study. Otherwise, they must discontinue HRT to allow 
confirmation of postmenopausal status before study enrollment.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
140/205
Contraceptive Guidance
Highly Effective Contraceptive Methods That Are User Dependent 
Failure rate of <1% per year when used consistently and correctlya. 
!
Combined (estrogen- and progestogen-containing) hormonal contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb
!
oral 
!
intravaginalc
!
transdermalc
!
Progestogen-only hormonal contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb
!
oral 
!
injectablec
Highly Effective Methods That Are User Independent 
!
Implantable progestogen-only hormonal contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb,c
!
Intrauterine device (IUD)
!
Intrauterine hormone-releasing system (IUS)
!
bilateral tubal occlusion
!
Vasectomized partner 
(A vasectomized partner is a highly effective contraception method provided that the partner is the sole male sexual 
partner of the WOCBP and the absence of sperm has been confirmed. If not, an additional highly effective method of 
contraception should be used). 
!
Sexual abstinence 
(Sexual abstinence is considered a highly effective method only if defined as refraining from heterosexual intercourse 
during the entire period of risk associated with the study drug. The reliability of sexual abstinence needs to be 
evaluated in relation to the duration of the study and the preferred and usual lifestyle of the participant).
Barrier Methods
!
Male or female condom with or without spermicided
!
Cap, diaphragm, or sponge with spermicidec
a.
Typical use failure rates may differ from those when used consistently and correctly. Use should be consistent 
with local regulations regarding the use of contraceptive methods for participants participating in clinical studies. 
b.
Hormonal contraception may be susceptible to interaction with the study drug, which may reduce the efficacy of 
the contraceptive method. In this case, two highly effective methods of contraception should be utilized during 
the treatment period and for at least 90 days  after the last dose of study treatment
c.
Not approved in Japan. 
d.
For Japan only – the only approved barrier method is male condom with spermicide.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
141/205
Appendix II: Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics Criteria for 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
The SLICC classification criteria (Petri 2012) require four criteria to be present, including at least 
one clinical criterion be present and one immunologic criterion be present; serially or 
simultaneously, during any period of observation; for classification of SLE. Alternatively, if 
biopsy proven nephritis consistent with lupus (lupus nephritis) is present, along with positive ANA 
and/or positive anti-dsDNA, SLE may be classified.
Clinical Criteria Used in the SLICC Classification Criteria
1.
Acute cutaneous lupus
including
lupus malar rash (do not count if 
malar discoid)
bullous lupus
toxic epidermal necrolysis     
variant of SL
maculopapular lupus rash
photosensitive lupus rash
in the absence of dermatomyositis
or subacute cutaneous lupus
(nonindurated psoriaform and/or annular polycyclic lesions that resolve without scarring, although 
occasionally with postinflammatory dyspigmentation or telangiectasias)
2.
Chronic cutaneous lupus
including 
classical discoid rash
localized (above the neck)
generalized (above and 
below the neck)
hypertrophic (verrucous) lupus
lupus panniculitis (profundus)
mucosal lupus
lupus erythematosus tumidus
chilblains lupus
discoid lupus/lichen planus 
overlap
3.
Oral ulcers:
palate 
buccal
tongue
or nasal ulcers
in the absence of other causes, such as vasculitis, Behcets, infection (herpes), inflammatory bowel 
disease, reactive arthritis, and acidic foods
4.
Nonscarring alopecia 
(diffuse thinning or hair fragility with visible broken hairs)
in the absence of other causes such as alopecia areata, drugs, iron deficiency, and androgenic alopecia
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
142/205
5.
Synovitis involving two or more joints, characterized by swelling or effusion or tenderness in two or more 
joints and 30 minutes of more of morning stiffness.
6.
Serositis
Typical pleurisy for more than one day
or pericardial effusion
or pericardial rub
or pericarditis by ECG
in the absence of other causes, such as infection, uremia, and Dressler’s pericarditis
7.
Renal
Urine protein/creatinine (or 24 hour urine 
protein) representing 500 mg of 
protein/24 hour
or red blood cell casts
8.
Neurologic
seizures 
psychosis 
mononeuritis multiplex
in the absence of other known causes such as primary vasculitis
myelitis
Peripheral or cranial neuropathy
in the absence of other known causes such as primary vasculitis, infection, and diabetes millitus
Acute confusional state
in the absence of other known causes, including toxic-metabolic, uremia, drugs
9.
Hemolytic anemia
10. Leukopenia (< 4000/mm3 at least 
once)
in the absence of other causes such as Felty’s, drugs, and portal hypertension
or
Lymphopenia (< 1000/mm3 at least 
once)
in the absence of other known causes such as corticosteroids, drugs, and infection
11. Thrombocytopenia (< 100,00/mm3 at least once)
in the absence of other known causes such as drugs, portal hypertension, and TTP
Immunological Criteria Used in the SLICC Classification Criteria
1.
ANA above laboratory reference range
2.
Anti-dsDNA above laboratory reference range, except ELISA: twice above laboratory reference range
3.
Anti-Sm
4.
Antiphospholipid antibody
Any of the following:
lupus anticoagulant
false-positive RPR
medium or high titer anticardiolipin (IgA, IgG or IgM)
anti-β2 glycoprotein I (IgA, IgG or IgM)
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
143/205
5.
Low complement
low C3
low C4
low CH50
6.
Direct Coombs test in the absence of hemolytic anemia
Criteria are cumulative and need not be present concurrently (Petri 2012).
ANA = Antinuclear Antibody(ies), Anti-dsDNA = Anti-Double-Stranded Deoxyribonucleic Acid, Anti-Sm = Anti-Smith 
Antibody, ECG = Electrocardiogram, ELISA = Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay, IgA = Immunoglobulin A,
IgG = Immunoglobulin G, IgM = Immunoglobulin M, RPR = Rapid Plasma Reagin, SLICC = Systemic Lupus 
International Collaborating Clinics, SL = Systemic Lupus, TTP = Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
144/205
Appendix III: Revised American College of Rheumatology Criteria for 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
For the purpose of identifying subjects in clinical studies, a person shall be said to have systemic 
lupus erythematosus if any four or more of the 11 criteria are present, serially or simultaneously, 
during any interval of observation (Hochberg 1997, Tan 1982).
Criterion
Definition
1.
Malar Rash
Fixed erythema, flat or raised, over the malar eminences, tending to spare the 
nasolabial folds
2.
Discoid Rash
Erythematous raised patches with adherent keratotic scaling and follicular 
plugging; atrophic scarring occur in older lesions
3.
Photosensitivity
Skin rash as a result of unusual reaction to sunlight, by patient history or physician 
observation
4.
Oral Ulcers
Oral or nasopharyngeal ulceration, usually painless, observed by physician
5.
Nonerosive Arthritis
Involving two or more peripheral joints, characterized by tenderness, swelling, or 
effusion
6.
Pleuritis or Pericarditis
1.
Pleuritis: convincing history of pleuritic pain or rubbing heard by a physician 
or evidence of pleural effusion
or
2.
Pericarditis: documented by electrocardiogram or rub or evidence of 
pericardial effusion
7.
Renal Disorder
1.
Persistent proteinuria: > 0.5 g per day or > than 3+ if quantitation not 
performed
or
2.
Cellular casts: may be red cell, hemoglobin, granular, tubular, or mixed
8.
Neurologic Disorder
1.
Seizures: in the absence of offending drugs or known metabolic 
derangements; e.g., uremia, ketoacidosis, or electrolyte imbalance
or
2.
Psychosis: in the absence of offending drugs or known metabolic 
derangements; e.g., uremia, ketoacidosis, or electrolyte imbalance
9.
Hematologic Disorder
1.
Hemolytic anemia with reticulocytosis
or
2.
Leukopenia: < 4,000/mm3 on ≥two occasions
or
3.
Lymphopenia: < 1,500/mm3 on ≥two occasions
or
4.
Thrombocytopenia: < 100,000/mm3 in the absence of offending drugs
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
145/205
Criterion
Definition
10. Immunologic Disorder
1.
Anti-DNA: antibody to native DNA in abnormal titer
or
2.
Anti-Sm: presence of antibody to Sm nuclear antigen
or
3.
Positive finding of antiphospholipid antibodies based any of the following: 
1.
an abnormal serum level of IgG or IgM anticardiolipin antibodies
2.
a positive test result for SLE anticoagulant using a standard method, or
3.
a false positive serologic test result for syphilis known to be positive for 
at least six months and confirmed by Treponema pallidum 
immobilization or fluorescent Treponemal antibody absorption test
11. Positive Antinuclear 
Antibody
An abnormal titer of antinuclear antibody by immunofluorescence or an equivalent 
assay at any point in time and in the absence of drugs known to be associated with 
"drug-induced lupus" syndrome
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
146/205
Appendix IV: Signature Pages and Responsible Persons for the Trial
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
149/205
Signature Page – Principal Investigator
Trial Title
A Phase II, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-
Controlled Dose-Ranging Study To Evaluate the 
Safety and Efficacy of M2951 in Subjects with 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)
IND Number
EudraCT Number
2016-002950-19
Clinical Trial Protocol Date / 
Version
22 May 2018 / Version 7.0.
Center Number
Principal Investigator
I, the undersigned, am responsible for the conduct of the trial at this site and affirm that I 
understand and will conduct the trial according to the clinical trial protocol, any approved protocol 
amendments, International Council on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice (Topic E6) and all 
applicable Health Authority requirements and national laws.
I also affirm that I understand that Health Authorities may require the Sponsors of clinical trials to 
obtain and supply details about ownership interests in the Sponsor or Investigational Medicinal 
Product and any other financial ties with the Sponsor. The Sponsor will use any such information 
solely for the purpose of complying with the regulatory requirements. I therefore agree to supply 
the Sponsor with any necessary information regarding ownership interest and financial ties 
including those of my spouse and dependent children, and to provide updates as necessary to meet 
Health Authority requirements.
_____________________________________
____________________________
Signature
Date of Signature
Name, academic degree:
Function / Title:
Institution:
Address:
Telephone number:
Fax number:
E-mail address:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
150/205
Sponsor Responsible Persons Not Named on the Cover Page
Name, academic degree:
Function / Title:
Institution:
EMD Serono Research & Development Institute
Address:
45A Middlesex Turnpike, Billerica, MA, 01821, USA
Telephone number:
Name, academic degree:
Function / Title:
Institution:
EMD Serono Research & Development Institute
Address:
45A Middlesex Turnpike, Billerica, MA, 01821, USA
Telephone number:
E-mail address:
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
151/205
Appendix V: Protocol Amendments and List of Changes
Table of Amendments
Actual Amendment 
Number
Substantial
(Y/N)
Date
Region or 
Country
Included in 
the current 
document
(Y/N)
Version
Local Amendment 1
N
11 January 2017
Taiwan
Y
Not 
applicable
Global Amendment 1
Y
08 February 2017
Global
Y
2.0
Local Amendment 2
N
03 April 2017
Peru
Y
Not 
applicable
Global Amendment 3
Y
14 July 2017
Global
Y
3.0
Local Amendment 3
Y
21 July 2017
US
N
3.1
Local Amendment 4
Y
17 August 2017
Japan
N
3.2
Global Amendment 7
Y
31 August 2017
Global
Y
4.0
Local Amendment 8
Y
10 September 2017
US
Y
4.1
Local Amendment 9
Y
14 September 2017
Japan
Y
4.2
Local Amendment 10
Y
18 October 2017
Japan
Y
4.3
Local Amendment 11
N
02 November 2017
Germany, 
Italy, Poland, 
Romania
Y
4.4
Global Amendment 12
Y
20 November 2017
Global
Y
5.0
Global Amendment 13
Y
05 January 2018
Global
Y
6.0
Global Amendment 14
Y
22 May 2018
Global
Y
7.0
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
152/205
Amendment 14
Protocol Version 6.0 (05 January 2018) was the global amended protocol. The revised global 
amended protocol (Version 7.0) was issued on 22 May 2018. 
Rationale
The major reason for this amendment was the addition of a LTE. In addition, minor changes 
throughout the document were added to clarify or correct minor errors.
The key changes for this global amended protocol are summarized below:
! A LTE was added into the study, including 2 new SoAs, and an additional study figure
! Table 7 (now Table 9) was modified for clarity on Day 1
! Stopping rules modified due to analysis of additional safety data
! Exclusion modified to permit low dose aspirin after medical review
! Administrative and Editorial changes: Minor edits for clarity and consistency that do not affect 
the substance of the protocol are not individually listed here, including the addition of the 
cross-references to the new SoA.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
153/205
Comparison with Clinical Trial Protocol Version 6.0, 05 January 2018(Global Amendment No. 13)
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Last subject out 
updated.
Synopsis
14
Last subject out: Q2, 2020
Last subject out: Q2, 2020 Q3, 2022
The end of the 
study will be later 
due to the addition 
of the LTE.
Trial registry was 
updated.
Synopsis
14
-
clinicaltrials.jp
An additional 
registry was added 
as the study will 
soon be added to 
this registry.
An objective was 
added for the 
LTE.
Synopsis, 
4.4 Open-label 
Long-Term 
Extension (LTE) 
Period Objectives
16,
39
-
Open-label Long-Term Extension (LTE) Period 
Objectives
The objective of the LTE Period is:
•To evaluate the long-term safety, efficacy, and 
HRQoL of M2951 at an initial dose of 50 mg 
twice daily or the eventual Phase III dose when 
decided for an additional two years.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Methodology text 
updated to 
include LTE.
Synopsis
16
All subjects will take five tablets per 
day (three in the morning, two in the 
evening), in combinations of active 
and placebo tablets to maintain 
blinding of all subjects to dose.
During the DBPC Treatment Period, aAll 
subjects will take five tablets per day (three in the 
morning, two in the evening), in combinations of 
active and placebo tablets to maintain blinding of 
all subjects to dose.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Methodology text 
updated to 
include LTE.
Synopsis,
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
16, 39
The study is composed of a 
Screening Period of four weeks, a 
DBPC Treatment Period of 
52 weeks, and a Safety Follow Up 
Period of four weeks. An open 
label, long-term extension (LTE) 
study may be conducted under a 
separate protocol for those 
completing 52 weeks of treatment.
The study is composed of a Screening Period of 
four weeks, a DBPC Treatment Period of 
52 weeks, an open-label LTE Period of 
104 weeks, and a Safety Follow-Up Period of 
four weeks. An open label, long-term extension 
(LTE) study may be conducted under a separate 
protocol for those completing 52 weeks of 
treatment.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
An additional 
secondary 
endpoint was 
added. 
Synopsis,
8.3.2 Secondary 
Endpoints
17, 105
-
o Lupus low disease activity state (LLDAS), 
defined as meeting all of the following 
(Franklyn 2016):
- SLEDAI-2K ≤ 4
- No activity in any major organ systems 
(renal, 
central 
nervous 
system, 
cardiopulmonary, vasculitis, fever)
Added per 
Coordinating 
Investigator 
suggestion.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
154/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
- No new features of disease activity 
compared with the previous assessment
- Prednisone-equivalent ≤ 7.5 mg/day
- Unchanged 
background 
immunosuppressive therapy
New endpoints 
were added for 
the LTE Period.
Synopsis,
8.3.4 Endpoints for 
Long-Term 
Extension Period
19,
107
-
Endpoints for Long-Term Extension Period
LTE Safety:
•Nature, severity, and incidence of AEs, SAEs, 
vital signs, ECGs, absolute values and change 
from Baseline in serum total Ig levels (IgG, 
IgA, IgM) and total B cell counts, and clinical 
laboratory parameters.
LTE Efficacy:
•The following LTE efficacy endpoints will be 
analyzed at Week 24, Week 52, and Week 104:
o
Changes over time in SRI response
o
Changes over time in Low Disease 
Activity status (LLDAS, SLEDAI-2K ≤ 2, 
clinical SLEDAI-2K ≤ 2).
o
Changes over time in CLASI-A, CLASI-D, 
and SLICC/ACR Damage Index organ 
damage scores
o
Changes over time in disease activity as 
measured by the BILAG, SLEDAI-2K, and 
PGA
o
Change 
over 
time 
in 
prednisone-equivalent CS dose
o
Changes over time in HRQoL
o
Changes over time in autoantibodies and 
complement levels
•Changes in HRU by visit, including but not 
limited to doctor/home/emergency visits, 
hospitalizations, paid assistance, and missed 
work
•Time to first flare; flare-free status at Weeks 
24, 52, and 104; and annualized flare rate, will 
be analyzed separately, each assessed with 
flare defined as:
o
BILAG A Severe flare
o
BILAG A or 2B Moderate to Severe flare
o
SLEDAI Flare Index (SFI) Severe flare.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
155/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Repetitious text 
removed.
Synopsis,
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
19, 40
(e.g., BILAG 2004 Disease Activity 
Index, 
SLEDAI-2K, 
PGA, 
and 
CLASI).
(e.g., BILAG 2004 Disease Activity Index, 
SLEDAI-2K, PGA, and CLASI).
The text was 
repetitive and 
unnecessary.
Additional text 
related to the 
LTE was added.
Synopsis,
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
19, 40
Subjects will receive the last dose of 
IMP at Week 52, which is the End of 
Treatment (EOT) for the study.
Subjects will receive the last dose of IMP at Week 
52, which is the End of Treatment (EOT) for the 
study, unless they enter the LTE Period.
Clarification was 
added due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
New text 
describing the 
LTE was added.
Synopsis
20
-
Optional Open-Label Long-Term Extension 
Period
Subjects who completed the 52-week DBPC 
Treatment period will be offered participation 
in the 104-week open-label, LTE Period of the 
study. The purpose of the LTE Period is to 
allow all the subjects with the opportunity to 
receive active treatment with M2951 and to 
collect long term safety and efficacy data. The 
Investigator should review the optional LTE 
Period with the subject prior to the DBPC 
Week 52 visit. Signed consent will be obtained 
prior to participation in the LTE Period. The 
DBPC Week 52/EOT Visit will be considered 
the LTE Day 1 Visit.  The Safety Follow-Up Visit 
will be deferred until treatment is stopped in 
the LTE Period, due to either a subject’s 
premature withdrawal/early termination from
the LTE, termination of the study by the 
Sponsor, or completion of the LTE treatment 
period. 
In some cases, due to Institutional Review 
Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics Committee 
(IEC) approval, regulatory-specific, or other 
administrative 
delays, 
a 
subject 
may 
experience a treatment gap between the IMP 
last dose received in the DBPC Period (Week 
52/EOT visit) and the start of the LTE IMP 
treatment. Upon Principal Investigator (PI) 
request, these subjects may still be able to 
enroll in 
the LTE with 
approval
from 
Merck/EMD Serono, on a case by case basis. 
If the day of rollover to the LTE occurs after 
the DBPC Week 56/EOS visit, all assessments 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
156/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
noted at the LTE Day 1 visit will need to be 
completed. For subjects that rollover after the 
Week 52/EOT visit but prior to their scheduled 
Week 56/EOS visit, concomitant medications 
and AEs will need to be reviewed and updated, 
and the PI will need to ensure that the subject 
remains eligible for the study. No other 
additional assessments other than dispensing 
of IMP will need to be completed.
The description 
of the Safety 
Follow-Up Period 
was updated to 
include 
information on 
subjects going 
into the LTE.
Synopsis
20
Subjects will enter the Safety Follow 
Up Period directly from the DBPC
Treatment 
Period 
after 
the 
Week 52/EOT Visit. The Safety 
Follow Up Visit is scheduled to occur 
4 weeks after the last IMP dose. This 
includes subjects who stop the 
DBPC 
Treatment 
Period 
prematurely. The Safety Follow Up 
Visit is the End of Study Visit and is 
the last scheduled visit for subjects 
participating in this clinical study.
Subjects will enter the Safety Follow Up Period 
directly from the DBPC Treatment Period after the 
Week 52/EOT Visit. The Safety Follow-Up/End of 
Study Visit is scheduled to occur 4 four weeks 
(+ 5 days)
after administration of study 
treatment. the last IMP dose. This includes For
subjects who do not participate in stop the 
DBPC 
Treatment 
Period
LTE
Period,
prematurely.
tThe Safety Follow-Up Visit is 
scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration of study treatment in the DBPC 
Period. For subjects who participate in the 
LTE Period, the Safety Follow-Up Visit is 
delayed until four weeks (+ 5 days) after the 
last administration of study treatment in the 
LTE Period. Subjects who are approved to 
rollover into LTE Period after they entered, or 
completed, 
the 
DBPC 
Safety 
Follow-Up 
Period, may have two Safety Follow-Up Visits. 
Additional details of the Safety Follow-Up/ End 
of Study Visit are provided in the SOAthe End 
of Study Visit and is the last scheduled visit for 
subjects participating in this clinical study.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Modification was 
made as 
1 injectable CS is 
now permitted.
Synopsis
21
Restrictions and guidance for the 
use of OCS during the course of the 
study include 
prohibiting doses 
above 30 mg/day after Week 4 of the 
Treatment 
Period, 
prohibiting 
injectable CSs, limits on when 
change in dose of CS may occur, 
recommendations to decrease CS 
dose within parameters allowed by 
Restrictions and guidance for the use of OCS 
during the course of the study include prohibiting 
doses above 30 mg/day after Week 4 of the 
Treatment Period, prohibiting injectable CSs 
(outside limited exceptions), limits on when 
change 
in 
dose 
of 
CS 
may 
occur, 
recommendations to decrease CS dose within 
parameters allowed by the study, and limits on the 
use of CS during treatment of SLE flares.
One injectable CS 
is now permitted.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
157/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
the study, and limits on the use of CS 
during treatment of SLE flares.
Dose was added 
for the LTE.
Synopsis
21
-
Subjects who choose to participate in the LTE 
Period will receive open-label M2951 50 mg 
twice daily or the eventual Phase III dose when 
decided, taken orally for 104 weeks.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Length of LTE 
was added.
Synopsis
21
-
The 
optional 
LTE 
Treatment 
Period 
is 
approximately 104 weeks in duration and will 
be offered to subjects after completion of the 
DBPC Period.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Additional 
analyses are 
described due to 
the addition of 
the LTE.
Synopsis
22-23 
Two analyses are planned. A third 
analysis is possible depending on 
the enrollment rate of the Japanese 
subject cohort. 
The first analysis will be an interim 
futility analysis (IA). This IA will be 
based on Week 24 SRI-4 response 
among all subjects in the n = 432 
cohort and Week 24 SRI-6 response 
among HDA subjects in the n = 432 
cohort. The IA will be conducted 
when 100% of subjects enrolled, out 
of the planned enrollment of n = 432, 
reach Week 24 of treatment or 
prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment. If enrollment is slower 
than expected, consideration will be 
given to conducting the interim futility 
analysis when the first 50% of the 
planned enrollment of n = 432 reach 
Week 
24 
of 
treatment, 
or 
prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment. 
The second analysis is the primary
analysis, based on Week 52 SRI-4 
response among all subjects in the 
n = 432 cohort, and Week 52 SRI-6 
response among HDA subjects in 
the n = 432 cohort, triggered when 
100% of subjects enrolled, out of the 
planned enrollment of n = 432, 
complete 
safety 
follow 
up, 
or 
There will be at least two planned Two analyses 
in this study – the primary and final analyses
are planned. A third analysis is possible There 
may be up to four planned analyses, depending 
on the enrollment rate ofwhether the Japanese 
subject cohort. optional
The first analysis will be an interim futility interim
analysis (IA) is conducted, and whether the 
analysis for treatment effect consistency is 
coincident with the primary analysis, or is 
conducted after the primary analysis. If the 
futility IA is conducted, it. This IA will be based 
on Week 24 SRI-4 response among all subjects in 
the primary analysis
n = 432 cohort and 
Week 24 SRI-6 response among HDA subjects in 
the primary analysis n = 432 cohort. The IA will 
be conducted when 100% of subjects enrolled, 
out of the planned enrollment of n = 432, in the 
primary analysis cohort reach Week 24 of 
treatment 
or 
prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment. If enrollment is slower than expected, 
consideration will be given to conducting the 
interim futility analysis when the first 50% of the 
primary analysis cohort planned enrollment of n 
= 432 reach Week 24 of treatment, or prematurely 
discontinue from treatment. 
The second analysis The primary analysis 
cohort consists of the first 432 subjects 
randomized.  However, if drop out for reasons 
unrelated to efficacy or safety is higher than 
expected, effectively reducing the power of 
the study, the IAP may prespecify that the 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
158/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
prematurely discontinue from study. 
The Japanese cohort may be fully, 
partially, or not included in this 
primary analysis, depending on the 
enrollment rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A third analysis may be scheduled if 
the Japanese cohort does not enroll 
in time to be included with the 
n = 432 subjects required for the 
primary analysis.  If the Japanese 
cohort enrolls in time to be included, 
the evaluation of consistency with 
respect to ethnicity of Week 52 
SRI-4 response can be performed at 
the time of the primary analysis.  If 
the Japanese cohort enrolls slowly, 
then the primary analysis will occur 
without inclusion of the Japanese 
cohort, and a third analysis for 
evaluation of consistency will be 
triggered when 100% of enrolled 
Japanese subjects: 
•Complete Week 52 of treatment 
and safety follow-up, or 
primary analysis cohort will include all subjects 
randomized., The primary analysis will be
based on Week 52 SRI-4 response among all 
subjects in the primary analysis n = 432 cohort, 
and Week 52 SRI-6 response among HDA 
subjects in the primary analysis n = 432 cohort.,
This analysis will be triggered when 100% of 
subjects in the primary analysis cohort.
enrolled, out of the planned enrollment of n = 432,
•Complete Week 52 of treatment and either 
enter the LTE or complete Ssafety Ffollow-Uup, 
or
•Pprematurely discontinue from study. treatment 
prior to Week 52 and complete Safety 
Follow-Up, or
•Prematurely discontinue from study without 
Safety Follow-up.
The Japanese cohort may be fully, partially, or not 
included in this primary analysis, depending on 
the enrollment rate. 
tThe Family-Wise 
type 1 error rate (FWER) due to the co-primary 
endpoints and
multiple M2951 dose group 
comparisons versus placebo will be controlled at 
the onetwo-sided α = 0.05
level via a 
 
tree 
gatekeeping 
procedure. The four hypotheses associated 
with 
the 
comparisons 
involving 
the 
co-primary endpoints and the two highest 
dose groups will form the first family of 
hypotheses in the tree.  This family will be 
tested via the truncated Hochberg procedure, 
with truncation fraction pre-specified in the 
IAP. The multiple-testing procedure, in which the 
 
for the remainder of the tree, 
including the hypotheses associated with the 
comparisons 
involving 
the 
co-primary 
endpoints and the lowest dose,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CC
I
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
159/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
•Prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment and complete safety follow 
up, or 
•Prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
study. 
 
group, and the key 
secondary endpoints and all dose groups, will 
be pre-specified in the IAP.
A treatment effect consistency third analysis 
may be scheduled if the Japanese cohort does not 
enroll in time to be included with the n = 432 
subjects required for the primary analysis cohort. 
If the Japanese cohort enrolls in time to be 
included, the evaluation of consistency with 
respect to ethnicity of Week 52 SRI-4 response 
can be performed at the time of the primary 
analysis.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls slowly, 
then the primary analysis will occur without 
inclusion of the Japanese cohort, and a separate
third analysis for evaluation of
consistency 
analysis will be triggered when 100% of enrolled 
Japanese subjects: 
•Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter 
LTE or complete and sSafety Ffollow-Uup, or 
•Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to 
Week 52 and complete Ssafety Ffollow- Uup, or 
•Prematurely discontinue from study without 
Safety Follow-Up.
The final analysis will be triggered when 100% 
of subjects enrolled: 
•Complete Week 104 of the LTE and the Safety 
Follow-Up, or
•Complete Week 52 of treatment and the 
Safety Follow-Up (if they did not rollover into 
the LTE), or
•Prematurely discontinue from treatment and 
complete Safety Follow-Up, or
•Prematurely discontinue from study. 
The final analysis will be performed by 
 
staff when the final analysis trigger condition 
has been met, protocol violations determined, 
and the database is locked for the final 
analysis
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
PPD
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
160/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Updates were 
made to the 
analysis cohort. 
Synopsis, 
8.5.2 Analysis of 
Primary Endpoints
23,
110
Analysis of Co-primary Efficacy 
Endpoints
The primary analysis of SRI-4 
response at Week 52 among all 
subjects in the n = 432 cohort, and 
SRI-6 response at Week 52 among 
HDA subjects in the n = 432 cohort, 
will be an estimate of OR, together 
with associated two-sided 97.5% CI 
and p-value, comparing each M2951 
dose group to placebo, based on a 
logistic model for the odds of a given 
SRI response in the appropriate 
population, with M2951 dose group 
or placebo group as a factor and 
adjustment for covariates based on 
randomization strata.
Analysis of Co-primary Efficacy Endpoints
The primary analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 
52 among all subjects in the primary analysis n 
= 432 cohort, and SRI-6 response at Week 52 
among HDA subjects in the n = 432 primary 
analysis cohort, will be an estimate of OR, 
together with associated two sided 957.5% CI and 
p-value (testing null hypothesis H0: OR = 1.0), 
comparing each M2951 dose group to placebo, 
based on a logistic model for the odds of a given 
SRI response in the appropriate population, with 
M2951 dose group or placebo group as a factor 
and 
adjustment 
for 
covariates 
based 
on 
randomization strata.
Drop-out rates 
unrelated to
efficacy or safety 
are higher than 
anticipated.
The analysis of 
the secondary 
endpoint was 
updated based 
on the addition of 
the LTE.
Synopsis
24
Analysis 
of 
Key 
Secondary 
Endpoints
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare 
during the Treatment Period will be 
modeled via a Cox regression 
model, with treatment group as a 
factor, and controlling for covariates 
defining randomization strata. A 
subject who discontinues treatment 
or 
completes treatment 
without 
experiencing severe flare will have 
his/her time to flare censored at the 
last time point at which flare could be 
assessed. 
SRI-4 response at Week 52 among 
serologically active subjects will be 
an estimate of OR, together with 
associated 
two-sided 
CI 
and 
p-value, comparing each M2951 
dose group to placebo, based on a 
logistic model for the odds SRI-4 
response in the serologically active 
population, with M2951 dose group 
or placebo group as a factor and 
Analysis of Key Secondary Endpoints
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare during the 
Treatment Period will be modeled in all subjects 
will be compared between M2951 and placebo 
via a stratified log rank test.  The adjusted 
hazard ratio comparing M2951 to placebo will 
be estimated (together with 95% CI) via a Cox 
regression model, with treatment group as a 
factor, and controlling for covariates defining 
randomization strata. A subject who discontinues 
treatment 
or 
completes 
treatment 
without 
experiencing severe flare will have his/her time to 
flare censored at the last time point at which flare 
could be assessed. 
Kaplan-Meier estimates of probability of 
surviving free of severe (BILAG A) flare as a 
function of time on treatment will be provided 
for each treatment group.
The analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 52 
among serologically active subjects will be an 
estimate of OR, together with associated 
two-sided 95% CI and p-value, comparing each 
M2951 dose group to placebo, based on a logistic 
model for the odds of SRI-4 response in the 
serologically active population, with M2951 dose 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
161/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
adjustment for covariates based on 
randomization strata. 
Descriptive 
statistics 
for 
SRI-4 
response in the serologically active 
subgroup, will be provided for each 
treatment group by time point. 
Analysis 
of 
Other 
Secondary 
Efficacy Endpoints
Binary endpoints will be modeled via 
logistic regression, time to event 
endpoints will be modeled via Cox 
regression, continuous endpoints 
measured 
longitudinally 
(i.e., 
HRQoL change from baseline) will 
be analyzed using Mixed effect 
Model 
for 
Repeated 
Measures 
(MMRM), and count endpoints (i.e., 
annualized 
flare 
rate) 
will 
be 
modeled 
via 
negative 
binomial 
regression, with treatment group as 
a factor, and adjusting for covariates 
defining 
randomization 
strata. 
Analysis of annualized flare rate will 
use observation time (in years) as an 
offset in the model. Change in a 
binary endpoint between two time 
points 
will 
be 
analyzed 
via 
McNemar’s test. The effect of 
treatment on change in a binary 
endpoint will be analyzed via logistic 
regression, with treatment group, 
time 
point, 
and 
interaction 
as 
predictors, 
and 
adjusting 
for 
covariates defining randomization 
strata. All tests of efficacy will be 
conducted at a two-sided α level of 
0.05, 
with 
p-values 
considered 
nominal unless generated as part of 
a hierarchical testing strategy as 
described in the Statistical Analysis 
Plan (SAP). P values and the 95% 
group or placebo group as a factor and 
adjustment for covariates based on randomization 
strata. A test for trend in dose-response, using 
the same logistic model, will be reported as a 
supportive analysis.
Descriptive statistics for SRI-4 response in the 
serologically active subgroup, will be provided for 
each treatment group by time point. 
Analysis 
of 
Other 
Secondary 
Efficacy 
Endpoints
Binary endpoints will be modeled via logistic 
regression, time to event endpoints will be 
modeled via Cox regression and tested via 
stratified log rank test, continuous endpoints 
measured longitudinally (i.e., HRQoL change 
from baseline) will be analyzed using Mixed effect 
Model for Repeated Measures (MMRM), and 
count endpoints (i.e., annualized flare rate) will be 
modeled via negative binomial regression, with 
treatment group as a factor, and adjusting for 
covariates defining randomization strata. Analysis 
of annualized flare rate will use the log of
observation time (in years) as an offset in the 
model. Change in a binary endpoint between 
two time points will be analyzed via McNemar’s 
test. The effect of treatment on change in a binary 
endpoint will be analyzed via logistic regression, 
with treatment group, time point, and interaction 
as predictors, and adjusting for covariates 
defining randomization strata. All tests of efficacy 
will be conducted at a two-sided α level of 0.05, 
with 
p-values 
considered 
nominal 
unless 
generated as part of a hierarchical the tree 
gatekeeping 
multiple
testing 
strategy 
as 
described in the Statistical Integrated Analysis 
Plan (ISAP). P values and the 95% CIs will be 
presented where applicable.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
162/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
CIs 
will 
be 
presented 
where 
applicable.
The Sponsor 
designees were 
updated to 
remove 
repetition. 
2 Sponsor, 
Investigators, and 
Trial Administrative 
Structure
31
The Sponsor of this clinical study is 
EMD 
Serono 
Research 
& 
Development Institute, Inc. (EMD 
Serono R&D), Billerica, MA, in the 
USA, and Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, 
Germany, in rest of the world (RoW), 
except in Japan. In Japan, Merck 
Serono Co., Ltd. (Affiliate of Merck 
KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany) is the 
Sponsor of this clinical study.
The Sponsor of this clinical study is EMD Serono 
Research & Development Institute, Inc. (EMD 
Serono R&D), Billerica, MA, in the USA, and 
Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, in rest of the 
world (RoW), except in Japan. In Japan, Merck 
Serono Co., Ltd. (Affiliate of Merck KGaA, 
Darmstadt, Germany) is the Sponsor of this 
clinical study in Japan; and Merck KGaA, 
Darmstadt, Germany, in the rest of the world 
(RoW).
To remove 
repetition. 
 
 was 
updated to 
 
Services.
2 Sponsor, 
Investigators, and 
Trial Administrative
Structure
31
In Japan, 
 
, will 
undertake the operational aspects. 
Details of such structures and 
associated 
procedures 
will 
be 
defined in a separate Integrated 
Project Management Plan (IPMP).
In Japan, 
, will undertake the 
operational aspects. Details of such structures 
and associated procedures will be defined in a 
separate Integrated Project Management Plan 
(IPMP).
Updated to the 
rebranding of 
Slight 
modification in 
wording on 
interim analysis.
2.2 Trial 
Coordination/Monitor
ing
32
An independent data monitoring 
committee 
(IDMC) 
will 
be 
established to assess safety and 
tolerability of IMP during the conduct 
of the study and review the interim 
analysis (IA).
An independent data monitoring committee 
(IDMC) will be established to assess safety and 
tolerability of IMP during the conduct of the study 
and review the interim analysis (IA) if completed.
To allow flexibility 
in the analysis as 
other additional 
analyses will now 
be done due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
A SMC was 
added for the 
LTE Period.
2.2 Trial 
Coordination/Monitor
ing
32
-
The IDMC will monitor the study until the last 
subject has either entered the LTE or 
completed 
the 
Safety 
Follow-Up 
Visit 
following the DBPC Treatment Period for 
subjects that did not rollover into the LTE, 
whichever occurs last. At that time, study 
monitoring may transition to an internal Safety 
Monitoring Committee (SMC). The SMC will 
review all available safety data on a regular 
basis during the open-label LTE. The SMC 
consists 
of 
Sponsor 
representatives 
(including, but not limited to, the Medical 
Responsible, the Drug Safety Product Lead, 
the biostatistician), the Medical Monitor from 
the CRO, and the Coordinating Investigator. 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
163/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
The full membership, mandate, and processes 
of the SMC will be detailed in the SMC charter.
Benefit Risk text 
was updated.
3.1 Benefit and Risk
36
A signal of asymptomatic increases 
in transaminases has emerged from 
the ongoing study MS200527-0086 
among 
subjects 
randomized 
to 
evobrutinib or placebo.
A 
signal 
of 
asymptomatic 
increases 
in 
transaminases has emerged from the ongoing 
study 
MS200527-0086 
amongin 
multiple 
sclerosis and in MS200527-0018, affecting 
approximately 5% of subjects randomized to 
evobrutinib or placebo in both studies. Thus far, 
the elevations have been asymptomatic and 
reversible on discontinuation of IMP. There 
have been no Hy’s Law cases.
More recent 
information was 
available.
A SMC was 
added for the 
LTE.
3.1 Benefit and Risk
37
-
During the LTE, an internal SMC may review 
safety data on a regular basis during the LTE 
in lieu of the IDMC.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
A SMC was 
added for the 
LTE Period.
3.1 Benefit and Risk
37
More recent 
information was 
available.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
164/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
is continually reviewed and modified to 
incorporate input from the IDMCs.
Clarification was 
added on the 
treatment for 
those in the LTE.
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
39
Therefore, the total enrollment will 
range from n = 432 to 468 (n = 108 
to 117 subjects per group). This trial 
will be conducted at approximately 
180 sites across 20 countries.
Therefore, the total enrollment will range from 
n = 432 to 468 (n = 108 to 117 subjects per 
group). 
 
 
 
 
This trial will be conducted at 
approximately 180 sites across 20 countries.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Text on the LTE 
was changed 
from being a 
potential 
separate protocol 
to being 
integrated into 
this study.
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
40
Long-Term Extension Study
Subjects who complete the 52-week 
DBPC 
period 
may 
be 
offered 
participation in an open label, 
long-term extension (LTE) study. 
Should the Sponsor decide to 
conduct the LTE study, it will be 
conducted 
under 
a 
separate 
protocol. Subjects continuing in the 
LTE study will receive the first dose 
of LTE study at Week 52 following 
the completion of all Week 52 
procedures. They will not attend the 
Safety Follow Up Visit until treatment 
is stopped in the LTE study, due to 
either 
a 
subject’s 
premature 
withdrawal/early termination from 
the LTE study, termination of the 
LTE study by the Sponsor, or 
completion of the LTE treatment 
period. It is expected the placebo 
group of this MS200527-0018 study 
will be switched over to M2951 
active treatment, at a dose to be 
identified in the IA of this study. 
Subjects in the M2951 treatment 
groups will remain on their original 
respective doses of M2951 when 
enrolled in the LTE study. Subjects 
are recommended to have signed 
the informed consent for the LTE
Optional Open-Label Long-Term Extension 
Study Period
Subjects who completed the 52-week DBPC 
Treatment
period 
will
may
be 
offered 
participation in the an 104-week open-label, LTE 
Period of the study. The purpose of the LTE 
Period is to allow all the subjects with the 
opportunity to receive active treatment with 
M2951 and to collect long-term extension (LTE) 
study. Should the Sponsor decide to conduct the 
LTE study, it safety and efficacy data. The 
Investigator should review the optional LTE 
Period with the subject prior to the DBPC 
Week 52 visit. Signed consent will be obtained 
prior to participation
conducted under a 
separate protocol. Subjects continuing in the LTE 
Period study will receive the first dose of LTE 
study at The DBPC Week 52 following the 
completion of all Week 52 procedures. They EOT 
Visit will not attend be considered the LTE 
Day 1 Visit. Tthe Safety Follow- Up Visit will be 
deferred until treatment is stopped in the LTE 
studyPeriod, due to either a subject’s premature 
withdrawal/early termination from the LTE study, 
termination of the LTE study by the Sponsor, or 
completion of the LTE treatment period. It is 
expected the placebo group of this MS200527-
0018 study will be switched over to M2951 active 
treatment, at a dose to be identified in the IA of 
this study. Subjects in the M2951 treatment 
groups will remain on their original respective 
doses of M2951 when enrolled in the LTE study. 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
165/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
study at least four weeks prior to 
enrollment.
Subjects are recommended to have signed the 
informed consent for the LTE study at least four 
weeks prior to enrollment.
In some cases, due to Institutional Review 
Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics Committee 
(IEC) approval, regulatory-specific, or other 
administrative 
delays, 
a 
subject 
may 
experience a treatment gap between the IMP 
last dose received in the DBPC Period (Week 
52/EOT visit) and the start of the LTE IMP 
treatment. Upon Principal Investigator (PI) 
request, these subjects may still be able to 
enroll in 
the LTE with 
approval 
from 
Merck/EMD Serono, on a case by case basis. 
If the day of rollover to the LTE occurs after 
the DBPC Week 56/EOS visit, all assessments 
noted at the LTE Day 1 visit will need to be 
completed. For subjects that rollover after the 
Week 52/EOT visit but prior to their scheduled
Week 56/EOS visit, concomitant medications 
and AEs will need to be reviewed and updated, 
and the PI will need to ensure that the subject 
remains eligible for the study. No other 
additional assessments other than dispensing 
of IMP will need to be completed.
Clarification was 
added on the 
Safety 
Follow-Ups to 
account for the 
addition of the 
LTE.
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
40-41
Subjects will enter the Safety Follow 
Up Period directly from the DBPC 
Treatment 
Period 
after 
the 
Week 52/EOT Visit. The Safety 
Follow Up Visit is scheduled to occur 
four weeks after the last IMP dose. 
This includes subjects who stop the 
DBPC 
Treatment 
Period 
prematurely. The Safety Follow Up 
Visit is the End of Study Visit and is 
the last scheduled visit for subjects 
participating in this clinical trial. 
Subjects participating in the LTE 
study, if conducted, will not attend 
the Safety Follow Up Visit, and will 
instead enter the LTE study.
Subjects will enter the Safety Follow Up Period 
directly from the DBPC Treatment Period after the 
Week 52/EOT Visit. The Safety Follow Up Visit is 
scheduled to occur four weeks after the last IMP 
dose. This includes subjects who stop the DBPC 
Treatment Period prematurely. The Safety Follow 
Up Visit is the End of Study Visit and is the last 
scheduled visit for subjects participating in this 
clinical trial. Subjects participating in the LTE 
study, if conducted, will not attend the Safety 
Follow Up Visit, and will instead enter the LTE 
study.
The Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit is 
scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration 
of 
study 
treatment. 
For 
subjects who do not participate in the LTE 
Period, 
the 
Safety 
Follow-Up 
Visit 
is 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
166/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
scheduled four weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration of study treatment in the DBPC 
Period. For subjects who participate in the 
LTE Period, the Safety Follow-Up Visit is 
delayed until four weeks (+ 5 days) after the 
last administration of study treatment in the 
LTE Period. Subjects who are approved to 
rollover into LTE Period after they entered, or 
completed, 
the 
DBPC 
Safety 
Follow-Up 
Period, may have two Safety Follow-Up Visits. 
Additional details of the Safety Follow-Up/ End 
of Study Visit are provided in the SOA.
Additional 
analyses are 
described due to 
the addition of 
the LTE.
5.1 Overall Trial 
Design and Plan
41-42
Two analyses are planned. A third 
analysis is possible depending on 
the enrollment rate of the Japanese 
subject cohort. 
The first analysis will be an interim 
futility analysis (IA). This IA will be 
based on Week 24 SRI-4 response 
among all subjects and Week 24 
SRI-6 
response 
among 
HDA 
subjects, and conducted when 100% 
of subjects enrolled, out of the 
planned enrollment, reach Week 24 
of 
treatment 
or 
prematurely 
discontinue from treatment. If the 
response proportion difference for 
both 
co-primary 
endpoints 
is 
sufficiently low at Week 24, as 
defined in the Statistical Analysis 
Plan (SAP), consideration will be 
given to termination of the study. If 
enrollment is slower than expected, 
consideration 
will 
be 
given 
to 
conducting 
the 
interim 
futility 
analysis when the first 50% of the 
planned enrollment reach Week 24 
of 
treatment, 
or 
prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment. 
An 
IDMC 
will 
monitor 
safety 
and 
tolerability as well as review the data 
from the IA. The IA will be prepared 
Two analyses are planned. A third analysis is 
possible depending on the enrollment rate of the 
Japanese subject cohort. 
The first analysis will be an interim futility analysis 
(IA). This IA There will be at least two planned
analyses in this study – the primary and final 
analyses. There may be up to four planned 
analyses, depending on whether the optional 
futility interim analysis (IA) is conducted, and 
whether the analysis for treatment effect 
consistency is coincident with the primary 
analysis, or is conducted after the primary 
analysis.
If the futility IA is conducted, it will be based on 
Week 24 SRI-4 response among all subjects in 
the primary analysis cohort and Week 24 SRI-6 
response among HDA subjects In the primary 
analysis cohort. The IA will be, and conducted 
when 100% of subjects enrolled, out of in the 
planned enrollment primary analysis cohort, 
reach Week 24 of treatment or prematurely 
discontinue from treatment prior to Week 24. If 
the response proportion difference for both 
co-primary endpoints is sufficiently low at 
Week 24, as defined in the Integrated Statistical 
Analysis Plan (SAPIAP), consideration will be 
given to termination of the study. If enrollment is 
slower than expected, consideration will be given 
to conducting the interim futility analysis when the 
first 50% of the primary analysis cohort planned 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
167/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
by a team independent of the study 
teams (Sponsor and 
).
The second analysis is the primary 
analysis, based on Week 52 SRI-4 
response among all subjects in the 
n = 432 cohort, and Week 52 SRI-6 
response among HDA subjects in 
the n = 432 cohort. This analysis is 
triggered when 100% of subjects 
enrolled:
•Complete Week 52 of treatment 
and safety follow-up, or
•Prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment and complete safety follow 
up, or
•Prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
study.
The Japanese cohort may be fully, 
partially, or not included in this 
primary analysis, depending on the 
enrollment 
rate. 
The 
primary 
analysis will be performed by 
 
staff when the primary analysis 
trigger condition has been met, 
protocol violations determined, and 
the database is locked for the 
primary analysis.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
enrollment
reach Week 24 of treatment, or 
prematurely discontinue from treatment. An IDMC 
will monitor safety and tolerability as well as 
review the data from the IA. The IA will be 
prepared by a team independent of the study 
teams (Sponsor and 
).
The second analysis primary analysis cohort 
consists of the first 432 subjects randomized.  
However, if drop-out for reasons unrelated to 
efficacy or safety is higher than expected, 
effectively reducing the power of the study, 
the IAP may prespecify that the primary analysis
cohort may include all subjects randomized. 
The primary analysis will be, based on Week 52 
SRI-4 response among all subjects in the n = 432
primary analysis cohort, and Week 52 SRI-6 
response among HDA subjects in the n = 432
primary analysis cohort. This analysis is 
triggered when 100% of subjects enrolled in the 
primary analysis cohort:
•Complete Week 52 of treatment and safety 
follow-up either enter LTE or complete Safety 
Follow-Up, or
•Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to 
Week 52 and complete Safety Follow-Up safety 
follow up, or
•Prematurely discontinue from study without 
Safety Follow-Up.
The Japanese cohort may be fully, partially, or not 
included in this primary analysis, depending on 
the enrollment rate. The primary analysis will be 
performed by 
 staff when the primary 
analysis trigger condition has been met, protocol 
violations determined, and the database is locked 
for the primary analysis.
 
 
 
 
The 
Family-Wise type 1 error rate (FWER) due to the 
co-primary endpoints and multiple M2951 dose 
group comparisons versus placebo will be 
controlled at the two
-sided α = 0.0125 level 
via a tree gatekeeping 
 
 
. 
The 
four 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
C
CI
CC
I
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
168/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A third analysis may be scheduled if 
the Japanese cohort does not enroll 
in time to be included with the 
n = 432 subjects required for the 
primary analysis.  If the Japanese 
cohort enrolls in time to be included, 
the evaluation of consistency with 
respect to ethnicity of Week 52 
SRI-4 response can be performed at 
the time of the primary analysis.  If 
the Japanese cohort enrolls slowly, 
then the primary analysis will occur 
without inclusion of the Japanese 
cohort, and a third analysis for 
evaluation of consistency will be 
triggered when 100% of enrolled 
Japanese subjects:
•Complete Week 52 of treatment 
and safety follow-up, or 
•Prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment and complete safety follow 
up, or 
hypotheses associated with comparisons 
involving the co-primary endpoints and the 
two highest dose groups 
 
will form the first family 
of hypotheses in the tree. This family will be 
tested via the truncated Hochberg procedure, 
with truncation fraction pre-specified in the 
IAP. The multiple-testing procedure for the 
remainder 
of 
the 
tree, 
including 
the 
hypotheses associated with the comparisons 
involving the co-primary endpoints and the
lowest dose group, and the key secondary 
endpoints and all dose groups, will be 
pre-specified in the IAP.,
 
 
 
 
A treatment effect consistency analysis third 
analysis may be scheduled if the Japanese cohort 
does not enroll in time to be included with the 
n = 432 subjects required for the primary analysis
cohort.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls in time to 
be included, the evaluation of consistency with 
respect to ethnicity of Week 52 SRI-4 response 
can be performed at the time of the primary 
analysis.  If the Japanese cohort enrolls slowly, 
then the primary analysis will occur without 
inclusion of the Japanese cohort, and a third 
analysis for evaluation of separate consistency
analysis will be triggered when 100% of enrolled 
Japanese subjects:
•Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter 
LTE or complete Safety Follow-Upsafety follow-
up, or 
•Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to 
Week 52 and complete Safety Follow-Up safety 
follow up, or 
•Prematurely discontinue from study without 
Safety Follow-Up. 
The final analysis will be triggered when 100% 
of subjects enrolled: 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
C
C
I


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
169/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
•Prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
study. 
•Complete Week 104 of the LTE and the Safety 
Follow-Up, or
•Complete Week 52 of treatment and the 
Safety Follow-Up (if they did not rollover into 
the LTE), or
•Prematurely discontinue from treatment and 
complete Safety Follow-Up, or
•Prematurely discontinue from study. 
The final analysis will be performed by 
 
staff when the final analysis trigger condition 
has been met, protocol violations determined, 
and the database is locked for the final 
analysis.
Text was 
removed.
5.2.1 Scientific 
Rationale for Study 
Design
44
Important potential risks to subjects 
are based on nonclinical safety data 
of M2951 and clinical data on 
adverse drug effects associated with 
compounds 
of 
a 
similar 
pharmacological class. They include 
infection, 
leukopenia, 
thrombocytopenia, 
hemorrhage, 
gastrointestinal intolerance, renal 
toxicity, hepatocellular injury, atrial 
fibrillation, drug-drug interactions, 
and embryo-fetal toxicity. These 
risks will be mitigated through the 
use of risk minimization measures 
inherent to early phase clinical trials 
and are considered adequate for the 
proposed clinical trial in subjects with 
SLE. An IDMC will continually review 
available safety and tolerability data 
and will be mandated to make 
immediate decisions regarding the 
conduct of the trial; no additional risk 
minimization 
measures 
are 
proposed.
Given the predicted therapeutic 
benefit in the majority of the subjects 
at each dose, the tolerability and 
safety profile demonstrated, and the 
risk minimization measures in place 
Important potential risks to subjects are based on 
nonclinical safety data of M2951 and clinical data 
on 
adverse 
drug 
effects
associated 
with 
compounds of a similar pharmacological class. 
They 
include 
infection, 
leukopenia, 
thrombocytopenia, hemorrhage, gastrointestinal 
intolerance, renal toxicity, hepatocellular injury, 
atrial fibrillation, drug-drug interactions, and 
embryo-fetal toxicity. These risks will be mitigated 
through the use of risk minimization measures 
inherent to early phase clinical trials and are 
considered adequate for the proposed clinical trial 
in subjects with SLE. An IDMC will continually 
review available safety and tolerability data and 
will be mandated to make immediate decisions 
regarding the conduct of the trial; no additional 
risk minimization measures are proposed.
Given the predicted therapeutic benefit in the 
majority of the subjects at each dose, the
tolerability and safety profile demonstrated, and 
the risk minimization measures in place for this 
trial, benefit risk considerations support conduct of 
the proposed clinical Study MS200527-0018 in 
subjects with SLE.
The text is already 
present in 
Section 3.1.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
170/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
for 
this 
trial, 
benefit 
risk 
considerations support conduct of 
the 
proposed 
clinical 
Study 
MS200527-0018 in subjects with 
SLE.
Minor update to 
text was added 
on data for 
doses.
5.2.2 Justification for 
Dose
46
 
 
 
 
.
 
 
 
Data is no longer 
preliminary.
Updated to 
include 
unanticipated 
events.
5.3 Selection of Trial 
Population
47
When a laboratory test must be 
repeated 
during 
the 
Screening 
period, the Screening Period can be 
extended to 8 weeks after discussion 
with the Medical Monitor.
When a laboratory test must be repeated during 
the Screening pPeriod or an unanticipated 
event occurs, the Screening Period can be 
extended to 8 weeks after discussion with the 
Medical Monitor.
To allow flexibility 
for unanticipated 
events.
Two drugs were 
added to the list 
of exclusion 6.
5.3.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
52
6.
Within two months prior to 
Screening or during Screening: 
initiation of or change in dose of 
antimalarial, 
methotrexate,  
mycophenolate (mofetil [MMF] or 
sodium [MPS]*), or azathioprine 
(*not approved in Japan).
6.
Within two months prior to Screening or 
during Screening: initiation of or change in dose 
of antimalarial, methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 
sulfasalazine, mycophenolate (mofetil [MMF] or 
sodium [MPS]*), or azathioprine (*not approved in 
Japan).
To add clarification 
as these drugs 
were intended to 
be on this list 
previously.
Clarification was 
added for the use 
of low dose 
aspirin.
5.3.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
52
14.
On 
anticoagulation 
(e.g., 
vitamin K antagonists) or antiplatelet 
therapy (e.g., clopidogrel) other than 
daily aspirin for cardioprotection.
14.
On 
anticoagulation 
(e.g., 
vitamin 
K 
antagonists) 
or 
antiplatelet 
therapy 
(e.g., 
clopidogrel) other than daily low dose aspirin 
(≤350 mg/day) for cardioprotection. Low-dose 
aspirin therapy for other indications may be 
permitted after discussion with medical 
monitor.
To allow inclusion, 
after medical 
review, of subjects 
for whom low-dose 
aspirin is SoC for 
reasons other than 
cardioprotection. 
A note was 
added for 
additional 
information on 
Hepatitis B 
vaccination.
5.3.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
53
2.
Hepatitis B antibody positive 
subjects who are HBV DNA negative 
OR have detectable HBV DNA 
< 20 IU/mL are not excluded from 
the study. However, these subjects 
will have HBV DNA measured by 
PCR at Weeks 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 
36, 48, 52/EoT/Early Withdrawal, 
and 56/Safety Follow-Up/End of 
Study visits.
2.
Hepatitis B antibody positive subjects who 
are HBV DNA negative OR have detectable HBV 
DNA < 20 IU/mL are not excluded from the study. 
However, these subjects will have HBV DNA 
measured by PCR at Weeks 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 
36, 48, 52/EoT/Early Withdrawal, and 56/Safety 
Follow-Up/End of Studyat visits noted in the 
SOA.
Note: Subjects who have previously been 
vaccinated for Hepatitis B will not be tested for 
anti-hepatitis B surface antibody, as they will 
be positive for anti-hepatitis B surface 
Clarification 
regarding testing 
performed for 
subjects previously 
vaccinated for 
Hepatitis B, versus 
those who have 
not been 
vaccinated. 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
171/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
antibody as the protective consequence of 
vaccination.
A note was 
added regarding 
the prophylactic 
use of 
antituberculous 
drugs.
5.3.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
54
-
Note: Prophylactic use of antituberculous 
drugs is not permitted during the study, and if 
used must be discontinued prior to the first 
dose of study medication. If an Investigator 
feels that a subject requires antituberculous 
prophylaxis while participating in the study, 
this may be allowed after review of the case by 
the Medical Monitor.
Added to clarify 
protocol 
restrictions on use 
of antituberculous 
prophylaxis in 
some countries as 
not permitted in 
this study. 
The exclusion 
was modified to 
cross reference 
another exclusion 
and not repeat.
5.3.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
54
26.
Antiphospholipid 
antibody 
syndrome 
associated 
with 
a 
thromboembolic 
event 
in 
the 
12 months 
prior 
to 
or 
during 
Screening. 
Anticoagulation 
or 
anti-platelet therapy is exclusionary, 
with the exception of daily aspirin for 
cardioprotection (see criterion 14).
26.
Antiphospholipid 
antibody 
syndrome 
associated with a thromboembolic event in the 
12 months prior to or during Screening. See 
Exclusion Criterion 14 for discussion of
Aanticoagulation 
or 
anti-platelet 
therapy
is 
exclusionary, with the exception of daily aspirin for 
cardioprotection (see criterion 14).
Additional details 
for aspirin were 
added into 
Exclusion 14 and 
therefore removed 
from here.
Additional text 
was added to 
possibly increase 
enrollment.
5.5.1 Withdrawal 
from the Trial
58
Subjects who are withdrawn after 
randomization (e.g., due to AEs or 
lack of efficacy) will not be replaced. 
Subjects who are withdrawn from the 
study will not be allowed to re-enroll 
in the study.
Subjects who are withdrawn after randomization 
(e.g., due to AEssafety or lack of efficacy) will not 
be replaced. Consideration will be given to 
increasing enrollment to compensate for loss 
of information due to subjects who withdraw 
for reasons unrelated to safety or lack of 
efficacy. Subjects who are withdrawn from the 
study will not be allowed to re-enroll in the study.
Drop-out rates 
unrelated to 
efficacy or safety 
are higher than 
anticipated.
Additional text 
was added about 
the potential use 
of some 
prohibited 
medications.
5.5.2 Withdrawal 
from the 
Investigational 
Medicinal Product
58
•Use of a prohibited medication, as 
defined in Section 6.5.2. However, 
any medications that are considered 
necessary 
for 
the 
subject’s 
well-being may be given at the 
discretion of the Investigator.
•Use of a prohibited medication, as defined in 
Section 6.5.2. However, any medications that are 
considered necessary for the subject’s well-being 
may be given at the discretion of the Investigator. 
If, in the view of the Investigator, the use of a 
prohibited medication should not impact 
subject safety or bias efficacy assessments, 
the Investigator can request the Medical 
Monitor review the case. Such a request must 
be made as soon as the Investigator is aware 
of the use of prohibited medication, and the 
Medical Monitor, along with the Sponsor, will 
determine if the subject must be permanently 
withdrawn from IMP. See Section 6.4.2.2 for 
specifics regarding treatment of flares during 
To allow some 
flexibility for the 
Investigators 
based on 
Investigator 
feedback.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
172/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
the DBPC and LTE treatment periods of the 
study and withdrawal from IMP.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
173/205
Clarifications 
were added to 
IMP withdrawal 
criteria.
5.5.2 Withdrawal 
from the 
Investigational 
Medicinal Product
58-60
The IMP should be temporarily 
withheld or permanently withdrawn if 
the 
following 
laboratory 
abnormalities occur or re-occur, as 
relevant, and re-initiation following 
temporarily 
withholding 
of 
IMP 
should 
be 
discussed 
with 
the 
Medical Monitor. If a subject’s 
pre-dose baseline value falls within 
any of the below criteria, consult with 
the 
Medical 
Monitor 
regarding 
potential 
withdrawal, 
continued 
participation in study, and additional 
monitoring if needed:
•For a neutrophil count < 500/mm3 or 
platelet count < 25,000/mm3 or a 
lymphocyte count < 200/mm3 (Grade 
4) or neutrophil count 500 to 
999/mm3 (Grade 3) with fever or 
platelet count 25,000 to 49,999/mm3
(Grade 3) with bleeding, the IMP 
should be permanently withdrawn.
•For 
a 
Grade 
3 
decrease 
in 
neutrophil count without fever or 
Grade 3 decrease in platelet count 
without bleeding, temporarily hold 
the IMP and recheck the value. If the 
value is still Grade 3, permanently 
discontinue the IMP. For a decrease 
to Grade 2, temporarily hold the IMP 
and recheck the value. Reinitiate the 
IMP 
after 
discussion 
with 
the 
Medical 
Monitor 
if 
no 
further 
downward trend is observed.
The IMP should be temporarily withheld or 
permanently withdrawn if the following laboratory 
abnormalities occur or re-occur, as relevant, and 
re-initiation following temporarily withholding of 
IMP should be discussed with the Medical 
Monitor. If a subject’s pre-dose baseline value is 
abnormal and/or falls within any of the below 
criteria, 
consult 
with 
the 
Medical 
Monitor 
regarding 
potential 
withdrawal, 
continued 
participation in study, and additional monitoring if 
needed. Retesting should be completed within 
1 week:
•For a neutrophil count < 5001000/mm3 (Grade 3 
or 4) or platelet count < 2550,000/mm3 or a 
lymphocyte count < 200/mm3
(Grade 4) or 
neutrophil count 500 to 999/mm3 (Grade 3) with 
fever or platelet count 25,000 to 49,999/mm3
(Grade 3) with bleeding, the IMP should be 
permanently withdrawn.
•For a Grade 3 decrease in neutrophil count 
without fever or Grade 3 decrease in platelet 
count without bleeding, (Grade 3 or 4) temporarily 
hold the IMP and recheck the value. If the value is 
still Grade 3 or 4, permanently discontinue the 
IMP; if the value improves to Grade 2, Grade 1 
or is within normal limits, IMP may be 
reinitiated after discussion with the Medical 
Monitor. For a recheck value that decreases to 
Grade 2, perform repeat testing within 1 
month. decrease to Grade 2, temporarily hold the
IMP and recheck the value. Reinitiate the IMP 
after discussion with the Medical Monitor if no 
further downward trend is observed.
•For a lymphocyte count <200/mm3 (Grade 4), 
temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the 
value. If the value is still Grade 4, permanently 
discontinue the IMP; if the value improves to a 
Grade 3, discuss with the Medical Monitor; if 
the value improves to Grade 2, Grade 1 or is 
within normal limits, IMP may be reinitiated 
after discussion with the Medical Monitor. For 
a recheck value that improves to Grade 2, 
perform repeat testing within 1 month.
Clarified 
confirmatory retest 
process, provided 
guidance for 
additional testing if 
subject is not 
scheduled for a 
monthly visit 
during the LTE 
period, and 
revised based on 
review of safety 
data from ongoing 
studies.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
174/205
specialists, such as a hepatologist, 
can be considered at the discretion 
of the Investigator and in conjunction 
with the Medical Monitor.
•For an increase in bilirubin to 
Grade 2, temporarily hold the IMP 
and recheck the value. Reinitiate the 
IMP 
after 
discussion 
with 
the 
Medical Monitor if no further upward 
trend is observed.
•A comprehensive hepatic panel is 
requested for any subjects, for whom 
above AST or ALT withdrawal 
criteria 
are 
met 
and 
who 
permanently discontinue dosing due 
to elevated liver function tests. 
Subjects should be referred to a 
hepatologist who may recommend
testing in addition to the following:
o INR, PTT, fibrinogen, hsCRP
o Hepatitis 
serology: 
anti-HAV 
IgG, anti-HAV IgM, HBsAg, anti-
HBc, 
anti-HBsAg, 
anti-HCV, 
anti-HEV IgG and IgM, anti-VCA 
IgG and IgM, anti-EA IgG, anti-
EBNA IgG, anti-CMV IgG and 
IgM
o Antinuclear 
antibody, 
anti-
smooth muscle antibody, and 
liver-kidney 
microsomal 
antibody
o Albumin
•For an increase in amylase or lipase 
to > 2 to 5X ULN (Grade 3), 
temporarily 
hold 
the 
IMP 
and 
recheck the value within 24 hours of 
receipt. If the value is still Grade 3, 
permanently discontinue the IMP. 
•For an increase in amylase or lipase 
to Grade 2, temporarily hold the IMP 
and 
recheck 
the 
value 
within 
24 hours of receipt. Discontinue the 
IMP if the value does not decrease, 
or reinitiate the IMP after discussion 
•For an increase in aspartate aminotransferase 
(AST) or alanine aminotransferase (ALT) to 
> 3X× ULN (Grade 2 or higher), temporarily hold 
the IMP and recheck the value. If the value is 
still Grade 2 or higher, the IMP should be 
permanently withdrawn. The subject should be 
followed with additional testing as needed until a 
return to ULN or acceptable value as agreed upon 
by 
the 
Investigator 
and 
Medical 
Monitor. 
Consultations 
with specialists, 
such 
as 
a 
hepatologist, can be considered at the discretion 
of the Investigator and in conjunction with the 
Medical Monitor.
•For an increase in bilirubin to > 1.5×ULN 
(Grade 2 or higher), temporarily hold the IMP and 
recheck the value. Reinitiate If the value is still 
Grade 2 or higher, the IMP after discussion with 
the Medical Monitor if no further upward trend is 
observed should be permanently withdrawn.
•A comprehensive hepatic panel is requested for 
any subjects, for whom above AST or ALT 
withdrawal criteria are met and who permanently 
discontinue dosing due to elevated liver function 
tests. 
Subjects 
should 
be 
referred 
to 
a 
hepatologist who may recommend testing in 
addition to the following:
o INR, PTT, fibrinogen, hsCRP
o Hepatitis serology: anti-HAV IgG, anti-HAV 
IgM, HBsAg, anti-HBc, anti-HBsAg, anti-HCV, 
anti-HEV IgG and IgM, anti-VCA IgG and IgM, 
anti-EA IgG, anti-EBNA IgG, anti-CMV IgG 
and IgM
o Antinuclear antibody, anti-smooth muscle 
antibody, 
and 
liver-kidney 
microsomal 
antibody
o Albumin
•For an increase in amylase or lipase to > 2 to 5×
ULN (Grade 3 or 4), temporarily hold the IMP and 
recheck the value within 24 hours of receipt. If the 
value is still Grade 3
or 4,
permanently 
discontinue the IMP.
•For an increase in amylase or lipase to Grade 2, 
temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the value 
within 24 hours of receipt. Discontinue the IMP if 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
175/205
with the Medical Monitor if a 
downward trend is observed.
•For an increase in serum creatinine 
to > 3X from Baseline (Grade 3 or 
higher), 
the 
IMP 
should 
be 
permanently withdrawn. 
•For any other increase in serum 
creatinine > 1.5X from Baseline, 
temporarily 
hold 
the 
IMP 
and 
recheck the value within 24 hours of 
receipt. Discontinue the IMP if the 
value does not decrease, or reinitiate 
the IMP after discussion with the 
Medical Monitor if a downward trend 
is observed.
•For any serum IgG level < 3 g/L, 
confirmed by repeat testing, the IMP 
should be permanently withdrawn.
…
•For 
any 
other 
laboratory 
abnormality of Grade 4 severity, the 
IMP 
should 
be 
permanently 
withdrawn. 
•For 
any 
other 
laboratory 
increase/decrease 
(as 
relevant) 
from Baseline to Grade 3, consider 
temporarily holding the IMP, unless 
otherwise indicated in this section of 
the protocol. Recheck values within 
24 hours and discuss results with 
Medical 
Monitor, 
unless 
an 
improving trend is observed.
the value does not decrease, or reinitiate the IMP
improves to Grade 2, Grade 1, or is within 
normal limits, IMP may be reinitiated after 
discussion with the Medical Monitor. For if a 
recheck value that improves to Grade 2, 
perform 
repeat 
testing 
within 
1 
monthdownward trend is observed.
•For an increase in serum creatinine to > 3X× from
Baseline (Grade 3 or higher4), temporarily hold 
the IMP and recheck the value. If the value is 
still a Grade 3 or 4, the IMP should be
permanently discontinue the IMP withdrawn. 
•For any other increase in serum creatinine > 1.5×
from Baseline to ≤3× Baseline (Grade 2), 
temporarily hold the IMP and recheck the value
within 24 hours of receipt. Discontinue the IMP iIf 
the value is still Grade 2, discuss with the 
Medical Monitor, if the value does not decrease, 
or reinitiate the IMP improves to Grade 1 or is 
within normal limits, IMP may be reinitiated
after discussion with the Medical Monitor if a 
downward trend is observed.
•For any serum IgG level < 3 g/L, confirmed by 
repeat testingtemporarily hold the IMP and 
recheck the value. If the value is still < 3 g/L, 
the IMP should be permanently withdrawn.
…
•For any other laboratory abnormality of Grade 4 
severity, temporarily hold the IMP and recheck 
the value. If the value is still a Grade 4, the IMP 
should be permanently withdrawn. If the restest 
value improves, discuss with the Medical 
Monitor.
•For any other laboratory increase/decrease (as 
relevant) from Baseline to Grade 3, consider 
temporarily holding the IMP, (unless otherwise 
indicated in this section of the protocol),
temporarily hold the IMP, recheck the value,
.Recheck values within 24 hours and discuss 
results with Medical Monitor, unless an improving 
trend is observed.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
176/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Dosing 
information for 
the LTE was 
added. 
6.2 Dosage and 
Administration
62
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Clarification was 
added due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
6.4.1 Background 
Systemic Lupus 
Erythematosus 
Therapies
64
Initiation 
of 
any 
new 
immunosuppressant 
or 
immunomodulator therapy would be 
considered a treatment failure and
should result in withdrawal of the 
subject from the IMP and study (see 
Section 5.5).
Initiation of any new immunosuppressant or 
immunomodulator therapy would be considered a 
treatment failure during the DBPC Treatment 
Period and should result in withdrawal of the 
subject from the IMP and study (see Section 5.5).
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
177/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Clarification was 
added that a 
single dose of 
steroid could be 
given.
6.4.2 Corticosteroids
65
DBPC Period
…
Furthermore, 
injectable 
corticosteroids (e.g., intramuscular, 
intravenous, 
subcutaneous, 
and 
intra-articular) are prohibited during 
the study.
DBPC Period
…
Furthermore, injectable corticosteroids (e.g., 
intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, and 
intra-articular) are prohibited during the study.
with the exception of a single dose of 
intramuscular steroid, no more than 80 mg of 
prednisolone equivalent, permitted prior to the 
twelfth week of the DBPC Period.
Updated to permit 
one time 
intramuscular 
steroid dose within 
the first 12 weeks 
of the DBPC 
Period as 
administration will 
not bias efficacy 
endpoints or 
impact patient 
safety.
Additional 
information was 
added on 
corticosteroid use 
during the LTE.
6.4.2 Corticosteroids
65
The rules for CS dose changes are 
outlined in Table 7. There is no 
minimum CS dose required during 
the study.
…
-
Screening to Week 52
There 
are 
no 
restrictions 
on 
non-systemic corticosteroid dosage 
(see Section 6.5.1.2).
The rules for CS dose changes during Screening 
and the DBPC Treatment Period are outlined in 
Table 7Table 9. There is no minimum CS dose 
required during the study.
…
LTE Period
During the LTE Period, CS doses up to 
30 mg/day 
prednisone-equivalent 
(see 
Table 8) 
are 
permitted. 
Injectable 
corticosteroids 
(e.g., 
intramuscular, 
intravenous, 
subcutaneous, 
and 
intra-articular) remain prohibited during the 
LTE Period, with the exception of a single 
dose of intramuscular steroid, no more than 
80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, permitted 
prior to the twelfth week of the LTE Period.
Screening to Week 52Period, DBPC Period, 
and LTE Period
There are no restrictions on non-systemic 
corticosteroid dosage (see Section 6.5.1.2).
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Additional 
information was 
added on 
corticosteroid use 
during the LTE.
6.4.2 
Corticosteroids, 
Table 
68
Overview 
/ 
Key 
Points 
on 
Corticosteroid Dose During Study
•CS dose must remain stable during 
the Screening Period.
•From Day 1 to the Week 4 Visit, CS 
dose may be initiated (no later than 
Week 
2/Day 
14), 
increased, 
decreased, or remain unchanged. 
Overview / Key Points on Corticosteroid Dose 
During Study
•CS dose must remain stable during the 
Screening Period.
•From Day 1 to the Week 4 Visit, CS dose may be 
initiated (no later than Week 2/Day 14), increased, 
decreased, or remain unchanged. 
•Corticosteroid dose adjustment goals and 
restrictions during the DBPC Treatment Period:
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
178/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
•Corticosteroid 
dose 
adjustment 
goals and restrictions 
o By the Week 4 Visit, the dose 
must be ≤ dose at Day 1. 
Subjects with CS dose < 7.5 
mg/day at Day 1 may have up 
to 7.5 mg/day at Week 4.
o By the Week 8 Visit, dose should 
be tapered to ≤ 10 mg/day, as 
tolerated
o By the Week 12 Visit, dose 
should be tapered to ≤ 7.5 
mg/day, as tolerated
o No changes to CS dose should 
be made from Week 17 through 
completion 
of 
study 
assessments for Week 24.
o Between study visits at Week 25 
through Week 40, dose should 
be tapered to ≤ 5 mg/day, as 
tolerated.
o No changes to CS dose are 
allowed from Week 41 through 
completion 
of 
study 
assessments for Week 52/EOT.
o By the Week 4 Visit, the dose must be ≤ dose 
at Day 1. Subjects with CS dose < 7.5 
mg/day at Day 1 may have up to 7.5 mg/day 
at Week 4.
o By the Week 8 Visit, dose should be tapered 
to ≤ 10 mg/day, as tolerated
o By the Week 12 Visit, dose should be 
tapered to ≤ 7.5 mg/day, as tolerated
o No changes to CS dose should be made 
from Week 17 through completion of study 
assessments for Week 24.
o Between study visits at Week 25 through 
Week 40, dose should be tapered to ≤ 5 
mg/day, as tolerated.
o No changes to CS dose are allowed from
Week 41 through completion of study 
assessments for Week 52/EOT.
•During the LTE Period, CS doses may be 
initiated or increased up to 30 mg/day 
prednisone equivalent, decreased, or remain 
the 
same. 
Investigators 
are 
strongly 
encouraged to decrease the CS dose of the 
subject as much as tolerated.
Additional 
information was 
added on 
corticosteroid use 
during the LTE.
6.4.2.1 
Corticosteroid Use 
as Standard of Care
68
Screening Visit to Day 1 (No 
Change in CS Dose)
From the Screening Visit to Day 1, 
the corticosteroid dose should be 
maintained at the Screening Visit 
dose. If the corticosteroid dose is 
changed, 
the 
subject 
will 
be 
considered a screen failure. The 
total daily prednisone  equivalent 
dosage must not be higher than 
30 mg/day during the Screening 
Period.
Day 1 to Week 4 Visit (CS Dose 
Adjustable)
Corticosteroids 
may 
remain 
unchanged, be increased, or be 
DBPC Period
Screening Visit to Day 1 (No Change in CS 
Dose)
From the Screening Visit to Day 1, the 
corticosteroid dose should be maintained at the 
Screening Visit dose. If the corticosteroid dose is 
changed, the subject will be considered a screen 
failure. The total daily prednisone  equivalent 
dosage must not be higher than 30 mg/day during 
the Screening Period.
Day 1 to Week 4 Visit (CS Dose Adjustable)
Corticosteroids may remain unchanged, be 
initiated, be increased, or be decreased during 
this time. The increased dose, if needed, must 
occur within the first two weeks after the Day 1. 
The total daily prednisone equivalent dosage but
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
179/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
decreased during this time. The 
increased dose, if needed, must 
occur within the first two weeks after 
the Day 1. The total daily prednisone 
equivalent dosage must not be 
higher than 30 mg/day at the Week 4 
Visit.
must not be no higher than 30 mg/day(<) the 
Day 1 CS dose  at the Week 4 Visit.
Additional 
information was 
added on 
corticosteroid use 
during the LTE.
6.4.2.1 
Corticosteroid Use 
as Standard of Care
69
-
LTE Period
Corticosteroid
doses may be initiated or 
increased up to 30 mg/day prednisone 
equivalent, decreased, or remain the same. 
Investigators are strongly encouraged to 
decrease the CS dose of the subject as much 
as tolerated.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Additional 
information was 
added on 
corticosteroid use 
during the LTE.
6.4.2.2 
Corticosteroid Use 
as Rescue 
Medication in 
Treatment of Flare
70
Corticosteroid 
Dose 
Increases 
and Treatment of Flares
Subjects may increase the CS dose 
up to 30 mg/day only two times as 
rescue for worsening of SLE activity 
or for other reasons. Each rescue is 
allowed only once during each of the 
following two time periods: 1) once 
between Week 8 to Week 16; and 2) 
once between Week 24 to Week 40. 
The CS dose can be increased up to 
prednisone-equivalent 30 mg/day, 
but must be returned to ≤ Week 8 
dose (Threshold Dose) within seven 
days. A CS dose increase must not 
to be initiated within one week of a 
planned study visit. CS medications 
are part of the subject’s previous 
SLE treatment and thus will not be 
provided by the Sponsor. Doses for 
treatment of flares beyond these 
allowable rescue doses will result in 
the subject being considered a 
treatment failure, and withdrawal 
from the study (see Section 5.5.1).
Corticosteroid Dose Increases and Treatment 
of Flares: DBPC Treatment Period
Subjects may increase the CS dose up to 
30 mg/day only two times as rescue for worsening 
of SLE activity or for other reasons. during the 
DBPC Treatment Period of the study. Each 
rescue is allowed only once during each of the 
following two time periods: 1) once between 
Week 8 to Week 16; and 2) once between Week 
24 to Week 40. The CS dose can be increased up 
to prednisone-equivalent 30 mg/day, but must be 
returned to ≤ Week 8 dose (Threshold Dose) 
within seven days. A CS dose increase must not 
to be initiated within one week of a planned study 
visit. A single dose of intramuscular steroid, no 
more than 80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, 
is permitted prior to the twelfth week of the 
DBPC Period. CS medications are part of the 
subject’s previous SLE treatment and thus will not 
be provided by the Sponsor. Doses for treatment 
of flares beyond these allowable rescue doses will 
result in the subject being considered a treatment 
failure, and withdrawal from the study (see 
Section 5.5.1).
Corticosteroid Dose Increases and Treatment 
of Flares: LTE Treatment Period
During the LTE Period, CS doses up to 
30 mg/day are permitted. In addition, a single 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
180/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
dose of intramuscular steroid, no more than 
80 mg of prednisolone equivalent, is permitted 
prior to the twelfth week of the LTE Period. CS 
medications are part of the subject’s previous 
SLE treatment and thus will not be provided by 
the Sponsor. 
If medications which are not permitted (as per 
Section 6.5.2) are required to treat the flare, 
and/or the flare has been ongoing between 
2 visits at least 12 weeks apart without 
improvement, the subject must be discussed 
with the Medical Monitor to determine if the 
subject should be considered a treatment 
failure, and must be withdrawn from the study 
(see Section 5.5.1).
Additional 
information was 
added on 
corticosteroid use 
during the LTE.
6.5.1.2 
Non-Systemic 
Corticosteroids
70
Non-systemic 
corticosteroid 
medications in this study are defined 
as otic, topical, intranasal, inhaled, 
and ophthalmic. There are no 
restrictions 
on 
non-systemic 
corticosteroid dosing. However, all 
injected corticosteroids, including 
local injections (e.g., intra-articular 
injections) are not permitted.
Non-systemic corticosteroid medications in this 
study are defined as otic, topical, intranasal, 
inhaled, and ophthalmic. There are no restrictions 
on non-systemic corticosteroid dosing. However, 
all 
injected 
corticosteroids, 
including 
local 
injections (e.g., intra-articular injections) are not 
permitted. with the exception of a single dose 
of intramuscular steroid, no more than 80 mg 
of prednisolone equivalent prior to the twelfth 
week of the DBPC Treatment Period and once 
during the LTE Period (prior to the twelfth 
week).
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Clarification was 
added for the use 
of low dose 
aspirin.
6.5.1.4 Additional 
Permitted 
Medications
71
•Low-dose aspirin (≤ 350 mg/day) for 
cardiovascular prophylaxis.
•Low-dose 
aspirin 
(≤ 
350 
mg/day) 
for 
cardiovascular prophylaxis. Low-dose aspirin 
for other indications may be permitted after 
discussion with medical monitor.
To allow inclusion, 
after medical 
review, of subjects 
for whom low-dose 
aspirin is SoC for 
reasons other than 
cardioprotection.
Additional 
information was 
added due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
6.5.1.4 Additional 
Permitted 
Medications
71
•Opioids are permitted for stable use 
for SLE if initiated by Day 1. Initiation 
of opioids and/or dosing of opioids 
as needed after Day 1 for SLE is not 
permitted. 
•Opioids are permitted for stable use for SLE if 
initiated by Day 1. Initiation of opioids and/or 
dosing of opioids as needed after Day 1 for SLE 
is not permitted during the DBPC Treatment 
Period. 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
181/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Additional 
information was 
added due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
6.5.1.4 Additional 
Permitted 
Medications
72
-
•During the LTE Period: 
o 
If 
a 
subject 
is 
on 
an 
immunosuppressant/immunomodulator 
when they rollover into the LTE Period, 
the dosage may be decreased or remain 
the same. After Week 24 of the LTE 
Period, the dosage regimen for an 
immunosuppressant/ 
immunomodulator may be increased up 
to the limits permitted in Table 7 or 
initiated 
as 
long 
as 
only 
1 immunosuppressant is used. 
o Antimalarials may be initiated, increased, 
decreased, or remain the same
o
NSAIDs for SLE may be initiated, 
increased, decreased, or remain the 
same.
o
Opioids may be initiated, increased, or 
decreased.
o
NSAIDs and paracetamol may also be 
used for symptoms not due to SLE. It is 
strongly recommended that analgesics 
(including opioids), paracetamol, and 
NSAIDs are unchanged 24 hours prior to 
study visits when SLE assessments are 
completed (see SoA).
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Additional 
information was 
added due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
6.5.2 Prohibited
Medicines
73
•New therapies for SLE should not 
be 
initiated 
during 
the 
study. 
Initiation 
of 
any 
new 
immunosuppressant 
or 
immunomodulatory therapy would 
be considered a treatment failure 
and result in withdrawal of the 
subject 
from 
the 
IMP 
(see 
Section 5.5).
•New therapies for SLE should not be initiated 
during Screening or DBPC Treatment Period of
the 
study. 
Initiation 
of 
any 
new 
immunosuppressant 
or 
immunomodulatory 
therapy would be considered a treatment failure 
and result in withdrawal of the subject from the 
IMP during the DBPC Treatment Period (see 
Section 5.5). 
For 
the 
LTE 
Period, 
see 
Section 6.4.1.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Additional 
information was 
added due to the 
addition of the 
LTE.
6.5.3 Other 
Interventions
74
Use 
of 
potentially 
excluded 
procedures such as acupuncture or 
joint replacement therapy is to be 
discussed with the Sponsor or 
designee on a case-by-case basis. 
Use of acupuncture is allowed to 
continue if it is started before the 
Use of potentially excluded procedures such as 
acupuncture or joint replacement therapy is to be 
discussed with the Sponsor or designee on a 
case-by-case basis. Use of acupuncture is 
allowed to continue if it is started before the 
Screening Visit and may be initiated/and or 
modified during the LTE Period. Major elective 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
182/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Screening 
Visit. 
Major 
elective 
surgeries 
such 
as 
abdominal, 
thoracic 
or 
joint 
replacement 
surgeries should not be planned to 
occur 
in 
the 
Study 
Period. 
Unplanned 
joint 
replacement 
surgery should be discussed at the 
earliest opportunity prior to the 
surgery with the Medical Monitor 
regarding continuation of the subject 
in the study.
surgeries such as abdominal, thoracic or joint 
replacement surgeries should not be planned to 
occur in the Study Period. Unplanned joint 
replacement surgery should be discussed at the 
earliest opportunity prior to the surgery with the 
Medical Monitor regarding continuation of the 
subject in the study.
C3 and C4 were 
added to Section 
6.10.
6.10 Blinding
77
These analyses will include:  total Ig 
(IgA, IgM, and IgG), IgG subclasses, 
anti-dsDNA, 
ANA, 
other 
autoantibodies (anticardiolipin, anti 
Smith 
antibody 
[anti 
Sm]; 
an 
antibody to ribonucleoproteins; and 
antinuclear antibodies associated 
with autoimmune diseases including 
Sjögren syndrome and SLE [anti-Ro, 
anti-La]), and cell counts by flow 
cytometry (total B cells and B cell 
subsets).
These analyses will include:  total Ig (IgA, IgM, 
and IgG), IgG subclasses, C3, C4, anti-dsDNA, 
ANA, other autoantibodies (anticardiolipin, anti 
Smith antibody [anti Sm]; an antibody to 
ribonucleoproteins; and antinuclear antibodies 
associated with autoimmune diseases including 
Sjögren syndrome and SLE [anti-Ro, anti-La]), 
and cell counts by flow cytometry (total B cells and 
B cell subsets).
Updated to align 
with text from 
Section 7.5.2. 
Additional text 
related to the 
LTE was added.
6.10 Blinding
77-78
An IA for futility will be triggered 
when 
100% 
of 
the 
planned 
enrollment required for the primary 
analysis reaches 24 weeks of 
treatment, or discontinues treatment 
prematurely. The IDMC will be fully 
unblinded to treatment and will make 
a recommendation, as described in 
the IDMC charter. A limited set of 
endpoints will be analyzed for the IA, 
including Week 24 SRI-4 response 
for the whole study population and 
Week 24 SRI-6 response for the 
HDA subgroup. 
If the planned enrollment required for 
the primary analysis is slower than 
expected, consideration will be given 
to conducting the interim futility 
analysis at an earlier time point, 
An IA for futility willmay be triggered when 100% 
of the planned enrollment required for the primary 
analysis reaches 24 weeks of treatment, or 
discontinues treatment prematurely.
prior to 
Week 24. The IDMC will be fully unblinded to 
treatment and will make a recommendation, as 
described in the IDMC charter. A limited set of 
endpoints will be analyzed for the IA, including 
Week 24 SRI-4 response for the whole study 
population and Week 24 SRI-6 response for the 
HDA subgroup. 
If the planned enrollment required for the primary 
analysis is slower than expected, consideration 
will be given to conducting the interim futility 
analysis at an earlier time point, when the first 
50% of subjects enrolled of the planned 
enrollment reach 24 weeks of treatment, or 
discontinue treatment prematurely.
prior to 
Week 24. The unblinding procedures specified 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
183/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
when the first 50% of subjects 
enrolled of the planned enrollment 
reach 24 weeks of treatment, or 
discontinue treatment prematurely. 
The unblinding procedures specified 
above will be followed, regardless of 
the timing of the interim futility 
analysis.
The 
primary 
analysis 
will 
be 
triggered when 100% of subjects in 
the n = 432 cohort have completed 
safety 
follow 
up, 
or 
have 
discontinued 
study 
prematurely. 
Only when the last subject in the 
n = 432 cohort completes safety 
follow-up or discontinues from the 
study prematurely, the protocol 
violations are determined, and the 
database is locked, will the drug 
codes be broken and made available 
for the data analysis.
If the Japan cohort enrollment is 
slow and cannot be fully included in 
the n = 432 enrollment planned for 
the primary analysis, a third analysis 
(occurring after the primary analysis) 
will be scheduled for the purpose of 
analyzing the entire Japan cohort. 
Only when the last subject in the 
Japan 
cohort 
completes 
safety 
follow-up or discontinues from the 
study prematurely,
the protocol 
violations are determined, and the 
database is locked, will the drug 
codes be broken for the Japanese 
subjects not included in the primary 
analysis, and made available for the 
third data analysis evaluating the 
consistency of efficacy with respect 
to non-Japan and Japan regions.
The 
bioanalytical 
laboratory(ies) 
responsible for the analysis of the 
above will be followed, regardless of the timing of 
the interim futility analysis.
The primary analysis will be triggered when 100% 
of subjects in the n = 432 cohort have completed 
safety follow up, or have discontinued study 
prematurely. Only when the last subject in the 
n = 432 cohort completes safety follow-up or 
discontinues from the study prematurelyOnly 
when the trigger event for the primary analysis 
(Section 5.1) is reached, the protocol violations 
are determined, and the database is locked, will 
the drug codes be broken and made available for 
the dataprimary analysis.
If the Japan cohort enrollment is slow and cannot 
be fully included in the n = 432 enrollment planned 
for 
the
primary 
analysis 
cohort, 
a 
third 
analysisconsistency analysis (occurring after 
the primary analysis) will be scheduled for the 
purpose of analyzing the entire Japan cohort. 
Only when the last subject intrigger event for the 
Japan cohort completes safety follow-up or 
discontinues 
from 
the 
study 
prematurelyconsistency analysis (Section 5.1) 
is 
reached, 
the 
protocol 
violations 
are 
determined, and the database is locked, will the 
drug codes be broken for the Japanese subjects 
not included in the primary analysis, and made 
available for the third data analysis evaluating 
thetreatment 
effect
consistency 
of 
efficacyanalysis with respect to non-Japan and 
Japan regions.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
184/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clarification was 
added to the 
overdose text.
6.12 Treatment of 
Overdose
79
An overdose is defined as any dose 
greater than the highest total daily 
dose included in a CTP or planned 
for an individual subject enrolled in 
the study. Any overdose must be 
recorded in the study medication 
section of the eCRF.
An overdose is defined as any dose greater than 
the highest total daily dose included in a CTP or 
planned for an individual subject enrolled in the 
study.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any overdose 
must be recorded in the study medication section 
of the eCRF.
Updated to be in 
alignment with 
Section 6.2 and 
provide flexibility 
for subject 
scheduling
Updated to 
include 
unanticipated 
events.
7.1.1 Screening Visit
80-81
When a laboratory test needs to be 
repeated 
during 
the 
Screening 
Period, the Screening Period may be 
extended to 8 weeks after discussion 
with the Medical Monitor.
When a laboratory test needs to be repeated 
during the Screening Period, or to accommodate 
other unanticipated events,
the Screening 
Period may be extended to 8 weeks after 
discussion with the Medical Monitor.
To allow flexibility 
for unanticipated 
events.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
7.1.2 Treatment 
Period
81
7.1.2 Treatment Period
7.1.2 DBPC Treatment Period
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
7.1.2.1 End of 
Treatment/Early 
Withdrawal Visit
81
7.1.2.1 End 
of 
Treatment/Early 
Withdrawal Visit
The EOT Visit is scheduled on the 
last day of administration of study 
7.1.2.1 DBPC
End 
of 
Treatment/Early 
Withdrawal Visit
The EOT Visit is scheduled on the last day of 
administration of study treatment. The EOT Visit 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
PPD
PPD
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
185/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
treatment. The EOT Visit will include 
a full assessment for safety (e.g., 
physical examination, vital signs, 
weight, hematology and chemistry), 
and other assessments as described 
in Table 1
will include a full assessment for safety (e.g., 
physical 
examination, 
vital 
signs, 
weight, 
hematology 
and 
chemistry), 
and 
other 
assessments as described in Table 1. Subjects
who complete the End of Treatment Visit will 
be given the opportunity to participate in the 
LTE Period.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
7.1.3 LTE Period
81
-
7.1.3 LTE Period
Subjects who completed the 52-week DBPC 
Treatment period will be offered participation 
in the open-label, LTE Period of the study as 
described in Section 5.1. The Investigator will 
obtain written informed consent for the LTE.
At all applicable visits, patient-reported 
outcome questionnaires must be performed 
prior to any other assessments. Scheduled 
assessments will be performed according to 
Table 2.
All scheduled visits during the LTE Period 
may take place within the visit windows 
specified in Table 2. Subjects who discontinue 
early must return for the LTE End of 
Treatment/Early Withdrawal Visit and Safety 
Follow -up Visit. 
For WOCBP, additional highly sensitive urine 
pregnancy testing will be performed at home 
per SOA, Table 3. Urine pregnancy test kits 
will be provided to the subject at Week 16 (for 
testing at Week 20), Week 24 (for testing at 
Week 28, 32, and 36), Week 40 (for testing at 
Week 44 and 48), Week 52 (for testing at Week 
56, 60, 64, 68, and 72), and Week 76 (for testing 
at Week 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, and 100).At and/or 
prior to the Week 16 visit, the PI and/or 
delegated site staff will train the relevant 
subjects 
to 
self-administer 
the 
urine 
pregnancy tests and will confirm completion 
of urine pregnancy testing and discuss results 
per Table 3.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
7.1.3.1 LTE End of 
Treatment Visit
81
7.1.3.1 LTE End of Treatment Visit
The LTE End of Treatment Visit will be 
performed at Week 104 or within 5 days of 
The LTE was
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
186/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
early discontinuation of treatment with the 
IMP. Subjects will undergo assessments as 
described in Table 2. In case of premature 
discontinuation, the PRO assessments must 
be completed at the LTE End of Treatment 
Visit. Subjects will enter the Safety Follow-Up 
Period after completing the LTE End of 
Treatment Visit.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
7.1.4 Safety 
Follow-Up/End of 
Study Visit
81
The Safety Follow Up/End of Study 
Visit 
is 
scheduled 
four weeks 
(+ 5 days) 
after 
the 
last 
administration of study treatment. 
Additional details of the Safety 
Follow Up/ End of Study Visit are 
provided in the SOA. Subjects who 
discontinue the IMP or withdraw 
from the trial early will attend the 
Safety Follow Up Visit according to 
procedures described in Sections 
5.5.1 or 5.5.2, respectively.
The Safety Follow-Up/End of Study Visit is 
scheduled four  weeks (+ 5 days) after the last 
administration of study treatment. For subjects 
who do not participate in the LTE Period, the 
Safety Follow-Up Visit is scheduled four 
weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration 
of study treatment in the DBPC Period. For 
subjects who participate in the LTE Period, the 
Safety Follow-Up Visit is delayed until four 
weeks (+ 5 days) after the last administration 
of study treatment in the LTE Period. Subjects 
who are approved to rollover into LTE Period 
after they entered, or completed, the DBPC 
Safety Follow-Up Period, may have two Safety 
Follow-Up Visits. Additional details of the Safety 
Follow-Up/ End of Study Visit are provided in the 
SOA.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Clarification was 
added to AEs 
related to flares.
7.4.1.1 Adverse 
Event Definitions
91
SLE flares would not usually be 
reported as AEs unless they are 
unexpected in the context of the 
subject’s medical history. SAEs due 
to SLE are always reported whether 
or not consistent with the subject’s 
prior medical history.
SLE flares would not usually be reported as AEs 
unless they are unexpected in the context of the 
subject’s medical history. Further, the AE report 
should describe the event, rather than 
reporting an AE of “SLE flare” unless it is 
unavoidable. SAEs due to SLE flare are always 
reported, whether or not it is consistent with the 
subject’s’ prior medical
history. As for AE 
reports, the SAE report should describe the 
events, and avoid reporting an SAE of "SLE 
flare".
Clarification 
added.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
7.4.1.3 Definition of 
the Adverse Event 
Reporting Period
92
For subjects entering the LTE study, 
if conducted, safety reporting for this 
trial would end upon the subject’s 
enrollment into the LTE study, with 
subsequent AEs being reported in 
the LTE study.
For subjects entering the LTE study, if conducted, 
safety reporting for this trial would end upon the 
subject’s enrollment into the LTE study, with 
subsequent AEs being reported in the LTE study.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
187/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Additional text 
was added 
regarding local 
safety testing.
7.4.3 Clinical 
Laboratory 
Assessments
95
-
Local safety testing as requested by the study 
team should be entered into the eCRF.
Added to permit 
inclusion of local 
safety testing 
results requested 
by study team into 
the database.
Clarification on 
anti-dsDNA 
assay was 
added.
7.4.3.1.1 
Immunological 
Assessments
96
•Anti-dsDNA
•Anti-dsDNA (at Screening, may be measured 
using 2 assays, 1 of which is a multiplex assay 
that includes anti-Ro and anti-RNP. Only 
anti-dsDNA is used to determine subject 
eligibility and will be reported to the sites.)
Clarification was 
added as anti-Ro 
and anti-RNP are 
run by nature of 
the assay used for 
anti-dsDNA.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
Minor error 
updated.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
8.1 Sample Size
103
-
Approximately 432 subjects will enter the main 
study. Assuming an 80% rate of continuation 
to LTE, approximately 346 subjects are 
expected to enter the LTE Period.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
8.4 Analysis Sets
107
-
Long Term Extension Analysis Set
The LTE Analysis Set consists of all subjects 
who receive at least one dose of M2951 during 
the LTE.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
8.5.1 General 
Considerations
109-
110
For SRI-4 or SRI-6 response at 
Week 52 (Week 24), a subject 
experiencing flare or CS dose 
increase during Weeks 41 to 52 
(Weeks 17 to 24), or a subject with a 
missing response at Week 52, will be 
considered a non-responder. Four 
sensitivity analyses of the primary
analysis are planned:  (1) unadjusted 
analysis, 
(2) 
non-responder 
imputation 
for 
treatment 
discontinuers, with last observation 
carried 
forward 
imputation 
for 
treatment completers with missing 
response (NR LOCF), (3) completer 
For SRI-4 or SRI-6 response at Week 52 (Week 
24), a subject experiencing flare or CS dose 
increase during Weeks 41 to 52 (Weeks 17 to 24), 
or a subject with a missing response at Week 52, 
(Week 24), will be considered a non-responder. 
Four sensitivity analyses of the primary analysis 
are planned:  (1) unadjusted analysis, (2)
non-responder 
imputation 
for 
subjects 
discontinuing
treatment 
discontinuersfor 
reasons due to efficacy/safety, with last 
observation 
carried 
forwardavailable 
observations used (in MMRM or multiple
imputation) for subjects discontinuing treatment 
completersfor 
reasons 
unrelated 
to 
efficacy/safety or completing treatment with 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
188/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
analysis, and (4) PP analysis (i.e., 
excluding subjects with clinically 
important 
protocol 
violations). 
Additional procedures for handling 
missing, unused, or spurious data, 
and sensitivity analyses exploring 
the impact of missing data will be 
described in the SAP.
missing response (NR-LOCF), (at Week 52, (2) 
unadjusted analysis, (3) completer analysis, and 
(4) PPper-protocol
analysis (i.e., excluding 
subjects 
with 
clinically 
important 
protocol 
violations). Additional procedures for handling 
missing, unused, or spurious data, and sensitivity 
analyses exploring the impact of missing data will 
be described in the SIAP.
Additional details 
on 
non-responders 
were added.
8.5.2 Analysis of 
Primary Endpoints
110
-
In the primary analysis of SRI-4 or SRI-6 
response at Week 52, a subject experiencing 
flare or CS dose increase during Weeks 41 to 
52, or a subject with a missing response at 
Week 52, will be considered a non-responder.
To align with 
updated analyses.
The analysis of 
the primary 
endpoint was 
updated based 
on the addition of 
the LTE.
8.5.2 Analysis of 
Primary Endpoints
110
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For a given co primary endpoint, the p-value 
testing the one-sided null hypothesis H0: OR ≤ 1.0 
for each M2951 dose group will be reported, 
where OR denotes odds ratio comparing a given 
M2951 dose group to placebo. The FWER, i.e., 
overall type I error rate for the analysis of each 
co-primary endpoint, will be controlled at the 
one-sided α = 0.0125 level by testing the three 
hypotheses, corresponding to the three M2951 
dose groups, via a hierarchical hypothesis testing 
procedure, in which the M2951 dose groups are 
compared to placebo from highest to lowest dose, 
and where formal comparisons are terminated at 
the first hypothesis test that results in a non 
significant p value. After a non-significant p-value, 
subsequent hypothesis tests in a hierarchy will be 
considered 
The Family-Wise type 1 error rate (FWER) due 
to the co-primary endpoints and multiple 
M2951 dose group comparisons versus 
placebo will be controlled at the two-sided 
α = 0.05 
level 
via 
a 
tree 
gatekeeping 
procedure. The four hypotheses associated 
with 
the 
comparisons 
involving 
the 
co-primary endpoints and the two highest 
dose groups will form the first family of 
hypotheses in the tree.  This family will be 
tested via the truncated Hochberg procedure, 
with truncation fraction pre-specified in the 
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
189/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
IAP. The multiple-testing procedure for the 
remainder 
of 
the 
tree, 
including 
the 
hypotheses associated with the comparisons 
involving the co-primary endpoints and the 
lowest dose group will be specified in the IAP.
The analysis of 
the secondary 
endpoint was 
updated based 
on the addition of 
the LTE.
8.5.3 Analysis of 
Secondary Endpoint
111
Key Secondary Endpoints
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare 
during the Treatment Period will be
modeled via a Cox regression, with 
treatment group as a factor, and 
controlling for covariates defining 
randomization strata. A subject who 
discontinues treatment or completes 
treatment 
without 
experiencing 
severe flare will have his/her time to 
flare censored at the last time point 
at which flare could be assessed. A 
test for trend in dose-response, 
using the same Cox model, will be 
reported as a supportive analysis.
SRI-4 response at Week 52 among 
serologically active subjects will be 
an estimate of OR, together with 
associated 
two-sided 
CI 
and 
p-value, comparing each M2951 
dose group to placebo, based on a 
logistic model for the odds SRI-4 
response in the serologically active 
population, with M2951 dose group 
or placebo group as a factor and 
adjustment for covariates based on 
randomization strata. 
Descriptive 
statistics 
for 
SRI-4 
response in the serologically active 
subgroup, will be provided for each 
treatment group by time point. 
Other 
Secondary 
Efficacy 
Endpoints
In the analysis of other secondary 
efficacy
endpoints described 
in
Section 8.3.2, binary endpoints will 
be modeled via logistic regression, 
Key Secondary Endpoints
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare during the 
Treatment Period in all subjects will be modeled
compared between M2951 and placebo via a 
stratified log rank test. The adjusted hazard 
ratio comparing M2951 to placebo will be 
estimated (together with 95% CI) via a Cox 
regression model, with treatment group as a 
factor, and controlling for covariates defining 
randomization strata. A subject who discontinues 
treatment 
or 
completes 
treatment 
without 
experiencing severe flare will have his/her time to 
flare censored at the last time point at which flare 
could be assessed. A test for trend in 
dose-response, using the same Cox model, will 
be 
reported 
as 
a 
supportive 
analysis. 
Kaplan-Meier estimates of probability of 
surviving free of severe (BILAG A) flare as a 
function of time on treatment will be provided 
for each treatment group.
The analysis of SRI-4 response at Week 52 
among serologically active subjects will be an 
estimate of OR, together with associated 
two-sided 95% CI and p-value, comparing each 
M2951 dose group to placebo, based on a logistic 
model for the odds SRI-4 response in the 
serologically active population, with M2951 dose 
group or placebo group as a factor and 
adjustment for covariates based on randomization 
strata. A test for trend in dose-response, using 
the same logistic model, will be reported as a 
supportive analysis.
Descriptive statistics for SRI-4 response in the 
serologically active subgroup, will be provided for 
each treatment group by time point. 
Other Secondary Efficacy Endpoints
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

EDEHIEEFY
EDEHIG


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
190/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
time to event endpoints will be 
modeled 
via 
Cox 
regression, 
continuous 
endpoints 
measured 
longitudinally will be analyzed using 
Mixed effect Model for Repeated 
Measures 
(MMRM), 
and 
count 
endpoints (i.e., annualized flare rate) 
will 
be 
modeled 
via 
negative 
binomial regression, with treatment 
group as a factor, and adjusting for 
covariates defining randomization 
strata. Analysis of annualized flare 
rate will use observation time (in 
years) as an offset in the model. 
Change 
in 
a 
binary 
endpoint 
between two time points will be 
analyzed via McNemar’s test. The 
effect of treatment on change in a 
binary endpoint will be analyzed via 
logistic regression, with treatment 
group, time point, and interaction as 
predictors, 
and 
adjusting 
for 
covariates defining randomization 
strata. All tests of efficacy will be 
conducted at a two-sided α level of 
0.05, 
with 
p-values 
considered 
nominal unless generated as part of 
a hierarchical testing strategy as 
described in the SAP. P values and 
the 95% CIs will be presented where 
applicable.
In the analysis of other secondary efficacy
endpoints described in Section 8.3.2, binary 
endpoints will be modeled via logistic regression, 
time to event endpoints will be modeled via Cox 
regression and tested via stratified log rank 
test, 
continuous 
endpoints 
measured 
longitudinally will be analyzed using Mixed effect 
Model for Repeated Measures (MMRM), and 
count endpoints (i.e., annualized flare rate) will be 
modeled via negative binomial regression, with 
treatment group as a factor, and adjusting for 
covariates defining randomization strata. Analysis 
of annualized flare rate will use the log of 
observation time (in years) as an offset in the 
model. Change in a binary endpoint between 
two time points will be analyzed via McNemar’s 
test. The effect of treatment on change in a binary 
endpoint will be analyzed via logistic regression, 
with treatment group, time point, and interaction 
as predictors, and adjusting for covariates 
defining randomization strata. All tests of efficacy 
will be conducted at a two-sided α level of 0.05, 
with 
p-values 
considered 
nominal 
unless 
generated as part of a hierarchical the tree 
gatekeeping 
multiple 
testing 
strategy 
as 
described in the SAP IAP. P values and the 
95% CIs will be presented where applicable.
Clarification 
added.
 
112
Updated for clarity.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
8.5.6 Analysis of 
LTE Endpoints
113
-
8.5.6 Analysis of LTE Endpoints
Efficacy and HRQoL data collected during the 
LTE Period will be summarized. Details will be 
provided in the IAP.
Safety data collected during the LTE Period 
will be analyzed as described in Section 8.5.4.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

EDEHIEEFY
EDEHIG
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
191/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
Updates added 
to the primary 
analysis cohort 
description.
8.6 Interim and 
Additional Planned
Analyses
114
There will be an IA for futility based 
on the highest dose of M2951, 
triggered when 100% of subjects 
enrolled in the n = 432 cohort reach 
Week 
24 
of 
treatment, 
or 
prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment. If enrollment is sufficiently 
slow, consideration will be given to 
triggering the IA at an earlier time 
point, when the first 50% of subjects 
enrolled in the n = 432 cohort reach 
Week 
24 
of 
treatment, 
or 
prematurely 
discontinue 
from 
treatment. Pharmacokinetic analysis 
will not be included in the IA.
The difference between Week 24 
SRI-4 response proportion in all 
subjects in the n = 432 cohort, 
comparing the highest dose of 
M2951 to placebo, will be estimated, 
together with a two-sided 97.5% 
confidence interval. Similarly, the 
difference between Week 24 SRI-6 
response proportion in HDA subjects 
in the n = 432 cohort, comparing the 
highest dose of M2951 to placebo, 
will be estimated, together with a 
two-sided 
97.5% 
confidence 
interval. If the response proportion 
difference 
for 
both 
co-primary 
endpoints is sufficiently low, as 
defined in the SAP, consideration 
will be given to termination of the 
study, in which case all subjects will 
be discontinued from IMP and 
scheduled for a four week Safety 
Follow Up Visit/End of Study Visit.
Descriptive statistics for the Week 24 
SRI-4 response endpoint in all 
subjects in the n = 432 cohort, and 
for the Week 24 SRI-6 response 
endpoint in HDA subjects in the 
There willmay be an IA for futility based on the 
highest dose of M2951, triggered when 100% of 
subjects enrolled in the n = 432primary analysis
cohort 
reach 
Week 
24 
of 
treatment, 
or 
prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to 
Week 24. If enrollment is sufficiently slow, 
consideration will be given to triggering the IA at 
an earlier time point, when the first 50% of 
subjects enrolled in the n = 432primary analysis
cohort 
reach 
Week 
24 
of 
treatment, 
or 
prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to 
Week 24. Pharmacokinetic analysis will not be 
included in the IA.
The difference between Week 24 SRI-4 response 
proportion in all subjects in the n = 432primary 
analysis cohort, comparing the highest dose of 
M2951 to placebo, will be estimated, together with 
a two-sided 97.5% confidence interval. Similarly, 
the difference between Week 24 SRI-6 response 
proportion in HDA subjects in the n = 432primary 
analysis cohort, comparing the highest dose of 
M2951 to placebo, will be estimated, together with 
a two-sided 97.5% confidence interval. If the 
response 
proportion 
difference 
for 
both 
co-primary endpoints is sufficiently low, as defined 
in the SIAP, consideration will be given to 
termination of the study, in which case all subjects 
will be discontinued from IMP and scheduled for a 
four week Safety Follow-Up Visit/End of Study 
Visit.
Descriptive statistics for the Week 24 SRI-4 
response endpoint in all subjects in the 
n = 432primary analysis cohort, and for the 
Week 24 SRI-6 response endpoint in HDA 
subjects in the n = 432primary analysis cohort, 
will be presented by treatment group.
Drop-out rates 
unrelated to 
efficacy or safety 
are higher than 
anticipated.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
192/205
Change
Section
Page
Previous Wording
New Wording
Rationale
n = 432 cohort, will be presented by 
treatment group.
Updated due to 
addition of LTE.
8.6 Interim and 
Additional Planned 
Analyses
114
Primary Analysis
The primary analysis will occur only 
when the last subject in the n = 432 
cohort completes all study parts, the 
protocol violations are determined, 
and the database is locked.
Third Analysis
The 
third 
analysis, 
evaluating 
efficacy consistency between the 
non-Japan and Japan regions, may 
be performed if the Japan cohort 
enrollment is too slow for the 
consistency evaluation to take place 
at the time of the primary analysis. 
The third analysis will occur only 
when the last subject in the Japan 
cohort completes all study parts, the 
protocol violations are determined, 
and the database is locked.
Primary Analysis
The primary analysis will occur only when the last 
subject in the n = 432 cohort completes all study 
partsprimary analysis trigger event (Section 
5.1) has occurred, the protocol violations are 
determined, and the database is locked.
Third AnalysisConsistency Analysis
The third
A separate
analysis, evaluating efficacy
of 
treatment effect consistency between the non-
Japan and Japan regions, may be performed if the 
Japan cohort enrollment is too slow for the 
consistency evaluation to take place at the time of 
the primary analysis. The thirdThis analysis will 
occur only when the last subject in the Japan 
cohort completes all study partsconsistency 
analysis trigger event (Section 5.1) has 
occurred, the protocol violations are determined, 
and the database is locked.
Final Analysis
The final analysis will occur only when the last 
subject completes all study parts (including 
the LTE and Safety Follow-Up Visits) or 
discontinues 
prematurely, 
the 
protocol 
violations are determined, and the database is 
locked.
The LTE was 
added into the 
study.
Clarification was 
added to the 
contraceptive 
guidance.
Appendix 1 
Contraceptive 
Guidance and 
Women of 
Childbearing 
Potential 
128
•Male or female condom with or 
without spermicidec
•Cap, diaphragm, or sponge with 
spermicidec
…
c. Not approved in Japan apart from 
male condom. 
•Male or female condom with or without 
spermicidecd
•Cap, diaphragm, or sponge with spermicidec
…
c. Not approved in Japan apart from.
d. For Japan only – the only approved barrier 
method is apart from male condom with 
spermicide. 
The approved 
methods are 
different for Japan 
versus the rest of 
the world.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
193/205
Updated Schedule of Assessments and Updated Protocol Amendment List
Updated Schedule of Assessments 
Schedule of Assessments; Screening and Treatment Period (All Subjects), End of Study (Subjects Not Entering LTE Period)
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
uUp/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
-3/+5
Informed consent
X
LTE informed 
consent
X
Inclusion/exclusion 
criteria
X
Xb
Demographics and 
medical historyc
X
Chest X-rayd
X
12-lead ECG
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xe
Physical 
examination
X
Xf
Xg
Xg
Xg
Xg
Xg
Xg
X
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
X
X g
Vital signs, weight, 
height i
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SFI, SLEDAI-2K, 
PGA, BILAG 2004, 
CLASI
X
Xf
Xj
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
194/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
uUp/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
-3/+5
SLICC/ACR 
Damage Index
Xf
X
C-SSRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IMP 
administrationk
Daily administration of IMP
Urinalysis and 
microscopy
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Routine 
hematology, 
chemistrym
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X 
X
Supplementary 
LFTsn
X
X
X
Total Ig Levels 
(IgG, IgA, IgM)
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Total B cell counto
Xp
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
X
Coagulation (INR, 
PTT)
X
HIVq, HCV, and 
HBV testing
X
Reflex testing for 
HBV DNAr
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Serum pregnancy 
and FSH testings
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
195/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
uUp/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
-3/+5
Serum β-D-glucant
X
TSH
X
Tuberculosis 
assessmentl
X
Urine pregnancy 
tests
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
UPCR
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SF-36v2, 
LupusQoL, FACIT-
Fatigue, EQ-5D-
5Lu
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HRU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PGICu
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dispense IMP 
X
Dispense as needed, using IWRS
Dispense subject 
diary 
X
Dispense as needed.
Concomitant 
medications / 
procedures
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Adverse Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
196/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
uUp/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
-3/+5
Immunological Assessments
Anti-dsDNA, 
Complement 
(C3, C4), CRP
X
Xf
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ANA, anti-Sm
X
Autoantibodies
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
197/205
Trial Period
Screening
Visit Weeks During Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last 
Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52/
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
56/
Safety Follow-
uUp/End of 
Study
Trial Day
-28 to -1
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
141
169
197
225
253
281
309
337
365
393
Visit
Day 
1
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
20
Wk
24
Wk
28
Wk
32
Wk
36
Wk
40
Wk
44
Wk
48
Wk
52
Wk
56
Visit window 
(±day)
+7
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
-3/+5
ACR -= American College of Rheumatology;, ALT -= alanine aminotransferase;, ANA -= Antinuclear Antibody(ies);, Anti-dsDNA -= Anti-Double-Stranded 
Deoxyribonucleic Acid;, Anti-Sm –= anti-Smith antibody;, AST -= aspartate aminotransferase;, BILAG -= British Isles Lupus Assessment Group;, BP –= blood 
pressure;,
;, CLASI -= Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index;, CRP –= C-Reactive Protein;,
C-SSRS -= Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale;, DNA -= deoxyribonucleic acid;, ECG -= Electrocardiogram;, EOT -= End of Treatment;, EQ-5D-5L -
= EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 Levels;, FACIT -= Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy;, GGT -= γ-Glutamyl-transferase;, Ig -= Immunoglobulin;, IMP -
= Investigational Medicinal Product;, IWRS -= Interactive Web Response System;, HBV -= Hepatitis B Virus;, HCV -= Hepatitis C Virus;, HIV -= Human 
Immunodeficiency Virus;, HRQoL -= Health Related Quality of Life;, HRU -= Health Resource Utilization;, INR -= International Normalized Ratio;, LFT -= liver 
function test;, LTE = long-term extension, LupusQoL -= Lupus Quality of Life;, mRNA -= messenger Ribonucleic Acid;,
 PCR -= polymerase 
chain reaction;, PGA -= Physician’s Global Assessment;, PGIC -= Patient Global Impression of Change;,
;, PTT -= Partial Thromboplastin 
Time;, SF-36v2 -= Medical Outcomes Study 36-Item Short Form Health Survey;, SFI -= SLEDAI Flare Index;, SLEDAI-2K -= Systemic Lupus Erythematosus 
Disease Activity Index-2000;, SLICC -= Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics;, TB -= tuberculosis;, TSH -= Thyroid Stimulating Hormone;, UPCR -
= Urine Protein To Creatinine Ratio;, Wk –= Week.
a
Safety Follow -Up Visits will be conducted at four weeks after the last dose of IMP for subjects who have been discontinued from IMP or have completed 
the 52-week Treatment Period, unless subjects have entered the LTE period.
b
Subject eligibility to be confirmed on Day 1 prior to randomization.
c
Medical history includes documentation of SLE classification criteria, SLE medical history, medications, and surgery/procedures (see Section 7.2.1).
d
The results of a chest X-ray performed within three months prior to the Screening Visit (if available) are acceptable, provided there is no reason to suspect 
any clinical changes, per Investigator discretion.
e
Only required if change noted at Wk52/EOT, when compared to Baseline ECG.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
198/205
f
Predose sample/procedure to be collected/performed before the first daily dose.
g
Abbreviated physical examination at these visits (see Section 7.4.4.2).
h
Abbreviated physical examination may be performed at Primary Investigator discretion, as required to fully obtain information needed for the BILAG and/or 
SLEDAI assessments, if scheduled, as well as required to fully evaluate any subject complaints or adverse events. 
i
Vital signs include arterial BP, pulse rate, respiratory rate, and body temperature. Height will be measured at Screening only. Body weight will be 
measured with a balance beam scale, if possible. Pulse rate and BP will be measured after 10 minutes rest in the semisupine position with the subject’s 
arm unconstrained by clothing or other material. The BP should be assessed on the same arm for each subject throughout the study.
j
Only CLASI assessed at Week 2.
k
On Study Visit Days, IMP should be administered during the Study Visit; otherwise, IMP should be self-administered at home at a set time each day (every 
12 hours ± 2 hours). Investigational medicinal product administration at Week 52 will only occur for subjects rolling over into the LTE.
l
A Quantiferon test will be performed centrally. Prior TB testing results must be entered into the eCRF.
m
See Table 9Table 11 for list of clinical laboratory evaluations.
n
Supplementary LFTs include AST, ALT, alkaline phosphatase, GGT, and bilirubin.
p
To be collected at Screening only in subjects who have previously received B cell depleting therapy (see Exclusion Criterion 33, in Section 5.3.2).
q
HIV testing will be performed locally.
r
For subjects who are negative for hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) but are anti-hepatitis B surface antibody positive and/or anti-hepatitis B core antibody 
positive, an HBV DNA PCR reflex test is to be completed at screening. If the subject enters is able to enter the study with positive HBV DNA negative OR 
has have detectable HBV DNA < 20 IU/mL only, additional HBV DNA PCR testing must be performed (see Exclusion criteria 20, in Section 5.3.2).
s
For women of childbearing potential or who are postmenopausal see inclusion criterion 7. A follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) must be drawn at Screening 
if necessary to confirm postmenopausal status. The urine pregnancy test being used at all time points in this study must be a highly sensitive urine 
pregnancy test. 
t
For Japan only.
u
HRQoL Questionnaires should be completed before any other procedures are performed.
v
On Day 1, samples will be collected predose (before the first daily dose) and 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, and 4.0 hours postdose (after the first daily dose) obtained 
within 10% of the nominal time from dosing, with the exception of the predose sample which must be collected predose. On Week 4, Week 24, and 
Week 52, a sample will be collected before the first daily dose (within 30 minutes prior to administered dose), and a sample will be collected two to eight 
hours postdose (after the first daily dose) (See Section 7.5.1). At the Week 2, Week 6, Week 8, Week 10, Week 12, Week 14, and Week 16, a sample will 
be collected during the study visit, irrespective of the time IMP was last dosed. The exact date/time of dosing and sample collections should be recorded in 
the eCRF.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
199/205
New Table Schedule of Assessments – Optional Long-Term Extension Period
LTE Trial Period
Visit Weeks During LTE Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
24
40
52
76
Week 104/
LTE 
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
Week 108/
Safety Follow-
Up/LTE End of 
Study
Trial Day
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
169
281
365
545
745
774
Visit
Day 1b
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
24
Wk
40
Wk
52
Wk
76
Wk
104
Wk
108
Visit window (±day)
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±7
±7
±7
±7
±7
+5
Informed Consent
X
Verify subject remains 
eligible for the study 
(no prohibited 
medication, etc.)
X
Vital signs, weightc
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
12-lead ECG
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xd
Physical examination
X
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
X
Xe
Routine hematology,
urinalysis, chemistry
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Urine microscopy
X
X
X
X
Supplementary LFT 
labs
X
X
X
X
X
Total Ig Levels 
(IgG, IgA, IgM)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Total B cell countf
X
X
X
X
X
X
Urine pregnancy testg
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Urine pregnancy test 
kit dispensationg
X
X
X
X
X
Reflex testing for HBV 
DNAh
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
UPCR
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
200/205
LTE Trial Period
Visit Weeks During LTE Treatment Period
Follow-Up Visit 
4 weeks
Post-Last Dosea
Week
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
24
40
52
76
Week 104/
LTE 
EOT/Early 
Withdrawal
Week 108/
Safety Follow-
Up/LTE End of 
Study
Trial Day
1
15
29
43
57
71
85
99
113
169
281
365
545
745
774
Visit
Day 1b
Wk
2
Wk
4
Wk
6
Wk
8
Wk
10
Wk
12
Wk
14
Wk
16
Wk
24
Wk
40
Wk
52
Wk
76
Wk
104
Wk
108
Visit window (±day)
-
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±7
±7
±7
±7
±7
+5
IMP dispensationi
X
Dispense as needed, using IWRS and complete compliance documentation
IMP administrationj
Daily Administration of Evobrutinib
C-SSRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SFI, SLEDAI-2K, PGA, 
BILAG 2004, CLASI
X
X
X
X
SLICC/ACR Damage 
Index
X
X
X
X
SF-36v2, LupusQoL, 
FACIT-Fatigue, EQ-5D-
5Lk
X
X
X
X
PGICk
X
X
X
X
HRU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Concomitant 
medications / 
procedures
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Adverse Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Immunological Assessments
Anti-dsDNA 
Complement (C3, C4), 
CRP
X
X
X
X
ANA and other 
Autoantibodies
X
X
X
X
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
201/205
ACR = American College of Rheumatology, ANA = Antinuclear Antibody(ies), Anti-dsDNA = Anti-Double-Stranded Deoxyribonucleic Acid, BILAG 2004 =
British Isles Lupus Assessment Group 2004, CLASI = Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index, C-SSRS = Columbia-Suicide 
Severity Rating Scale, D = day, DNA = deoxyribonucleic acid, ECG = Electrocardiogram, EOT = End of Treatment, EQ-5D-5L = EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 
Levels, FACIT = Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy, HBsAg = hepatitis B surface antigen, HBV = Hepatitis B Virus, HRU = Health 
Resource Utilization, Ig = Immunoglobulin, IMP = Investigational Medicinal Product, LFT = liver function test, LTE = Long-Term Extension,
LupusQoL = Lupus Quality of Life, PGA = Physician’s Global Assessment, PGIC = Patient Global Impression of Change,
, SFI
= SLEDAI Flare Index, SLEDAI-2K = Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index-2000, SLICC = Systemic Lupus International Collaborating 
Clinics, SoA = Schedule of Assessments, UPCR = Urine Protein To Creatinine Ratio, Wk = Week, WOCBP = women of childbearing potential.
a
Safety Follow-Up Visits will be conducted at four weeks after the last dose of IMP for subjects who have been discontinued from IMP or have 
completed the LTE Treatment Period.
b
The LTE D1 visit is the EOT/Wk 52 visit from the DBPC Period unless a subject rollsover more than four weeks after the Wk 52/EOT visit. If a 
subject exceeds the four weeks due to unanticipated causes (e.g., regulatory approval delay), prior approval from the Medical Monitor is 
required and the subject will need to complete the LTE D1 visit (see Section 7.1.3).
c
Vital signs including weight, oral temperature, seated blood pressure, pulse rate, and respiratory rate.
d
Only required if change noted at Wk 104/EOT, when compared to Baseline ECG.
e
Abbreviated physical examination may be performed at Primary Investigator discretion, as required to fully obtain information needed for the 
BILAG and/or SLEDAI assessments, if scheduled, as well as required to fully evaluate any subject complaints or adverse events (see 
Section 7.4.4.2).
f
Only total B cell counts, flow cytometry for the other cell types and subsets, including B-cell subsets, will not be performed.
g
The urine pregnancy test being used at all time points in this study must be a highly sensitive urine pregnancy test. In-between visit urine 
pregnancy tests will be dispensed and performed at home per SOA (Table 3) for WOCBP. The site staff will confirm completion of the home 
pregnancy testing and discuss results (Section 7.1.3).
h
Additional HBV DNA PCR testing must be performed for subjects who entered the study with negative HBsAg and positive for anti-hepatitis B 
surface antibody and/or anti-hepatitis B core antibody with an HBV DNA negative OR detectable HBV DNA < 20 IU/mL only.
i
The IMP will be dispensed per IWRS and IMP compliance documented using pill counts. All remaining IMP will be collected at Week 104 for all 
subjects.
j
IMPs will be self-administered at a set time each day (± 2 hours).
k
HRQoL Questionnaires should be completed before any other procedures are performed.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
202/205
New Table: Additional Pregnancy Testing for Long-Term Extension
LTE Trial 
Period
Visit Weeks During LTE Treatment Period
Week
20
28
32
36
44
48
56
60
64
68
72
80
84
88
92
96
100
Trial Day
143
200
229
258
315
344
402
430
459
488
516
574
602
631
660
688
717
Visit
8a
9a
9b
9c
10a
10b
11a
11b
11c
11d
11e
12a
12b
12c
12d
12e
12f
Visit window 
(±day)
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
±3
Highly 
sensitive 
urine 
pregnancy 
testa
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AE = adverse events, LTE = Long-Term Extension.
a
In-between visit urine pregnancy test will be performed at home. The site staff will call the subject to confirm completion of the home pregnancy 
testing and discuss results. Any occurrence of pregnancy results in subject withdrawal from IMP and the trial (see Section 5.5.1 and 5.5.2). 
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
203/205
New Figure Added
Study Design for Long-Term Extension
BID = twice daily, D = day, LTE = Long-Term Extension, QD = once daily; SFU = Safety Follow-Up, SLE =
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, WOCBP = women of child bearing potential.
** = Subjects will receive an initial dose of 50 mg BID. When a Phase 3 dose is determined, all subjects may 
be switched to this dose at the Sponsor’s discretion.
* = For subjects entering the Open-Label Extension, the Week 52 visit is considered the Day 1 visit for the 
Open-Label LTE Period.
NOTE: For WOCBP, urine pregnancy tests will be performed at home to ensure monthly pregnancy testing.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
204/205
Previous Table 7, now Table 9, Updated 
Oral Corticosteroid Dose (in prednisone-equivalent) and Taper Guidance
Study Visit
Study 
Period
Maximum 
Allowable Dosea
Target Dose
Action for CS dosing
Screening 
Screening 
Period
30 mg/day
≤30 mg/day
No change in CS doseb
Day 1 Week 01
30 mg/day
≤30 mg/day
Initiate After Day 1, may 
initiate, increase, decrease, or
have no change to dose. 
Dose must be tapered to 
≤Day 1 dose by Week 4
Taper to ≤Day 1 dose by Week 
4
Week 1 
through 3
30 mg/dayf
≤30 mg/day
Week 4 Visit
Week 4
Day 1 dosec
≤Dose at Day 1 Visit
Begin taper to ≤10 mg/day by 
Week 8, as tolerated
Weeks 5 
through 7
Week 4 
Visit dose 
≤10 mg/day
Continue to taper to 
≤10 mg/day by Week 8, as 
tolerated
Week 8 Visit
Week 8
Week 4
Visit dose
≤10 mg/day
Begin taper to ≤7.5 mg/day by 
Week 12, as tolerated
Weeks 9 
through 11
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Continue to taper to 
≤7.5 mg/day by Week 12, as 
tolerated
Week 12 Visit
Week 12
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Weeks 13 
through 15
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Week 16 Visit
Week 16
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Weeks 17 
through 23
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
No change in CS dosed
Week 24 Visit
Week 24
Week 8
Visit dose
≤7.5 mg/day
No change in CS dosed
Weeks 25 
through 39
Week 8
Visit dose
≤5 mg/day
Taper to ≤5 mg/day by 
Week 40, as tolerated
Week 40 Visit
Week 40
Week 8
Visit dose
≤5 mg/day
Taper as tolerated
Weeks 41 
through 52
Week 8
Visit dose
≤5 mg/day
No change in CS dosee
CS – Corticosteroids.
a 
Violation of requirements during the Screening Period results in screen-failure; treatment period violation may 
result results in treatment failure and withdrawal from study. 
b 
Any dose change between Screening and Day 1 results in screen failure.
c 
Subjects with CS dose < 7.5 mg/day at Day 1 may have up to 7.5 mg/day at Week 4.
d 
Any dose increase during Weeks 17 to 24 results in treatment failure and withdrawal from study, dose may be 
tapered after Week 24 assessments have been completed.
e 
Any dose increase during Weeks 41 to 52 results in treatment failure and withdrawal from study.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
A Phase II Study of M2951 in SLE
MS200527-0018
205/205
f
Although it is preferred that subjects do not receive a CS dose > 30 mg/day, subjects who receive > 30 mg/day 
between Day 1 and the Week 4 visit will not be withdrawn from the study if they are able to achieve a dose no 
higher than (≤) the Day 1 CS dose and ≤30 mg/day (whichever is lower) by the Week 4 visit.
'RFXPHQW1R

2EMHFW1R

CCI

SAP_001.pdf: 
Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
1/195
Integrated Analysis Plan
Clinical Trial Protocol 
Identification No.
MS200527-0018
Title:
A Phase II, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled 
Dose-Ranging Study To Evaluate the Safety and Efficacy of 
M2951 in Subjects with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)
Trial Phase
II
Investigational Medicinal 
Product(s)
Evobrutinib
Clinical Trial Protocol 
Version
22 May 2018 / Version 7.0
Integrated Analysis Plan 
Authors
Coordinating Author
, Merck Healthcare KGaA /EMD Serono Research & 
Development Institute, Inc.
Function
Author(s) / Data Analyst(s)
 EMD-Serono
Integrated Analysis Plan
Date and Version
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
2/195
Integrated Analysis Plan 
Reviewers
Merck
Healthcare 
KGaA/EMD
Serono 
Research 
& 
Development Institute, Inc. Reviewers:
Function
Name
 
 
Reviewers:
Function
Name
This document is the property of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, or one of its affiliated companies.
It is intended for restricted use only and may not - in full or part - be passed on, reproduced, published or used without express 
permission of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany or its affiliate. 
Copyright © 2020 by Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany or its affiliate. All rights reserved.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
3/195
Signature Page
Integrated Analysis Plan: MS200527-0018
A Phase II, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Dose-Ranging Study To Evaluate 
the Safety and Efficacy of M2951 in Subjects with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE).
Approval of the IAP by Merck Healthcare KGaA Responsible is documented within CARA. 
 Lead Statistician signature – for
 use only.
Merck Healthcare KGaA responsible
Date
Signature
responsible
Date
Signature
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
4/195
1
Table of Contents
Integrated Analysis Plan ......................................................................................................1
Signature Page
3
1
Table of Contents..................................................................................4
2
List of Abbreviations and Definition of Terms ..................................11
3
Modification History ..........................................................................15
4
Purpose of the Integrated Analysis Plan.............................................17
5
Objectives and Endpoints ...................................................................18
6
Overview of Planned Analyses...........................................................26
6.1
Independent Data Monitoring Committee review..............................26
6.2
Primary Analysis ................................................................................26
6.3
Analysis of Japanese Cohort...............................................................26
6.4
LTE Analysis......................................................................................27
7
Changes to the Planned Analyses in the Clinical Trial Protocol........28
8
Protocol Deviations and Analysis Sets...............................................30
8.1
Definition of Protocol Deviations and Analysis Sets .........................30
8.2
Definition of Analysis Sets and Subgroups........................................30
8.2.1
Sample Size ........................................................................................30
8.2.2
Analysis Sets.......................................................................................31
8.2.3
Subgroup Analysis..............................................................................34
9
General Specifications for Data Analyses ..........................................36
9.1
Actual Treatment Assignment ............................................................36
9.2
Presentation of Tables/Listings/Figures (TLFs).................................36
9.3
Data handling for the planned analyses..............................................37
9.4
Presentation of continuous and qualitative variables..........................37
9.5
Definition of Screening.......................................................................38
9.6
Definition of Baseline.........................................................................39
9.7
Other Specifications............................................................................39
10
Trial Subjects......................................................................................42
10.1
Disposition of Subjects and Discontinuations....................................42
10.2
Protocol Deviations ............................................................................45
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
5/195
10.2.1
Important Protocol Deviations............................................................46
10.2.2
Clinically Important Protocol Deviations...........................................46
11
Demographics and Other Baseline Characteristics.............................47
11.1
Demographics.....................................................................................47
11.2
Other Baseline Characteristics............................................................49
11.2.1
Disease History...................................................................................49
11.2.2
Other ...................................................................................................55
11.3
Medical History ..................................................................................55
12
Previous or Concomitant Medications/Procedures.............................56
12.1
Previous or Concomitant Medications................................................56
12.2
Prior or Concurrent Procedures ..........................................................57
13
Treatment Compliance and Exposure.................................................58
13.1
Exposure Calculation..........................................................................58
13.2
Compliance Calculation......................................................................62
14
Endpoint Evaluation ...........................................................................65
14.1
Two-primary Efficacy Endpoints .......................................................65
14.1.1
Definitions ..........................................................................................65
14.1.2
Primary Analysis of the Two-primary Endpoints...............................66
14.1.3
Subgroup analysis of Two-primary Endpoints...................................74
14.1.4
Analysis of SRI-4 Response at Week 52 in Japanese versus non-
Japanese Subjects................................................................................74
14.2
Key secondary endpoints....................................................................74
14.2.1
Definitions ..........................................................................................74
14.2.2
Primary Analysis of Key Secondary Endpoints .................................76
14.3
Other secondary endpoints .................................................................80
14.3.1
Disease Activity Endpoints.................................................................80
14.3.2
Time to first flare, flare-free status and AFR .....................................81
14.3.3
Disease activity over time...................................................................85
14.3.4
HRQoL ...............................................................................................85
14.3.5
Corticosteroid usage over time...........................................................88
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
6/195
14.6
LTE Efficacy Endpoints .....................................................................91
15
Safety Evaluation................................................................................93
15.1
Adverse Events ...................................................................................93
15.1.1
All Adverse Events.............................................................................94
15.2
Deaths, Other Serious Adverse Events, and Other Significant 
Adverse Events ...................................................................................99
15.2.1
Deaths .................................................................................................99
15.2.2
Serious Adverse Events......................................................................99
15.2.3
TEAEs of Special Interest ..................................................................99
15.3
Clinical Laboratory Evaluation.........................................................100
15.4
Vital Signs ........................................................................................103
15.5
12-Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG)...................................................104
15.6
Physical Examination .......................................................................105
15.7
Pregnancy Test..................................................................................105
15.8
Serum IgG, IgA, IgM Levels............................................................105
15.9
Total B Cell Count............................................................................105
15.10
Urinalysis Microscopic Evaluation...................................................105
15.11
Columbia- Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)........................105
15.12
Urine Protein Creatinine Ratio .........................................................106
15.13
HBV DNA ........................................................................................106
15.14
Local Laboratory Results..................................................................106
15.15
Drug-induced Liver Injury Kit Results.............................................106
15.16
COVID-19 Impact ............................................................................107
16
Analyses of Other Endpoints............................................................108
17
References.........................................................................................113
18
Appendices .......................................................................................116
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
7/195
18.1
Definitions of Efficacy Endpoints ....................................................116
18.1.1
BILAG 2004 Disease Activity Index ...............................................116
18.1.2
Physician Global Assessment...........................................................125
18.1.3
SLEDAI-2K......................................................................................126
18.1.4
SLEDAI Flare Index.........................................................................128
18.1.5
CLASI...............................................................................................129
18.1.6
SLICC/ACR Damage Index .............................................................129
18.1.7
LLDAS .............................................................................................131
18.1.8
BICLA Response..............................................................................131
18.2
Revised American College of Rheumatology Classification 
Criteria for Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.....................................133
18.3
36-Item Short Form Survey (SF-36) Scoring Instructions ...............135
18.4
FACIT-Fatigue Scoring Instructions................................................143
18.5
Lupus QoL........................................................................................145
18.6
PGIC .................................................................................................148
18.7
EQ-5D-5L.........................................................................................149
18.8
Corticosteroid usage over time.........................................................150
18.9
SAS Sample Code.............................................................................155
18.9.1
SRI Response....................................................................................155
18.9.2
Time to first flare, flare-free status, AFR .........................................160
18.9.3
Other Secondary Endpoints..............................................................163
18.9.4
EAIR of TEAEs: computation of Tier 1 and Tier 2 95% CIs ..........165
18.11
Time Windows..................................................................................170
18.12
Laboratory Parameters to be summarized in the TLFs.....................189
18.13
Laboratory Modifiers........................................................................191
18.14
Tier 1 AEs and AEs of Special Interest............................................193
18.15
Hierarchical Testing Diagram...........................................................194
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
8/195
Table of In-Text Tables
Table 1: Objectives and Endpoints ....................................................................................18
Table 2 : Additional Exploratory Endpoints not Planned in the Protocol .........................25
Table 3: Analysis Sets........................................................................................................31
Table 4: Subgroups and Strata...........................................................................................34
Table 5: Exploratory Subgroups and Strata.......................................................................35
Table 6: Treatment Groups and Regimens ........................................................................36
Table 7: Disposition...........................................................................................................42
Table 8: Disposition - Analysis Sets..................................................................................44
Table 9: Disposition Subject Data Listings .......................................................................45
Table 10: Protocol Deviations ...........................................................................................46
Table 11: Demographic Characteristics.............................................................................48
Table 12: SLE Disease Characteristics at Baseline ...........................................................49
Table 13: ACR Classification Criteria at Screening..........................................................52
Table 14: SLEDAI-2K Parameters and Scores at Screening.............................................54
Table 15: Other Baseline Characteristics...........................................................................55
Table 16 : Dosage and Administration of Investigational Medicinal Product...................58
Table 17 : Analysis of the two-primary endpoints.............................................................66
Table 18 : Analysis of the key secondary endpoints..........................................................77
Table 19 : Disease Activity Endpoints...............................................................................81
Table 20 : Time to first flare..............................................................................................83
Table 21 : Flare free status during the 52-week Treatment Period....................................83
Table 22 : AFR
84
Table 23 : Disease Activity Endpoints...............................................................................85
Table 24 : HRQoL analysis................................................................................................86
Table 25: Analysis of LTE endpoints................................................................................92
Table 26 : Data Handling for Safety Analysis...................................................................93
Table 27: Tier 1 AEs..........................................................................................................95
Table 28: Summary Tables of TEAEs...............................................................................96
Table 29: TEAE Tables to be produced.............................................................................97
Table 30: Laboratory Parameters.....................................................................................101
Table 31: Vital Signs Categories .....................................................................................103
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
9/195
Table 32: BILAG scoring ................................................................................................124
Table 33: SLEDAI scoring ..............................................................................................126
Table 34: SLICC scoring .................................................................................................130
Table 35: ACR Criteria for Classification of SLE...........................................................133
Table 36: SF-36 – Abbreviated Item Content for the SF-36v2 Health Domain Scales...136
Table 37: SF-36 – Recoding ............................................................................................137
Table 38: SF-36 – Values used in transforming SF-36v2 Health Survey Health 
Domain Scale Total Raw Scores on the 0-100 Scale .......................138
Table 39: SF-36 – 1998 General US Population Means and Standard Deviations used 
to Calculate Normalized Health Domain Scores..............................139
Table 40: SF-36 – Factor Score Coefficients used to Calculate PCS and MCS Scores 
for the SF-36v2.................................................................................140
Table 41: SF-36 – Numerical Example – Raw Data........................................................140
Table 42: SF-36 – Numerical Example – Domain Scores...............................................141
Table 43: FACIT-Fatigue: Description of 13-item Questionnaire ..................................143
Table 44: FACIT-Fatigue: Guideline to Compute Total Score .......................................144
Table 45: FACIT-Fatigue : Example...............................................................................144
Table 46: Lupus Scoring..................................................................................................145
Table 47: Lupus – Example.............................................................................................146
Table 48: LupusQoL – Example – Domain Scores .........................................................147
Table 49: Conversion factors in prednisone equivalent...................................................151
Table 50: Frequency conversions for CS.........................................................................152
Table 51: Time Windows for SFI, SLEDAI‑2K, PGA, BILAG 2004............................170
Table 52: Time Windows for CLASI ..............................................................................171
Table 53: Time Windows for Urinalysis, Hematology, Chemistry.................................172
Table 54: Time Windows for Urine Microscopy, UPCR ................................................173
Table 55: Time Windows for Supplementary Liver Function Tests (LFTs)...................174
Table 56: Time Windows for Total Ig Levels (IgG, IgA, IgM) and IgG 
 
.............................................................175
Table 57: Time Windows for SF-36v2, LupusQoL, FACIT-Fatigue, EQ‑5D-5L..........176
Table 58: Time Windows for HRU .................................................................................177
Table 59: Time Windows for Vital Signs........................................................................178
Table 60: Time Windows for PGIC.................................................................................179
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
10/195
Table 61: Time Windows for ECG..................................................................................180
Table 62: Time Windows for C-SSRS.............................................................................181
Table 63: Time Windows for SLICC/ACR Damage Index.............................................182
Table 64: Time Windows for Total B Cell Count ...........................................................183
Table 66: Time Windows for Autoantibodies, anti-Sm...................................................185
Table 67: Time Windows for ANA .................................................................................186
Table 69: Time Windows for HBV DNA assessments ...................................................187
Table 70: Laboratory Parameters to be Summarized in the TLFs...................................189
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
11/195
2
List of Abbreviations and Definition of Terms
ACR
American College of Rheumatology
ADaM
Analysis Data Model
AE
Adverse event
AESI
Adverse event of special interest
AFR
Annualized flare rate
ALT
Alanine amino-transferase
ANA
Antinuclear antibody(ies)
Anti-dsDNA
Anti-Double-Stranded Deoxyribonucleic Acid
Anti-La
An Antinuclear Antibody Associated with Autoimmune Diseases 
Including Sjögren Syndrome 
Anti-Ro
An Antinuclear Antibody Associated with Autoimmune Diseases 
Including Sjögren Syndrome and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Anti-Sm
Anti-Smith Antibody, an Antinuclear Antibody Associated with 
Autoimmune Diseases Including Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
AST
Aspartate aminotransferase
ATC
Anatomical therapeutic class
BICLA
BILAG-based composite lupus assessment
BID
Twice daily
BILAG
British Isles Lupus Assessment Group
BLQ
Below Limit of Quantification
BMI
Body mass index
BOA
Biostatistics outputs assembly
CDF
Cumulative distribution function
CFB
Change from baseline
CI
Confidence interval
CLASI
Cutaneous lupus erythematosus disease area and severity index
CLASI-A
CLASI activity
CLASI-D
CLASI damage
CS
Corticosteroid
CSR
Clinical Study Report
C-SSRS
Columbia-suicide severity rating scale
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
12/195
CTP
Clinical Trial Protocol
CV
Coefficient of variation
CXR
Chest X-ray
DILI
Drug-induced liver injury
DNA
Deoxyribonucleic acid
DRM
Data review meeting
EAC
Endpoint Adjudication Committee
EAIR
Exposure adjusted incidence rates
eCRF
Case Report Form, electronic
ECG
Electrocardiogram
EEA
European Economic Area
eGFR
estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate
EQ-5D-5L
EuroQoL 5 dimensions 5 levels
EOT
End of treatment
FACIT
Functional assessment of chronic illness therapy
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FWER
Family-wise type 1 error rate
HBV
Hepatitis B Virus
HDA
High disease activity
HR
Hazard ratio
HRQoL
Health-related quality of life
HRU
Health resource utilization
IA
Interim analysis
IAP
Integrated Analysis Plan
IDMC
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
Ig
Immunoglobulin
IMP
Investigational Medicinal Product
IOV
Interoccasion variability
IQR
InterQuartile Range
ITT
Intent to Treat
IWRS
Interactive Web Response System
KM
Kaplan-Meier
LDA
Low disease activity
LFT
Liver function test
LOCF
Last observation carried forward
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
13/195
LLN
Lower limit of normal
LTE
Long term extension
MAR
Missing at random
MCP
Multiplicity control procedure
MCS
Mental component summary
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MI
Multiple imputation
mITT
Modified Intent-to-Treat 
MMRM
Mixed model with repeated measures
MNAR
Missing not at random
mRNA
Messenger Ribonucleic Acid
MSM
Multi state Markov
M&S
Modeling & Simulation
N
Number of subjects
NB
Negative binomial
NCI-CTCAE
National Cancer Institute - Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events
NK
Natural killer
OCS
Oral Corticosteroids
OR
Odds ratio
PA
Primary analysis
PAC
Primary analysis cohort
PCS
Physical component summary
PGA
Physician’s global assessment
PGIC
Patient global impression of change
PP
Per protocol
PRO
Patient-reported outcome
PT
Preferred term
Q1
25th percentile
Q3
75th percentile
QD
Once daily
QoL
Quality of life
RoW
Rest of the world
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
14/195
SAE
Serious adverse event
SAF
Safety analysis set
SAS
Statistical Analysis System
SD
Standard deviation
SDTM
Study Data Tabulation Model
SF-36
36-item short form health survey
SFI
SLEDAI flare index
SI
International System
SLE
Systemic lupus erythematosus
SLEDAI-2K
SLE disease activity index-2000
SLICC
Systemic lupus international collaborating clinics
SOC
System organ class
SoC
Standard of Care
SRI
SLE responder index
TEAE
Treatment emergent adverse event
TLF
Table/Listing/Figure
UPCR
Urine protein to creatinine ratio
ULN
Upper limit of normal
US
United States
VAS
Visual analog scale
WHO-DD
World Health Organization Drug Dictionary
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
15/195
3
Modification History
Unique
Identifier for
IAP Version
Date of
IAP Version
Authors
Changes from the Previous Version
Version 1.0
26 July 2019
NA – first version
Version 2.0
04 February 
2020
!
Section 7: SRI definition updated (treatment discontinuation 
removed); EAC-treatment failure used in SRI, LLDAS, BICLA
and LDA definition #2
 
 
!
Section 9.4 added: Screening definition
!
Section 9.5: Baseline definition updated (time of dose is not 
accounted, assessments performed on the day of IMP 
administration are eligible for baseline).
!
Section 9.5: Start of LTE treatment is derived based on the 
end of 52-week treatment.
!
Section 9.6: Assessments collected more than 14 days after 
last exposure are excluded from analysis visit windows.
!
Section 11.2.1: BILAG severity at Baseline updated, 
comparison with previous assessment removed.
!
Sections 13.1 & 13.2: update in compliance derivation 
(missing number of tablets is now imputed; last kit dispensed 
for 52-week treatment period is at Week 48; and correction of 
LTE compliance formula)
!
Section 14.1: 
o
Update criterion #4 of SRI definition: treatment 
failure is confirmed by EAC, subjects with missing 
values at W52 will be considered as non-responder 
(including subjects who prematurely discontinued 
treatment)
o
Addition of intercurrent events
o
Sensitivity analysis: missing values at W52 will be 
imputed using MI, details added on MI procedures
o
New sensitivity analysis for post-PA DBL
o
CDF curves of SRI replaced with bar chart
o
New subgroup analysis for post-PA DBL
!
Section 14.2: 
o
Clarification added for flare definition
o
Sensitivity analysis updated to use MI
!
Section 14.3: BILAG flare severity definition added; additional 
output for BILAG flare by visit and severity; additional analysis 
for BICLA (same logistic regression model as for primary 
endpoint); QoL: logistic regression removed for LupusQoL 
and added for PGIC with further details on MCID criteria; CS 
analysis: reference to Week 41 instead of W40 to be 
consistent through the document.
!
Section 14.6: Additional supportive analysis for post-PA DBL.
!
Appendices: clarification added for BILAG derivation (18.1.1); 
clarification added for SLEDAI derivation (18.1.3) and PGA 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD
C
C
I
C
C
I


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
16/195
Unique
Identifier for
IAP Version
Date of
IAP Version
Authors
Changes from the Previous Version
(18.1.4); LLDAS definition updated to include EAC-treatment 
failure (18.1.7); BICLA definition clarified with new reference 
(18.1.8); clarification added for CS derivation rules (18.8); 
SAS codes updated; analysis visit for W52 extended (18.11); 
new appendices 18.16 & 18.17 for details on post-PA DBL 
analysis
Version 3.0
07 February 
2020
Minor Clarification: All post-baseline efficacy response endpoints 
up to Week 52 (e.g. SRI responses, LDA, LDA def #2, LLDAS, 
BICLA, Remission) will use the similar imputation rules as applied 
for the Week 52 timepoint (e.g. primary endpoint, etc.)
Version 4.0
11 June 2020
Updates due to study termination:
!
Removal of Japanese cohort analysis and addition of 
safety summaries for APAC subjects
!
Changes in LTE analysis (changes in LTE baseline 
definition and efficacy endpoints)
!
Addition of COVID-19 impact analysis
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
PPD
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
17/195
4
Purpose of the Integrated Analysis Plan
The purpose of this Integrated Analysis Plan (IAP) is to document technical and detailed 
specifications for analyses of data collected for Clinical Trial Protocol (CTP) MS200527-0018
version 7.0 dated 22 May 2018. The IAP is based upon Section 8 (Statistics) of the trial protocol
and is prepared in compliance with International Council for Harmonisation E9. 
The previous version (version 3.0) of the IAP included details for all the planned analyses of this 
study as specified in the protocol but focusing on the Primary Analysis (PA) and analysis of 
Japanese cohort. This version (version 4.0) includes details of the analysis of Japanese cohort 
and Long-Term Extension (LTE) analysis considering the termination of the study, announced to 
the sites on March 23rd, 2020.
Results of the analyses described in this IAP will be included in the Clinical Study Report 
(CSR). Separate reports will be created to include the results of 
 modeling analysis, and 
additional biomarker analysis. Additionally, the planned analyses identified in this IAP will be 
included in regulatory submissions or future manuscripts. Any post-hoc, or unplanned analyses 
performed to provide results for inclusion in the CSR but not identified in this prospective IAP
will be clearly identified in the CSR. 
The final clinical database cannot be locked until the final IAP has been approved and signed.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
18/195
5
Objectives and Endpoints
Objectives and Endpoints are summarized in Table 1. Additional endpoints, not planned in the
protocol, are summarized in Table 2.
Table 1: Objectives and Endpoints
Objective
Endpoint
IAP Section
Primary
Objective
To evaluate the efficacy and dose 
response of evobrutinib compared to 
placebo in reducing disease activity in 
adult subjects with active, autoantibody 
positive systemic lupus erythematosus 
(SLE) who are receiving standard of 
care (SoC) therapy based on SLE 
Responder Index (SRI)-4 response at 
Week 52 in all subjects, or on SRI-6 
response at Week 52 in the High 
Disease Activity (HDA) subgroup, 
defined as SLE Disease Activity Index 
2000 (SLEDAI-2K) ≥ 10
Primary Endpoint:
The co-primary efficacy endpoints are:
!
SRI-4 response at Week 52 in all 
subjects 
!
SRI-6 response at Week 52 in a HDA 
subgroup.
Section 14.1
To evaluate the safety of evobrutinib in 
subjects with SLE on SoC therapy.
Primary Endpoint:
!
The primary safety endpoints are 
nature, severity, and incidence of 
adverse events (AEs), serious adverse 
events (SAEs); vital signs, 
electrocardiograms (ECGs); absolute 
values of and change from Baseline in 
serum total immunoglobulin (Ig) levels 
(IgG, IgA, IgM), total B cell counts, and 
clinical laboratory parameters.
Section 15
Key 
Secondary 
Objectives
To evaluate the efficacy and dose 
response of evobrutinib compared to 
placebo in delaying time to first severe 
flare during the Treatment Period, in 
subjects with SLE on SoC therapy, 
where a severe flare is defined as at 
least one British Isles Lupus 
Assessment Group (BILAG 2004) A in 
any organ system due to items that are 
new or worse, compared to the BILAG 
evaluation at the previous visit.
Key Secondary Endpoint:
!
Time to first severe flare, where a 
severe flare is defined as at least one 
BILAG A score in any organ system 
due to items that are new or worse, 
compared to the BILAG evaluation at 
the previous visit, during the Treatment 
Period.
Section 14.2
To evaluate the efficacy and dose 
response of evobrutinib compared to 
placebo in reducing disease activity, 
based on the SRI-4 response at Week 
52, in the serologically active 
subgroup, which is defined as subjects 
with positive anti-double-stranded 
deoxyribonucleic acid (anti-dsDNA) 
and/or low complement levels.
Key Secondary Endpoint:
!
SRI-4 response at Week 52, in the 
serologically active subgroup, which is 
defined as subjects with positive anti-
dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
Section 14.2
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
19/195
Other 
secondary
Objectives
!
To evaluate the efficacy of 
evobrutinib compared to placebo 
on changes in disease activity over 
52 weeks
!
To evaluate the efficacy of 
evobrutinib compared to placebo 
on changes in organ-specific 
disease activity over 52 weeks
Secondary Endpoints:
!
SRI-6 response at Week 52, in the 
serologically active subgroup, which is 
defined as subjects with positive anti-
dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
!
SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a 
Sustained Reduction of Oral 
Corticosteroids (OCS) Dose to 7.5 
milligrams prednisone equivalent per 
day or less (≤ 7.5 mg/day) and less 
than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose during 
Week 41 Through Week 52, in all 
subjects.
!
SRI-6 Response at Week 52 with a 
Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 
7.5 milligrams prednisone equivalent 
per day or less (≤ 7.5 mg/day) and less 
than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose during 
Week 41 Through Week 52, in the 
HDA subgroup, defined as SLEDAI-2K 
≥ 10 at Screening.
!
SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a 
Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose to 
7.5 milligrams prednisone equivalent 
per day or less (≤ 7.5 mg/day) and less 
than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose during 
Week 41 Through Week 52, in the 
serologically active subgroup, which is 
defined as subjects with positive anti-
dsDNA and/or low complement levels.
!
Disease activity over time, during the 
Treatment Period, as measured by:
o
Low disease activity (LDA)
status, defined by SLEDAI-2K 
≤ 2, at Week 52
o
LDA status, defined by 
clinical SLEDAI-2K 
(SLEDAI-2K excluding anti-
dsDNA and low complement 
parameters) ≤ 2, at Week 52
o
Lupus low disease activity 
state (LLDAS), defined as 
meeting all of the following 
(Franklyn 2016):

SLEDAI-2K ≤ 4

No activity in any major 
organ systems (renal, 
central nervous system, 
cardiopulmonary, 
vasculitis, fever)

No new features of 
disease activity 
compared with the 
previous assessment

Physician’s Global 
Assessment (PGA) ≤1 
(on a 0-3 scale)

Prednisone-equivalent ≤ 
Section 14.3
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
20/195
7.5 mg/day

Unchanged background 
immunosuppressive 
therapy
o
Change from Baseline in 
SLEDAI 2K score by visit
o
Change from Baseline in 
Cutaneous Lupus 
Erythematosus Disease Area 
and Severity Index-Activity 
(CLASI-A) by visit
o
BILAG-based Composite 
Lupus Assessment (BICLA) 
response by visit
o
Change from Baseline in 
BILAG 2004 by visit
o
Change from Baseline in 
PGA by visit.
To evaluate the effect of evobrutinib
compared to placebo on the 
annualized flare rate
Secondary Endpoint:
!
Time to first flare, flare-free status at 
Week 52, and annualized flare rate
(AFR), during the Treatment Period, 
will be analyzed separately, each 
assessed with flare defined as:
o
BILAG A Severe flare
o
BILAG A or 2B Moderate to 
Severe flare
o
SLEDAI Flare Index (SFI) 
Severe flare.
Section 
14.3.2
To evaluate the impact of evobrutinib
treatment compared to placebo on 
subject reported health related quality 
of life (HRQoL) over 52 weeks
Secondary Endpoint:
!
HRQoL over time, during the 
Treatment Period, as measured by:
o
Change from Baseline in 
Medical Outcomes Study 36-
Item Short Form Health 
Survey (SF-36v2®) Physical 
Component Summary (PCS) 
and Mental Component 
Summary (MCS) score (and 
their components) by visit
o
Change from Baseline in 
EuroQoL 5 Dimension 5 
Levels (EQ-5D-5L) score by 
visit
o
Change from Baseline in 
Lupus Quality of Life 
(LupusQoL) scores by visit
o
Patient Global Impression of 
Change (PGIC) score by visit
o
Change from Baseline in 
Functional Assessment of 
Chronic Illness Therapy 
(FACIT) Fatigue score by 
visit.
Section 
14.3.4
To evaluate the effect of evobrutinib on 
corticosteroid (CS) usage over 52 
Secondary Endpoint:
!
Corticosteroid usage over time, during 
Section 
14.3.5
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1RCCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
21/195
weeks.
the Treatment Period, as measured 
by:
o
Reduction from Baseline in 
prednisone-equivalent CS 
dose by ≥ 25% to a dose of ≤ 
7.5 mg/day, with no BILAG A 
or 2B flare in disease activity 
(at that visit)
o
Change from Baseline to 
Week 52 in prednisone-
equivalent CS daily dose
o
Reduction from Baseline to 
Week 52 in prednisone 
equivalent CS daily dose of 
zero to < 25%, 25% to 50%, 
> 50%, or an increase 
o
Cumulative prednisone-
equivalent CS dose from 
Baseline until completion of 
the Treatment Period
o
Clinically meaningful 
reduction in CS dose from 
Baseline, defined by:

A reduction of daily 
prednisone-
equivalent CS dose 
≥ 25% to a dose of ≤ 
7.5 mg/day by Week 
40 and sustained 
through Week 52
And

No new BILAG A 
organ domain 
scores and no more 
than one new BILAG 
B organ domain 
score during Weeks 
40 through 52.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
22/195
Exploratory
Objectives
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
23/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
24/195
Open-label 
Long-Term 
Extension 
(LTE) 
Period 
Objectives
To evaluate the long-term safety, 
efficacy, and HRQoL of evobrutinib at 
an initial dose of 50 mg twice daily or 
the eventual Phase III dose when 
decided for an additional two years.
Endpoints for LTE Period: 
LTE Safety:
!
Nature, severity, and incidence of AEs, 
SAEs, vital signs, ECGs, absolute 
values and change from Baseline in 
serum total Ig levels (IgG, IgA, IgM) 
and total B cell counts, and clinical 
laboratory parameters.
LTE Efficacy:
!
The following LTE efficacy endpoints 
will be analyzed at Week 24, Week 52, 
and Week 104:
o
Changes over time in SRI 
response
o
Changes over time in Low 
Disease Activity status 
(LLDAS, SLEDAI-2K≤2, 
clinical SLEDAI-2K≤2).
o
Changes over time in CLASI-
A, CLASI-D, and SLICC/ACR 
Damage Index organ damage 
scores
o
Changes over time in disease 
activity as measured by the 
BILAG, SLEDAI-2K, and PGA
o
Change over time in 
prednisone-equivalent CS 
dose
o
Changes over time in HRQoL
o
Changes over time in 
autoantibodies and 
complement levels
!
Changes in HRU by visit, including but 
not limited to doctor/home/emergency 
visits, hospitalizations, paid 
assistance, and missed work
!
Time to first flare; flare-free status at 
Weeks 24, 52, and 104; and 
annualized flare rate, will be analyzed 
separately, each assessed with flare 
defined as:
o
BILAG A Severe flare
o
BILAG A or 2B Moderate to 
Severe flare
o
SLEDAI Flare Index (SFI) 
Severe flare.
Section 0
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
25/195
Table 2 : Additional Exploratory Endpoints not Planned in the Protocol
Endpoint
IAP Section
Additional
Exploratory 
Endpoints
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
26/195
6
Overview of Planned Analyses
6.1
Independent Data Monitoring Committee review
An IDMC was established to assess safety and tolerability of IMP during the conduct of the 
study. Details of the statistical analyses of the IDMC are provided in a separate document (latest 
version of MS200527-0018_IDMC_SAP).
6.2
Primary Analysis
The Primary Analysis (PA) will occur only when:
! 100% of subjects in the primary analysis cohort (PAC):
o
Complete Week 52 of treatment and either enter LTE or complete Safety Follow-Up, or
o
Prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 52 and complete Safety Follow-Up, 
or
o
Prematurely discontinue from study without Safety Follow-Up.
The PAC is defined as all subjects who have been randomized till November 28, 2018 (see 
Section 8.2.2). Subjects not randomized (screen failure) will be included in the PAC if their 
screening date is on or before November 28, 2018.
! The protocol violations are determined, 
! The database is locked.
Data collected during the 52 weeks treatment period as well as during the corresponding safety 
follow-up visit will be included in this analysis. Details will be provided in the PA Interim 
Database Lock Plan.
All endpoints as specified in the protocol will be analyzed for the PA. The unblinding process 
after PA will be detailed in the Unblinding Plan.
6.3
Analysis of Japanese Cohort
The plan was to perform two Japanese cohort analyses: 1) Partial Japanese cohort analysis at the 
time of primary analysis; and 2) Final Japanese cohort analysis at the time of final analysis. 
However, after review of PA results, the study was terminated. The data of the Japanese cohort 
will be included in data listings at the time of the LTE analysis when all subjects either 
completed or early terminated the study and the full database is locked. 
The analysis of the partial Japanese cohort was performed with the Japanese subjects available in 
the database of primary analysis cohort who: 
! Completed Week 52 of treatment and either entered LTE or completed Safety Follow-Up, 
or 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
27/195
! Prematurely discontinued from treatment prior to Week 52 and completed Safety 
Follow-Up, or
! Prematurely discontinued from study without Safety Follow-Up. 
Data collected during the 52 weeks treatment period as well as during the corresponding safety 
follow-up visit was included in this analysis. Details were provided in the Interim Database Lock 
Plan for Analysis of Japanese Cohort.
Certain steps were taken to ensure protection of the blind of the Japanese cohort subjects who 
would be followed-up in a double-blind manner after the PA. Details can be found in the 
Unblinding Plan.  
6.4
LTE Analysis
After review of PA results, the study was terminated. The LTE analysis will occur when all 
subjects either completed or early terminated the study and the full database is locked.
. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
28/195
7
Changes to the Planned Analyses in the Clinical Trial 
Protocol
!
The protocol states there may be an Interim Analysis (IA) for futility based on the highest 
dose of M2951, triggered when 100% of subjects enrolled in the PAC reach Week 24 of 
treatment, or prematurely discontinue from treatment prior to Week 24. It has been 
decided by Merck/EMD-Serono team not to perform this IA.
!
The protocol refers to the co-primary endpoints as SRI-4 Response and SRI-6 Response 
for HDA subjects. Instead, they will be referred as two-primary endpoints in this IAP, 
according to the latest FDA guidance on multiplicity.
!
The protocol mentions the McNemar’s test to assess the change in a binary endpoint 
between two timepoints. For other secondary endpoints, the test will not be performed, 
only descriptive statistics will be provided.
!
It is no longer planned that whole blood will be analyzed for phosphoproteomics or B cell 
activation and these endpoints will not be reported.
!
The LLDAS status as defined in Section 18.1.7 must include the PGA ≤ 1 (0-3 scale) in 
the definition. This item was not mentioned in the protocol and has been added to this 
IAP. 
!
The protocol refers to the endpoint ‘Changes over time in SRI response/in LDA status’ 
for the LTE analysis but will be referred as ‘SRI response/LDA status over time’ in this 
IAP, for accuracy.  
!
The protocol states the PAC used for PA consists of the first 432 subjects randomized. 
However, due to a potentially higher than expected drop-out rate, the PAC will include 
all subjects screened/randomized as of November 28, 2018 (n > 432), to protect the 
power of the statistical analysis for which the sample size was calculated. 
!
The protocol states the definition of the subgroup severity of disease at screening (severe, 
mild/moderate), but a more detailed definition has been added to this IAP (see Section 
8.2.3), for correctness.
!
The protocol mentions a sensitivity analysis of the two-primary endpoints on completers. 
This analysis will not be performed as the primary analysis already considers subjects 
who discontinued treatment as non-responder.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
29/195
!
The protocol specifies that flare-free status will be analyzed separately depending on 
severity, but in this IAP flare-free status is defined as not having any flares (defined with 
BILAG 2004 and SFI, separately) during the 52-week treatment period.
!
The protocol mentions several endpoints for the analysis of corticosteroid usage over 
time. The first endpoint (i.e., reduction from baseline in prednisone-equivalent CS dose 
by ≥25% to a dose of ≤7.5 mg/day, with no BILAG A or 2B flare in disease activity at 
that visit) is removed from this IAP. Analysis of the clinically meaningful reduction in 
CS dose from Baseline (defined as a reduction of daily prednisone-equivalent CS dose 
≥25% to a dose of ≤7.5 mg/day by Week 40 and sustained through Week 52 AND no 
new BILAG A organ domain scores and no more than one new BILAG B organ domain 
score during Weeks 40 through 52) will be sufficient.
!
SRI definition specified in the protocol includes ‘no discontinuation of investigational 
product’, but this condition has been removed from this IAP (see Section 14.1.1). 
Subjects with missing response at Week 52 have been added as a condition of non-SRI 
responder, meaning that all subjects who prematurely discontinued treatment will be 
considered as non-SRI responder.
!
For definition of SRI responses, LDA Definition #2, LLDAS and BICLA, EAC-treatment 
failure assessment will be used to consider subjects as non-responder in these 3 
endpoints. 
!
Due to study termination, the analysis of Japanese cohort and LTE analysis will be 
performed simultaneously. The Japanese cohort will not be explored for consistency, the 
listings produced for the PA will be rerun including all Japanese subjects. A safety 
summary of Asia-Pacific subjects will be presented during the 52-Week treatment period
(see Section 14.1.4). The LTE analysis will be reduced with a focus on safety, further 
details can be found in Sections 14.6 and 15.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
30/195
8
Protocol Deviations and Analysis Sets
8.1
Definition of Protocol Deviations and Analysis Sets
Important protocol deviations are protocol deviations that might significantly affect the 
completeness, accuracy, and/or reliability of the study data or that might significantly affect a 
subject's rights, safety, or well-being. Important protocol deviations are defined in a separate
document (latest version of MS200527-0018_List_of_IPDs). 
All deviations will be identified and confirmed prior to or at the Data Review Meeting (DRM), 
which will occur before the database lock, including clinically important deviations leading to 
the exclusion of a subject from Per-Protocol (PP) analysis set (see Section 8.2).
The outcome of the DRM will document the important protocol deviations as well as the 
finalization of the analysis populations in a memo. Important protocol deviations will be 
documented in Clinical Data Interchange Standards Consortium Study Data Tabulation Model 
(SDTM) whether identified through sites monitoring, medical review and/or programming. 
8.2
Definition of Analysis Sets and Subgroups
8.2.1
Sample Size
A sample size of 103 evaluable subjects per group provides 80% power at the α = 0.025 one-
sided significance level to detect 
! an absolute improvement of 20% in Week 52 SRI-4 response proportion for M2951-treated 
subjects relative to placebo-exposed subjects, among subjects with SLEDAI-2K total 
score ≥6 at Screening, assuming a placebo response proportion of 40%,
or
! an absolute improvement of 25% in Week 52 SRI-6 response proportion for M2951-treated 
subjects relative to placebo-exposed subjects, among subjects with SLEDAI-2K total 
score ≥10 at Screening (i.e., HDA), assuming a placebo response proportion of 30%,
assuming that each two-primary endpoint is tested via a chi-squared test of the odds ratio (OR)
for treatment effect at the 0.0125 one-sided level, and assuming that approximately 50% of 
randomized subjects are in the HDA group. If the absolute improvement in Week 52 SRI-6
response proportion in HDA subjects is only 20%, the power is 76%. Approximately 108 
subjects will be randomized per treatment group to protect against a loss of information due to 
drop-out (for reasons other than efficacy/safety) of 5% over 52 weeks. Given the randomization 
ratio 1:1:1:1, the total sample size required for the PA is planned to be 432 subjects.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
31/195
!
a total evaluable sample size of 412 (i.e., 309:103 randomization for M2951:placebo) is 
involved in analysis of the two regions, 
and applying “Method 2” from the PMDA Guidance, 32 evaluable subjects in the Japan 
cohort are required so that both observed region-specific effect sizes exceed 0.04 with 
probability of 80%. Taking into account a loss of information due to 5% drop-out at Week 
52, for reasons unrelated to efficacy or safety, the total number of Japan subjects to be 
randomized is 36, or 8.3% of the total planned enrollment of 432.
8.2.2
Analysis Sets
Table 3 provides the definitions of the Analysis Sets and their purposes.
The analysis sets for PA will be drawn from all subjects randomized as of November 28, 2018 (n 
= 469), see Sections 6.2 and 7. Subjects not randomized (screen failure) will be included in PA 
analysis set if their screening date is on or before November 28, 2018. For the LTE analysis, the 
analysis sets will be drawn from all subjects who enter the LTE.
For analysis on HDA subpopulation, all subjects with SLEDAI-2K ≥ 10 at Screening will be 
included. The corresponding analysis sets will be drawn as specified above depending on the 
analysis (PA, LTE analysis).
Table 3: Analysis Sets
Analysis Set
Definition
Purpose
Enrolled
The Enrolled analysis set will include all subjects who 
sign the informed consent form.
The purpose of this analysis set 
is to count how many subjects 
signed the informed consent
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
32/195
ITT (Intent-To-Treat) 
Analysis Set
The ITT analysis set will include all randomized 
subjects. Subjects will be analyzed according to 
randomization treatment.
The ITT will be used for 
demographic/baseline
characteristics. 
mITT (modified 
Intent-To-Treat) 
Analysis Set
The mITT analysis set will include all randomized
subjects who have received at least one dose of IMP 
(evobrutinib or placebo) and have at least one Baseline 
and one post-Baseline disease assessment (among the 
following: SFI, SLEDAI-2K, PGA, BILAG 2004, 
CLASI). Subjects will be analyzed according to 
randomized treatment.
Subjects with Protocol Deviation (PD) code equal to 
PDEV80 are excluded from mITT.
The mITT will be used for all
efficacy endpoints.  The mITT 
will be used for 
demographic/baseline 
characteristics in case more 
than 10% of ITT are excluded 
from mITT. 
Safety Analysis Set 
(SAF)
The Safety analysis set will include all subjects who
have received at least one dose of IMP (evobrutinib or 
placebo). Subjects will be analyzed according to the 
actual treatment they receive.
The SAF will be used for the 
analysis of medications, 
exposure/compliance and safety 
endpoints.
QoL (Quality of 
Life) Analysis Set
The QoL analysis set will include all ITT subjects who 
have received at least one dose of IMP (evobrutinib or 
placebo) and have at least one Baseline and one 
post-Baseline QoL assessment (among the following: 
SF-36, EQ-5D-5L, LupusQoL, PGIC, FACIT). Subjects 
will be analyzed according to randomized treatment.
Subjects with PD code equal to PDEV80 are excluded 
from QoL.
The QoL analysis set will be 
used for the analysis of QoL 
data.
PP (Per-Protocol)
Analysis Set
The PP analysis set will include all subjects from mITT 
who do not have any clinically important protocol 
deviations (see Section 10.2). Subjects will be analyzed 
according to randomized treatment. 
The PP will be used for the 
two-primary and key secondary 
efficacy endpoints.
Efficacy analyses on PP will be 
performed if at least 10% of the 
mITT are excluded from PP.
Demographic/baseline 
characteristics analyses will be 
repeated for the PP if more than 
10% of mITT are excluded 
from PP.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
33/195
It has been notified to the Sponsor that medical/scientific misconduct occurred at sites 653 and 
107 during the study. 
 
. As a result, subjects who have been enrolled in such sites will be included in the 
SAF and ITT analysis sets but excluded from mITT (and therefore PP), QoL, 
and 
 
analysis sets.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CC
I
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
34/195
8.2.3
Subgroup Analysis
Table 4 below defines the subgroups to be used for subgroup analysis as described in Section 14
and Section 15.
Subgroup analysis on the stratification factors race (Black versus non-Black) and, disease 
activity prior to dosing on Day 1 (SLEDAI-2K total score < 10 versus ≥10 at Screening) will be 
defined using the eCRF data. The stratification factor region (US and Western Europe, Japan, 
and RoW) will be defined using Interactive Web Response System (IWRS) as only collected as 
part of randomization data. 
Table 4: Subgroups and Strata
Subgroup
Content
Definition
A
Disease Activity at 
Screening (HDA) 
(stratification factor)
non-HDA: SLEDAI-2K total score < 10;
HDA: SLEDAI-2K total score ≥10
(from SLEDAI1 form of the eCRF)
Some analysis will be presented on HDA subpopulation (i.e. including 
all HDA subjects) as detailed in Sections 14 and 15.
B
Serological Activity status
at Screening
Positive: positive anti-dsDNA (i.e. > 15 U/mL) OR complement 
levels (C3 or C4 below (<) LLN);
Negative: otherwise, i.e. negative/indeterminate anti-dsDNA and 
C3/C4 complement levels above or equal (>=) LLN
(from Central Laboratory: anti-dsDNA, serum C3 and serum C4)
C
Race (stratification factor)
Black or African American; other
(from DEM form of the eCRF)
D
Region (stratification factor)
US and Western Europe; Japan; ROW
(from IWRS)
E
Ethnicity 1
Hispanic/Latino VS Non-Hispanic/Latino (from DEM form of the 
eCRF)
F
Background Therapy of 
Immunosuppressant
Yes; No
(derived from Concomitant Medication form of eCRF, using the L04A
ATC code, see Section 14.1.2.2 for derivation detail)
IWRS = Interactive Web-Response System
 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
35/195
Table 5: Exploratory Subgroups and Strata
Subgroup
Content
Definition
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
36/195
9
General Specifications for Data Analyses
All statistical analyses will be performed by 
Inc., except the modeling and simulation 
analysis and the gene expression, which will be performed by Merck/EMD Serono or delegate.
9.1
Actual Treatment Assignment
A subject who received 2 different types of treatment regimen over the course of treatment 
should be tabulated according to the treatment regimen received most frequently. If there is a 
“tie”, the highest dose will be chosen.
9.2
Presentation of Tables/Listings/Figures (TLFs)
Tables and figures will be sorted by treatment group (in the order stated in Table 6) and 
chronological time point (where applicable).
Table 6: Treatment Groups and Regimens
Treatment 
Group
Regimen
Presentation for the PA
Presentation for the LTE 
analysis (*)
1
Placebo
Placebo
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
2
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD 
(once daily)
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD/Evobrutinib 
50 mg BID
3
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD/Evobrutinib 
50 mg BID
4
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID 
(twice daily)
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID/Evobrutinib 
50 mg BID
(*): Subjects who complete the 52-week Double-blind placebo-controlled period will be offered participation in an 
optional open label, LTE period for an additional 2 years. During this LTE period, subjects will be administered 
evobrutinib at an initial dose of 50 mg BID or the eventual Phase III dose, when decided.
All data recorded during the trial will be presented in individual data listings (in the order stated 
in Table 6). All listings are sorted by treatment group, subject, and time point (where applicable), 
if not otherwise stated.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
37/195
9.3
Data handling for the planned analyses
For the PA, data will be handled according to the corresponding Data Handling Report and 
Interim Database Lock Plan.
The stratification factors race (Black versus non-Black) and disease activity prior to dosing on 
Day 1 (SLEDAI-2K total score < 10 versus ≥10 at Screening) will be summarized using both 
the eCRF data and the IWRS data in demographics and baseline characteristics. However, for 
statistical analyses, eCRF data will be used. The stratification factor region (US and Western 
Europe, Japan, and RoW) will be defined using IWRS. (See Section 8.2.3, Table 4)
9.4
Presentation of continuous and qualitative variables
Continuous variables including 
 but not 
 will be summarized using descriptive statistics, 
i.e.,
! number of subjects (N)
! number and percentage of non-missing values
! number and percentage of missing values 
! mean, standard deviation (SD)
! median, 25th Percentile - 75th Percentile (Q1-Q3)
! minimum and maximum
The number of digits for non-derived and derived data, presented in outputs or available in 
Analysis Data Model (ADaM) datasets, is specified in the Biostatistics Outputs Assembly (BOA) 
document. For efficacy endpoints from Section 14, median and SD will be presented with 1 more 
digit compared to the original data, whereas mean, min, max, Q1-Q3 will be presented with the 
same number of digits as the original data.
For both continuous and qualitative variables, percentages such as 0% or 100% should be 
reported with the same format used for the column, together with the count of observations. For 
example, if the count of observations is zero, then display ‘0 (0.0)’; if the count of observations 
represents 100%, then display ‘xx (100.0)’.
Qualitative variables will be summarized by counts and percentages. Unless otherwise stated, 
the calculation of proportions will be based on the number of subjects in the analysis set of 
interest. Therefore, counts of missing observations will be included in the denominator and 
presented as a separate category.
In case the analysis refers only to certain visits, percentages will be based on the number of 
subjects in the analysis set of interest, unless otherwise specified. Total of missing and 
non-missing observations at each time-point will reflect the population still in the trial at that 
time. For example, if a subject is still in the trial at the time-point but with missing data, it should 
be counted in the number of missing observations.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CC
I
CC
I


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
38/195
9.5
Definition of Screening
Screening during the 52-week treatment period for the PA: last non-missing value before 
baseline.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
39/195
9.6
Definition of Baseline
! Baseline during the 52-week treatment period for the PA: last non-missing value on the 
day of or prior to first administration of evobrutinib or placebo. Of note, time of first 
dosing administration and assessment of baseline (both done on the same baseline day) will 
not be used in the determination of baseline value, unless otherwise specified for specific 
analysis.
! Baseline during the LTE period for the LTE analysis: the baseline of the 52-week 
treatment period will be used. 
9.7
Other Specifications
Derivation of Age (years):
Age will be derived according to the following formula: 
 (	
) = (	   
  −	  
ℎ+ 1)
365.25
In case of missing day for the date of birth, but month and year available, the day of birth will be 
set to 1 in the formula above. In case of missing day and month, they will both be set to 1.
Definition of Change from Baseline (CFB): 
CFB and percent CFB will be computed as follows: 
! CFB = visit value – baseline value
! Percent CFB = 100 * (visit value – baseline value) / baseline value
Definition of duration:
Unless otherwise specified, duration will be calculated as the difference between start and stop 
date + 1 (eg, duration of AE (days) = AE stop date – AE start date + 1). Unless otherwise 
specified, missing dates will not be imputed.
Conversion factors:
The following conversion factors will be used to convert days into months or years: 1 month = 
30.4375 days, 1 year = 365.25 days. For time windows calculation, 1 month is expressed as 30 
days.
Definition of Body Mass Index (BMI) (kg/m²):
BMI is defined as weight / (height²), where weight is expressed in kg and height in m. The BMI 
is available in the vs1 form of the Case Report Form, electronic (eCRF) and will not be re-
derived.
Handling of missing data:
For efficacy analysis, methods of missing data handling are detailed in Section 14. 
Unless otherwise specified, missing data will not be replaced. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
40/195
In all subject data listings, imputed values will be presented and will be flagged. Non-imputed 
partial dates will be presented in a format such as “_____YYYY”. Where imputation is defined, 
an imputed date with flag (i.e., D for day, M for month) will be reported.
Missing statistics, e.g., when they cannot be calculated, should be presented as ‘nd’ (denoting 
“Not Done”). For example, if n=1, the measure of variability (SD) cannot be computed and 
should be presented as ‘nd’. In case of zero records, an empty output with 0 occurrences, or a 
sentence mentioning that there are no data, will be presented. For tables of AEs and Deaths 
(outputs required for EudraCT and/or clinicaltrial.gov), if there are no observations, the output 
must contain the first line ‘Subjects with…’ or ‘Subjects who died’ displayed with 0 occurrence.
If the System Organ Class (SOC) or Anatomical Therapeutic Class (ATC) term is missing/not 
coded yet, then ‘Uncoded SOC’ (or ‘Uncoded ATC’) will be indicated at the TLF level. When a 
Preferred Term (PT) is missing, it will be set to ‘Uncoded PT: verbatim text’.
Treatment day:
Treatment day is defined as relative day to the start date of treatment. Treatment day will be 
calculated as the number of days since the first administration of any IMP. The day before is 
defined as Treatment day –1 (no Treatment day 0 is defined). Treatment day will only be 
presented in subject safety data listings.
For the 52-week treatment period, start date of treatment is defined as the date of first 
administration of randomized study drug.
For the LTE treatment period, start date of treatment is defined as the date of first treatment 
administration on or after the date of end of 52-week treatment.
On-Treatment flag:
On-treatment values are results of assessments done from the first IMP administration on Day 1 
till End of Study (completion or early termination).
Repeated and unscheduled measurements:
Repeated and unscheduled measurements are included in the listings. Data collected at both 
unscheduled and scheduled visits will be used for shift tables. For summary statistics, figures, or 
inferential analysis, data are re-allocated to an analysis visit using time window calculations (see 
below).
Gap between 52-Week treatment period and LTE treatment period:
Subjects with a gap greater than or equal to 2 weeks between 52-Week treatment period and LTE
period will be analyzed the same way as subjects without a gap. The gap will be defined using 
the last dose received during the 52-week treatment period and the first dose received during the 
LTE treatment period. Specific data listings on safety data (AEs and laboratory data) collected 
during the gap period will be produced for these subjects for the LTE analysis. In addition, for 
the subgroup of subjects with a gap greater than or equal to 2 weeks, the following analyses will 
be provided:
!
Summary statistics of the gap duration
!
SLE disease baseline characteristics at LTE Day 1
!
SRI-4 response and SRI-6 response among HDA subjects by LTE visit
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
41/195
Time windows:
For efficacy and safety analyses, each measurement will be assigned an analysis visit number 
first according to the prespecified time window. The analysis visit will then be used for missing 
data imputations, analysis variable derivations, statistical calculations and presentations. Safety 
follow-up will not be included in analysis visit calculations, only assessments collected under 
treatment visits and no more than 14 days after last exposure date will be used. 
For by visit summary of safety endpoints (e.g. laboratory and vital sign assessments), data 
collected during the safety follow-up will be shown, presenting separately data from subjects 
who completed safety follow-up and who discontinued during safety follow-up.
For subject data listings by time point, the nominal visit (as collected in the database) as well as 
the analysis visit will be displayed.
For the calculation of analysis visit using the time windows, 1 month is expressed as 30 days.
As the schedule of assessments is different for each visit, specific time windows must be used for 
each endpoint. They are defined in Appendix 18.11.
If there are multiple assessments within a same visit window, then the one closest to the target 
day will be used. If two assessments have the same difference with target day, the earlier one 
will be used.
Unblinding: 
Details regarding the unblinding process are available in the Unblinding Plan.
 
 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
42/195
10
Trial Subjects
The subsections in this section include specifications for reporting subject disposition and 
treatment/trial discontinuations. Additionally, procedures for reporting protocol deviations are 
provided.
10.1
Disposition of Subjects and Discontinuations
For each analysis (including analysis of HDA subpopulation), a table on screened subjects 
describing the number and percent of subjects in each disposition category will be produced by 
treatment group.
These categories are summarized in Table 7. In addition, the cumulative number and percentage 
of subjects who discontinue treatment during the 52-week treatment period will be provided by 
visit for each treatment group.
Table 7: Disposition
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
43/195
PA
HDA 
subpopulation 
analysis
LTE 
analysis
!
Total number of screened subjects, i.e., subjects that gave 
informed consent (overall summary only)

 
!
Number of subjects who discontinued prior to randomization 
and reason (overall summary only)

 
!
Number of randomized subjects
 
 
 
!
Number of randomized subjects who did not start treatment

 
!
Number of subjects who permanently discontinued treatment 
during 52-week treatment period and reason

 
o
Number of subjects who completed safety follow-up for the 
52-week treatment period

 
o
Number of subjects who discontinued during safety 
follow-up for the 52-week treatment period and reason

 
!
Number of subjects who completed 52-week treatment period

 
o
Number of subjects who agreed to participate in LTE
 
 
 
o
Number of subjects who declined to participate in LTE
 
 
 

Number of subjects who completed safety follow-up for 
the 52-week treatment period

 

Number of subjects who discontinued during safety 
follow-up for the 52-week treatment period and reason

 
!
Number of subjects who entered the LTE*
 
 
 
!
Number of subjects who completed 52-week treatment period
 
 
 
!
Number of subjects who agreed to participate in LTE
 
 
 
o
Number of subjects who completed safety follow-up for the 
52-week treatment period
 

o
Number of subjects who discontinued during safety follow-
up for the 52-week treatment period and reason
 

!
Number of subjects who permanently discontinued treatment 
during the LTE period and reason
 

o
Number of subjects who completed safety follow-up for the 
LTE period
 

o
Number of subjects who discontinued during safety follow-
up for the LTE period and reason
 

* Subjects who entered the LTE are defined as subjects who signed the LTE inform consent.
A table based on screened subjects, describing the number and percent of subjects in each 
analysis set by treatment group, will be produced, according to Table 8:
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
44/195
Table 8: Disposition - Analysis Sets
PA
HDA 
subpopulation 
analysis
LTE 
analysis
Number of enrolled subjects

 
Number of subjects included in the ITT Analysis Set 
(randomized subjects)
 
 
 
Number of subjects included in the mITT Analysis Set
 
 
 
Number of subjects included in the SAF

 

Number of subjects included in the PP Analysis Set

 
Number of subjects included in the QoL Analysis Set
 
 
 
The following summaries will be provided: 
! Number and percentages of subjects in each analysis set (except for Enrolled subjects) by 
region, country and site
! Number and percentages of randomized subjects by randomization strata (as defined by 
groups A, C and D from Table 4) and country
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
45/195
Corresponding individual listings will be prepared, according to Table 9:
Table 9: Disposition Subject Data Listings
Description of the listing
PA
HDA 
subpopulation 
analysis
LTE analysis
Discontinued subjects (from treatment or study) will be 
listed with their reason for withdrawal (from treatment 
or study).

 

A listing of the subjects screened but not randomized 
will be produced with the reason for not being 
randomized.

 
A listing of randomized subjects with subject number, 
randomization date, and randomized treatment group, 
ordered 
by 
randomization 
number 
within 
randomization stratum, will be produced to assess 
whether randomization was conducted as planned.

 
The list of re-screened subjects and corresponding 
subject identifiers will be provided. Only the second 
subject identifier will be used in statistical descriptions 
and analyses, while the first identifier will not be 
considered from the disposition counts.

 
10.2
Protocol Deviations
Table 10 summarizes how protocol deviations will be handled for the PA and LTE analysis.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
46/195
Table 10: Protocol Deviations
Analysis
Period covered 
for protocol 
deviations 
reporting
Treatment Group
Observation Period
Analysis Set
PA  
52-week
treatment period
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD 
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
First dose of 52-week 
treatment period up to last 
observed dose during the 
52-week treatment (safety 
follow-up included)
ITT
LTE 
analysis
LTE
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID 
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID/ 
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
First dose of LTE to last 
observed dose (safety 
follow-up included)
ITT
10.2.1
Important Protocol Deviations
The following summary tables and listings of important protocol deviations will be provided 
(separately for pre-/post inclusion deviations):
! Tables providing frequency for each type of important protocol deviation/clinically 
important protocol deviation
! Listing of important protocol deviations
10.2.2
Clinically Important Protocol Deviations
Clinically important protocol deviations, as defined in Section 8.1, will be summarized and 
listed. Applicable clinically important protocol deviations, based on selected deviations including 
protocol-prohibited medications, will be confirmed by an Endpoint Adjudication Committee 
(EAC) for the PA only. Other applicable clinically important protocol deviations will be 
confirmed by the Sponsor. Further details can be found in the EAC Charter.
For subjects excluded from the PP (based on mITT), the reasons for exclusion will be 
summarized and listed:
! Frequency table per reason of exclusion from the PP population
! Listing of reasons of exclusion from the PP population
For subjects excluded from the mITT, the reasons for exclusion will be listed.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
47/195
11
Demographics and Other Baseline Characteristics
Demographics and other baseline characteristics will be summarized on ITT by treatment group 
and overall. For PA, it will be repeated on mITT if more than 10% of ITT subjects are excluded 
from mITT, and on PP if more than 10% of mITT subjects are excluded from PP.
11.1
Demographics
The demographic characteristics are summarized in Table 11.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
48/195
Table 11: Demographic Characteristics
Demographic 
Characteristic
Modality
Gender
From DEM form of the eCRF:
!
Male
!
Female
Race
Modalities will be presented according to the DEM form of the eCRF, i.e.: 
!
White, 
!
Black or African American, 
!
Asian, 
!
American Indian or Alaska Native, 
!
Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, 
!
Not collected at this site, 
!
Other
From IWRS: 
!
Black
!
Non-black
Ethnicity 1
From DEM form of the eCRF:
!
Hispanic or Latino 
!
Not Hispanic or Latino
Ethnicity 2
From DEM form of the eCRF:
!
Japanese
!
Not Japanese
From IWRS:
!
Japanese
!
Not Japanese
Age as a continuous variable
Summary statistics will be provided
Age in categories
!
< 65 years
!
≥ 65 years
Region
From IWRS: 
!
US and Western Europe
!
Japan
!
RoW
European Economic Area 
(EEA)
!
Yes
!
No
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
49/195
11.2
Other Baseline Characteristics
11.2.1
Disease History
SLE disease characteristics at Baseline will be presented in 4 parts according to Table 12, Table 
13, 
Table 14 and Table 15. Unless indicated otherwise, these characteristics will be presented 
according to the definition of baseline in Section 9.5.
For LTE analysis, the SLE disease characteristics will be produced using Baseline from 52-week 
treatment period and using Baseline from LTE Day 1. The CLASI total activity score 
(continuous and categorical) will also be produced using Baseline from 52-week treatment 
period and using Baseline from LTE Day 1.
The SLE disease characteristics summary at LTE Day 1 will be presented for the subjects with a 
gap greater than or equal to 2 weeks between 52-week and LTE treatment periods.
Table 12: SLE Disease Characteristics at Baseline
SLE Disease Characteristic at Baseline
Modality
Time (months) since confirmed diagnosis of SLE@
!
Time will be computed as (Date of Informed Consent 
Signature – Date of confirmed diagnosis of SLE) / 30.4375. If 
the date of confirmed diagnosis of SLE is entirely missing, 
then time since confirmed diagnosis of SLE will not be 
computed. In case of partial missing date of confirmed 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
50/195
diagnosis of SLE, this date will be imputed as follows:
o
If only the day is missing, then it will be 
replaced by the first day of the month
o
If both day and month are missing, then it 
will be replaced by the first of January
Date of Informed Consent Signature will be obtained from DEM 
form of the eCRF. Date of confirmed diagnosis of SLE will be 
retrieved from DIAG form of the eCRF.
PGA Score (Baseline)
Converted value will be presented (from SLEDAI1/SLEDAI3 form 
of the eCRF)
Prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose (Baseline)
Continuous
Number of subjects with prednisone-equivalent CS dose 
categories 1 (Baseline)
!
≤7.5 mg/day,
!
>7.5 mg/day.
!
Missing
Number of subjects with prednisone-equivalent CS dose 
categories 2 (Baseline)
!
0 mg/day,
!
> 0 to 7.5 mg/day,
!
> 7.5 mg/day.
!
Missing
Number of subjects with prednisone-equivalent CS dose 
categories 3 (Baseline)
!
0 mg/day,
!
> 0 to 6 mg/day,
!
> 6 to 7.5 mg/day,
!
> 7.5 to 10 mg/day,
!
> 10 to 15 mg/day,
!
> 15 to 20 mg/day,
!
> 20 to 30 mg/day,
!
> 30 mg/day.
!
Missing
Number and percentage of subjects taking 
immunosuppressants (excluding anti-malarials) (Baseline)
!
Yes
!
No
Number and percentage of subjects taking anti-malarials 
(Baseline)
!
Yes
!
No
Number of subjects with urine protein to creatinine ratio 
(UPCR) (Baseline)
!
<0.5 mg/mg,
!
≥0.5-1 mg/mg,
!
≥1-1.5 mg/mg,
!
≥1.5-2 mg/mg,
!
≥2-3 mg/mg,
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
51/195
!
≥3-4 mg/mg,
!
≥4 mg/mg,
!
Missing.
Number of subjects with negative, indeterminate, positive 
or missing anti-dsDNA antibodies (Screening)
!
Negative defined as < 10.0 U/mL,
!
Indeterminate as ≥ 10.0 and ≤15.0 U/mL
!
Positive defined by value > 15 U/mL
!
Missing
Antinuclear antibodies (Screening)
!
Negative (< 1:80),
!
Positive (≥ 1:80),
!
Missing
Antinuclear antibodies and/or anti-dsDNA antibodies
(Screening)
!
Negative antinuclear antibodies and negative anti-dsDNA 
antibodies,
!
Positive antinuclear antibodies or positive anti-dsDNA 
antibodies (at least one test result is needed),
!
Missing antinuclear antibodies and missing anti-dsDNA 
antibodies.
Anti-Smith (Screening)*
!
Negative (< 1.0 AI),
!
Positive (≥ 1.0 AI),
!
Missing
anticardiolipin IgG (Baseline)
!
Negative (≤ 14 G phospholipids [GPL] U/mL),
!
Intermediate (15-20 GPL U/mL),
!
Low to medium positive (21-80 GPL U/mL),
!
High positive (> 80 GPL U/mL)
!
Missing
anticardiolipin IgM (Baseline)
!
Negative (≤ 12 M phospholipids [MPL] U/mL),
!
Intermediate (13-20 MPL U/mL),
!
Low to medium positive (21-80 MPL U/mL),
!
High positive (> 80 MPL U/mL),
!
Missing
Antinuclear antibody associated with autoimmune diseases 
including Sjögren syndrome and systemic lupus 
erythematosus (anti-Ro/SSA antibody) (Baseline)
!
Negative (< 1.0 AI),
!
Positive (≥ 1.0 AI),
!
Missing
Antinuclear antibody associated with autoimmune diseases 
including Sjögren syndrome (anti-La/SSB antibody)
(Baseline)
!
Negative (< 1.0 AI),
!
Positive (≥ 1.0 AI),
!
Missing
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
52/195
Low C3 complement (Screening)
!
Low (< LLN) 
!
Normal (within normal ranges [NRs]) 
!
High (>ULN)
!
Missing
(NRs for C3: 90-180 mg/dL)
Low C4 complement (Screening)
!
Low (< LLN) 
!
Normal (within NRs) 
!
High (>ULN)
!
Missing
(NRs for C4: 10-40 mg/dL)
Serologically active subgroup (Screening) @
!
Yes/No (serologically active is defined as anti-dsDNA positive 
OR low complement levels [C3 < LLN and/or C4 < LLN])
* Anti-Smith test at Screening was added during a protocol amendment after the study start, therefore missing values are 
expected.
@  Not to be repeated for LTE Day 1 summary.
Table 13: ACR Classification Criteria at Screening
ACR Classification 
Criteria at Screening
Modality
Number of ACR 
classification criteria for 
SLE by categories:
From DIAG form of the eCRF:
!
< 4
!
≥ 4 and ≤ 5
!
≥ 6 and ≤ 7
!
≥ 8 and ≤ 9
!
≥ 10 and ≤ 11
ACR classification criteria 
for SLE
From DIAG form of the eCRF:
!
Discoid rash (Yes/No)
!
Malar rash (Yes/No)
!
Photosensitivity (Yes/No)
!
Oral ulcers (Yes/No)
!
Arthritis (Yes/No)
!
Serositis (Yes/No). If Yes, any of the following:
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
53/195
o
Pleuritis
o
Pericarditis
!
Renal disorder (Yes/No). If Yes, any of the following:
o
Persistent proteinuria: > 0.5 g per day or > than 3+ if quantitation not 
performed
o
Cellular casts: may be red cell, hemoglobin, granular, tubular or mixed
!
Neurologic disorder (Yes/No). If Yes, any of the following:
o
Seizures: in the absence of offending drugs or known metabolic 
derangements; e.g., uremia, ketoacidosis, or electrolyte imbalance
o
Psychosis: in the absence of offending drugs or known metabolic 
derangements; e.g., uremia, ketoacidosis, or electrolyte imbalance
!
Hematologic disorder (Yes/No). If Yes, any of the following:
o
Hemolytic anemia with reticulocytosis
o
Leukopenia: < 4,000/mm3 on ≥two occasions
o
Lymphopenia: < 1,500/mm3 on ≥two occasions
o
Thrombocytopenia: < 100,000/mm3 in the absence of offending drugs
!
Immunologic disorder (Yes/No). If Yes, any of the following:
o
Anti-DNA: antibody to native DNA in abnormal titer
o
Anti-Smith (anti-Sm): presence of antibody to Sm nuclear antigen
o
Positive finding of antiphospholipid antibodies based any of the 
following:
1.
an abnormal serum level of IgG or IgM anticardiolipin 
antibodies
2.
a positive test result for lupus anticoagulant using a 
standard method, or
3.
a false positive serologic test result for syphilis known 
to be positive for at least six months and confirmed by 
Treponema pallidum immobilization or fluorescent 
Treponemal antibody absorption test
!
Antinuclear antibody (Yes/No)
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
54/195
Table 14: SLEDAI-2K Parameters and Scores at Screening
SLEDAI-2K Screening 
Characteristic
Modality
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
55/195
Parameter of the SLEDAI-
-2K score (Screening)
From SLEDAI1 form of the eCRF: 
!
Central nervous system
o
Cardiovascular accident (CVA)/Cranial nerve disorder/Lupus headache/Organic 
brain syndrome/Psychosis/Seizure/Visual disturbance
!
Musculoskeletal
o
Arthritis/Myositis
!
Renal
o
Hematuria/Proteinuria/Pyuria/Urinary casts
!
Skin
o
Alopecia/Mucosal ulcers/Rash
!
Cardio-pulmonary
o
Pericarditis/Pleurisy
!
Hematologic
o
Leukopenia/Thrombocytopenia
!
Serologic
o
Increase DNA binding/Low complement
!
Vascular
o
Vasculitis
!
Constitutional
o
Fever
Total SLEDAI-2K score
(Screening)
!
SLEDAI-2K < 10, SLEDAI-2K ≥ 10 (HDA subgroup [Yes/No]) from SLEDAI1 form of 
the eCRF
!
SLEDAI-2K < 10, SLEDAI-2K ≥ 10 (HDA subgroup [Yes/No]) from IWRS
Note: Total SLEDAI-2K score and Clinical Total SLEDAI-2K score (excluding the 
components ‘Increase DNA Binding’ and ‘Low Complement’) at Screening will also be 
presented.
HDA Subject
!
Yes/No (derived with Total SLEDAI-2K score at Screening from eCRF and from IWRS)
Table 15: Other Baseline Characteristics
Other Baseline 
Characteristic
Modality
SLICC/ACR damage 
From SLICC form of the eCRF:
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
56/195
index score
!
0
!
1 
!
≥2 and < 5
!
≥5
BILAG Severity 
From BILAG form of the eCRF:
!
Severe = At least 1 BILAG A; vs.
!
Moderate = At least 2 BILAG B and no BILAG A; vs.
!
Mild = 1 BILAG B and no BILAG A and no more than 1 BILAG B.
!
No severity = Criteria for severe, moderate and mild not met 
CLASI total activity score 
From CLASI form of the eCRF:
!
<8 
!
≥8
!
Summary statistics for LTE analysis
SFI Flare 
From SFI1 form of the eCRF:
!
No flares, 
!
Mild or moderate flare, 
!
Severe flare, 
!
Missing
11.2.2
Other
Chest X-ray screening evaluations will be listed and tabulated by treatment group using the 
number and percentage of subjects for each interpretation category (Normal, Abnormal Not 
Clinically Significant, Clinically Significant, and Abnormal Overall).
Other screening evaluations like serum virology, tuberculosis assessment, t-spot, serum 
β-D-Glucan (Japan only), Quantiferon TB test, thyroid-stimulating hormone, follicle-stimulating 
hormone and prior surgeries will be listed only. 
11.3
Medical History
The medical history will be summarized using Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA), current version, PT as event category and MedDRA SOC body term as Body 
System category. The MedDRA version used will be indicated in footnote. Medical history will 
be tabulated by SOC and PT. SOC and PT will be alphabetically sorted. Medical history will also 
be listed.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
57/195
12
Previous or Concomitant Medications/Procedures
12.1
Previous or Concomitant Medications
For the PA, previous and concomitant medications will be summarized by treatment group on
SAF. Data from the 52-week treatment period including safety follow up data will be included.
For the LTE analysis, concomitant medications will be summarized by treatment group using the 
LTE SAF, counting starts from the start of the LTE first dose of evobrutinib 50mg BID in LTE. 
Previous medications will not be repeated for the LTE analysis.
Definition
Previous medications are medications, other than trial medications, which either:
1. started and stopped before first administration of any IMP (placebo or evobrutinib), or, 
2. started prior to the first administration of IMP (placebo or evobrutinib) and are taken by 
subjects on or after the first administration of IMP.   
Concomitant medications are medications, other than trial medications, which either:
1. started on or after the first administration of any IMP (placebo or evobrutinib), or,
2. started prior to the first administration of IMP (placebo or evobrutinib) and are taken by 
subjects on or after the first administration of IMP.                      
As result, a medication can be counted in both categories (previous/concomitant) at the same 
time.
Partial dates will be handled as follows: 
! In case the dates do not allow a medication to be unequivocally allocated to previous 
medication, the medication will be considered as previous medication.
! In case the dates will not allow a medication to be unequivocally allocated to concomitant 
medication, the medication will be considered as concomitant medication.
Statistical analysis
The ATC-2nd level and PT will be tabulated as given from the World Health Organization Drug 
Dictionary (WHO-DD) current version. In case multiple ATCs are assigned to a drug, all ATC--
2nd level will be used for reporting. 
The number and proportion of subjects with previous or concomitant medications will be 
separately summarized by treatment group and will be presented by descending frequency of 
ATC-2nd level term and then by descending frequency of PT in total column. If multiple 
ATCs/PTs have the same frequency, they will be sorted alphabetically. The WHO-DD version 
used will be indicated in footnote.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
58/195
Prior and concomitant Medications will be also listed.
12.2
Prior or Concurrent Procedures
Prior and concurrent procedures will be summarized the same way as medications (see Section 
12.1).
Number of subjects with prior/concurrent procedures overall and by SOC and PT will be 
summarized by treatment group, using current version of MedDRA dictionary.
Concurrent procedures will be also listed. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
59/195
13
Treatment Compliance and Exposure
For the PA, exposure, cumulative/calculated total dose and compliance will be summarized by 
treatment group on SAF. Data from the 52-week treatment period will be analyzed.
For the LTE analysis, exposure, cumulative/calculated total dose and compliance will be 
summarized by treatment group using the LTE SAF as follows:  
! Data from the LTE period will be analyzed for all subjects who enter the LTE. 
! Data from the entire study (52-week treatment period plus the LTE) will be analyzed for 
subjects who remain with evobrutinib 50mg BID throughout the study.
13.1
Exposure Calculation
Exposure for 52-week treatment period will be presented for PA, whereas exposure for LTE 
period and overall exposure will be presented for LTE analysis.
Dose interruptions/changes
will not be considered in exposure calculation. Dose 
interruptions/changes with the associated reason will only be listed.
PA: 52-week treatment period
Details describing study therapy dosing and administration are provided in Table 16. 
Table 16 : Dosage and Administration of Investigational Medicinal Product
Product 
Description
Dosage 
Form
Evobrutinib 
Dose
Number of Tablets
(Morning Dose)
Number of Tablets
(Evening Dose)
25 mg
25 mg
Evobrutinib
Placebo
Evobrutinib
Placebo
Evobrutinib
Oral
25 mg QD
1
2
0
2
Evobrutinib
Oral
75 mg QD
3
0
0
2
Evobrutinib
Oral
50 mg BID
2
1
2
0
Placebo
Oral
0 mg
0
3
0
2
BID – Twice Daily; QD – Once Daily.
Treatment duration in weeks will be calculated according to the following formula: 
'RFXPHQW1REDEHIY
2EMHFW1REDEHFD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
60/195
!
	 "
	 (weeks) = 
(	  '	  −	  
  + 1)
7
First dose refers to the first administration of any IMP in 52-week treatment period. Last dose 
refers to the last administration of any IMP in 52-week treatment period. Both dates of first and 
last dose will be retrieved from SDTM EC domain. 
Treatment duration will be presented by summary statistics and according to the following 
categories: 
! ≤ 1 week
! > 1 to 8 weeks 
! > 8 to 16 weeks 
! > 16 to 24 weeks 
! > 24 to 32 weeks 
! > 32 to 40 weeks 
! > 40 to 48 weeks 
! > 48 to 52 weeks
! > 52 weeks
The calculated total dose (mg) per subject for the 52-week treatment period will also be 
summarized for the active treatment groups, based on the actual treatment the subject receives. 
The calculated total dose is defined according to the following formula: 
)	'"'	 	'  () = !
	 "
	 × +	', 
where the exposure time is expressed in days and the daily dose is provided in Table 16.
The cumulative actual dose (mg) per subject for the 52-week treatment period will also be 
summarized for the active treatment groups. The cumulative actual dose is defined according to 
the following formula:
)""'	 	"	'  () = -"
  	'  × .
 × 25
where the number of tablets ingested is defined below, and Fr is the fraction of tablets that 
contain evobrutinib 25 mg according to the actual treatment group:
.
 = 0 
 0'	
.
 = 1
5 
 1
" 25  2+
.
 = 3
5 
 1
" 75  2+
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
61/195
.
 = 4
5 
 1
" 50  45+
The number of ingested tablets will be retrieved from the BATCH (Study Treatment Box 
Number) panel of the CRF, the number of tablets dispensed being equal to 170 for a given kit 
during the treatment period and 32 during the LTE period:
-"
  	'  = -"
  	' 6 −"
  	' 
"

Cumulative actual dose cannot be calculated for placebo treatment group.
For subjects with missing number of tablets returned (e.g. lost to follow-up), the cumulative 
actual dose will be calculated by imputing the missing returned amount with the number of 
tablets the subjects should have returned if 100% compliance was observed while on treatment
for the associated dispensed kit. 
Example: Let’s consider a subject that has been exposed to study drug for 90 days before 
withdrawal and assigned to Evobrutinib 50 mg BID group. The subject has received 3 kits of 
tablets (170 tablets each) and returned 10 tablets for the 1st kit, 12 for each of the two other kits. 
The number of tablets ingested is calculated as 170 * 3 – (10 + 12 + 12) = 476. The calculated 
total dose is equal to 90 * 100 = 9000 mg and the cumulative actual dose is equal to 476 * 4/5 * 
25 = 9520 mg.
LTE Analysis: LTE period
Treatment duration in months in the LTE period will be calculated according to the following 
formula: 
!
	 "
	 (months) = 
(	  '	  −	  
  + 1)
30.4375
First dose refers to the first administration of evobrutinib 50mg BID in LTE period.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
62/195
Treatment duration will be presented by summary statistics and according to the following 
categories: 
! ≤ 4 months
! > 4 to 8 months
! > 8 to 12 months
! > 12 to 16 months
! > 16 to 20 months
! > 20 to 24 months
! > 24 months
The calculated total dose and cumulative actual dose (mg) per subject for the LTE period will 
also be summarized, defined as for the 52-week treatment period. As all subjects will be 
receiving evobrutinib 50mg BID in the LTE period, cumulative actual dose will be calculated 
using:
)""'	 	"	'  () = -"
  	'  × 25
LTE analysis: Overall period (i.e. 52-week treatment period + LTE)
Overall exposure will be presented on LTE SAF only for subjects who received evobrutinib 50 
mg BID during the 52-week treatment period and continue with the same dose of evobrutinib 
during LTE period. 
Treatment duration in months will be calculated according to the following formula: 
!
	 "
	 (months) = 
(	  '	  −	  
  + 1)
30.4375
First dose refers to the first administration of evobrutinib 50mg BID in the study (i.e. first dose in 
the 52-week treatment period). For subjects with a gap greater than or equal to 2 weeks between 
the 52-week treatment period and LTE treatment period, the treatment duration will be derived 
by adding the 52-week treatment duration and the LTE treatment duration, both calculated 
separetely.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
63/195
Treatment duration will be presented by summary statistics and according to the following 
categories: 
! ≤ 6 months
! > 6 to 12 months 
! > 12 to 18 months
! > 18 to 24 months
! > 24 to 30 months
! > 30 to 36 months
! > 36 months
The calculated total dose and cumulative actual dose (mg) per subject will be computed as well, 
defined as for the LTE period.
Subject data listings: 
Study drug administrations will also be listed by treatment group, and subject, with start/end 
dates of administration and reason for dose change (if applicable). 
13.2
Compliance Calculation
Compliance will be separately analyzed for the PA and LTE analysis, in the same manner as 
exposure was analyzed.
PA: 52-week treatment period
For the 52-week treatment period, compliance with treatment is defined as the number of tablets
taken during a period divided by the number of tablets that should have been taken during that 
period, multiplied by 100 to yield a percentage, i.e.:
Compliance with  treatment  = 100 × (
-C
5 × -D
)
where 
! N1 = number of tablets given minus number of tablets returned over N2 days,
! N2 = number of days between treatment start and treatment termination visit,
where N1 will be computed using the BATCH form of the eCRF and N2 corresponds to the 
exposure time expressed in days (see Section 13.1 for exposure time and number of tablets 
ingested formulas). 
For the 52-week treatment period, the last kit dispensed is at Week 48 visit. The number of 
tablets returned for this last kit is entered during Week 52 visit. 
Example: Let’s consider the example from Section 13.1. The subject has been provided with 510 
tablets, returned 34 tablets and has been exposed to study drug for 90 days. Therefore, N1 is 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
64/195
equal to 510 – 34 = 476 and N2 is equal to 90, which gives a compliance equal to 100 * (476 / 
5*90) = 105.8%.
For subjects with missing number of tablets returned (e.g. lost to follow-up), the compliance will 
be calculated by imputing the missing returned amount with the number of tablets the subjects 
should have returned if 100% compliance was observed while on treatment for the associated 
dispensed kit.
Compliance with treatment will be tabulated by treatment group from first intake to last intake of 
52-week treatment period. 
Compliance with treatment will also be presented into categories as follows: 
! < 60%
! ≥ 60% to < 80% 
! ≥ 80% to ≤100% 
! > 100% to ≤110% 
! > 110%
LTE analysis: LTE period
Compliance for the LTE period will be presented on subjects from LTE SAF.
For the LTE period, compliance with treatment is defined using the formula below (4 tablets 
taken per day, 2 in the morning and 2 in the afternoon):
Compliance with  treatment  = 100 × (
-C
4 × -D
)
The compliance will be computed using the number of kits dispensed as well as the number of 
tablets returned. Compliance with treatment will be tabulated by treatment group from first 
intake in LTE to last intake during LTE period and also presented within categories, as for the 
52-week treatment period. 
The first kit dispensed in LTE treatment period is at Week 52 visit for subjects who rolled over 
directly from 52-week treatment to LTE.
LTE analysis: Overall period (i.e. 52-week treatment period + LTE)
Overall compliance will be presented on LTE SAF only on subjects who received evobrutinib 50 
mg BID during the 52-week treatment period and continue with the same dose of evobrutinib 
during LTE period. 
Overall compliance with treatment is defined using the formula below:
Compliance with  treatment  = 100 ×[ ((
-C
5 × -D
)+(
-F
4 × -G
))/2]
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
65/195
where
!
N1 = number of tablets given minus number of tablets returned over N2 days for the 52-
week treatment period
!
N2 = number of days between treatment start and treatment termination visit for the 52-
week treatment period
!
N3 = number of tablets given minus number of tablets returned over N2 days for the LTE 
treatment period
!
N4 = number of days between treatment start and treatment termination visit for the LTE 
treatment period
Compliance with treatment will be tabulated from first intake to last intake of the study and also 
presented within categories, as for the 52-week treatment period. 
Subject data listings: 
For each analysis, the following listings will be provided:
! listing of kit numbers with date of dispense, and number of tablets returned (from 
BATCH).
! listing of start/end dates with number ingested tablets (from EXPOSUREDT).
! listing with exposure time, cumulative dose, and compliance.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
66/195
14
Endpoint Evaluation
For all efficacy endpoints: 
! Analysis visits will be used (as detailed in Section 9.7 and Appendix 18.11). 
! Baseline definition from Section 9.5 should be applied.
! Statistical tests of the two-primary and key secondary efficacy endpoints entering the 
hierarchical testing procedure (see section 14.1.2.4) will be conducted at a one-sided α 
level of 0.025. The one-sided p-values and the two-sided 95% CIs will be presented as well 
as a note on how to interpret correctly the two-sided 95% CIs by considering appropriately 
the accurate boundary of the interval.
For ALL other endpoints, statistical tests will be conducted at two-sided α level of 0.05, 
and two-sided p-values and 95% CI will be presented where applicable.
14.1
Two-primary Efficacy Endpoints
The two-primary efficacy endpoints will be analyzed for the PA using mITT Analysis Set.
14.1.1
Definitions
The two-primary efficacy endpoints are SRI response at Week 52: 
! SRI-4 response in all subjects, 
! SRI-6 response in the HDA subgroup.
The SRI-4 response, a measure of reduced SLE disease activity, is defined by meeting all of the 
following conditions compared to Baseline:
1. ≥4-point reduction in SLEDAI-2K total score.
2. No significant worsening in PGA score (< 0.3 increase assuming the PGA score is on a 
0-3 scale).
3. No new BILAG A organ domain scores and ≤1 new BILAG B organ domain score 
compared to Day 1 using BILAG 2004.
4. No institution of EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medication/treatment (i.e., EAC-
treatment failure)
Subjects with missing values at Week 52 after the implementation of rules defined in Appendices 
18.1.1 and 18.1.3 will be considered as non-responder in the primary analysis. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
67/195
Assessment of criterion #4 will be confirmed by an Endpoint Adjudication Committee (EAC).
Further details can be found in the EAC Charter.
The SRI-6 response is defined similarly to SRI-4, based on a ≥6-point reduction in SLEDAI-2K 
total score.
Details of derivation are described in Appendix 18.1.
14.1.2
Primary Analysis of the Two-primary Endpoints
Table 17 outlines all planned statistical analyses of the two-primary endpoints. In the context of 
estimands, handling the intercurrent events is also explained in the table. 
Table 17 : Analysis of the two-primary endpoints
Analysis
Analysis
Population
Analysis Method
Data Handling Notes and handling of 
intercurrent events
Two Primary
endpoints / 
MCP
mITT
Analysis Set
!
Presentation of adjusted 
Odds-Ratio (OR), 2-sided 95% 
CI of OR, nominal 1-sided 
p-value, adjusted 1-sided 
p-value (α=0.025) from 
Logistic Regression
!
Number and percentage of 
responders in each dose group, 
observed ∆ in response 
proportions from Placebo for 
each dose group
A subject with a missing response at Week 52 will 
be considered a non-responder at Week 52.
Subjects with endpoint adjudication committee 
(EAC)-determined treatment failure based on
protocol-prohibited medication will be considered 
as non-responder.
(Estimand: composite strategy)
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
68/195
Sensitivity 1
(Per Protocol 
Analysis)
PP Analysis Set
!
Presentation of OR, 2-sided 
95% CI of OR, nominal 
p-value from Logistic 
Regression
!
Number and percentage of 
responders in each dose group, 
observed ∆ in response 
proportions from Placebo for 
each dose group
Same as Primary Analysis
Sensitivity 2
(Multiple 
Imputation 
Analysis)
mITT
Analysis Set
!
Presentation of OR, 2-sided 
95% CI of OR, nominal 
p-value from Logistic 
Regression
!
Number and percentage of 
responders in each dose group, 
observed ∆ in response 
proportions from Placebo for 
each dose group
For subjects with missing response at Week 52, the 
multiple imputation (MI) will be used to impute the 
missing data using the available observations.
Subjects with endpoint adjudication committee 
(EAC)-determined treatment failure based on
protocol-prohibited medication will be considered 
as non-responder.
(Estimand: composite strategy)
Sensitivity 3
(Tipping 
Point 
Analysis)
mITT
Analysis Set
!
Presentation of study 
conclusion at each possible 
combinations of responders 
from each treatment group.
Tipping Point Analysis 
Subjects with endpoint adjudication committee 
(EAC)-determined treatment failure based on
protocol-prohibited medication will be considered 
as non-responder.
(Estimand: composite strategy)
Sensitivity 4 
(Unadjusted 
Analysis)
mITT Analysis Set
!
Presentation of unadjusted OR, 
2-sided 95% CI of OR, 
nominal p-value from Logistic 
Regression
!
Number and percentage of 
responders in each dose group, 
observed ∆ in response 
proportions from Placebo for 
each dose group
Same as Primary Analysis
Sensitivity 5 
(Background 
therapy  
Adjusted 
Analysis)
mITT Analysis Set
!
Presentation of adjusted OR, 
2-sided 95% CI of OR, 
nominal p-value from Logistic 
Regression. The logistic model 
will include the background 
therapy of immunosuppressant
use as covariate
Same as Primary Analysis
Supportive 1 
(Trend test for 
Dose 
Response)
mITT Analysis Set
Test of linear trend in log odds of 
response with increasing dose, 
based on an appropriate contrast 
from the logistic model, ie, (3, 1, -1, 
-3).
Same as Primary Analysis
MCP = Multiplicity Control Procedure. See section 14.1.2.4 for details.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
69/195
Treatment failures are determined by EAC based on their review of protocol-prohibited 
medications. Further details can be found in the EAC Charter.
14.1.2.1
Primary Analysis Method of SRI-4 and SRI-6
The null and alternative hypotheses corresponding to the two-primary endpoints are:
H0a: log(OR4_all)  ≤ 0  versus H1a: log(OR4_all)  > 0
H0b: log(OR6_HDA)  ≤ 0 versus H1b: log(OR6_HDA)  > 0
where log(OR4_all) and log(OR6_HDA) are the log of odds ratio for SRI-4 in all subjects and SRI-6 
in the HDA subjects.
The study will be declared positive if the treatment effect is significant in at least one of the 
primary endpoints. The global hypothesis testing problem is stated as:
H0: H0a ∩H0b
H1: H1a U H1b.
The global null hypothesis is rejected if one or both individual null hypotheses are rejected.
To account for the multiplicity due to the two-primary endpoints and multiple treatment
comparisons with placebo for each primary endpoint, the multiple testing procedure as described 
in Section 14.1.2.4 will be performed.
In the primary analysis of the two-primary endpoints, a subject could be considered as an SRI-4 
or SRI-6 Non-Responder if the subject takes EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medications 
during the treatment period (i.e., EAC-treatment failure). The EAC will make the final 
determination on whether the subject should be classified as treatment failure. In addition, a 
subject with a missing response at Week 52 will be considered a non-responder at Week 52.
The primary analysis of the SRI-4 response at Week 52 among all subjects, and SRI-6 response 
at Week 52 among HDA subjects, will be based on the mITT analysis set, and analyzed using 
logistic regression model for the odds of a given SRI response adjusted for the stratification 
variables used in the randomization (race: black vs non-black, screening SLEDAI-2K total score:
<10 vs ≥10 and region: US and Western Europe vs Japan vs ROW) and with treatment as a 
factor. The estimated OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated OR, 
nominal one-sided p-value and adjusted one-sided p-value (α=0.025) from the logistic regression 
model, comparing each evobrutinib treatment group to placebo will be presented.
If there is model convergence problem due to for example zero cells in covariates, appropriate 
method will be applied to resolve the issue.
An example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
70/195
In addition, the number and percentage of SRI-4/SRI-6 non-responders at Week 52 in each 
treatment group will be presented as follows:
! For the summary of SRI responders (Yes), the number and percentage of subjects from 
each treatment group who have met the responder criterion for each SRI component will be 
provided, including the delta from placebo.
! For the summary of SRI non-responders (No), the number and percentage of subjects from 
each treatment group who are imputed as non-responders for each reason will be provided. 
Reasons of non-response will be as follows: 
! Missing scoring at Week 52
o
Treatment discontinuation due to Safety (reasons = AEs, death)
o
Treatment discontinuation due to Lack of efficacy
o
Other treatment discontinuation (reasons = lost to follow-up, protocol non-
compliance, withdrew consent and others)
o
Treatment completer and missing response at W52
In addition, a bar chart will be generated by treatment group to present SRI-4 through SRI-10 
response rates at Week 52. The same figure will be repeated on HDA subgroup. A line plot 
representing the SRI response rate over time will be also provided for each primary endpoint, 
with all treatment groups on the same graph. The figure presenting data over time will use the 
similar imputation rules as applied for the Week 52 timepoint.
SRI-4/SRI-6 response rates over time will be also presented by visit, using similar imputation 
rules as applied for the Week 52 timepoint. 
14.1.2.2
Sensitivity Analyses of SRI-4 and SRI-6
The following sensitivity analyses are planned to be performed using different approaches to the 
missing data handling from the primary analysis.
Sensitivity Analysis #1: Per Protocol Analysis
The primary analysis method including the missing data handling approach for the two-primary
endpoints will be repeated on the PP Analysis Set if the size of this analysis set differs
substantially (>10%) from mITT.
For this analysis, the estimated OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated 
OR and nominal p-value from the logistic regression model, comparing each evobrutinib
treatment group to placebo will be presented.
In addition, the number and percentage of SRI-4/SRI-6 responders and non-responders at Week 
52 in each treatment group will be presented the same way as for the primary analysis (see 
Section 14.1.2.1).  
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
71/195
Sensitivity Analysis #2: MI
In this analysis, a subject will be considered as a non-responder if using EAC-determined 
protocol prohibited medications (i.e., EAC-treatment failure). For subjects with missing response 
at Week 52, then the MI will be used to impute the missing data using the available observations
from previous visits and from components of SRI-4/SRI-6 response and also stratification factor 
used in primary analysis.
The MI analysis will include the components as described below: 
1. SLEDAI-2K change from baseline total score will be imputed using SAS MI procedure 
(including 2 other components: PGA score and BILAG response) and then the occurrence 
of a ≥ 4-point reduction will be re-derived from the imputed values. For the SRI-6 the 
occurrence of a ≥ 6-point reduction will be also re-derived from the imputed values.
2. PGA score will be imputed using SAS MI procedure (including 2 other components: 
SLEDAI-2K change from baseline and BILAG response), assuming the distribution is 
approximately normal. The imputed values will be transformed to a 0-3 scale: 
i. Negative values will be imputed as 0, 
ii. Values > 3 will be imputed as 3.
iii. The imputed score will then be used to calculate whether there was 
significant worsening in the PGA score.
3. Whether there was no new BILAG A organ domain scores and ≤ 1 new BILAG B organ 
domain score compared to Day 1 will be considered as a dichotomic response with value 
1 when it is met and 0 otherwise. This score will be imputed using SAS MI procedure 
(including 2 other components: SLEDAI-2K change from baseline and PGA score) and 
the response will be deducted from the logic below:
i. Values < 0.5 will be imputed as 0, 
ii. Values > 0.5 will be imputed as 1. 
Components no. 1 to 3 will be imputed assuming a MAR pattern. The SAS MI procedure will be 
performed as follows: 
! Monotone missing data structure will be created as follows: intermediate (non-monotone) 
missing data will be multiply imputed using the Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) method 
and assuming MAR and multivariate normality. The SAS procedure PROC MI with the 
MCMC option will be used with seed number = 2005270018. The number of burn-in 
iterations will be set to 200, which is the default value. Nevertheless, if diagnosis plots show 
that the convergence has not yet occurred, this will be adjusted. 
! Then, each component will be imputed with treatment group, race, region, SLEDAI-2K total 
score (<10;>=10) and data at previous visit from all SRI components as covariates. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
72/195
! Imputation will be repeated 1000 times. The SRI response will then be calculated for each of 
the multiply imputed data sets from the imputed components. For this analysis, the estimated
OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated OR and nominal p-value
from the logistic regression model, comparing each evobrutinib treatment group to placebo
will be presented. Results will be combined using MIANALYZE SAS procedure with the 
Rubin’s rules as described in Appendix 18.9.
The SAS code to implement the MI and MIANALYZE procedures is in Appendix 18.9.
The same analysis method as the primary analysis of the two-primary endpoints will be 
performed using the mITT Analysis Set for SRI-4 and in the HDA subject subgroup for SRI-6.
In addition, the number and percentage of SRI-4/SRI-6 responders and non-responders at Week 
52 in each treatment group will be presented the same way as for the primary analysis (see 
Section 14.1.2.10) using Rubin’s rules to gather binomial proportion by each treatment (see 
Appendix 18.9).  
Sensitivity Analysis #3: Tipping Point Analysis
For this analysis, a subject will be considered as an SRI-4 or SRI-6 Non-Responder if the subject 
takes EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medications during the treatment period (i.e. EAC-
treatment failure). 
Tipping point analysis will be performed as in Yan 2009, Section 2.3.2.
All possible combinations of success/failure may be posited in the 4 treatments groups. Results 
are obtained by a random single imputation of possible scenarios (responder or non-responder) to 
each arm. All possible combinations of imputations of response among subjects with missing 
response in the placebo group and evobrutinib 25 mg QD, 75 mg QD and 50 mg BID groups. For 
each combination, the imputed data were combined with the data from subjects with non-missing 
data and primary analysis.
Assumptions of missing data due to a missing response at Week 52 will be varied to see if there 
are any tipping points: 
Let
C = "
  
6
 "   		 "  	
" 
	 
 6'	
D = "
  
6
 "   		 "  	
" 
	 
 
" 25  2+
F = "
  
6
 "   		 "  	
" 
	 
 
" 75  2+
G = "
  
6
 "   		 "  	
" 
	 
 
" 50  45+
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
73/195
The same analysis method as the primary analysis of the two-primary endpoints will be 
performed using the mITT Analysis Set for each possible combination of C, D , F and G.
The values of C, D , F and G where the study result will be tipped from statistically 
significant (not statistically significant) to not statistically significant (statistically significant) 
will be assessed for plausibility based on the corresponding response rate from each treatment.
See Section 14.1.2.4 for the multiplicity adjustment procedure.
Sensitivity Analysis #4: Unadjusted Analysis
The analysis of the two-primary endpoints will be performed on the mITT Analysis Set.
In this analysis, the logistic regression model will be used with only treatment as a factor. 
For this analysis, the estimated OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated 
OR and nominal p-value from the logistic regression model, comparing each evobrutinib
treatment group to placebo will be presented.
In addition, the number and percentage of SRI-4/SRI-6 responders and non-responders at Week 
52 in each treatment group will be presented the same way as for the primary analysis (see 
Section 14.1.2.1).  
Sensitivity Analysis #5: Analysis including the background therapy of immunosuppressant
This sensitivity analysis of  the SRI-4 response at Week 52 among all subjects, and SRI-6
response at Week 52 among HDA subjects, will be based on the mITT Analysis set, and 
analyzed using logistic regression model for the odds of a given SRI response adjusted for the 
stratification variables used in the randomization (race: black vs non-black, screening SLEDAI-
2K total score: <10 vs ≥10 and region: US and Western Europe vs Japan vs ROW), background 
therapy of immunosuppressant (Yes/No) as covariate and with treatment as a factor.
Background therapy of immunosuppressant will be derived at Day 1 using concomitant
medications data with class = “Immunosuppressant”, Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC)
code level 3 = L04A. 
For this analysis, the estimated OR, together with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated 
OR and nominal p-value from the logistic regression model, comparing each evobrutinib
treatment group to placebo will be presented. 
In addition, the number and percentage of SRI-4/SRI-6 responders and non-responders at Week 
52 in each treatment group will be presented the same way as for the primary analysis (see 
Section 14.1.2.1).  
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
74/195
14.1.2.3
Supportive Analyses of SRI-4 and SRI-6
The following supportive analysis will be performed for the two-primary endpoints:
Supportive analysis #1: linear trend test
For each of the two-primary endpoints, a test of linear trend in log odds of SRI response with 
increasing dose, will be based on an appropriate contrast from the logistic model (i.e., (3, 1, -1, -
3)). The p-value reported tests the null hypothesis that the log odds of being SRI responder is the 
same across treatment groups, against the alternative that the log odds increases linearly with
increasing treatment group order.
An example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
Both p-values based on Wald test and Likelihood ratio test will be presented. They will be added 
in the summary table of logistic regression. 
14.1.2.4
Multiple testing
Based on the cumulative clinical and 
 data from Evobrutinib, it is expected that 50mg BID 
will be at least as effective as 75mg QD, or more effective than 75mg QD. 
To maximize the probability of study success while controlling for the overall type 1 error, 
statistical testing of the hypotheses associated with the two primary endpoints and the two key 
secondary endpoints will be performed in a hierarchical manner such that the Evobrutinib dose 
groups will be compared to placebo from the highest dose to the lowest dose as detailed in the 
following:
1. The two-primary endpoints will be tested first for the highest dose using a Hochberg 
Procedure at a 1-sided α=0.025. If both null hypotheses are rejected, then go to step 2. If 
none or only one null hypothesis is rejected, then testing stops.
2. The 1st key secondary endpoint of SRI-4 at week 52 in serologically active subjects for 
the highest dose will be tested at a 1-sided α=0.025. If the null hypothesis is rejected, then 
go to Step 3. Otherwise testing stops.
3. The 2nd key secondary endpoint of time to first severe BILAG A flare for the highest dose 
will be tested at a 1-sided α=0.025. If the null hypothesis is rejected, then go to Step 4. 
Otherwise testing stops.
4. Repeat steps 1-3 for the medium dose, and the lowest dose sequentially.
Hochberg adjusted p-values will only be needed if the first step of the multiplicity testing is 
successful.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
75/195
The corresponding hierarchical testing diagram using the approach described in Bretz 2009 can 
be found in Appendix 18.15.
14.1.3
Subgroup analysis of Two-primary Endpoints
To assess the consistency of the two-primary endpoints results among subgroups of subjects (See 
Table 4), the analysis will be performed on the mITT Analysis Set using the logistic regression 
model for the odds of a given SRI response with treatment, subgroup of interest, treatment by 
subgroup of interest interaction as main effects. The estimated OR, together with associated 
two-sided 95% CI of the estimated OR and nominal p-value from the model contrast will be 
presented for each treatment group. The same missing data imputation approach will be used as 
the primary analysis method. No multiple testing adjustments will be performed.
In addition, a forest plot will be presented for each of the two-primary endpoints for the overall 
treatment effect and for each subgroup of interest including the OR from logistic model and 
associated 2-sided 95% CI of the OR.
For subgroup D, the analysis performed on the Japan region will be reported as “Partial Japan” 
for the PA. 
14.1.4
Analysis of SRI-4 Response at Week 52 in Japanese versus 
non-Japanese Subjects
Following the review of the PA, the Japanese cohort will not be explored. All the listings 
produced for the PA will be updated to include the data of all Japanese subjects. Safety 
summaries of AEs and Labs will be presented for the Asia-Pacific subgroup (defined as sites in 
the trial from Korea, Taiwan, Japan, Philippines and Malaysia) vs non-Asia-Pacific subgroup.
14.2
Key secondary endpoints
The key secondary endpoints will be analyzed for the PA on the mITT analysis set.
The key secondary endpoints are the following: 
! SRI-4 response at Week 52 among serologically active subgroup.
! Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare
14.2.1
Definitions
SRI-4 response among serologically active subjects
The SRI-4 response will be analyzed at Week 52 among subjects who are serologically active at 
screening, i.e., positive anti-dsDNA or low complement levels.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
76/195
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare
A severe (BILAG A) flare is defined as at least one BILAG A score in any organ system due to 
items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit, during the 
52-week treatment period. “Due to items that were new or worse” means that if the assigned 
Grade A/B or C contains ANY ITEM which is WORSE or NEW, such grade will be included
into the flare consideration. This is valid for clinical organ domains. For laboratory organ 
domains (i.e. renal and hematological) where items are not worse/new, there has to be an 
increase in score from B to A or C to B for flare to be considered. Appendix 18.1.1 provides
further details on BILAG evaluation. EAC will review the dry-run BILAG analysis dataset to 
ensure appropriateness and correctness of programmed BILAG flare derivation. Further details
can be found in the EAC Charter.
Since subjects are only to be assessed for BILAG flare at discrete planned visits, the 
corresponding date of visit will be used to derive the time to first severe (BILAG A) flare as 
follows: 
!  
 
 45JK  '	
 (	,)
= +	   Lℎ
 ℎ 
 
 45JK  '	
 ℎ	  	
−+	  
	M	 + 1
The following censoring rules will be used: 
! A subject discontinuing the 52-week treatment period prior to Week 52 without severe 
flare will have his/her time to first severe flare right-censored at the last time point at 
which flare could be assessed (i.e. treatment discontinuation date). 
! A subject completing the 52-week treatment period without severe flare will have his/her 
time to first severe flare right-censored at Week 52.
Additionally, a sensitivity analysis will be performed based on Multiple imputation approach of 
severe flare at each visit up to week 52:
! Monotone missing data structure will be created as follows: intermediate (non-monotone) 
missing data will be multiply imputed using the Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) method 
and assuming MAR and multivariate log normality. The SAS procedure PROC MI with the 
MCMC option will be used with seed number = 2005270018. The number of burn-in 
iterations will be set to 200, which is the default value. Nevertheless, if diagnosis plots show 
that the convergence has not yet occurred, this will be adjusted. 
! Then the response (Severe BILAG A: Yes/No) will be imputed with treatment group, race, 
region, SLEDAI-2K total score (<10;>=10) and response at previous visit covariates. 
! Imputation will be repeated 1000 times. Then depending of the visit of censored observation 
or of response, the time to first severe BILAG A flare will be computed as described for the 
non- sensitivity analysis. Estimate and associated standard error of Cox regression analysis 
applied on each imputed sample will be combined using MIANALYZE SAS procedure with 
the Rubin’s rules as described in Appendix 18.9.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
77/195
14.2.2
Primary Analysis of Key Secondary Endpoints
The key secondary endpoints will be analyzed on mITT Analysis Set at Week 52, as indicated in 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
78/195
Table 18.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
79/195
Table 18 : Analysis of the key secondary endpoints
Endpoint
Analysis
Analysis
Population
Analysis Method
Data Handling 
Notes
SRI-4 response 
in serologically 
active subgroup
Primary 
Analysis 
mITT 
Analysis Set
!
Presentation of Odds-Ratio (OR), 
2-sided 95% CI of OR, nominal 
1-sided p-value (α=0.025) from 
Logistic Regression
!
Number and percentage of 
responders in each dose group, 
observed ∆ in response 
proportions from Placebo for each 
dose group
A subject with a 
missing response 
at Week 52 will 
be considered a 
non-responder at 
Week 52.
Sensitivity 
Analysis 1
PP 
Analysis 
Set
!
Presentation of Odds-Ratio (OR), 
2-sided 95% CI of OR, nominal 
p-value from Logistic Regression
!
Number and percentage of 
responders in each dose group, 
observed ∆ in response 
proportions from Placebo for each 
dose group
As the Primary 
Analysis
Supportive
analysis 1
mITT 
Analysis Set
!
Test of linear trend in log odds of 
response with increasing dose, 
based on an appropriate contrast 
from the logistic model, i.e., (3, 1, 
-1, -3).
As the Primary 
Analysis
Time to first 
severe (BILAG 
A) flare
Primary 
Analysis
mITT 
Analysis Set
•
Stratified Log Rank Test for 1-
sided p-values (α=0.025) for 
comparison between treatment 
groups vs Placebo
•
Cox Proportional Hazard model 
for Hazard Ratio (HR) and 95%
CI of HR between each treatment 
group vs Placebo
•
Presentation of product-limit 
estimates
•
KM curves
See Section 14.2.1
for censoring 
rules.
Sensitivity 
Analysis 1
PP 
Analysis 
Set
•
Stratified Log Rank Test for p-
values for comparison between 
treatment groups vs Placebo
•
Cox Proportional Hazard model 
for HR and 95% CI of HR 
between each treatment group vs 
Placebo
•
Presentation of product-limit 
See Section 14.2.1
for censoring 
rules.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
80/195
estimates
•
KM curves
Sensitivity 
Analysis 2
mITT 
Analysis Set
•
Stratified Log Rank Test for p-
values for comparison between 
treatment groups vs Placebo
•
Cox Proportional Hazard model 
for HR and 95% CI of HR 
between each treatment group vs 
Placebo
•
Presentation of product-limit 
estimates
•
KM curves
For subjects with 
missing response 
at Week 52, the 
multiple 
imputation (MI) 
will be used to 
impute the 
missing data using 
the available 
observations.
Supportive 
Analysis 1
mITT 
Analysis Set
•
Test of dose response trend using 
the same Cox model as above
See Section 14.2.1
for censoring 
rules.
14.2.2.1
SRI-4 response among serologically active subjects
For this analysis, a subject will be considered as a SRI-4 Non-Responder if the subject takes any 
EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medications during the treatment period. It will be 
confirmed by the EAC. In addition, a subject with a missing response at Week 52 will be 
considered a non-responder at Week 52.
The SRI-4 response at Week 52 among serologically active subjects will be based on the mITT 
Analysis set, and analyzed using logistic regression model for the odds of a given SRI response 
adjusted for the stratification variables used in the randomization (race: black vs non-black, 
screening SLEDAI-2K total score: <10 vs ≥10 and region: US and Western Europe vs Japan vs 
ROW) and with treatment as a factor. The estimated OR, together with associated two-sided 95% 
CI of the estimated OR and nominal one-sided p-value (α=0.025) from the logistic regression 
model, comparing each evobrutinib treatment group to placebo will be presented.
The 
multiplicity adjustment procedure as outlined in Section 14.1.2.4 will be applied to assess 
statistical significance.
The logistic model will be repeated on PP analysis set if the size of these analysis sets differs 
substantially (>10%) from mITT.
In addition, the number and percentage of SRI-4 responders and non-responders at Week 52 in 
each treatment group will be presented the same way as for the primary analysis (see Section
14.1.2.4).  
SRI-4 response rates over time will be also presented by visit, using similar imputation rules as 
applied for the Week 52 timepoint.  
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
81/195
14.2.2.2
Analysis of Time to first severe BILAG A flare
The time to first severe flare will be analyzed on the mITT Analysis Set using a stratified log 
rank test with treatment as main effect and stratification variables used in the randomization 
(race, screening SLEDAI-2K total score and region) as covariates. The one-sided p-values
(α=0.025) from the stratified log rank test for treatment comparisons vs placebo will be reported. 
The multiplicity adjustment procedure as outlined in Section 14.1.2.4 will be applied to assess 
statistical significance.
In addition, a Cox proportional hazards regression model including treatment as factor and the 
stratification factor at randomization as covariates will be performed. Ties will be handled by 
replacing the proportional hazards model by the discrete logistic model. The HR together with its 
95% CI will be presented as determined by the proportional hazards model. Placebo group will 
be used as reference group. The assumptions of proportional hazards will be verified graphically 
(the curves representing the relative risk will be plotted for each treatment group and should be 
parallel). 
KM estimates (product-limit estimates) will be presented by treatment arm together with a 
summary of associated statistics (median, Q1 and Q3, minimum and maximum) including the 
corresponding two-sided 95% CI of the median. The KM 5%, 10%, 15% and 20% percentiles as 
well as the corresponding 95% CI will also be presented. In addition, the number of severe flares
by treatment group will be presented. 
The KM curves will also be provided for each treatment group.
As sensitivity analyses, stratified log-rank test, Cox model, KM estimates and KM curves will be 
repeated:
! Using MI as stated in Section 14.2.1,
! On PP analysis set if the size of these analysis sets differs substantially (>10%) from 
mITT. 
In addition, a test for trend in dose-response, using the same Cox model, will be reported as a 
supportive analysis, using contrast statement and (-3 -1 1 3) coefficients.
An example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
If there is model convergence problem due to for example zero cells in covariates, appropriate 
method will be applied to resolve the issue.
14.2.2.3
Subgroup Analysis 
Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare
To assess numerically the consistency among the subgroups (Table 4) of time to first severe 
flare, the analysis will be performed on the mITT Analysis Set using the Cox proportional 
regression model with treatment, subgroup of interest, treatment by subgroup of interest 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
82/195
interaction as main effects. The estimated HR for treatment comparison with placebo, together 
with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated HR, nominal p-value from the model contrast 
will be presented for each treatment group. The same censoring approach will be used as the 
main analysis. No multiple testing adjustments will be performed.
A forest plot of the HR and the 95% CI of the hazard ratio between each treatment group and 
placebo will be presented for each category of the subgroups.
SRI-4 response among serologically active subjects
Primary analysis of SRI-4 response among serologically active subjects will be repeated for 
subgroup A from Table 4 (HDA vs non-HDA). The estimated OR, together with associated 
two-sided 95% CI of the estimated OR, nominal p-values from the logistic regression model, 
comparing each evobrutinib treatment group to placebo will be presented. No multiple testing 
adjustments will be performed.
14.3
Other secondary endpoints
All other secondary endpoints will be analyzed for the PA using the mITT Analysis Set.
All statistical tests of the other secondary efficacy endpoints will be conducted at a two-sided α 
level of 0.05, with p-values considered nominal. P-values and the 95% CIs will be presented 
where applicable.
14.3.1
Disease Activity Endpoints
The following secondary endpoints to be analyzed on mITT analysis set are summarized in Table 
19. LLDAS is defined in Appendix 18.1.7.
For SRI-4 and SRI-6 response endpoints as well as LDA status and LLDAS, the primary analysis 
method applied to the two-primary endpoints (Section 14.1.2.1) will be performed. 
In addition, for LDA and LLDAS endpoints in Table 19, the number and percentage of subjects 
with response or non-response will be summarized over time (by visit), using similar imputation 
rules as applied for the Week 52 timepoint.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
83/195
Table 19 : Disease Activity Endpoints
Endpoint
Analysis
method
Data Handling 
Notes
!
SRI-6 response at Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup
!
SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose 
to 7.5 milligrams prednisone-equivalent per day or less 
(≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose during 
Week 41 Through Week 52, in all subjects
!
SRI-6 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose 
to 7.5 milligrams prednisone equivalent per day or less 
(≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose during 
Week 41 Through Week 52, in the HDA subgroup
!
SRI-4 Response at Week 52 with a Sustained Reduction of OCS Dose
to 7.5 milligrams prednisone equivalent per day or less 
(≤7.5 mg/day) and less than or equal to (≤) Day 1 dose during 
Week 41 Through Week 52, in the serologically active subgroup
Same as the 
Primary Method 
in Table 17
Same as the 
Primary Method 
in Table 17
!
LDA status, defined by SLEDAI-2K ≤ 2 at Week 52
!
LDA, defined by clinical SLEDAI-2K (SLEDAI-2K excluding anti-
dsDNA and low complement parameters) ≤ 2 at Week 52 
!
LLDAS at Week 52
Same as the 
Primary Method 
in Table 17
Same as the 
Primary Method 
in Table 17
In order to determine whether the subject had a sustained reduction of OCS Dose to ≤ 7.5 
mg/day and ≤ Day 1 dose during Week 41 Through Week 52, the daily dose of CS will be 
calculated for each analysis visit from Week 41 to Week 52, according to Appendix 18.8. If the 
condition is met for all days during this period, the subject will be considered as having a 
sustained reduction of OCS Dose.
14.3.1.1
Subgroup Analysis 
SRI-6 response among serologically active subjects
Analysis of SRI-6 response among serologically active subjects will be repeated for subgroup A 
from Table 4 (HDA vs non-HDA). The estimated OR, together with associated two-sided 95% 
CI of the estimated OR, nominal p-values from the logistic regression model, comparing each 
evobrutinib treatment group to placebo will be presented. No multiple testing adjustments will be 
performed.
14.3.2
Time to first flare, flare-free status and AFR
Time to first flare, flare-free status, and annualized flare rate, during the 52-week 
treatment period, will be analyzed separately, each assessed with flare defined as:
! Severe BILAG A flare (Key secondary endpoint, see Section 14.2.2.2)
! Moderate to Severe (BILAG A or 2B) flare 
! Severe SFI flare
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
84/195
14.3.2.1
Definitions
BILAG flare severity is defined as follows:
! Severe flare: ≥ 1 BILAG A score in any organ system due to items that are new or worse, 
compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit
! Moderate flare: at least 2 BILAG B scores in any organ systems due to items that were new 
or worse, and without meeting the criteria for the severe flare, compared to the BILAG 
evaluation at the previous visit and no BILAG A meeting the condition of severe flare
! Mild flare: 1 single BILAG B score in any organ systems due to items that were new or 
worse, or at least 3 BILAG C scores in any organ systems due to items that were new or 
worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit and no BILAG A and no 
more than one BILAG B meeting the condition of severe or moderate flare
! No flare: defined as not meeting any of the above criteria.
‘Due to items that were new or worse’ means that if the assigned Grade A/B or C contains ANY 
ITEM which is WORSE or NEW, such grade will be included into the flare consideration. This 
is valid for clinical organ domains. For laboratory organ domains (i.e. renal and hematological) 
where items are not worse/new, there must be an increase in score from B to A or C to B for flare 
to be considered.
For BILAG flares, the time to first flare is defined as follows:
!  
 '	
 (	,) = +	   Lℎ
 ℎ 
 '	
 ℎ	  	 −+	  
	M	 + 1
For SFI severe flares, the time to first severe flare is defined as follows: 
!  
 
 '	
 (	,)
= +	  
 '	
  '	 '	
 	 
 ℎ N.52 
  ℎ )O.
−+	  
	M	 + 1
A subject has a flare-free status at Week 52 if no flares have been reported during the 52-week 
treatment period. Subjects who discontinue study prior to Week 52, without having a flare are 
counted as not being flare-free at Week 52.
The unadjusted AFR is the total number of flares from all subjects in the analysis set, divided by 
the total exposure time from all subjects in the analysis set. At the subject level, the unadjusted 
AFR is the total number of flares experienced by the subject divided by the total exposure time 
of this subject.
14.3.2.2
Statistical analysis
Table 20, Table 21 and Table 22 provide details of the Flare endpoints.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
85/195
Table 20 : Time to first flare
Endpoint
Analysis method
Data Handling Notes
!
Time to first severe BILAG A 
flare (a)
!
Time to BILAG A or 2B 
Moderate to Severe flare (b)
!
Time to first severe SFI flare 
(c)
As described in Section 
14.2.2.1 (no 
sensitivity/supportive 
analyses will be performed)
See Section 14.2.1 for censoring rules
(a) A Severe (BILAG A) flare is defined as at least one BILAG A score in any organ system due to items that are 
new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit, during the 52-week treatment period. Time 
to first severe BILAG A flare analysis is described in Section 14.2.2.1 as part of key secondary endpoint.
(b) A Moderate to Severe (BILAG A or 2B) flare is defined as at least one BILAG A grade or two BILAG B grade 
in any organ system due to items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit.
(c) The severity of SFI flare is recorded in the eCRF (Mild/Moderate versus Severe). However, for statistical 
analysis purpose, the severity will be re-derived using the SLEDAI total score as well as each sign or symptom 
recorded in the SFI1, SFI2, SFI3 forms of the eCRF (see Appendix 18.1.4 for a definition of Mild/Moderate or 
Severe flare). As the onset of new flare date or stabilization/resolution date is not recorded in the eCRF, if an 
investigator records a flare in two consecutive visits, it will be assumed that the flares are distinct events (i.e., when 
a new SFI flare is recorded in the eCRF, it will be assumed the previous one is stabilized/resolved). Therefore, only 
unique records from the SFI forms of the eCRF will be counted, assuming that distinct records represent distinct 
flare events.
Table 21 : Flare free status during the 52-week Treatment Period
Endpoint
Analysis method
Data Handling Notes
!
BILAG 2004 Flare-free 
status (a)
!
SFI flare-free status (b)
!
Logistic regression
!
Descriptive statistics
Subjects who discontinue study prior to Week 52, 
without having a flare are counted as not being 
flare-free 
(a) BILAG 2004 flare-free is defined as having only BILAG scores equal to D or E during the 52-week treatment 
period.
(b) SFI flare-free is defined as having no SFI flare during the 52-week treatment period.
Logistic regression model:
For each definition of flare-free, the comparison of each evobrutinib group to the placebo group 
using proportion flare-free during the 52-week treatment period, will be based on a logistic 
model for the odds of flare-free status, with treatment group and stratifications of randomization
as factors. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
86/195
For each treatment comparison (evobrutinib versus placebo), the adjusted OR with 95% CI, and 
p-value will be reported.
An example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
Descriptive statistics:
The proportion of subjects having a BILAG flare will be presented by visit, severity and 
treatment group.
For each definition of flare, descriptive statistics (number and percentage of subjects) for 
flare-free status will be provided by treatment group. In particular, the number (proportion) of 
subjects with ≥ 1 flare, number (proportion) of subjects with 0 flares, number (proportion) of 
subjects discontinuing treatment prior to Week 52 among subjects with 0 flares will be reported.
Table 22 : AFR
Endpoint
Analysis method
Data Handling Notes
!
Severe BILAG A AFR (a)
!
Moderate to severe (BILAG A 
or 2B) AFR (b)
!
Severe SFI AFR (c)
!
Negative binomial (NB) 
model, with offset equal to log 
of exposure time,
!
Descriptive statistics
As observed
(a) A severe (BILAG A) flare is defined as at least one BILAG A score in any organ system due to items that are 
new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit, during the 52-week treatment period.
(b) A Moderate to Severe (BILAG A or 2B) flare is defined as at least one BILAG A grade or two BILAG B grade 
in any organ system due to items that are new or worse, compared to the BILAG evaluation at the previous visit.
(c) The severity of flare is recorded in the eCRF (Mild/Moderate versus Severe). However, for statistical analysis 
purpose, the severity will be re-derived using the SLEDAI total score as well as each sign or symptom recorded in 
the SFI1, SFI2, SFI3 forms of the eCRF (see Appendix 18.1.4 for a definition of Mild/Moderate or Severe flare). As 
the onset of new flare date or stabilization/resolution date is not recorded in the eCRF, if an investigator records a 
flare in two consecutive visits, it will be assumed that the flares are distinct events (i.e., when a new SFI flare is 
recorded in the eCRF, it will be assumed the previous one is stabilized/resolved). Therefore, only unique records 
from the SFI forms of the eCRF will be counted, assuming that distinct records represent distinct flare events.
NB model:
The comparison of each evobrutinib treatment group to the placebo group using AFR at Week 52 
will be based on a NB model for flare count, with offset equal to the log of exposure time. 
Subjects who prematurely discontinue from treatment will be analyzed according to the number 
of days on treatment and number of flares observed at the time of treatment discontinuation.
Missing post-baseline flare assessment will be counted as no flare in AFR analysis.
The AFR analysis will be performed on the mITT analysis set using the NB model, with 
treatment group as main effect and randomization strata as covariates. The adjusted AFR ratio 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
87/195
for treatment comparison versus placebo, the 95% CI of the AFR ratio and the 2-sided nominal 
p-value from the NB model will be presented.
The NB model will be computed with the SAS GENMOD procedure. If the model does not 
converge, appropriate method will be applied to resolve the issue (e.g. removal of covariate). An 
example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
Descriptive statistics: 
Summary statistics (mean, SD, median, Q1, Q3, min, and max) will be presented by treatment 
group for: 
! Number of flares, 
! Time on treatment (subject-years), 
! Total number of flares per subject-year. 
14.3.3
Disease activity over time
Table 23 provides details on disease activity endpoints. 
Table 23 : Disease Activity Endpoints
Endpoint (*)
Analysis method
Data Handling 
Notes
CFB in 
SLEDAI-2K 
score
!
Descriptive statistics for continuous variable, including absolute 
value, CFB and percent CFB
As observed
CFB in 
CLASI-A score
!
Descriptive statistics for continuous variable, including absolute 
value, CFB and percent CFB
As observed
BICLA response
!
Number and percentage of subject with response by each treatment 
group
!
Presentation of adjusted Odds-Ratio (OR), 2-sided 95% CI of OR, 
nominal p-value, adjusted p-value from Logistic Regression (same 
as primary analysis of primary endpoint)
As primary analysis 
.
CFB in 
BILAG-2004
!
Descriptive statistics of total score, including absolute value at 
baseline and each post baseline visit, CFB and percent CFB at each 
post baseline visit
As observed
CFB in PGA
!
Descriptive statistics, including CFB and percent CFB for the PGA 
score as a continuous variable on a 0-3 scale
As observed
(*) See Appendix 18.1 for definition of each endpoint.
14.3.4
HRQoL
The following HRQoL endpoints are summarized in Table 24.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
88/195
All endpoints are described in Appendices 18.3, 18.4, 18.5, 18.6 and 18.7. They will be analyzed 
on QoL Analysis Set.
Table 24 : HRQoL analysis
Questionnaire
Score to be analyzed
Analysis Set
Analysis
SF-36 v2
Change in PCS, MCS scores, and 
their components
•
QoL Analysis 
Set
•
Mixed model with 
repeated measures 
(MMRM) model
•
Descriptive statistics
•
Distribution %CFB curve
•
Logistic regression
LupusQoL
Change in each domain score
•
QoL Analysis 
Set
•
MMRM model
•
Descriptive statistics
•
Distribution %CFB curve
FACIT-Fatigue
Change in Total score 
•
QoL Analysis 
Set
•
MMRM model
•
Descriptive statistics
•
Distribution %CFB curve
•
Logistic regression
EQ-5D-5L
Change in VAS score, EQ-5D-5L 
index
•
QoL Analysis 
Set
•
MMRM model
•
Descriptive statistics
PGIC
% of subjects with improvement, 
no change and worsening
•
QoL Analysis 
Set
•
Logistic regression
•
Descriptive statistics
MMRM model:
Missing data will be considered as MAR. 
The QoL endpoints will be analyzed using the MMRM model, with treatment group, visit, and 
treatment by visit interaction as the main effects, baseline assessment and randomization strata as 
covariates. The unstructured covariance matrix will be considered. Denominator degree of 
freedom will be computed using Kenward and Roger’s method (Kenward 1997). 
The LSMEAN estimate of mean change from baseline score, difference of the LS Mean from 
placebo, 2-sided 95% CI of the difference, and nominal 2-sided p-value of the difference from 
the model contrast will be presented. 
An example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
89/195
Descriptive statistics: 
For each treatment group, descriptive statistics will be presented for absolute value, CFB and 
percent CFB value for each visit, from baseline to Week 52. 
In addition, the following will be provided: 
! Mean score CFB will be presented as a by-visit line plot for each treatment group, with all 
treatment groups included in a single figure, and horizontal axis extending to Week 52
! A bar-chart figure of Mean score CFB at Week 52 presenting each SF-36 sub-domain 
score type (PF, RP, BP, GH, VT, SF, RE, MH) for each treatment will be provided. 
! For PGIC, the number (proportion) of subject of subjects with any improvement (i.e., 
PGIC = 1, 2 or 3), no change (i.e., PGIC = 4) and any worsening (i.e., PGIC = 5, 6 or 7) 
will be summarized by visit and treatment group.
Probability of achieving %CFB value or higher:
For each SF-36 endpoint (domain scores, MCS, PCS), a figure will be provided describing the
distribution of % CFB at Week 52, one curve per treatment group. The curve will display
proportion of subjects having a value for % CFB > x at Week 52, where the range of x depends 
on the data. The same will be applied for FACIT-Fatigue total score and each domain score of 
LupusQoL. 
Logistic regression: 
Response on the SF-36, FACIT-Fatigue total score and PGIC will be further analyzed based on 
differences in proportion of responders, comparing each dose of evobrutinib to placebo. 
Responder definitions will be based on minimal clinically important difference (MCID) criteria 
for improvement or deterioration from baseline as follows (Strand 2005, Lai 2011):
! SF-36 – PCS & MCS:
o
Improvement is defined as an increase greater or equal to 2.5 compared to 
baseline
o
Deterioration is defined as a decrease greater or equal to 0.8 compared to 
baseline
! SF-36 – domain scores:
o
Improvement is defined as an increase greater or equal to 5.0 compared to 
baseline
o
Deterioration is defined as a decrease greater or equal to 2.5 compared to 
baseline
! FACIT-Fatigue Total Score:
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
90/195
o
Improvement is defined as an increase greater or equal to 4.0 compared to 
baseline 
o
Deterioration is defined as a decrease greater or equal to 4.0 compared to 
baseline
! PGIC: improvement is defined as value = 1, 2 or 3 
Logistic regression model for repeated measures will be applied, with adjustments for the 
randomization strata, baseline value and treatment as a factor. The estimated OR at Week 52, 
together with associated two-sided 95% CI of the estimated OR will be presented. For PGIC
improvement, results will be presented at Week 12, 24, 40 and 52 visits. An example of SAS 
code is available in Appendix 18.9.
14.3.4.1
Subgroup analysis
MMRM, logistic regression, distribution %CFB curves and descriptive statistics will be repeated 
on QoL Analysis Set for each SF-36 endpoint, FACIT-Fatigue total score and each domain score 
of LupusQoL according to the following subgroups: 
! Screening SLEDAI-2K scores: 
a. <10 (non-HDA); 
b. ≥10 (HDA)
! Baseline severity of disease: 
a. Severe: defined as at least one BILAG A; vs. 
b. Moderate: defined as at least 2 BILAG B and no BILAG A; vs. 
c. Mild: defined as 1 BILAG B and no BILAG A and no more than 1 BILAG B
d. No severity: defined as criteria for severe, moderate and mild not met.
14.3.5
Corticosteroid usage over time
CS usage over time will be analyzed on the mITT set using data collected in “Relevant Previous 
Medications Details” and “Concomitant Medications” eCRF Forms. 
Only CS taken at baseline or after will be taken into account. Any CS with an end date before 
screening date will not be taken into account in the following analysis.
General rules, missing data handling, conversions and cumulative dose is defined in Appendix 
18.8.
The following endpoints will be described for statistical analysis:
! Clinically meaningful reduction in CS dose from Baseline, defined by:
o
A reduction of daily prednisone-equivalent CS dose ≥25% to a dose of ≤7.5 mg/day by 
Week 40 + 1 day (i.e. Week 41) and sustained through Week 52
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
91/195
AND
o
No new BILAG A organ domain scores and no more than one new BILAG B organ 
domain score during Weeks 40 + 1 day (i.e. Week 41) through 52.
Subjects withdrawing from treatment before Week 40 or with missing data at Week 40 will be
considered as non-responders. The analysis will be performed on the mITT subjects whose CS 
dose is greater than or equal to 7.5 mg at baseline. 
! Change from Baseline to Week 52 in prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose. 
Summary statistics for absolute value, CFB and percent CFB by visit during treatment period in 
prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose will be provided.
! Reduction by visit, from Baseline to Week 52, in prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose of 
zero to < 25%, 25% to 50%, > 50%, or an increase. 
The same table will be produced with the following categories of prednisone-equivalent CS daily 
dose at Week 52: ≤ 6mg, > 6 - 7.5 mg, > 7.5 – 10 mg, > 10 – 20 mg, > 20 – 30 mg and > 30 mg.
The proportions are based on the observed subjects as the denominator.
! Cumulative prednisone-equivalent CS dose from Baseline until completion of the 
Treatment Period (absolute value only) will be described using summary statistics. 
Cumulative prednisone-equivalent CS dose will be compared between placebo arm and 
evobrutinib arms with a pairwise non-parametric Wilcoxon rank sum test.
All CS doses will be listed for each subject and flagged for any doses not taken into account in 
calculation of the scheduled-visit dose (e.g. dose taken between two scheduled visits or dose with 
missing information). Subjects non-compliant with protocol rules on CS usage will be listed 
based on protocol deviation data (i.e. all subjects with PD code = PDEV52e).
14.4
Exploratory Endpoints
Exploratory endpoints will be analyzed for the PA only, using the mITT Analysis Set.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
92/195
14.5
Additional Exploratory Endpoints 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
93/195
14.6
LTE Efficacy Endpoints
LTE efficacy endpoints will be analyzed on mITT for the LTE Analysis only. 
Same methods of imputation used for the PA will be applied to LTE analysis. However, missing 
efficacy assessments collected after the announcement to the sites of study early termination (i.e. 
23 March 2020) will not be imputed.
Table 25 summarizes the analyses that will be performed for each LTE endpoint.
For all LTE efficacy endpoints, the baseline from the 52-weeks treatment period will be used 
(e.g., SRI responses, change from baseline, etc.).
Institution of EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medication/treatment (i.e., EAC-treatment 
failure) as well as time to first flare/flare-free/AFR will be censored at the time of announcement 
to the sites of study early termination (i.e., 23 March 2020).
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
94/195
Table 25: Analysis of LTE endpoints
Endpoint
Method
SRI response over time
SRI response rate will be summarized over time during LTE period. 
The baseline from the 52-week treatment period will be used (see 
Section 9.6). 
The same analysis will be repeated for subjects with a gap greater than 
or equal to 2 weeks between 52-week and LTE treatment periods.
A line plot representing the SRI response rate over time will be also 
provided
Low disease activity status over time
Proportions of subjects with LLDAS, SLEDAI-2K≤2 or clinical 
SLEDAI-2K≤2 will be summarized over time. 
Change over time in CLASI-A and 
SLICC/ACR Damage Index Score
Descriptive statistics will be presented over time for each endpoint.
Change over time in disease activity as 
measured by the BILAG, SLEDAI-2K, 
and PGA
Descriptive statistics will be presented over time for each endpoint.
BICLA response over time
Proportion of subjects with BICLA response will be summarized over 
time.
Change over time in 
prednisone-equivalent CS dose
Descriptive statistics will be presented as detailed in Section 14.3.5. 
This will be applied at LTE Week 24, Week 52 and Week 104.
Time to first flare, flare-free status and 
annualized flare rate
Time to first flare, flare-free status and annualized flare rate will be 
analyzed as in Section 14.3.2 at Week 24, Week 52 and Week 104 with 
descriptive statistics only. No statistical modeling will be performed.
Time to first flare will be assessed starting from randomization (Day 1 
of 52-week treatment period) and will be derived for the whole 
treatment period.
Flare analyses will be censored at the time of announcements to the 
sites of study early termination (i.e. 23 March 2020)
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
95/195
15
Safety Evaluation
For all safety endpoints, data selection for PA and LTE analysis will be handled as indicated in 
the Table 26.
Table 26 : Data Handling for Safety Analysis
Data 
summarized
Analysis
Analysis 
sets
Period covered
Treatment groups
•
AEs
•
Laboratory 
data
•
Vital signs
•
ECGs
•
Other safety 
evaluations
PA
SAF
All data from 52-week 
treatment period (safety 
follow-up included)
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
LTE 
analysis
LTE SAF
All data from LTE period 
(safety follow-up 
posterior to LTE 
included)
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD/Evobrutinib 
50 mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD/Evobrutinib 
50 mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
15.1
Adverse Events
All analyses described in this section will be based on treatment-emergent adverse events 
(TEAEs) if not otherwise specified.
For the PA, TEAEs will be defined as: 
! AEs starting on or after first treatment administration of any IMP (placebo or evobrutinib) 
until safety follow up (end of study) or first administration in LTE for subjects continuing 
in LTE,
! or if it was present prior to any IMP administration but exacerbated after. 
Any AE which started before study first treatment administration of any IMP (placebo or 
evobrutinib) but improved during treatment period until safety follow up (end of study) or 
first administration in LTE for subjects continuing in LTE will not be counted as TEAE.
For the LTE analysis: 
! For subjects who enter the LTE, TEAEs will be defined as: 
o
AEs starting on or after first treatment administration of evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID during LTE until the end of study. 
o
AEs starting prior first treatment administration of evobrutinib 50 mg BID 
during LTE, but exacerbated during the LTE
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
96/195
Only AEs from LTE period will be considered including AEs during the LTE safety follow-
up period. Any AE which started before study first treatment administration of evobrutinib 50 
mg BID but improved during LTE period will not be counted as TEAE.
Incomplete AE-related dates will be handled as follows:
! In case the onset date is missing completely or missing partially but the onset month and 
year, or the onset year are equal to the start of IMP then the onset date will be replaced by 
the minimum of start of IMP and AE resolution date. 
! In all other cases the missing onset day or missing onset month will be replaced by 1.
! Incomplete stop dates will be replaced by the last day of the month (if day is missing only), 
if not resulting in a date later than the date of subject's death. In the latter case, the date of 
death will be used to impute the incomplete stop date. 
Further information collected after the cut-off for an analysis (such as a fatal outcome) may be 
extracted from the Safety data base and presented separately in the CSR.
15.1.1
All Adverse Events
AEs will be coded according to the latest MedDRA version available at the time of analysis. The 
severity of AEs will be graded using NCI-CTCAE version 4.03 toxicity grades. AEs with 
missing classification concerning IMP relationship will be considered related to the IMP. 
15.1.1.1
3-Tier Approach
The 3-tier approach is a systematic way to summarize and analyze adverse events (AEs) in 
clinical trials (Crowe 2009). AEs in different tiers are analyzed using different levels of 
statistical analyses. 
3-Tier approach will be used for PA only.
The AEs identified by the Benefit Risk Action Team for Tier 1 reporting in this trial are in Table 
27.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
97/195
Table 27: Tier 1 AEs
Tier 1 AE (PT)
Within 
group 
summary
Between group comparison
(Evobrutinib - Placebo) 95% CI
Transaminases elevations
Alanine aminotransferase abnormal
Alanine aminotransferase increased
Aspartate aminotransferase abnormal
Aspartate aminotransferase increased
Hypertransaminasaemia
Transaminases abnormal
Transaminases increased
n (%)
∆[xx%, xx%]
Tier 1 AE will be identified using sponsor-defined list of search term as defined in Table 27
(refer to Appendix 18.14).
All AEs will be further classified into Tier 2 or Tier 3 based on the Rule-of-3. If there are 3 or 
more subjects with the reported term in any treatment group, that term will be included in Tier 2. 
Otherwise, it will be included in Tier 3.
The Tier 1 and Tier 2 AEs will be assessed with a 95% CI for between-group comparisons. For 
the difference in crude rates, the CIs will be based on MN method (Miettinen 1985). 
Exposure Adjusted Incidence Rate (EAIR) of TEAEs will also be separately presented for each 
Tier, by SOC and PT (see Section 15.1.1.3 for multiple events handling). For this trial, difference 
in EAIR will also be summarized. For Tier 1 and Tier 2 AEs, the CIs will be calculated using a 
Poisson binomial model. An example of SAS code is available in Appendix 18.9.
No multiplicity adjustment will be applied for Tier 1 and 2 AEs. The Tier 3 AEs will be assessed 
via summary statistics and risk differences.
For each comparison of evobrutinib group with placebo, forest trees for Tier 1 and Tier 2 AEs 
will be provided as well, displaying the incidence rate and associated 95% CI of difference.
15.1.1.2
Overview of TEAEs
Two summary tables of TEAEs will be provided as described in Table 28.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
98/195
Table 28: Summary Tables of TEAEs
Summary
Modalities
Overview of TEAEs
!
Any TEAE
!
IMP related TEAE
!
Serious TEAE
!
IMP related serious TEAE
!
TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 1
!
IMP related TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 1
!
TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 2
!
IMP related TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 2
!
TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 3
!
IMP related TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 3
!
TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 4
!
IMP related TEAE with NCI-CTCAE grade 4
!
TEAE leading to death
!
IMP related TEAE leading to death 
Overview of TEAEs leading 
to Actions: 
!
Change in dose,
!
Administration of 
medication, 
!
Procedure,
!
Study termination
!
TEAE with no change of dose 
!
IMP related TEAE with no change of dose
!
TEAE leading to dose reduction 
!
IMP related TEAE leading to dose reduction
!
TEAE leading to dose increase 
!
IMP related TEAE leading to dose increase
!
TEAE leading to interruption of IMP 
!
IMP related TEAE leading to interruption of IMP
!
TEAE leading to withdrawal of IMP
!
IMP related TEAE leading to withdrawal of IMP 
!
TEAE leading to administration of concomitant medication 
!
IMP related TEAE leading to administration of concomitant medication
!
TEAE leading to concomitant procedure 
!
IMP related TEAE leading to concomitant procedure
!
TEAE leading to study termination 
!
IMP related TEAE leading to study termination
15.1.1.3
Tabulation of Adverse Events by SOC and PT
The TEAE tables to be prepared are listed in Table 29.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
99/195
Table 29: TEAE Tables to be produced 
Overall 
frequency
By 
primary 
SOC and 
PT
By 
PT 
only
By 
primary 
SOC, PT 
and 
worst 
grade
PA
LTE 
analysis
HDA 
subpopulation
analysis for PA
TEAE overview summary

NA
NA
NA


 
TEAE leading to 
discontinuation of 
IMP/study/dose reduction of 
IMP overview summary

NA
NA
NA


 
All TEAEs






 
Serious TEAEs




 
Non-serious TEAEs*




 
TEAEs leading to IMP 
withdrawal




 
TEAEs leading to study 
termination




 
TEAEs leading to death




 
IMP-related TEAEs 






 
IMP-related serious TEAEs




 
IMP-related TEAEs leading 
to IMP withdrawal




 
IMP-related TEAE leading to 
study termination




 
IMP-related TEAEs leading 
to death




 
EAIR




 
(*): A table with all non-serious TEAEs will be first provided and then only TEAEs exceeding a frequency of 5% in 
at least one of the treatment groups (> 5%), by SOC and PT will be provided.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
100/195
Specific rules for SOC/PT tabulation
All AEs recorded during the trial (i.e., assessed from signature of informed consent until the end 
of the Follow-up/End of Trial visit) will be coded according to the MedDRA and assigned to a 
SOC and PT. 
SOC terms will be sorted alphabetically. 
! For the PA, each treatment group as well as evobrutinib combined (25 mg QD, 75 mg QD 
and 50 mg BID) will be computed and displayed in the table. PTs within each SOC will be 
sorted by descending frequency of this evobrutinib combined, and then alphabetically if 
multiple PTs have the same frequency.  
! For the LTE analysis, PTs within each SOC will be sorted by descending frequency in the 
highest dose of evobrutinib (i.e., subjects who are administered evobrutinib 50 mg BID 
throughout the study), and then alphabetically if multiple PTs have the same frequency.
If a subject experiences more than one occurrence of the same TEAE (same SOC and same PT)
during the trial, the subject will be counted only once for that treatment (the worst severity and 
the worst relationship to trial treatment will be tabulated).
In case a subject had events with missing and non-missing grades, the maximum of the 
non-missing grades will be displayed.
EAIR are calculated as number of subjects with AE divided by the sum of the individual times of 
all subjects in the safety population from start of treatment to first onset of AE. If a subject has 
multiple events, the exposure period of the first event is used. For a subject with no event, the 
exposure period is censored at the last follow-up time for the AE summarization period. The 
incidence rate multiplied with 1000 would give the number of AEs expected in 1000 subjects 
within 1-time unit (for example 1 year). EAIR of TEAEs will be presented by SOC and PT.
Subject data listings
TEAEs and non-TEAEs (i.e. pre-treatment AEs) will be listed separately by treatment group and 
subject. For subjects with a gap greater than or equal to 2 weeks between 52-Week treatment 
period and LTE treatment period, AEs collected during the gap period will be presented in 
specific data listings. 
A listing of TEAEs leading to withdrawal of IMP, a listing of TEAEs leading to study 
termination, if any, will be provided as well.
15.1.1.4
Subgroup Analysis
TEAEs by SOC/PT/Worst grade will be summarized according to group F from Table 4: 
Subgroups and Strata. Only those with SOC = “Infections and infestations” will be presented.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
101/195
15.2
Deaths, Other Serious Adverse Events, and Other Significant 
Adverse Events
15.2.1
Deaths
A summary of deaths will be provided including (clinicaltrials.gov requirement):
! Number and percentage of (all) deaths
! Number and percentage of the primary cause of death (categories: disease progression, 
adverse event, unknown, other)
The tabulation of TEAEs leading to death is described in Section 15.1.1.3. A listing of deaths, if 
any, will be provided. 
In case there is no death in the trial, only the summary of death required by clinicaltrials.gov will 
be performed, neither tabulation of TEAE leading to death will be produced, nor the listing of 
death.
15.2.2
Serious Adverse Events
The tabulation of serious TEAEs is described in Section 15.1.1.3. A subject listing of serious 
TEAEs will be provided for PA.
15.2.3
TEAEs of Special Interest
The following events are defined as AEs of Special Interest (AESI):
!
Liver AEs
o
Transaminase and bilirubin elevations, Hy’s law cases
o
Hepatitis non-infectious
o
Hepatic failure, fibrosis and cirrhosis, and other liver damage-related 
conditions
o
Immune-medical hepatitis, alloimmune hepatitis, non-alcoholic fatty liver
!
Severe Infections:
o
Serious AEs or Grade ≥ 3 
o
Opportunistic infections Grade ≥ 3
!
Amylase and Lipase elevations
o
Enzyme elevations Grade ≥ 3
o
Acute pancreatitis SMQ
!
Seizures
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
102/195
AESI will be identified using Standardized MedDRA query (SMQ) if available or sponsor-
defined list of search term (refer to Appendix 18.14).
An overview of AESI and related AESI will be presented by treatment group showing number 
and percentage of subjects experiencing AESI. AESI will be identified in listing of all TEAEs. 
15.3
Clinical Laboratory Evaluation
The following laboratory parameters will be measured during the trial as part of the safety 
evaluation:
!
Hematology,
!
Biochemistry, including the following supplementary liver function tests (LFT):
o
Aspartate aminotransferase,
o
Alanine aminotransferase,
o
Alkaline phosphatase,
o
γ-Glutamyl-transferase,
o
Bilirubin (total),
!
Urinalysis,
!
Coagulation.
The clinical laboratory safety tests to be measured in this trial are provided in the protocol (refer 
to Section 7.4.3 Table 11 of the CTP). Parameters from the Section 7.4.3 of the CTP to be 
summarized and listed in the TLFs are provided in Appendix 18.12.
All laboratory data results will be presented using international system of units (SI).
Clinical laboratory findings (hematology, biochemistry, urinalysis, coagulation) will be 
summarized by treatment using descriptive statistics at baseline and each post baseline visit for
absolute value and changes from baseline (see Section 8.2.3), excluding coagulation laboratory 
findings which will be summarized only at the screening visit. 
Some laboratory results will be classified according to NCI-CTCAE Version 4.03 as provided by 
the central laboratory. In case a laboratory parameter has bi-directional toxicities (e.g., 
Potassium) both directions will be presented for the given parameter (i.e., Potassium Low and 
Potassium High). 
On-treatment values are results of assessments done from the first IMP administration on Day 1
till End of Study (completion or early termination). 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
103/195
Laboratory results containing a modifier such as “<” or “>=” will be handled case by case for 
summary statistics (see Appendix 18.13) and will be reported as collected in the database and as 
imputed in subject data listings.
A shift table of baseline versus post-baseline based on the worst NCI-CTCAE grade will be 
presented by treatment group for hematology and biochemistry. 
Subject data listings will be provided, with a flag for abnormal values, along with corresponding 
normal ranges:
!
Laboratory gradable parameters part of NCI-CTCAE will be presented according to the 
categories based on normal ranges along with the grade. Abnormal values will be flagged 
according to the direction of toxicity as detailed in Appendix 18.12 (e.g., for a parameter 
such as Potassium Low, only values below the LLN will flagged).
!
Laboratory parameters that are not part of NCI-CTCAE will be presented according to the 
categories based on normal ranges: below normal limits (Low), within normal limits 
(Normal), and above normal limits (High). Values that are either above ULN or below LLN 
will be flagged.
For subjects with a gap greater than or equal to 2 weeks between 52-Week treatment period and 
LTE treatment period, laboratory data collected during the gap period will be presented in 
specific data listings.
Boxplots of the laboratory values by treatment group and time point will be provided for the 
following parameters of Table 30:
Table 30: Laboratory Parameters
Category
Laboratory 
parameter
Conventional Unit
SI Units
Hematology
Hemoglobin
g/dL
g/L
Red blood cell count
106/μL
1012/L
Reticulocyte count
103/μL
109/L
White blood cell count
103/μL
109/L
Neutrophil count
103/μL
109/L
Lymphocyte count
103/μL
109/L
Platelet count
103/μL
109/L
Biochemistry
Alanine 
aminotransferase 
(ALT)
U/L
U/L
Albumin
g/dL
g/L
Aspartate 
aminotransferase 
U/L
U/L
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
104/195
If consistent with BOA standards, the ULN and LLN will be added to the lab parameter boxplot, 
for any lab parameter where the normal range is the same for all subjects in the analysis set. 
In addition, the following graphical displays will be provided:
!
ALT values over time will be presented in a spaghetti plot for subjects with ALT grade 2 
or higher elevation (i.e. grade ≥2) by treatment group
!
Time in weeks from first dose to first ALT assessment of grade 2 or higher elevation (i.e. 
grade ≥2) for all subjects by treatment group (KM plot)
!
Time in weeks from first dose to first eGFR assessment equal to less than 60 
mL/min/1.73m2 for subjects with a baseline assessment greater or equal than 60 
mL/min/1.73m2 by treatment group (KM plot)
!
e-DISH (Evaluation of Drug-Induced Serious Hepatotoxicity) figure, as described in 
Merz et al (2014) will be presented including 5 panels: one for each evobrutinib dose 
group, one for all dose groups combined and one for placebo
For the 2 time-to-event figures, a subject reaching the end of study without experiencing the 
event will have his/her event time right-censored at the time of the last ALT/eGFR assessment or 
at day 398 (W56 SFU study day + 5) if last assessment is performed after. To be included in a 
time-to-event figure, a group must have at least one event. Below the horizontal axis of the time-
to-event figure, # of subjects at risk will be displayed. The vertical axis may be restricted to 0.50 
– 1.0, if none of the curves reach 50%. For LTE time-to-event figures, the starting point will be 
the Baseline of 52-week treatment period.
In this study, clinically significant lab abnormalities were recorded as adverse events. In lieu of a 
listing of clinically significant lab abnormalities for each domain, the following by-subject lab 
value listings will be provided:
!
Listing of Grade ≥ 3 hematology values
!
Listing of Grade ≥ 3 biochemistry values
(AST)
Gamma-glutamyl 
transferase (GGT)
U/L
U/L
Alkaline phosphatase
U/L
U/L
Total bilirubin
mg/dL
μmol/L
Amylase
U/L
U/L
Lipase
U/L
U/L
eGFR
mL/min/1.73m2
mL/min/1.73m2
Blood urea nitrogen 
(BUN)
mg/dL
mmol/L
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
105/195
!
Listing of urinalysis with value ≥ 2 times ULN (excluding values for pH), or an increase 
of “++” for non-gradable parameters when applicable (for PA only).
!
Listing of Grade ≥ 2 AST, ALT or Bilirubin. For each parameter, when a subject has an 
increase to Grade 2, all posterior values will be included in the listing.
15.4
Vital Signs
Vital signs (height (m), weight (kg), BMI (kg/m²), body temperature (°C), SBP (mmHg), DBP 
(mmHg), respiratory rate (breaths/min) and pulse rate (beats/min)) will be summarized by 
treatment group using descriptive statistics (see Section 8.2.3). 
The descriptive statistics will be presented as follows: 
!
The baseline will be presented first
!
Then each scheduled time point will be presented on subjects who have reached this time 
point: absolute values, CFB and percent CFB will be displayed (except for height and BMI as 
they are only collected at screening visit). 
Body temperature, SBP, DBP, respiratory rate and pulse rate will be analyzed with shift tables of 
maximum CFB using the categories defined in Table 31 or PA; for FA, only SBP and DBP will 
be presented in shift tables:
Table 31: Vital Signs Categories
Parameter
Unit
Shift
Baseline categories
Post-baseline categories 
(absolute change)
Temperature
°C
Increase
<37 / ≥37 - <38 / ≥38 -
<39 /≥39 - <40 / ≥ 40
≤0* / >0 - <1 / ≥1 - <2 /≥2 - <3 / 
≥3
Pulse rate
bpm
Increase
and decrease
<100 / ≥100
≤0* / >0 - ≤20 / >20 - ≤40 / >40
SBP
mmHg
Increase
and decrease
<140 / ≥140
≤0* / >0 - ≤20 / >20 - ≤40 / >40
DBP
mmHg
Increase
and decrease
<90 / ≥90
≤0* / >0 - ≤ 20 / >20 - ≤40 / >40
Respiratory rate 
breaths/min Increase
and decrease
<20 / ≥20
≤0* / >0 - ≤5 / >5 - ≤10 / >10
* This category will include the subjects with no changes or decrease/increase in the increase/decrease part of the table 
respectively.
A listing of maximum CFB and a listing of all vital signs data will be provided. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
106/195
15.5
12-Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG)
The 12-lead ECG data will be listed and summarized for observed values and CFB values by 
treatment group using descriptive statistics for PA:
!
Rhythm (sinus rhythm, atrial fibrillation, other)
!
Ventricular rate (beats/min)
!
PR interval (ms)
!
QRS duration (ms)
!
QT (ms)
!
Fridericia corrected QT (QTcF) (ms).
QTcF values will be presented into the following categories:
! ≤ 430 ms,
! > 430 – 450 ms,
! > 450 – 480 ms,
! > 480 – 500 ms, 
! > 500 ms
and categorized according to their CFB into the categories
! ≤ 30 ms,
! > 30 – 60 ms,
! > 60 msec.
Listings of ECG quantitative values, morphological and rhythm results will be produced. 
A shift table of rhythm results, from baseline to the end of 52-week treatment period (LTE 
period respectively for the LTE analysis), of the number and percentage of subjects for each 
category (Sinus rhythm, Atrial fibrillation, Other, Missing and Total) will be provided.
A shift table of morphological assessments, from baseline to the worst observation of the 
52-week treatment period (LTE period respectively for the FA), of the number and percentage of 
subjects for each interpretation category (Normal, Abnormal-NCS, Abnormal-CS, Missing, and 
Total) will also be provided.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
107/195
15.6
Physical Examination
No summary table will be provided since physical examination findings during screening will be 
recorded as medical history events and findings during the trial as AEs.
15.7
Pregnancy Test
Results of pregnancy test (urine or serum) will be listed.
15.8
Serum IgG, IgA, IgM Levels
Boxplots of Serum IgG, IgA and IgM levels (g/L) by treatment group and time point will be 
provided, as well as Line plots of median percent change from baseline by time point and 
treatment group. 
Descriptive statistics (absolute value, change from baseline and percent change from baseline) by 
treatment group and time point will be performed as well. 
Serum IgG, IgA, IgM and IgG subclass levels will be listed by treatment group, subject and time 
point (where applicable). IgG values < 3 g/L (severe hypogammaglobulinemia) and IgG values < 
6 g/L (hypogammaglobulinemia) will be flagged in the listing.
15.9
Total B Cell Count
A boxplot of Total B cell count (cells/μL) by treatment group and time point will be provided, as 
well as Line plots of median percent change from baseline by time point and treatment group. 
Descriptive statistics (absolute value, change from baseline and percent change from baseline) by 
treatment group and time point will be performed as well. 
Total B cell counts will be listed by treatment group, subject and time point (where applicable). 
15.10
Urinalysis Microscopic Evaluation
Urinalysis Microscopic Evaluation data will be listed by treatment group and time point (where 
applicable).
15.11
Columbia- Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)
The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) is a numerical score derived from 10 
categories. The C-SSRS assesses the suicidal behavior and suicidal ideation in subjects. 
Occurrence of suicidal behavior is defined as having answered “yes” to a least 1 of the 4 suicidal 
behavior subcategories (actual attempt, interrupted attempt, aborted attempt, and preparatory acts 
or behavior). 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
108/195
Occurrence of suicidal ideation is defined as having answered “yes” to at least one of the suicidal 
ideation sub-categories (wish to be dead, non-specific active suicidal thoughts, active suicidal 
ideation with any methods [not plan] without intent to act, active suicidal ideation with some 
intent to act [without specific plan], and active suicidal ideation with specific plan and intent). 
Occurrence of suicidality is defined as having at least one occurrence of suicidal ideation or at 
least one occurrence of suicidal behavior.
For the PA and LTE analysis, the number and percentage of subjects with occurrence of suicidal 
behavior, occurrence of suicidal ideation and occurrence of suicidality will be summarized over 
time. Subject data listings will be also provided.
15.12
Urine Protein Creatinine Ratio
Absolute values, CFB and percentage CFB in UPCR at each time point during treatment period
will be described.
A shift table will be provided to describe the shift from baseline to highest/lowest post-baseline
value during treatment period by the following categories: <0.5 mg/mg, ≥0.5-1 mg/mg, ≥1-2
mg/mg, ≥2-3 mg/mg, ≥3-4mg/mg, ≥4 mg/mg, or missing.
UPCR values containing a modifier will be imputed as described in Appendix 18.13.
A subject data listing, by treatment group and time point (where applicable), will be provided as 
well. UPCR values containing a modifier such as “<” will be reported as collected in the 
database and as imputed in the subject data listing.
15.13
HBV DNA
Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) DNA polymerase chain reaction (PCR) testing results will be 
summarized and listed by treatment group and time point (where applicable). A shift table from 
baseline to highest post-baseline values including the categories < 20 IU/mL versus ≥ 20 IU/mL 
will be provided.
15.14
Local Laboratory Results
Local laboratory results that are not described in Section 15.3 will be listed by treatment group 
and time point (where applicable).
15.15
Drug-induced Liver Injury Kit Results
Drug-Induced Liver Injury (DILI) kit results will be listed by treatment group and time point 
(where applicable).
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
109/195
15.16
COVID-19 Impact
A listing of all subjects affected by the COVID-19 related study disruption (e.g. AEs/SAEs, 
missed visit/sample not done, treatment/study discontinuation) will be provided by treatment 
period and treatment group.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
110/195
16
Analyses of Other Endpoints
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
PPD
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
111/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
112/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
113/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
114/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
115/195
17
References
Albrecht J, Taylor L, Berlin JA, et al. The CLASI (Cutaneous LE Disease Area and Severity 
Index): an outcome instrument for cutaneous lupus erythematosus.  J Invest Dermatol. 2005;125: 
889–94.
Amirfeyz R, Pentlow A, Foote J, et al. Assessing the clinical significance of change scores 
following carpal tunnel surgery. Int Orthop. 2009;33:181-5.
Bretz F, Maurer W, Brannath W, Posch M. A graphical approach to sequentially rejective 
multiple test procedures. Stat Med. 2009; 28(4):586-604.
Clowse MEB, Wallace DK, Furie RA, Petri MA, et al. Efficacy and safety of Epratuzumab in 
moderately to severely active systemic lupus erythematosus: results from two phase III 
randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials. Arthritis & Rheumatology. 2017;69(2):362-
375.
Crowe B, Xia A, Berlin J, et al. Recommendations for safety planning, data collection, 
evaluation and reporting during drug, biologic and vaccine development: a report of the safety 
planning, evaluation, and reporting team. Clin Trials. 2009;6:430-40.
FACIT-Fatigue Scale: http://www.ser.es/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/FACIT-F_INDICE.pdf.
Franklyn K, Lau CS, Navarra SV, et al. Asia-Pacific Lupus Collaboration. Definition and initial 
validation of a Lupus Low Disease Activity State (LLDAS). Ann Rheum Dis. 
2016;75(9):1615-21.
Furie R, Merrill J, Werth V, et al. Anifrolumab, an Anti-Interferon Alpha Receptor Monoclonal 
Antibody, in Moderate to Severe Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) [abstract]. Arthritis 
Rheum. 2015; 67 (suppl 10).
Furie R, Morand E, Bruce I, et al. Type I interferon inhibitor anifrolumab in active systemic 
lupus erythematosus (TULIP-1): a randomised, controlled, phase 3 trial. The Lancet 
Rheumatology 2019;1:e208–19.Kalunian KC, Merrill JT, Maciuca R, et al. A Phase II study of 
the efficacy and safety of rontalizumab (rhuMAb interferon-α) in patients with systemic lupus 
erythematosus (ROSE). Ann Rheum Dis. 2016;75(1):196-202.
Khamashta M, Merrill JT, Werth VP, et al. Sifalimumab, an anti-interferon-α monoclonal 
antibody, in moderate to severe systemic lupus erythematosus: a randomised, double-blind, 
placebo-controlled study.  Ann Rheum Dis. 2016;0(1-8).
Kennedy WP, Maciuca R, Wolslegel K, et al. Association of the interferon signature metric with 
serological disease manifestations but not global activity scores in multiple cohorts of patients 
with SLE. Lupus Sci Med. 2015;2(1):e0000080.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
116/195
Kenward, M. and Roger, J. (1997). Small Sample Inference for Fixed Effects from Restricted 
Maximum Likelihood. Biometrics 53, 983-997.
Lai JS, Beaumont JL, Ogale S, et al. Validation of the Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness 
Therapy-Fatigue Scale in patients with moderately to severely active systemic lupus 
erythematosus, participating in a clinical trial. The Journal of Rheumatology. 2011;38:672-679.
Liu G.F., Wang J., Liu K. and Snavely D. B.; Confidence intervals for an exposure adjusted 
incidence rate difference with applications to clinical trials; Stat Med. 2006 Apr 30; 25(8): 1275–
1286.
Hochberg Y., Benjamini Y., (1990), “More Powerful Procedures for Multiple Significance 
Testing,” Statistics in Medicine, 9, 811–818
Hurst H, Bolton J. Assessing the clinical significance of change scores recorded on subjective 
outcome measures. J Manipulative Physiol Ther. 2004;27:26–35. 
Ibanez D, Gladman DD, Urowitz MB. Adjusted mean Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease 
Activity Index-2K is a predictor of outcome in SLE. J Rheumatol 2005;32:8247.
Kim M, Merrill JT, Kalunian KC, Hanrahan L, Izmirly PM. Estimating Duration of Response in 
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) Trials [abstract]. Arthritis Rheumatol. 2017; 69 (suppl 
10).
http://acrabstracts.org/abstract/estimating-duration-of-response-in-systemic-lupus-
erythematosus-sle-trials. Accessed May 8, 2018.
Manzi S, Sánchez-Guerrero J, Merrill J. Effects of belimumab, a B lymphocyte stimulator-
specific inhibitor, on disease activity across multiple organ domains in patients with systemic 
lupus erythematosus: combined results from two phase III trials. Ann Rheum Dis 2012;71:1833–
1838.
Maurer W, Bretz F. A note on testing families of hypotheses using graphical procedures. Statist 
Med. 2014; 33: 5340-5346. (related: Bretz, Correction. Statist Med. 2019; 38: 2504- 2504.)
Merz M, Lee KR, Kullak-Ublick GA, Brueckner A, Watkins PB.  Methodology to assess clinical 
liver safety data.  Drug Safety 2014; 37 (Suppl 1):S33-S45.
Miettinen O., Nurminen M.; Comparative analysis of two rates; Stat Med. 1985 Apr-Jun; 4(2): 
213–226.
Petri M, Hellmann D, Hochberg M. Validity and reliability of lupus activity measures in the 
routine clinical setting. J Rheumatol. 1992;19:53-9.
Petri M, Orbai A-M, Alarcón GS, et al. Derivation and validation of the systemic Lupus 
international collaborating clinics classification criteria for systemic lupus erythematosus. 
Arthritis Rheum. 2012;64(8):2677–86. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
117/195
Strand V, Crawford B. Improvement in health-related quality of life in patients with SLE 
following sustained reductions in anti-dsDNA antibodies. Expert Review of Pharmacoeconomics 
and Outcomes Research. 2005;5(3):317-326.
US Department of Health and Human Services. Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events Version 4.0. 2009 (v4.03: June 14, 2010).
Van Vollenhoven R et al. A framework for remission in SLE: consensus findings from a large 
international task force on definition of remission in SLE (DORIS). Ann Rheum Dis. 
2017;76(3):554-561.
Ware J, Sherbourne C. The MOS 36-ltem Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36). Med Care. 
1992;30(6):473-83. 
Ware JE Jr, Kosinski M, Bjorner JB, Turner-Bowker DM, Gandek B, Maruish ME. User's 
manual for the SF-36 v2 Health Survey (2nd edition).  Lincoln, RI: Quality Metric Incorporated, 
2007.
Yan X, Shiowjen L, Li N. Missing data handling methods in medical device clinical trials. 
Journal of Biopharmaceutical Statistics, 19: 1085–1098, 2009.
Yee CS, Cresswell L, Farewell V, Rahman A, Teh LS, Griffiths B, Bruce IN, Ahmad Y, Prabu 
A, Akil M, McHugh N, D'Cruz D, Khamashta MA, Isenberg DA, Gordon C. Numerical scoring 
for the BILAG-2004 index. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2010 Sep;49(9):1665-9. 
Yee CS, Farewell V, Isenberg DA, Griffiths B, Teh LS, Bruce IN, Ahmad Y, Rahman A, Prabu 
A, Akil M, McHugh N, Edwards C, D'Cruz D, Khamashta MA, Maddison P, Gordon C. The 
BILAG-2004 index is sensitive to change for assessment of SLE disease activity. Rheumatology 
(Oxford). 2009 Jun;48(6):691-5. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
118/195
18
Appendices
18.1
Definitions of Efficacy Endpoints
18.1.1
BILAG 2004 Disease Activity Index
The BILAG 2004 Disease Activity Index (Yee 2009, Yee 2010) evaluates SLE activity in a 
number of organ systems, based on the principle of “physician’s intention to treat” (refer to 
Manual of Procedures). The primary purpose of the BILAG in this study is to assess possible 
worsening in specific organ systems. Additional analyses of improvements in disease activity as 
assessed by the BILAG 2004 will also be done.
A separate alphabetic score is assigned to each organ system, corresponding in general to the 
following definitions:
! BILAG A: Severe disease activity requiring any of the following treatments (e.g., systemic 
high dose oral CS, intravenous pulse CS, systemic immunosuppressants, or therapeutic 
high dose anticoagulation in the presence of high dose CS or ≥20 mg prednisone). Note 
that in the context of a CTP with medication restrictions and blinded IMP, the term 
“requiring” is not taken literally, but indicates that if all else were equal this would be the 
degree of treatment indicated. It is also understood that some subjects respond to different 
levels of medication than others, so that in assessing subjects with the BILAG “intent to 
treat” really means that most subjects with this degree of symptom would require this level 
of treatment, not necessarily the subject in question. 
! BILAG B: Moderate disease activity requiring treatment with systemic low dose oral 
glucocorticoids, intramuscular or intra-articular or soft tissue CS injection, topical CS or 
immunosuppressants, or symptomatic therapy such as antimalarials or NSAIDs.
! BILAG C: Mild disease
! BILAG D: System previously affected but now inactive
! BILAG E: System never involved
The BILAG 2004 is evaluated by scoring each of a list of signs and symptom as: improving (1); 
same (2); worse (3); new (4); not present (0); not done (ND). For some items, appropriate 
responses may be: Y/N or numerical values where indicated, or Y/N confirm this is due to SLE 
activity.
All signs and symptoms scored must be due to SLE. Use of a glossary provided with the 
BILAG 2004 instrument and training of assessors in use of the instrument are essential to 
obtaining reliable and consistent results.
Use of the BILAG 2004 index for evaluating flares has been identified as a robust way of 
evaluating the efficacy of drugs; this judgment has been corroborated by external advisors and 
regulatory authorities. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
119/195
BILAG assessments should be conducted by a trained evaluator. 
18.1.1.1
Constitutional
Grade A:
Pyrexia recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new) AND
Any 2 or more of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Weight loss
!
Lymphadenopathy/splenomegaly
!
Anorexia
Grade B:
Pyrexia recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new) OR
Any 2 or more of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Weight loss
!
Lymphadenopathy/splenomegaly
!
Anorexia
BUT do not fulfil criteria for Grade A
Grade C
Pyrexia recorded as 1 (improving) OR
One or more of the following recorded as > 0:
!
Weight loss
!
Lymphadenopathy/Splenomegaly
!
Anorexia
BUT does not fulfil criteria for Grade A or B
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
18.1.1.2
Mucocutaneous
Grade A
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Skin eruption - severe
!
Angio-oedema - severe
!
Mucosal ulceration - severe
!
Panniculitis/Bullous lupus - severe
!
Major cutaneous vasculitis/thrombosis
Grade B
Any Grade A features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Skin eruption - mild
!
Panniculitis/Bullous lupus - mild
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
120/195
!
Digital infarcts or nodular vasculitis
!
Alopecia - severe
Grade C
Any Grade B features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as > 0:
!
Angio-oedema - mild
!
Mucosal ulceration - mild
!
Alopecia - mild
!
Periungual erythema/chilblains
!
Splinter haemorrhages
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
18.1.1.3
Neuropsychiatric
Grade A
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Aseptic meningitis
!
Cerebral vasculitis
!
Demyelinating syndrome
!
Myelopathy
!
Acute confusional state
!
Psychosis
!
Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy
!
Mononeuropathy (single/multiplex)
!
Cranial neuropathy
!
Plexopathy
!
Polyneuropathy
!
Status epilepticus
!
Cerebellar ataxia
Grade B
Any Grade A features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Seizure disorder
!
Cerebrovascular disease (not due to vasculitis)
!
Cognitive dysfunction
!
Movement disorder
!
Autonomic disorder
!
Lupus headache - severe unremitting
!
Headache due to raised intracranial hypertension
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
121/195
Grade C
Any Grade B features recorded as 1 (improving)
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
18.1.1.4
Musculoskeletal
Grade A
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Severe Myositis
!
Severe Arthritis
Grade B
Any Grade A features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Mild Myositis
!
Moderate Arthritis/Tendonitis/Tenosynovitis
Grade C
Any Grade B features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as > 0:
!
Mild Arthritis/Arthralgia/Myalgia
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
18.1.1.5
Cardiorespiratory
Grade A
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Myocarditis/Endocarditis + Cardiac failure
!
Arrhythmia
!
New valvular dysfunction
!
Cardiac tamponade
!
Pleural effusion with dyspnoea
!
Pulmonary haemorrhage/vasculitis
!
Interstitial alveolitis/pneumonitis
!
Shrinking lung syndrome
!
Aortitis
!
Coronary vasculitis
Grade B
Any Grade A features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
122/195
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Pleurisy/Pericarditis
!
Myocarditis - mild
Grade C
Any Grade B features recorded as 1 (improving)
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
18.1.1.6
Gastrointestinal
Grade A
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Peritonitis
!
Lupus enteritis/colitis
!
Intestinal pseudo-obstruction
!
Acute lupus cholecystitis
!
Acute lupus pancreatitis
Grade B
Any Grade A feature recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Abdominal serositis and/or ascites
!
Malabsorption
!
Protein losing enteropathy
!
Lupus hepatitis
Grade C
Any Grade B features recorded as 1 (improving)
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
123/195
18.1.1.7
Ophthalmic
Grade A
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Orbital inflammation/myositis/proptosis
!
Keratitis - severe
!
Posterior uveitis/retinal vasculitis - severe
!
Scleritis - severe
!
Retinal/choroidal vaso-occlusive disease
!
Optic neuritis
!
Anterior ischaemic optic neuropathy
Grade B
Any Grade A features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new):
!
Keratitis - mild
!
Anterior uveitis
!
Posterior uveitis/retinal vasculitis - mild
!
Scleritis - mild
Grade C
Any Grade B features recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following recorded as > 0:
!
Episcleritis
!
Isolated cotton-wool spots (cytoid bodies)
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
18.1.1.8
Renal
Items recorded as “Not SLE related” won’t be considered for the scoring of the RENAL Grade. When an 
item is ticked “Not SLE related” this means that the item is considered as Normal, no grading. This item 
does not have to be considered as missing.
Grade A
Two or more of the following providing 1, 4 or 5 is included:
1. Deteriorating proteinuria (severe) defined as
(a) urine dipstick increased by ≥ 2 levels; or
(b) 24 hour urine protein > 1 g that has not decreased (improved) by ≥ 25%; or
(c) urine protein-creatinine ratio > 100 mg/mmol that has not decreased (improved) by ≥25% or
(d) urine albumin-creatinine ratio > 100 mg/mmol that has not decreased (improved) by ≥25%
(b) and (d) are not measured in this study and will be disregarded from grade derivation.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
124/195
(a) will not be used in grade derivation neither, see the paragraph ‘Notes’ at the end of the Renal 
grade section.
2. Accelerated hypertension
3. Deteriorating renal function (severe) defined as
(a) plasma creatinine > 130 μmol/l and having risen to > 130% of previous value; or
(b) GFR < 80 ml/min per 1.73 m2 and having fallen to < 67% of previous value; or
(c) GFR < 50 ml/min per 1.73 m2, and last time was > 50 ml/min per 1.73 m2 or was not 
measured.
4. Active urinary sediment
5. Histological evidence of active nephritis within last 3 months
6. Nephrotic syndrome
Grade B
One of the following:
1. One of the Grade A feature
2. Proteinuria (that has not fulfilled Grade A criteria)
(a) urine dipstick which has risen by 1 level to at least 2+; or
(b) 24 hour urine protein ≥ 0.5 g that has not decreased (improved) by ≥ 25%; or
(c) urine protein-creatinine ratio ≥ 50 mg/mmol that has not decreased (improved) by ≥25%; or
(d) urine albumin-creatinine ratio ≥ 50 mg/mmol that has not decreased (improved) by ≥25%
(b) and (d) are not measured in this study and will be disregarded from grade derivation.
(a) will not be used in grade derivation neither, see the paragraph ‘Notes’ at the end of the Renal 
grade section.
3. Plasma creatinine > 130 μmol/l and having risen to ≥ 115% but ≤ 130% of previous value
Grade C
One of the following:
1. Mild/Stable proteinuria defined as
(a) urine dipstick ≥ 1+ but has not fulfilled criteria for Grade A & B (used only if UPCR result is
not available); or
(b) 24 hour urine protein > 0.25 g but has not fulfilled criteria for Grade A & B ; or
(c) urine protein-creatinine ratio > 25 mg/mmol but has not fulfilled criteria for Grade A
& B; or
(d) urine albumin-creatinine ratio > 25 mg/mmol but has not fulfilled criteria for Grade A
& B
2. Rising blood pressure (providing the recorded values are > 140/90 mm Hg) which has not
fulfilled criteria for Grade A & B, defined as
(a) systolic rise of ≥ 30 mm Hg; and
(b) diastolic rise of ≥ 15mm Hg
(b) and (d) are not measured in this study and will be disregarded from grade derivation.
(a) will not be used in grade derivation neither, see the paragraph ‘Notes’ at the end of the Renal 
grade section.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
125/195
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
Notes: 
Although albumin-creatinine ratio and protein-creatinine ratio are different, the same cut-off values are 
used for both in this index. However, albumin-creatinine ratio is not collected and therefore not used.
Urine dipstick results will not be used for BILAG scoring due to the unreliable results of urine dipstick 
for urine protein and lack of correlation with UPCR values (e.g., normal, ++ and +++ for urine protein by 
urine dipstick were reported in subjects with normal or high UPCR values).
When the criterion is evaluated by comparison with a previous assessment (i.e. deteriorating proteinuria, 
deteriorating renal function, evolution of plasma), the value at the previous visit will be taken. As a 
consequence, the RENAL grade cannot be derived at screening visit. 
18.1.1.9
Haematological
Items recorded as “Not SLE related” won’t be considered for the scoring of the HAEMATOLOGICAL 
Grade.
Grade A
TTP recorded as 2 (same), 3 (worse) or 4 (new) OR
Any of the following:
!
Evidence of haemolysis and Hemoglobin < 8 g/dl
!
Platelet count < 25 x 109/l
Grade B
TTP recorded as 1 (improving) OR
Any of the following:
!
Evidence of haemolysis and Hemoglobin 8 - 9.9 g/dl
!
Hemoglobin < 8 g/dl (without haemolysis)
!
White cell count < 1.0 x 109/l
!
Neutrophil count < 0.5 x 109/l
!
Platelet count 25 - 49 x 109/l
Grade C
Any of the following:
!
Evidence of haemolysis and Hemoglobin ≥10 g/dl
!
Hemoglobin 8 – 10.9 g/dl (without haemolysis)
!
White cell count 1 - 3.9 x 109/l
!
Neutrophil count 0.5 - 1.9 x 109/l
!
Lymphocyte count < 1.0 x 109/L
!
Platelet count 50 - 149 x 109/l
!
Isolated Coombs’ test positive
Isolated Coombs’s test will not be considered missing if not done. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
126/195
Grade D
If criteria for Grade A or B or C are not fulfilled, then subject is by default in Grade D. 
Handling of missing items for organ specific scores:
It is anticipated that there are no missing items for the following clinical organ systems: 
constitutional, 
mucocutaneous, 
neuropsychiatric, 
musculoskeletal, 
cardiorespiratory, 
gastrointestinal and ophthalmic.
For renal and haematological organ systems, “Not SLE related” items will not be considered as 
missing values and will therefore not be considered for the scoring of the organ domain grade.
Missing items (including ‘Not done’’) will be imputed using the value carried forward from 
previous analysis visit (only value assessed post-Day 1 dose [i.e. after baseline] can be used for 
imputation). For renal grade, UPCR will be the only parameter to consider assessing proteinuria. 
The following logic will be applied: if UPCR is missing (including ‘Not done’), then missing 
UPCR (and attribution to SLE) will be imputed using the value carried forward from previous 
analysis visit.
If there are missing items that lead to a missing grade for one or two of the laboratory organ 
domains, the missing domain grade will be imputed using the value carried forward from 
previous analysis visit. In such case, BILAG flare will be assessed based on domain grades that 
were not carried over from previous visit (i.e. excluding the renal and/or haematological domain 
grade).
If a subject completely missed a visit, the BILAG grades from previous analysis visit will be 
used and BILAG flare will be derived as missing.
18.1.1.10
Total and organ specific numeric scores
Attribution of numeric values to each grade (derived above) is as follow:
Table 32: BILAG scoring
Grade
Numeric value
A
12
B
8
C
1
D
0
E
0
The total score is calculated as the sum of the organ domain scores. 
If at least one organ domain score is missing, then the Total score is missing.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
127/195
18.1.2
Physician Global Assessment
The PGA is used to quantify disease activity and is measured using an anchored VAS (see Figure
1). The PGA will be determined on a continuous VAS that asks the Investigator to assess the 
subject’s current disease activity from a score of 0 (none) to 3 (severe), with the assessment 
made relative not to the subject’s most severe state but the most severe state of SLE per the 
Investigator’s assessment. As per its validation method, the PGA is recommended to be 
completed prior to laboratory results from the individual study visit being available (Petri 1992).
This version of the PGA is not scored blindly. The assessor is instructed to look at the 
previous month’s PGA, decide whether the overall condition of the subject is same, better or 
worse and move the line accordingly.
A score change, where score is moved to the right from 2.5 or below in the previous month 
to > 2.5 this month, denotes an arbitrary threshold for severe flare to be considered when 
determining if enough change has occurred to justify assessing the criterion as severe flare. A 
score change ≥1 unit to the right denotes a designation of mild/moderate flare.
Figure 1: Physician Global Assessment Visual Analog Scale with Anchors
If a subject completely missed a visit, the PGA score from previous analysis visit will be used.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
128/195
18.1.3
SLEDAI-2K
The Total score of the SLEDAI-2K is calculated as the sum of the weights of the descriptors 
marked as present by the investigator. The weights corresponding to each of the 24 descriptors 
are described in the table below:
Table 33: SLEDAI scoring
Descriptor
Weight
Seizure
8
Psychosis
8
Organic brain syndrome
8
Visual disturbance
8
Cranial nerve disorder
8
Lupus headache
8
Cerebrovascular accident
8
Vasculitis
8
Arthritis
4
Myositis
4
Urinary casts#
4
Hematuria#
4
Proteinuria#
4
Pyuria#
4
Rash
2
Alopecia
2
Mucosal ulcers
2
Pleurisy
2
Pericarditis
2
Low complement*#
2
Increased DNA binding*#
2
Fever
1
Thrombocytopenia#
1
Leukopenia#
1
*blinded descriptor
#laboratory components
Handling with blinded descriptor: As “Increased DNA binding” and “Low complement” are 
blinded items, the SLEDAI-2K total score will have to be derived for primary analysis with the 
laboratory unblinded values. “Increased DNA binding” item is defined as “>25% binding by Farr 
assay or above normal range for testing laboratory”. The parameter to take into account in 
laboratory data is “anti-Double Stranded DNA”. Increased DNA binding will be derived as 
‘present’ if the anti-dsDNA value is positive (i.e. > 15 U/mL). “Low complement” item is 
defined as “decrease in C3 or C4 below the lower limit of normal for testing laboratory”. The 
parameters to take into account in laboratory data are “Complement C3” and “Complement C4”.
Total score used for statistical analysis will be re-calculated for all timepoints except screening
and Day 1 with the unblinded values of Increased DNA binding and Low complement. The total 
score for the next visits as stated by the investigator in the eCRF will not be used in any 
statistical analysis.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
129/195
Handling of missing items in SLEDAI-2K scores and change from baseline scores:
Actual scores
If the missing clinical component has weight > 4 in the overall score (see Table 33), then no 
imputation is performed. The SLEDAI-2K score will be missing.
If the missing clinical component has weight ≤ 4 in the overall score (see Table 33) or laboratory 
components missing, then the missing values will be imputed with the value of previous analysis 
visit. Only value assessed post-Day 1 dose (i.e. after baseline) can be used for imputation. If at 
least one item is still missing, then SLEDAI-2K score will be calculated based on available data.
If a subject completely missed a visit, the SLEDAI-2K total score from previous analysis visit 
will be used.
Change from baseline and SRI response
In general, SLEDAI clinical components are not expected to be missing. 
In unlikely case of missing clinical value, change from baseline and thus SRI response (see 
Section 14.1.1) will be derived as follows:
-
If the missing clinical component has weight > 4 in the overall score (see Table 33), then 
no imputation is performed. The SLEDAI-2K score will be missing and thus subject will 
be considered as non-SRI responder.
-
If the missing clinical component has weight ≤ 4 in the overall score (see Table 33) or 
laboratory components missing, then the first step of imputation will be to carry forward 
the value of previous analysis visit (only value assessed while subject is on-treatment can 
be used for imputation). If that corresponding previous analysis visit value is also 
missing, then the component value will remain missing and the steps below will be 
followed:
o
Baseline SLEDAI-2K score will be re-derived with corresponding missing values 
at scheduled visit set to missing at Baseline visit
o
Change from baseline to analysis visit will be calculated and use as follows for 
SRI response derivation:

If there is a change from baseline ≥ 4 points reduction based on available 
non-missing components, then criterion #1 for SRI response is met

If there is an increase (i.e. worsening) or no change, or 1 to 3 points 
reduction based on available non-missing component, then the subject will 
be considered as non-SRI responder for that analysis visit
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
130/195
18.1.4
SLEDAI Flare Index
The SFI can be used with any version of the SLEDAI and will be used with the SLEDAI-2K for 
the purposes of this trial.
A mild/moderate flare is defined as any of the following
! Increase in SLEDAI-2K total score of 3 points or more (but total score not to more 
than 12).
! New or worse discoid, photosensitive, profundus, cutaneous vasculitis, bullous lupus; or 
nasopharyngeal ulcers; or pleuritic; or pericarditis; or arthritis; or fever due to SLE.
! Increase in prednisone, but not to > 0.5 mg/kg/day.
! Added NSAID or hydroxychloroquine (or chloroquine) for SLE activity.
! ≥1.0 increase in PGA score, but score not to exceed 2.5 (assuming the PGA score has been 
transformed to a 0-3-point scale).
A severe flare is defined as any of the following:
! Increase in SLEDAI-2K total score leading to total score > 12.
! New or worse central nervous system SLE; or vasculitis; or nephritis; or myositis; or 
platelets < 60,000/mm3, or hemolytic anemia with hemoglobin < 70 g/L or decrease in 
hemoglobin > 30 g/L AND requiring: double prednisone, or prednisone increase 
to > 0.5 mg/kg/day, or hospitalization due to SLE.
! Increase in prednisone to > 0.5 mg/kg/day.
! New cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, methotrexate, or mycophenolate for SLE activity.
! Hospitalization for SLE activity.
! Increase in PGA score leading to total score > 2.5 (assuming the PGA score has been 
transformed to a 0-3-point scale).
SFI used for statistical analysis will be re-calculated with the SLEDAI-2K total score derived 
with the unblinded value of Increased DNA binding and Low complement.
Subjects with missing SFI assessment for a visit will be counted as missing in the SFI summary 
statistic table for that visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
131/195
18.1.5
CLASI
Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus Disease Area and Severity Index is a validated measurement 
instrument for lupus erythematosus developed for use in clinical studies that consists of separate 
scores for the activity of the disease (CLASI-A) and the damage done by the disease (CLASI-D).
The CLASI activity score is calculated on the basis of erythema, scale/hyperkeratosis, mucous 
membrane involvement, acute hair loss and non-scarring alopecia. The CLASI damage score is 
calculated on the basis of dyspigmentation and scarring, including scarring alopecia. 
Dyspigmentation due to lesions is defined as lesions that remain visible for more than 12 months, 
which are considered to then be permanent (Albrecht 2005).
18.1.6
SLICC/ACR Damage Index
The SLICC/ACR Damage Index evaluates damage occurring in subjects with SLE regardless of 
its cause. The Total Score is automatically calculated in the eCRF as the sum of the individual 
items which can be grouped into 12 domains. As shown in the table below, a weight of 1 is 
attributed to each damage occurring since onset of disease and present for at least 6 months. A 
weight of 2 can be attributed to some damages which occurred more than once. A weight of 3 is 
attributed to the occurrence of end-stage renal disease. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
132/195
Table 34: SLICC scoring
Domain
Item
Score
Ocular Score
Any Cataract Ever
1
Retinal Change or Optic Atrophy
1
Neuropsychiatric Score
Cognitive Impairment
1
Seizures Requiring Therapy For 6 Months
1
Cerebrovascular Accident Ever
1 (2)
Cranial or Peripheral Neuropathy
1
Transverse Myelitis
1
Renal Score
Estimated or Measured Glomerular filtration rate
1
Proteinuria
1
End-Stage Renal Disease
3
Pulmonary Score
Pulmonary Hypertension
1
Pulmonary Fibrosis
1
Shrinking Lung
1
Pleural Fibrosis
1
Pulmonary Infarction
1
Cardiovascular Score
Angina or Coronary Artery Bypass
1
Myocardial Infarction Ever
1 (2)
Cardiomyopathy
1
Valvular Disease
1
Pericarditis For 6 Months
1
Peripheral Score
Claudication For 6 Months
1
Minor Tissue Loss
1
Significant Tissue Loss Ever
1 (2)
Venous Thrombosis
1
Gastrointestinal Score
Infarction or Resection of Bowel, Spleen, Liver or Gall Blader
1 (2)
Mesenteric Insufficiency
1
Chronic Peritonitis
1
Upper Gastrointestinal Tract Surgery
1
Musculoskeletal Score
Muscle Atrophy or Weakness
1
Deforming or Erosive Arthritis
1
Osteoporosis With Fracture
1
Avascular Necrosis
1 (2)
Osteomyelitis
1
Skin Score
Scarring Chronic Alopecia
1
Extensive Scarring
1
Skin Ulceration
1
Gonadal Score
Premature Gonadal Failure
1
Endocrine Score
Diabetes
1
Malignancy Score
Malignancy
1 (2)
Total Score
Sum of individual items
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
133/195
18.1.7
LLDAS
LLDAS status is defined as meeting all the following (Franklyn 2016):
!
SLEDAI-2K ≤ 4 and no activity in any major organ systems (renal, central nervous system, 
cardiopulmonary, vasculitis, fever):
o
Derived from CRF form ‘SLEDAI1’, ‘SLEDAI2’, ‘SLEDAI3’ depending on the 
visit. In order to meet this criterion, the descriptors “seizure”, “psychosis”, “organic 
brain syndrome”, “visual disturbance”, “cranial nerve disorder”, “lupus headache”, 
“CVA”, “vasculitis”, “Urinary casts”, “hematuria”, “proteinuria”, “pyuria”, 
“pleurisy”, “pericarditis” & “fever” must be absent (score=0) with the exception of 
the following descriptors: “arthritis”, “myositis”, “rash”, “alopecia”, “mucosal 
ulcers”, “low complement”, “increase DNA binding”, “thrombocytopenia”, 
“leukopenia”. The above items can be present, however, the total score of them (if 
present) cannot be larger than 4, assuming all zeros being observed (i.e., absence) for 
the other descriptors.
!
PGA ≤1 (scale 0-3)
!
No new features of disease activity compared with the assessment of previous analysis visitt
o
this criterion is derived from the SLEDAI-2K questionnaire: no new features (absent) 
compared with previous visit (absent = score 0 / present = score>0) for each items
!
Prednisone-equivalent ≤ 7.5 mg/day at each visit (see Table 49 and Table 50)
!
No institution of EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medication/treatment (i.e., EAC-
treatment failure)
o
This must be a case-by-case review and defined via Medical Review, and then 
confirmed by the EAC.
18.1.8
BICLA Response
Requirements for BILAG-based Composite Lupus Assessment (BICLA) response are (Clowse 
2017), to be assessed in the subgroup of subjects with at least one A and/or two B at Baseline:
1. BILAG 2004 improvement (all A scores at Baseline improved to B/C/D, and all B scores 
improved to C or D); 
2. No worsening in disease activity (no new BILAG 2004 A scores and ≤1 new B score)
from Baseline; 
3. No worsening of total SLEDAI-2K score from Baseline; 
4. No significant deterioration (< 10% worsening) in visual analogue PGA from Baseline
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
134/195
5. No institution of EAC-determined protocol-prohibited medication/treatment (i.e., EAC-
treatment failure).
Assessment of treatment failure will be confirmed by the EAC. 
Handling of missing criteria
Missing values in BILAG organ domain scores and SLEDAI-2K total scores will be handled as 
detailed in appendices 18.1.1 and 18.1.3.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
135/195
18.2
Revised American College of Rheumatology Classification 
Criteria for Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
For the purpose of identifying subjects in clinical studies, a person shall be said to have systemic 
lupus erythematosus if any four or more of the 11 criteria are present, serially or simultaneously, 
during any interval of observation (Hochberg 1997, Tan 1982).
Table 35: ACR Criteria for Classification of SLE
Criterion
Definition
1.
Malar Rash
Fixed erythema, flat or raised, over the malar eminences, tending to spare the 
nasolabial folds
2.
Discoid Rash
Erythematous raised patches with adherent keratotic scaling and follicular 
plugging; atrophic scarring occur in older lesions
3.
Photosensitivity
Skin rash as a result of unusual reaction to sunlight, by patient history or physician 
observation
4.
Oral Ulcers
Oral or nasopharyngeal ulceration, usually painless, observed by physician
5.
Nonerosive Arthritis
Involving two or more peripheral joints, characterized by tenderness, swelling, or 
effusion
6.
Pleuritis or Pericarditis
1.
Pleuritis: convincing history of pleuritic pain or rubbing heard by a 
physician or evidence of pleural effusion
or
2.
Pericarditis: documented by electrocardiogram or rub or evidence of 
pericardial effusion
7.
Renal Disorder
1.
Persistent proteinuria: > 0.5 g per day or > than 3+ if quantitation not 
performed
or
2.
Cellular casts: may be red cell, hemoglobin, granular, tubular, or mixed
8.
Neurologic Disorder
1.
Seizures: in the absence of offending drugs or known metabolic 
derangements; e.g., uremia, ketoacidosis, or electrolyte imbalance
or
2.
Psychosis: in the absence of offending drugs or known metabolic 
derangements; e.g., uremia, ketoacidosis, or electrolyte imbalance
9.
Hematologic Disorder
1.
Hemolytic anemia with reticulocytosis
or
2.
Leukopenia: < 4,000/mm3 on ≥two occasions
or
3.
Lymphopenia: < 1,500/mm3 on ≥two occasions
or
4.
Thrombocytopenia: < 100,000/mm3 in the absence of offending drugs
10. Immunologic Disorder
1.
Anti-DNA: antibody to native DNA in abnormal titer
or
2.
Anti-Sm: presence of antibody to Sm nuclear antigen
or
3.
Positive finding of antiphospholipid antibodies based any of the following: 
1.
an abnormal serum level of IgG or IgM anticardiolipin antibodies
2.
a positive test result for SLE anticoagulant using a standard method, or
a false positive serologic test result for syphilis known to be positive for at least six 
months and confirmed by Treponema pallidum immobilization or fluorescent 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
136/195
Treponemal antibody absorption test
11. Positive Antinuclear 
Antibody
An abnormal titer of antinuclear antibody by immunofluorescence or an equivalent 
assay at any point in time and in the absence of drugs known to be associated with 
"drug-induced lupus" syndrome
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
137/195
18.3
36-Item Short Form Survey (SF-36) Scoring Instructions
The SF-36 is a validated 36-item, subject-reported indication of overall health status not specific 
to any age, disease, or treatment group (Ware 1992). 
The SF-36 includes multi-item scales measuring each of the following 8 health 
concepts: (1) physical functioning; (2) role limitations because of physical health problems; 
(3) bodily pain; (4) social functioning; (5) general mental health (psychological distress and 
psychological wellbeing); (6) role limitations because of emotional problems; (7) vitality 
(energy/fatigue); and (8) general health perceptions (see Table 36). These are summarized in two 
summary measures of physical and mental health: the PCS and MCS.
Questions in the standard version of the SF-36 refer to a 4-week time period. Scales are scored 
according to the Likert method. Lower scores equate to higher disability and higher scores 
equate to lower disability.
The SF-36v2 multi-item scales yield a health profile (8 scores) or can be aggregated into two 
summary scores, the PCS score and MCS score obtained through a linear combination of 
weighted transformed scores from the 8 subscales. PCS and MCS are standardized, with an 
average of 50 and a standard deviation of 10 in the general American population. PCS and MCS 
are computed only if all of the 8 scale scores are available. This Appendix details how these two 
scores should be calculated, as described in Ware 2007.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
138/195
Table 36: SF-36 – Abbreviated Item Content for the SF-36v2 Health Domain Scales
Scale
Original 
item#
Item# in the 
MS200527-0018
study
Abbreviated Item Content
Physical 
Functioning (PF)
3a
3
Vigorous activities, such as running, lifting heavy objects, 
or participating in strenuous sports
3b
4
Moderate activities, such as moving a table, pushing a 
vacuum cleaner, bowling, or playing golf
3c
5
Lifting or carrying groceries
3d
6
Climbing several flights of stairs
3e
7
Climbing one flight of stairs
3f
8
Bending, kneeling, or stooping
3g
9
Walking more than a mile
3h
10
Walking several hundred yards
3i
11
Walking one hundred yards
3j
12
Bathing or dressing oneself
Role-Physical (RP)
4a
13
Cut down the amount of time spent on work or other 
activities
4b
14
Accomplished less than you would like
4c
15
Limited in kind of work or other activities
4d
16
Had difficulty performing work or other activities (eg, it 
took extra effort)
Bodily Pain (BP)
7
21
Intensity of bodily pain
8
22
Extent pain interfered with normal work
General Health 
(GH)
1
1
Is your health: excellent, very good, good, fair, poor
11a
33
Seem to get sick a little easier than other people
11b
34
As healthy as anybody I know
11c
35
Expect my health to get worse
11d
36
Health is excellent
Vitality (VT)
9a
23
Feel full of life
9e
27
Have a lot of energy
9g
29
Feel worn out
9i
31
Feel tired
Social Functioning 
(SF)
6
20
Extent health problems interfered with normal social 
activities
10
32
Frequency health problems interfered with social activities
Role-Emotional 
(RE)
5a
17
Cut down the amount of time spent on work or other 
activities
5b
18
Accomplished less than you would like
5c
19
Did work or other activities less carefully than usual
Mental Health 
(MH)
9b
24
Been very nervous
9c
25
Felt so down in the dumps that nothing could cheer you up
9d
26
Felt calm and peaceful
9f
28
Felt downhearted and depressed
9h
30
Been happy
Self-Evaluated 
Transition (SET)
2
2
How health is now compared to 1 year ago
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
139/195
Step 1: Recoding Item Response Values
Some of the SF-36v2 items will be re-coded so that across all questions, a higher score will 
indicate a better health state. Questions 2, 3a-3j, 4a-4d, 5a-5c, 9b, 9c, 9f, 9g, 9i, 10, 11a, 11c will 
be scored as recorded; the other questions will have the scores transformed as shown in Table 37. 
If multiple answers are given to the same item, then the item score will be left as missing.
Table 37: SF-36 – Recoding
Question
Original code and re-code response
Question number: 1
    Original response
1
2
3
4
5
    Re-coded response
5
4.4
3.4
2
1
Questions numbers:  6, 11b, 11d 
    Original response
1
2
3
4
5
    Re-coded response
5
4
3
2
1
Question number:  7
    Original response
1
2
3
4
5
6
    Re-coded response
6
5.4
4.2
3.1
2.2
1
Question number:  8 (if question number 7 is answered)
    Original response to #8
1
1
2
3
4
5
    Original response to #7
1
2-6
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-6
    Re-coded response
6
5
4
3
2
1
Question number:  8 (if question number 7 is NOT answered)
    Original response
1
2
3
4
5
    Re-coded response
6
4.75
3.5
2.25
1
Questions number:  9a, 9d, 9e, 9h
    Original response
1
2
3
4
5
    Re-coded response
5
4
3
2
1
Step 2: Determining Health Domain Scale Scores (0-100 Scores)
After item recoding, a total raw score is computed for each health domain scale. The total raw 
score is the simple algebraic sum of the final response values for all items in a given scale, as 
shown in Table 38. The total raw score for each scale is transformed to a 0-100 scale score using 
the following formula:
!	' 
	L 
 = 100 × (Raw score – Lowest possible raw score)
Possible raw score range
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
140/195
Table 38: SF-36 – Values used in transforming SF-36v2 Health Survey Health Domain 
Scale Total Raw Scores on the 0-100 Scale
Scale
Sum of Final Response Values
Lowest and highest 
possible total raw 
scores
Possible total raw 
score range
PF
3a+3b+3c+3d+3e+3f+3g+3h+3i+3j
10, 30
20
RP
4a+4b+4c+4d
4, 20
16
BP
7+8
2, 12
10
GH
1+11a+11b+11c+11d
5, 25
20
VT
9a+9e+9g+9i
4, 20
16
SF
6+10
2, 10
8
RE
5a+5b+5c
3, 15
12
MH
9b+9c+9d+9f+9h
5, 25
20
Raw and transformed scale scores are not calculated for the Reported Health Transition (HT) 
item.
As recommended by the developers of the questionnaire, missing item responses will be treated 
using the “Half-scale rule”, which states that a score can be calculated if the respondent answers 
at least 50% of the items in a multi-item scale. In such cases, the missing item data will be 
replaced by the mean of the answered items of its scale. If more than 50% of the items are 
missing within a scale, the scale score will be missing.
Step 3: Calculating Normalized Health Domain Scores
The normalized scale scores will then be calculated using the following formulas:
i	'ℎ +	 jklmno = (i	'ℎ +	pqCpp rs[_`  –  	)

t
-
	'M i	'ℎ +	 N
 = 50 + (i	'ℎ +	 jklmno × 10)
where a and b are the Mean and Standard Deviation of the Health Domain scale in the 1998 U.S. 
general population as shown in Table 39.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
141/195
Table 39: SF-36 – 1998 General US Population Means and Standard Deviations used to 
Calculate Normalized Health Domain Scores
Health Domain Scales
Mean
Standard Deviation
PF
83.29094
23.75883
RP
82.50964
25.52028
BP
71.32527
23.66224
GH
70.84570
20.97821
VT
58.31411
20.01923
SF
84.30250
22.91921
RE
87.39733
21.43778
MH
74.98685
17.75604
The advantages of the normalization of the eight health domain scales are that results for one 
health domain scale can be meaningfully compared with those from the other scales and that 
domain scores have a direct interpretation in relation to the distribution of scores in the 1998 
U.S. general population.
Step 4: Scoring the Physical and Mental Component Summary Measures
The Physical Component Summary (PCS) and Mental Component Summary (MCS) measures 
are scored using a three-step procedure: 
1. First, the 8 health domain scale scores are standardized using means and standards 
deviations from the 1998 U.S. general population (see Table 39). 
2. Second, these Z-scores are aggregated using weights (factor score coefficient) from the 
1990 U.S general population. 
3. Third, aggregate PCS and MCS scores are standardized by multiplying the standardized 
scale by 10 and adding 50. 
U.S. general population statistics used in the standardization and in the aggregation of SF-36v2 
Health Survey health domain scale scores are presented in Table 40.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
142/195
Table 40: SF-36 – Factor Score Coefficients used to Calculate PCS and MCS Scores for the 
SF-36v2
Summary component measure factor score coefficients
Scales
PCS
MCS
PF
0.42402
-0.22999
RP
0.35119
-0.12329
BP
0.31754
-0.09731
GH
0.24954
-0.01571
VT
0.028877
0.23534
SF
-0.00753
0.26876
RE
-0.19206
0.43407
MH
-0.22069
0.48581
Example:
Let’s consider the following answers from a subject: 
Table 41: SF-36 – Numerical Example – Raw Data
#
Item description
Answer
1
In general, would you say your health is:
1 – Excellent
2
Compared to one year ago, how would you rate your health in general now?
2 – Somewhat better 
now than one year ago
3
Vigorous activities, such as running, lifting heavy objects, participating in 
strenuous sports
2 – Yes, limited a little
4
Moderate activities, such as moving a table, pushing a vacuum cleaner, 
bowling, or playing golf
2 – Yes, limited a little
5
Lifting or carrying groceries
2 – Yes, limited a little
6
Climbing several flights of stairs
2 – Yes, limited a little
7
Climbing one flight of stairs
2 – Yes, limited a little
8
Bending, kneeling or stooping
1 – Yes, limited a lot
9
Walking more than a mile
2 – Yes, limited a little
10
Walking several hundred yards
2 – Yes, limited a little
11
Walking one hundred yards
2 – Yes, limited a little
12
Bathing or dressing yourself
2 – Yes, limited a little
13
Cut down on the amount of time you spent on work or other activities
2 – Most of the time
14
Accomplished less than you would like
3 – Some of the time 
15
Were limited in the kind of work or other activities
2 – Most of the time
16
Had difficulty performing the work or other activities (for example, it took 
extra effort)
3 – Some of the time 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
143/195
17
Cut down on the amount of time you spent on work or other activities
2 – Most of the time
18
Accomplished less than you would like 
3 – Some of the time 
19
Don’t do work or other activities as carefully as usual
2 – Most of the time
20
During the past 4 weeks, to what extent has your physical health or emotional 
problems interfered with your normal social activities with family, friends, 
neighbours, or groups?
2 – Slightly
21
How much bodily pain have you had during the past 4 weeks?
3 – Mild 
22
During the past 4 weeks, how much did pain interfere with your normal work 
(including both work outside the home and housework)?
2 – A little bit
23
Did you feel full of life?
4 – A little of the time
24
Have you been a very nervous person?
3 – Some of the time 
25
Have you felt so down in the dumps that nothing could cheer you up?
2 – Most of the time
26
Have you felt calm and peaceful?
4 – A little of the time
27
Did you have a lot of energy?
3 – Some of the time 
28
Have you felt downhearted and low?
2 – Most of the time
29
Did you feel worn out?
4 – A little of the time
30
Have you been a happy person?
3 – Some of the time 
31
Did you feel tired?
2 – Most of the time
32
During the past 4 weeks, how much of the time has your physical health or
emotional problems interfered with your social activities (like visiting with 
friends, relatives, etc.)?
4 – A little of the time
33
I seem to get ill more easily than other people
3 – Don’t know
34
I am as healthy as anybody I know
2 – Mostly true
35
I expect my health to get worse
3 – Don’t know
36
My health is excellent
2 – Mostly true
After having recoded the answers, the 8 domain scores are equal to:
Table 42: SF-36 – Numerical Example – Domain Scores
Raw 
Score
Raw Score0-100
Health Domain Z-Score
Normalized Health 
Domain Z-Score
PF
19 
100 x (19-10) /20 = 45
45 - 83.29094 / 23.75883 = -1.61
-1.61 x 10 + 50 = 33.9 
RP
10
100 x (10-4) /16 = 37.5
37.5 - 82.50964 / 25.52028 = -1.76
-1.76 x 10 + 50 = 32.4
BP
8.2
100 x (8.2-2) /10 = 62
62 - 71.32527 / 23.66224 = -0.39
-0.39 x 10 + 50 = 46.1
GH
19
100 x (19-5) /20 = 70
70 - 70.84570 / 20.97821 = -0.04
-0.04 x 10 + 50 = 49.6
VT
11
100 x (11-4) /16 = 43.75
43.75 - 58.31411 / 20.01923 = -0.73
-0.73 x 10 + 50 = 42.7
SF
8
100 x (8-2) / 8 = 75
75 - 84.30250 / 22.91921 = -0.41
-0.41 x 10 + 50 = 45.9
RE
7
100 x (7-3) / 15 = 27
27 - 87.39733 / 21.43778 = -2.82
-2.82 x 10 + 50 = 21.8
MH
12
100 x (12-5) / 20 = 35
35 - 74.98685 / 17.75604 = -2.25
-2.25 x 10 + 50 = 27.5
Finally, PCS and MCS are provided below using Table 40: 
!
PCS = -1.61 x 0.42402 + … + -2.25 x -0.22069 = -0.41
!
Normalized PCS = 10 x PCS + 50 = 45.9
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
144/195
!
MCS = -1.61 x -0.22999 + … + -2.25 x 0.48581 = -2.62
!
Normalized MCS = 10 x MCS + 50 = 23.8
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
145/195
18.4
FACIT-Fatigue Scoring Instructions
FACIT-Fatigue is a 13-item questionnaire that assesses self-reported fatigue and its impact upon 
daily activities and function (Wolfe 1996). It uses a 5-point Likert-type scale (0 = not at all; 1 = a 
little bit; 2 = somewhat; 3 = quite a bit; 4 = very much). As each of the 13 items of the 
FACIT-Fatigue scale ranges from 0–4, the range of possible scores is 0–52, with 0 being the 
worst possible score and 52 the best. To obtain the 0–52 score, each negatively worded item 
response is recoded so that 0 is a bad response and 4 is good response. All responses are added 
with equal weight to obtain the total score.
Table 43 provides the list of items from the FACIT-Fatigue questionnaire, whereas Table 44
indicates how to derive the final score, taking into account potential missing items.
Table 43: FACIT-Fatigue: Description of 13-item Questionnaire
Item #
Description
Not at 
all
A little 
bit
Somewhat
Quit a 
bit
Very 
much
1
I feel fatigued
0
1
2
3
4
2
I feel weak all over
0
1
2
3
4
3
I feel listless (“washed out”) 
0
1
2
3
4
4
I feel tired 
0
1
2
3
4
5
I have trouble starting things because I am tired 
0
1
2
3
4
6
I have trouble finishing things because I am tired 
0
1
2
3
4
7
I have energy 
0
1
2
3
4
8
I am able to do my usual activities 
0
1
2
3
4
9
I need to sleep during the day 
0
1
2
3
4
10
I am too tired to eat 
0
1
2
3
4
11
I need help doing my usual activities 
0
1
2
3
4
12
I am frustrated by being too tired to do the things I 
want to do 
0
1
2
3
4
13
I have to limit my social activity because I am tired
0
1
2
3
4
Scoring: Items are scored as follows: 4=Not At All; 3=A Little Bit; 2=Somewhat; 1=Quite A Bit; 0=Very Much, EXCEPT items 
#7 and #8 which are reversed scored. Score range 0-52. A score of less than 30 indicates severe fatigue. The higher the score, the 
better the quality of life.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
146/195
Table 44: FACIT-Fatigue: Guideline to Compute Total Score
Item #
Reversed Item?
Item Response
Item Score
1
4
-
=
2
4
-
=
3
4
-
=
4
4
-
=
5
4
-
=
6
4
-
=
7
0
+
=
8
0
+
=
9
4
-
=
10
4
-
=
11
4
-
=
12
4
-
=
13
4
-
=
Sum individual item scores: ________ 
Multiply by 13: ________ 
Divide by number of items answered: ________ = Fatigue Subscale score
Example: 
Let’s consider a subject who answered the questionnaire according to Table 45.
Table 45: FACIT-Fatigue : Example
Item #
Description
Item Response
Item Score
1
I feel fatigued
2
2
2
I feel weak all over
2
2
3
I feel listless (“washed out”) 
3
1
4
I feel tired 
3
1
5
I have trouble starting things because I am tired 
3
1
6
I have trouble finishing things because I am tired 
3
1
7
I have energy 
1
1
8
I am able to do my usual activities 
1
1
9
I need to sleep during the day 
2
2
10
I am too tired to eat 
2
2
11
I need help doing my usual activities 
3
1
12
I am frustrated by being too tired to do the things I want to do 
2
2
13
I have to limit my social activity because I am tired
2
2
The Fatigue Score is equal to the sum of 13 item scores, i.e. 19. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
147/195
18.5
Lupus QoL
The Lupus QoL is a lupus-specific health related QoL questionnaire consisting of 34 items 
grouped in 8 domains as shown below:
Table 46: Lupus Scoring
Domain
Number of items
Item numbers
Physical Health
8
1-8
Pain
3
9-11
Planning
3
12-14
Intimate Relationship
2
15, 16
Burden to Others
3
17-19
Emotional Health
6
20-25
Body Image
5
26-30
Fatigue
4
31-34
Subjects indicate their responses on a 5-point Likert response format, where 4=never, 
3=occasionally, 2= a good bit of the time, 1=most of the time, and 0=all of the time (data 
received from the external vendor will be transformed to match this scale).  Summary scores can 
be calculated for all 8 domains. First, the mean raw domain score must be calculated by adding 
up the item response scores for each domain and dividing this total by the number of items in 
that domain. Then, the transformed domain scores are calculated by dividing by 4 and 
multiplying by 100 each mean raw domain score. Transformed scores range from 0 (worst 
HRQoL) to 100 (best HRQoL). 
Transformed domain scores can be obtained when at least 50% of the items are answered. The 
mean raw domain score is then calculated by totaling the item response scores of the answered 
items and dividing by the number of answered items. A non-applicable response is treated as 
unanswered and the domain score calculated as above.
Example:
Let’s consider a subject who has answered the questionnaire according to Table 47.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
148/195
Table 47: Lupus – Example
Domain
Item #
Item Description
Response
Physical 
health
1
I need help to do heavy physical jobs such as digging the garden, painting and/or 
decorating, moving furniture
3
2
I need help to do moderate physical jobs, such as vacuuming, ironing, shopping, 
cleaning the bathroom
2 
3
I need help to do light physical jobs, such as cooking/preparing meals, opening jars, 
dusting, combing my hair or attending to personal hygiene
3
4
I am unable to perform everyday tasks, such as my job, childcare, housework as well 
as I would like to
3
5
I have difficulty in climbing stairs
2
6
I have lost some independence and am reliant on others
1
7
I have to do things at a slower pace
1
8
My sleep pattern is disturbed
4
Pain
9
I am prevented from performing activities the way I would like to because of pain due 
to lupus
3
10
The pain I experience interferes with the quality of my sleep
3
11
The pain due to my lupus is so severe that it limits my mobility
2
Planning
12
I avoid planning to attend events in the future
1
13
Because of the unpredictability of my lupus, I am unable to organize my life 
efficiently
2
14
My lupus varies from day to day, which makes it difﬁcult for me to commit myself to 
social arrangements
2
Intimate 
relationship
15
Because of the pain I experience due to lupus, I am less interested in a sexual 
relationship
1
16
I am not interested in sex
0
Burden to 
others
17
I am concerned that my lupus is stressful for those who are close to me
3
18
I am concerned that I cause worry to those who are close to me
3
19
I feel that I am a burden to my friends and/or family
3
Emotional 
health
20
I have found my lupus makes me resentful
3
21
I have found my lupus makes me so fed up nothing can cheer me up
3
22
I have found my lupus makes me sad
4
23
I have found my lupus makes me anxious
2
24
I have found my lupus makes me worried
2
25
I have found my lupus makes me lacking in self-confidence
2
Body 
image
26
My physical appearance due to lupus interferes with my enjoyment of life
2
27
My appearance (e.g. rash, weight gain/loss) makes me avoid social situations
2
28
Lupus-related skin rashes make me feel less attractive
2
29
The hair loss I have experienced makes me feel less attractive
2
30
The weight gain I have experienced during treatment makes me feel less attractive
2
Fatigue
31
I cannot concentrate for long periods of time
2
32
I feel worn out and sluggish
1
33
I need to have early nights
3
34
I am often exhausted in the morning
2
Domain Scores are provided in Table 48.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
149/195
Table 48: LupusQoL – Example – Domain Scores
Item
Mean Score
Transformed Mean Score
Physical health
19/8 = 2.375
100 x 2.375 / 4 = 59.4
Pain
8/3 = 2.667
100 x 2.667 / 4 = 66.7
Planning
5/3 = 1.667
100 x 1.667 / 4 = 41.7
Intimate relationship
1/2 = 0.5
100 x 0.5 / 4 = 12.5
Burden to others
9/3 = 3
100 x 3 / 4 = 75
Emotional health 
16/6 = 2.667
100 x 2.667 / 4 = 66.7
Body image 
10/5 = 2
100 x 2 / 4 = 50
Fatigue
8/4 = 2
100 x 2 / 4 = 50
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
150/195
18.6
PGIC
The PGIC is a self-rated scale that asks the subject to describe the change in activity limitations, 
symptoms, emotions, and overall quality of life (QoL) related to the subject’s painful condition 
on the following scale: 1 (very much improved), 2 (much improved), 3 (minimally improved), 4 
(no change), 5 (minimally worse), 6 (much worse) and 7 (very much worse). The subject will 
select the number that matches the subject’s degree of change since beginning the treatment with 
evobrutinib (Hurst 2004). 
The PGIC can be used as an anchor based method to assess clinically important change in which 
the judgment of meaningful change is made by the subject (Amirfeyz 2009). 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
151/195
18.7
EQ-5D-5L
The EQ-5D questionnaire comprises 5 questions (items) relating to current problems in the 
dimensions mobility, self-care, usual activities, pain/discomfort, and anxiety/depression. 
Responses in each dimension are divided into 5 ordinal levels coded (1) no problems, (2) slight 
problems, (3) moderate problems, (4) severe problems, (5) extreme problems. This part, called 
the EQ-5D descriptive system, provides a 5-dimensional description of health status. 
A unique health state is defined by combining one level from each of the 5 dimensions. A total 
of 3125 possible health states is defined in this way. Each state is referred to in terms of a 
5-digits code. For example, state 1111 indicates no problems on any of the 5 dimensions, while 
state 12345 indicates no problems with mobility, slight problems with self-care, moderate 
problems with doing usual activities, severe pain or discomfort, and extreme anxiety or 
depression.
The EQ-5D-5L descriptive system is followed by a VAS (EQ VAS), similar to a thermometer, 
ranging from 0 (worst imaginable health state) to 100 (best imaginable health state). The EQ 
VAS records the respondent’s self-rated valuation of health state, i.e., a value which is based on 
the respondent's preferences (EQ VAS score). With respect to psychometric properties, the EQ 
VAS showed acceptable validity and reliability in subject with SLE.
Based on the EQ-5D-5L, the numeric EQ-5D-5L index can be derived, using validated 
translations provided by EuroQoL presented in the following XLS file. The EQ-5D-5L index is 
frequently used in economic evaluations: it represents societal preference values for the full set 
of EQ-5D-5L health states with the best state (perfect health) and “death” being assigned values 
of 1 and 0, respectively.
The UK country specific value set will be used in deriving the index value for all subjects.
This questionnaire will be used in the countries for which validated translations are available.
EQ-5D-5L_Crosswalk_
Index_Value_Calculato
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
152/195
18.8
Corticosteroid usage over time
18.8.1.1
General rules
To perform derivations with regards to CS endpoints, the following rules will be applied:
! CS will be medications with an ATC code which begins with “H02A” 
(CORTICOSTEROID FOR SYSTEMIC USE, PLAIN).
! All routes are considered except ophthalmic, topical, nasal and respiratory (inhalation).
! CS medications that started on or after end of treatment will not be taken into account in 
the analysis.
! When dose per administration or dosing frequency is missing or uninterpretable, the 
corresponding CS will not be included in endpoint derivation but will be listed instead. The 
reason why this CS is not considered in endpoint derivation will be provided in this listing. 
An exception is when the start and stop dates occur the same day, no dosing frequency is 
applicable: these administrations will be included in calculations (daily dosing frequency 
will be assumed as equal to 1).
18.8.1.2
Missing dates handling
The following rules will apply to ensure the completion of start/end dates for all CS:
! For start date:
o
If the start date of the medication/procedure is unknown (i.e. complete missing date), the 
start date will be imputed with the date of 1st of January 2015 (one year before the year the 
trial started).
o
If both day and month are missing, but the year is available, the date will be imputed to the 
1st of January.
o
If the day is missing only, it will be imputed to the first day of the month. 
If the stop date is complete or partially missing, and the imputed start date is after the stop date 
then the start date will be imputed using the stop date
! For end date:
o
If the end date of the CS is unknown (i.e. complete missing date and end relative to 
reference time point is not equal to ONGOING), the end date will be imputed to the 31st of 
December 2099.
o
If both day and month are missing, but the year is available, it will be imputed to the 31st
of December.
o
If the day is missing only, it will be imputed to the last day of the month. 
If the imputed stop date is before the start date then the imputed stop date will be equal to the 
start date. 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
153/195
18.8.1.3
Conversions
Table 49 and Table 50 provide conversions to be performed in order to assess the CS dosage: 
Table 49: Conversion factors in prednisone equivalent
Who-drug Term
Conversion factor in 
prednisone equivalent
METHYLPREDNISOLONE
1,25
METHYLPREDNISOLONE SODIUM / 
METHYLPREDNISOLONE SODIUM SUCCINATE
1,25
METHYLPREDNISOLONE ACETATE
1,25
HYDROCORTISONE / HYDROCORTISONE SODIUM 
SUCCINATE
0,25
BETAMETHASONE
8.333
BETAMETHASONE DIPROPIONATE
8.333
BETAMETHASONE VALERATE
8.333
BETAMETHASONE PHOSPHATE
8.333
DEXAMETHASONE
6,667
TRIAMCINOLONE / TRIAMCINOLONE ACETONIDE
1,25
CORTISONE
0,2
PREDNISOLONE
1
PREDNISONE
1
DEFLAZACORT
0,83333
MEPREDNISONE
1,25
PARAMETHASONE
2,5
CRONOLEVEL
8,333
BETROSPAM
8,333
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
154/195
Table 50: Frequency conversions for CS
Frequency
Conversion factor
Numerical
Conversion factor
OAM
1/30
0,0333
QOD
1/2
0,5000
QW
1/7
0,1429
QWK
1/7
0,1429
BID/Q12
2
2,0000
TID/Q8
3
3,0000
QD – including QD with AM or PM (e.g. QD(AM), QD(PM), QD at 
AM, QD at PM)
1
1,0000
ONCE
1
1,0000
QAM
1
1,0000
Q2H
12
12,0000
Q3H
8
8,0000
Q4H
6
6,0000
Q6H
4
4,0000
Q8H
3
3,0000
Q12H
2
2,0000
QHS
1
1,0000
QID/Q6
4
4,0000
QPM
1
1,0000
QH
24
24,0000
Q3W
1/21
0,0476
TIW or Three times a week
3/7
0,4286
Four times a week
4/7
0,5714
Q4W
1/28
0,0357
BIW or Twice a week
2/7
0,2857
EVERY 3 HOURS
8
8,0000
X1
1
1,0000
EVERY OTHER DAY
1/2
0,5000
EVERY OTHER DAY ALTERNTATLY WITH30 MG Q0D
1/2
0,5000
EVERY OTHER DAY ALTERNTATLY WITH 20 MG QOD
1/2
0,5000
ONCE A WEEK
1/7
0,1429
QD (EVERY MORNING)
1
1,0000
SINGLE DOSES
1
1,0000
ALTERNATE DAYS
1/2
0,5000
18.8.1.4
Corticosteroid usage, cumulative and average daily dose
The study protocol defines rules of CS usage during the study. The non-compliance with these 
rules will be described using data collected in “Concomitant Medications” eCRF form and 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
155/195
subjects’ compliance with CS usage rules checked during the medical review and protocol 
deviation process (i.e. subjects with PD code = PDEV52e).
According to protocol secondary criterion the following criteria will be summarized:
! Cumulative prednisone-equivalent dose (mg) from baseline visit until end of 52-week 
treatment period. If one subject does not receive any CS between baseline and end of 
treatment period then his cumulative dose will be set to 0 mg.
Cumulative dose [mg] = sum of ( dose per administration * daily dosing frequency * Duration), 
with:
! Sum of () = sum of all CS recorded in Concomitant Medication eCRF form, from baseline
visit until the end of 52-week treatment period
! Duration = End CS dose date during treatment period – Start CS dose date + 1
! Daily dosing frequency using frequency conversions (See Table 49 and Table 50). 
As CS usage has to be restricted to the period between screening visit and end of treatment 
period, the following specific rules will be applied only for the calculation of cumulative 
prednisone-equivalent dose:
! Start CS dose date:
o
If start dose date is before screening date, baseline visit date will be considered as the start 
date for duration calculation.
o
If start dose date is after end of treatment period, CS will not be considered for duration 
calculation.
! End CS dose date:
o
If end is missing or after date of last IMP dose + 14 days or CS ongoing, the end CS dose 
date will be imputed by the last IMP dose date + 14 days for duration calculation. If last 
IMP dose is missing then end dose date will not be imputed and duration will not be 
calculated (patient not treated not taken into account in the analysis).
o
If end CS dose date is before baseline date, CS will not be considered
! Average daily steroid dose (mg) from baseline visit until end of treatment period. If one 
subject does not receive any CS between screening and end of treatment period then his 
average daily dose will be set to 0 mg.
o
Average daily dose [mg] = T
Cumulative dose [mg] 
Duration
U
o
For completers, Duration = Week 52 date – baseline visit date + 1
o
For discontinuers, Duration = Last IMP dose date + 14 – baseline visit date + 1
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
156/195
o
If one subject does not receive any CS between baseline and end of treatment period then 
his daily dose will be set to 0 mg and change from screening value will be equal to 0 mg.
! Prednisone-equivalent daily dose [mg] by visit:
o
The prednisone-equivalent daily dose at visit X is calculated only if visit X is performed 
during treatment period (date of visit X ≤last treatment intake + 14 days).
o
At a scheduled visit, prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose is equal to the dose the subject 
is on at the scheduled visit. If several CS are taken at the same scheduled visit then all CS
doses should be added. If a prednisone-equivalent CS dose stopped/changed at the 
scheduled visit date (Week X visit date), then the prednisone-equivalent CS dose started 
before (Week X visit date - 1 day) will be considered as the CS daily dose for that visit.
o
CS dose taken between two scheduled visits will not be taken into account in calculation 
of the scheduled-visit dose. 
o
For subjects who completed the treatment period, CS dose that started on or after end of 
treatment will be excluded from the calculation.
o
All comparisons will be done compared to CS dosing at baseline. CS dosing at baseline is 
defined at CS dose taken the day of baseline visit (day 1). If patient did not receive any CS
at baseline then CS dose is set to 0 mg.
o
For defining CS sparing effect endpoint (i.e. sustained reduction by W41 to Week 52), the 
derivation of prednisone-equivalent CS daily dose will be repeated at Week 40 scheduled
visit using a different rule. If a prednisone-equivalent CS dose stopped/changed at the 
Week 40 scheduled visit date (Week 40 visit date), then the prednisone-equivalent CS 
dose started after (Week 40 visit date + 1 day) will be considered as the CS daily dose for 
that visit. Sustained reduction by Week 41 will be then programmed by checking that CS 
reduction is maintained between this new post-Week 40 (=Week 41) visit and Week 52 
visit (i.e. CS dose at Week 52 is less or equal than CS dose at Week 41). The associated 
conditions related to CS sustained reduction (i.e. CS dose ≤ 7.5 mg/day and ≤ Day 1 CS 
dose, CS dose reduction from baseline ≥ 25% and CS dose ≤ 7.5 mg/day) will be checked 
for Week 41, 44, 48 and 52 visits.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
157/195
18.9
SAS Sample Code
This Appendix details how the statistical methods will be implemented with SAS software 
application.
18.9.1
SRI Response
Logistic regression: PROC LOGISTIC with SAS
The logistic regression can be implemented using the following SAS code: 
proc logistic data=<dataset> descending;
class TreatmentGroup(ref='Placebo') Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVALC(event="Y") = TreatmentGroup Region Race 
     SLEDAI_2K_screening / orpvalue clodds=wald;
ods output CLoddsWald=CLoddsWald;
run;
For primary analysis of the 2-primary endpoints and key secondary endpoint SRI-4 response at 
Week 52 among serologically active subgroup, output the 1-sided p-value (α=0.025) as below:
-
When the OR favors the active treatment (i.e. OR >1), one-sided p-value = two-sided p-
value / 2
-
When the OR does not favor the active treatment (i.e. OR ≤ 1), one-sided p-value = 1 –
(two-sided p-value / 2)
The interaction can be implemented using the “*” symbol. For example, the following statement 
takes into consideration the interaction between treatment and region: 
proc logistic data=<dataset> descending;
class TreatmentGroup(ref='Placebo') Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVALC(event="Y") = TreatmentGroup Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening
     TreatmentGroup * Region/ orpvalue clodds=wald;
ods output ParameterEstimates=ParameterEstimates CLoddsWald=CLoddsWald;
run;
Linear trend in log odds of SRI response for two-primary and key secondary endpoints: 
PROC LOGISTIC with SAS
In addition to the standard logistic model, the linear trend test can be implemented using the 
ESTIMATE and CONTRAST statements: 
proc logistic data=<dataset>;
class TreatmentGroup Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening / param=glm;
model AVALC(event="Y") = TreatmentGroup Region Race 
     SLEDAI_2K_screening;
ESTIMATE "SRI response rate trend linear in treatment" TreatmentGroup 3 1 -1 -
3;
CONTRAST "SRI response rate trend linear in treatment" TreatmentGroup 3 1 -1 -3
/ e;
ods output 
Estimates=Estimates ContrastTest=ContrastTest;
run;
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
158/195
Logistic regression subgroup analysis: PROC GLIMMIX with SAS
In addition to the standard logistic model, the subgroup analysis can be implemented using the 
following code: 
proc glimmix data=<dataset>;
class TreatmentGroup (ref='Placebo') SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVALC(event="Y") = TreatmentGroup SLEDAI_2K_screening TreatmentGroup* 
SLEDAI_2K_screening / alpha=0.05 dist=binary;
lsmeans TreatmentGroup* SLEDAI_2K_screening
/ slicediff= SLEDAI_2K_screening
oddsratio ilink cl;
ods output Glimmix.LSMeans.SliceDiffs;
run;
Adjusted P-value:
The 12 raw p-values generated (for the two-primary endpoints and two key secondary endpoints 
with 3 treatment comparisons with placebo) are adjusted based on the hierarchical procedure by 
applying the methodology described in Section 14.1.2.4 (and further explained in Appendix 
18.15). SAS PROC IML presented in Maurer 2014 will be used to generate the final adjusted p-
values (i.e. adjusted for multiplicity).
MI process – MAR pattern: PROC MI with SAS
The following SAS code can be used to implement the MI with MAR pattern. The order of the 
SRI components must follow the one defined in the Section 14.1.2.4.
/**************************************************************** 
      STEP 1 : creation of monotone missing data structure
****************************************************************/
/*** _burn-in_NBITER_ will have to be adjusted by a convergence plot,
if convergence is not yet diagnosed after 200 iterations ***/
title "Step 1 : Create monotone structure" ;
proc MI data=<Dataset> out=outMAR1 seed=&seed. nimpute=&nimpute. noprint; 
var   
TreatmentGroup
black (0=non-black 1=black)
SLEDAI_2K_screening 
US (0=not US 1=US region)
West (0=not Western Europe, 1=Western Europe region)
Jap (0=not Japan region, (1=Japan region)
SRIComp1_base SRIComp3_base 
SRIComp1_Day14 SRIComp2_Day14 SRIComp3_Day14 
/* continue to the last endpoint */
; 
mcmc chain=single initial=EM nbITER=200 NITER=100 impute=monotone ; 
EM MAXITER = 5000 ;
run ;
/********************************************* 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
159/195
     STEP 2 : Apply multiple imputation
*********************************************/
title "Step 2 : Apply MI procedure (MAR pattern)" ;
proc mi data=outMAR1 nimpute=1 seed=&seed. out=outMAR2 noprint;
by _Imputation_;
class TreatmentGroup race region SLEDAI_2K_screening;
var   
TreatmentGroup race region SLEDAI_2K_screening 
SRIComp1change_Day14 SRIComp2_Day14 SRIComp3_Day14
/* continue to the last endpoint */
; 
monotone regression;
run;
Then after applying the needed derivation of SRI score and the logistic analysis of interest for SRI-4, the 
next step consists in:
/********************************************************** 
     STEP 4a : Pooling ODDS RATIOS and CI using Log Transformation
***********************************************************/
*** Log-transform odds ratio estimates and obtain standard error from confidence 
intervals ***;
DATA lgsodds_t; 
SET lgsodds(WHERE=(INDEX(EFFECT,"TRT")));
log_or_lr_value=LOG(ODDSRATIOEST);
qn=quantile('NORMAL',.975);
log_or_lr_se=(LOG(UPPERCL)-LOG(LOWERCL))/(2*qn);
RUN;
*** Combine transformed estimates;
PROC MIANALYZE DATA=lgsodds_t;
MODELEFFECTS log_or_lr_value;
STDERR log_or_lr_se;
ODS OUTPUT PARAMETERESTIMATES=mian_lgsodds_t;
QUIT;
*** Back-transform combined values;
DATA mian_lgsodds_bt; 
SET mian_lgsodds_t;
estimate_back = EXP(ESTIMATE); *Pooled odds ratio;
qn=quantile('NORMAL',.975);
LCL_back=Estimate_back*EXP(-qn*STDERR); *Pooled lower limit;
UCL_back=Estimate_back*EXP(+qn*STDERR); *Pooled upper limit;
RUN;
/********************************************************** 
     STEP 4b : Pooling p-value  
***********************************************************/
PROC MIANLYZE PARMS(CLASSVAR=CLASSVAL)=ParameterEstimatesMI
CLASS TreatmentGroup;
MODELEFFECTS TreatmentGroup;
ODS OUTPUT PARAMETERESTIMATES=mian_logres
QUIT;
Then Step 4a and 4b are to be repeated for the analysis of SRI-6.
Pooling binomial proportion in each treatment arm after MI
*** Estimate proportions of responders in each treatment arm;
PROC FREQ DATA=datain_mi;
TABLES resp / cl binomial(level=2);
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
160/195
Exact binomial;
BY _Imputation_ TreatmentGroup;
ODS OUTPUT BINOMIALPROP=prop;
RUN;
*** From ODS output dataset BINOMIALPROP, create a dataset
containing estimated proportion of responders in each
treatment arm and their standard errors;
DATA prop_trt;
MERGE
prop(WHERE=(Label1="Proportion")
KEEP=_Imputation_ TreatmentGroup nValue1 Label1
RENAME=(nValue1=prop))
prop(WHERE=(Label1="95% Lower Conf Limit")
RENAME=(nValue1=LOWERCL)
prop(WHERE=(Label1="95% Upper Conf Limit")
RENAME=(nValue1=UPPERCL)
qn = Quantile(‘NORMAL’,.975)
prop_se = (UPPERCL – LOWERCL) / (2 * qn)
BY _Imputation_ TreatmentGroup;
RUN;
*** Combine proportion estimates;
PROC SORT DATA=prop_trt; BY TreatmentGroup _Imputation_; RUN;
PROC MIANALYZE DATA=prop_trt;
MODELEFFECTS prop;
STDERR prop_se;
BY TreatmentGroup;
ODS OUTPUT PARAMETERESTIMATES=mian_prop_trt;
RUN;
Tipping point sensitivity analysis 
*1- Start by computing the number of missing response in each treatment at the willing visit in 
macrovariables: nmisspbo nmissd1 nmissd2 nmissd3.
*2- Then complete the tipping point analysis:
***TIPPING POINT ANALYSIS FOR BINARY DATA;
data resptip
  set resp;
  if TreatmentGroup='Pbo' then trtn=1;
  else if TreatmentGroup='Dose 1' then trtn=2;
  else if TreatmentGroup='Dose 2' then trtn=3;
  else if TreatmentGroup='Dose 3' then trtn=4;
  randnum=ranuni(200527);
  misspbo=&nmisspbo;
  missd1=&nmissd1;
  missd2=&nmissd2;
  missd3=&nmissd3;
run;
***Sort by random number allow cumulative imputation of failure /
success to subjects in random order;
PROC SORT data=resptip; BY randnum; QUIT;
DATA resptip2
  SET resptip;
  WHERE trtn in (1 2 3 4);  
  ARRAY randcount(4);
  ARRAY t(4);
  *Each missing data will be identified by its number starting from 1, by each 
treatment;
  RETAIN randcount 0;
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
161/195
  newresp=resp;
  IF resp=. THEN randcount(trtn)+1; 
*Output misspbo*missd1 + misspbo*missd2 + misspbo*missd3 scenarios, ie all possible 
combination of pbo with the dose;
  DO t1=1 to misspbo
    DO t2=1 TO missd1;
     DO t3=1 TO missd2;
      DO t4=1 TO missd3;
       IF resp=. THEN DO;
        IF randcount(trtn)<=t(trtn) THEN newresp=1;
        ELSE newresp=0;
        OUTPUT;
       END;
       ELSE OUTPUT;
      END;
     END;
    END;
  END;
*3- Then apply primary analysis to the new dataset according to each tipping point scenarios (ie 
by t1 t2 t3 t4).
From that we could plot p-value of each dose versus pbo.
Looking at t1 vs t2 for the p-value of dose 1.
Looking at t1 vs t3 for the p-value of dose 2.
Looking at t1 vs t4 for the p-value of dose 4.
*Label variable in result dataset that will be displayed in plot;
data p;
set pvalue;
label pvalue="P-value"
       t1='N of responders among missing - Placebo'
       t2='N of responders among missing – Dose 1;
       t3='N of responders among missing – Dose 2;
       t4='N of responders among missing – Dose 3;
run;
*Select scenarios and treatment to plot;
%macro selscenartrt (scenarios=, trtnum=,out=)
  data &out.;
   set p;
   where bygroup in (&scenarios) and trtn in (&trtnum.)
%mend selscenartrt;
%selscenartrt (scenarios=%str("t1" "t2"), trtnum=%str(1 2),out=pt1t2)
%selscenartrt (scenarios=%str("t1" "t3"), trtnum=%str(1 3),out=pt1t3)
%selscenartrt (scenarios=%str("t1" "t4"), trtnum=%str(1 4),out=pt1t4)
*Plot the wanted comparison;
proc sort data=pt1t2;
  by t1 t2;
quit;  
proc sgplot data=p;
  title1 "Adjusted p-value 1-side : Placebo vs Dose 1";
   heatmapparm x=t2 y=t1 colorresponse=pvalue  / colormodel=TwoColorRamp discretex 
discretey transparency=0.2 OUTLINE outlineattrs=(thickness=0.5pt color=gray); 
   text x=j y=i text=nvalue2 / textattrs=(size=5pt) strip; 
   gradlegend;
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
162/195
   footnote1 justify=left "Placebo: N (ITTm) = xxx1, Observed Resp = xxresp1, Observed 
Non-Resp = xxnresp1 and Missing = &nmisspbo.";
   footnote2 justify=left "Dose 1:  N (ITTm) = xxx2, Observed Resp =  xxresp2, 
Observed Non-Resp = xxnresp2, Missing = &nmissd1.";
run;
18.9.2
Time to first flare, flare-free status, AFR
KM estimates for the time to first flare: proc LIFESTEST with SAS
The KM estimates and KM curve will be presented using the LIFETEST procedure as follows:
ODS listing gpath="<gpath>";
ods graphics on;
proc 
lifetest 
data=<dataset>
outsurv=<OutDataset>
plots=(survival(atrisk=0 
to 
&LastPatientAtRisk. by <step>)) method=km;
time aval*cnsr(1);
strata TreatmentGroup;
run;
ods graphics off;
In order to get the KM percentiles and their corresponding 95% CI, the following steps will be 
performed:
1. Run PROC LIFETEST ‘standard’: need outsurv and ProductLimitEstimates
2. From ProductLimitEstimates, create one dataset per group, keeping only events and non-
missing survival estimates
3. In each group dataset, compute LOGLOG estimate of each survival estimate: formula 
from SAS support (1): 
where S is survival, sigma is stderr, g=LOG(-
LOG(..)) and g’ is first derivative of the function. Replace 0.25 with expected percentile –
0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20 - (example in SAS is for first quartile)
4. Then compute 95% CI: lowest/highest values from (1) that lie between 
= 1.965
5. Retrieve the p percentile value from outsurv
6. Combine with the datasets containing CI
In addition to the KM estimates, the subgroup analysis can be implemented using the following 
code: 
proc lifetest data=<dataset> outsurv=<OutDataset>;
    time AVAL*CNSR(1);
    strata &TRT.N;
    where SLEDAI_2K_screening = <value_of_interest>;
run;
Log-rank p-value:
proc lifetest data=<dataset> notable;
    time aval*cnsr(1);
    
strata Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening / group= TreatmentGroup test=logrank
diff=control('1');
     ods output SurvDiff=SurvDiff;
run;
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
163/195
For primary analysis of key secondary endpoint Time to first severe (BILAG A) flare output the 
1-sided p-value (α=0.025) as below:
-
When the HR favors the active treatment (i.e. HR ≤ 1), one-sided p-value = two-sided p-
value / 2
-
When the HR does not favor the active treatment (i.e. HR >1), one-sided p-value = 1 –
(two-sided p-value / 2).
Cox model for the time to first flare: proc PHREG with SAS
The Cox regression model will be performed using the PHREG procedure from SAS – get HR 
and 95%CI:
proc phreg data=<dataset>;
class TreatmentGroup(ref='Placebo') Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVAL*CNSR(1) = TreatmentGroup Region Race 
SLEDAI_2K_screening / RL TIES=DISCRETE;
Hazardratio TreatmentGroup / DIFF=REF; 
run;
In addition to the Cox regression model, the subgroup analysis can be implemented using the 
following code: 
proc phreg data=<dataset>;
class TreatmentGroup(ref='Placebo') SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVAL*CNSR(1) = TreatmentGroup SLEDAI_2K_screening 
TreatmentGroup*SLEDAI_2K_screening / TIES=DISCRETE;
Hazardratio TreatmentGroup / DIFF=REF;
run;
For trend test for key secondary endpoint time to first severe (BILAG A) flare:
proc phreg data=<dataset>;
class TreatmentGroup Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening / param=GLM;
model AVAL*CNSR(1) = TreatmentGroup Region Race 
SLEDAI_2K_screening / TIES=DISCRETE;
      ESTIMATE "Trend linear in treatment" TreatmentGroup -3 -1 1 3;
CONTRAST "Trend linear in treatment" TreatmentGroup -3 -1 1 3 / e;
run;
Sensitivity analysis of first severe BILAG A flare:
/**************************************************************** 
      STEP 1 : creation of monotone missing data structure
****************************************************************/
/*** _burn-in_NBITER_ will have to be adjusted by a convergence plot,
if convergence is not yet diagnosed after 200 iterations ***/
title "Step 1 : Create monotone structure" ;
proc MI data=<Dataset> out=outMAR1 seed=&seed. nimpute=&nimpute. noprint; 
var   
TreatmentGroup
black (0=non-black 1=black)
SLEDAI_2K_screening 
US (0=not US 1=US region)
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
164/195
West (0=not Western Europe, 1=Western Europe region)
Jap (0=not Japan region, (1=Japan region)
Resp_base Resp_Day14-Resp_Day52; 
/* continue to the last endpoint */
; 
mcmc chain=single initial=EM nbITER=200 NITER=100 impute=monotone ; 
EM MAXITER = 5000 ;
run ;
/********************************************* 
     STEP 2 : Apply multiple imputation
*********************************************/
title "Step 2 : Apply MI procedure (MAR pattern)" ;
proc mi data=outMAR1 nimpute=1 seed=&seed. out=outMAR2 noprint;
by _Imputation_;
class TreatmentGroup race region SLEDAI_2K_screening 
Resp_base Resp_Day14-Resp_Day52;
var   TreatmentGroup race region SLEDAI_2K_screening 
Resp_base Resp_Day14-Resp_Day52; 
monotone logistic;
run;
/********************************************* 
     STEP 3 : Create dataset with Time to
**********************************************/
This should be define in specification of ADAM and same rule should be applied to 
outMAR2 dataset by imputation.
/********************************************* 
     STEP 4 : Create estimate on imputed dataset
**********************************************/
proc phreg data=<dataset>;
by _Imputation_;
class TreatmentGroup(ref='Placebo') Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVAL*CNSR(1) = TreatmentGroup Region Race 
SLEDAI_2K_screening / RL TIES=DISCRETE;
ods output ParameterEstimates=_es; run; 
run;
/********************************************* 
     STEP 5 : Combined estimates 
**********************************************/
/* Combine model coefficients. */ 
proc sort data=_es; 
by Parameter CLassVal0 _Imputation_;
run; 
proc mianalyze data=_es; 
by Parameter ClassVal0;  
modeleffects Estimate; 
stderr stderr;  
ods output ParameterEstimates = _es_mianal;
run; 
/*Exponentiate in order to obtain hazard ratio estimates and confidence intervals */ 
data resprefix_hr;   
set _es_mianal; 
Log_HR_comb=Estimate; 
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
165/195
HR_comb=exp(Estimate); 
HR_LCL_comb=exp(LCLMean); 
HR_UCL_comb=exp(UCLMean); 
keep Parameter ClassVal0 Log_HR_comb HR_comb HR_LCL_comb HR_UCL_comb Probt; 
rename Probt=HR_pval_comb; 
run;
Logistic regression for the flare-free status
The same procedure as in Appendix 18.9.1 must be applied.
NB model for BILAG A Severe flare / BILAG A or 2B Moderate to Severe flare/ SFI 
Severe flare
The NB model will be performed using the GENMOD procedure from SAS:
proc genmod data=<Dataset>;
class TreatmentGroup Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model AVAL
= TreatmentGroup
Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening/ alpha=0.05 
offset=LOGTIME
      DIST=NB MAXITER=<MaxIter>;
ESTIMATE "log flare RR evobrutinib 25mg QD vs placebo" TreatmentGroup -1 1 0 0 
/ EXP;
ESTIMATE "log flare RR evobrutinib 75mg QD vs placebo" TreatmentGroup -1 0 1 0 
/ EXP;
ESTIMATE "log flare RR evobrutinib 50mg BID vs placebo" TreatmentGroup -1 0 0 1 
/ EXP;
ods output estimates=estimates1;
run;
where <maxIter> is the number of iteration (must be sufficiently high to run the 
model). The offset is equal to the logarithm of years on treatment.
18.9.3
Other Secondary Endpoints
MMRM model: proc MIXED with SAS
For each continuous endpoint, the MMRM model will be implemented using the MIXED 
procedure.
A mixed model can be performed with SAS using the following code below. This sample code 
assumes the treatment group is assigned in the following order: 
!
1 = Placebo
!
2 = Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
!
3 = Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
!
4 = Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
166/195
The interaction between treatment group and visit must be tested. 
proc mixed data=<dataset>;
where avisitn>1;
class SubjectID Visit TreatmentGroup Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening;
model CHG = BASE TreatmentGroup Visit Region Race SLEDAI_2K_screening
TreatmentGroup*Visit / ddfm=KR s;
repeated Visit / sub=USUBJID type=UN ;
lsmeans TreatmentGroup*Visit / pdiff /*e*/ cl;
%*use estimates or results of PDIFF (DIFFS dataset) but inverse as pdiff 
gives trt=1 minus Trt=2/3/4;
estimate 'Evobrutinib 25 mg QD – Placebo at W52' TreatmentGroup -1 1 0 0
TreatmentGroup*Visit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 / cl;
estimate 'Evobrutinib 75 mg QD – Placebo at W52' TreatmentGroup -1 0 1 0
TreatmentGroup*Visit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 1 0 / cl;
estimate 'Evobrutinib 50 mg BID – Placebo at W52' TreatmentGroup -1 0 0 1
TreatmentGroup*Visit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 1 / cl;
run ;
ods output lsmeans=lsmeans diffs=diffs Tests3=Tests3;
where <TypeMatrix> represents the matrix of covariance (either type=CS or type=UN, see 
corresponding Section of the iAP for each endpoint). The 0 and 1 for visit and 
interaction treatment*visit must be adapted, depending on the number of assessments. 
Logistic regression with repeated measures: GENMOD procedure from SAS
A logistic model with repeated measures can be implemented using the GENMOD procedure 
from SAS ® as follows: 
ods listing close; 
proc genmod data=<Dataset> descending;
class USUBJID Visit TreatmentGroup Region; 
model AVAL = TreatmentGroup Visit Region TreatmentGroup*Visit / dist=bin
link=logit covb;
repeated subject=USUBJID / type=exch within=Visit;
estimate 'Evobrutinib 25 mg QD – Placebo at W52'
TreatmentGroup -1 1 0 0 
TreatmentGroup*Visit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 / exp;
estimate 'Evobrutinib 75 mg QD – Placebo at W52'
TreatmentGroup -1 0 1 0 
TreatmentGroup*Visit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 1 0 / exp;
estimate 'Evobrutinib 50 mg BID – Placebo at W52'
TreatmentGroup -1 0 0 1 
TreatmentGroup*Visit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 1 / exp;
lsmeans TreatmentGroup / ILINK CL;
ods output Estimates=Estimates LSmeans=LSmeans Contrasts=Contrasts; 
run;
quit;
ods listing;
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
167/195
18.9.4
EAIR of TEAEs: computation of Tier 1 and Tier 2 95% CIs
95%CI of the incidence rate will be computed using the GENMOD procedure from SAS ® with 
lsmeans instruction using a Poisson binomial model as follows: 
ods listing close; 
proc genmod data=<Dataset>;
where rate > 0;
by <SOC/PT>;
class <TreatmentGroup>;
model rate = <TreatmentGroup> / dist=poisson link=log
offset=log(PatientYears/1000);
lsmeans <TreatmentGroup> / ilink cl;
ods output lsmeans=OutLSmeans;
run;
ods listing;
where 
<TreatmentGroup> represents the treatment group variable (usually TRT01AN)
<SOC/PT> represents the sorting variable (label for Overall, by SOC and by PT 
within SOC).
The 95%CI of difference with Placebo will be computed using MN method as follows: 
proc freq data=<Dataset>;
tables TreatmentGroup *AVALC / out=<outDataset> RISKDIFF (CL=MN) alpha=0.05;
by AESOC AEDECOD;
ods output PdiffCLs=<outPdiffCLs >;
run;
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
168/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
169/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
170/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
171/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
172/195
18.11
Time Windows
Table 51: Time Windows for SFI, SLEDAI‑2K, PGA, BILAG 2004
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Japanese 
cohort 
analysis 
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169
– LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365
– LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745
– LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments 
collected during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
173/195
Table 52: Time Windows for CLASI
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 – Day 15
[ 21 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 –
LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365 –
LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 –
LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
174/195
Table 53: Time Windows for Urinalysis, Hematology, Chemistry
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 – Day 15
[ 21 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 - Day 29 – LTE
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 - Day 57 – LTE
[ 70 ; 126 )
Week 12 - Day 85 –
LTE
[ 126 ; 224 )
Week 24 - Day 169 –
LTE
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 - Day 281 –
LTE
[ 322 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 –
LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 –
LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 –
LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
175/195
Table 54: Time Windows for Urine Microscopy, UPCR
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 – Day 15
[ 21 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
176/195
Table 55: Time Windows for Supplementary Liver Function Tests (LFTs)
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 – Day 15
[ 21 ; 35 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 35 ; 49 )
Week 6 – Day 43
[ 49 ; 63 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 63 ; 77 )
Week 10 – Day 71
[ 77 ; 91 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 91 ; 105 )
Week 14 – Day 99
[ 105 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 - Day 15 – LTE
[ 21 ; 35 )
Week 4 - Day 29 – LTE
[ 35 ; 49 )
Week 6 - Day 43 – LTE
[ 49 ; 63 )
Week 8 - Day 57 – LTE
[ 63 ; 77 )
Week 10 - Day 71 – LTE
[ 77 ; 91 )
Week 12 - Day 85 – LTE
[ 91 ; 105 )
Week 14 - Day 99 – LTE
[ 105 ; 140 )
Week 16 - Day 113 – LTE
[ 140 ; 224 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 - Day 281 – LTE
[ 322 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 –
LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
177/195
Table 56: Time Windows for Total Ig Levels (IgG, IgA, IgM) and IgG
 
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 – Day 15
[ 21 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 126 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 126 ; 210 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 210 ; 308 )
Week 36 – Day 253
≥ 308*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 - Day 29 – LTE
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 - Day 57 – LTE
[ 70 ; 126 )
Week 12 - Day 85 – LTE
[ 126 ; 224 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 - Day 281 – LTE
[ 322 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
178/195
Table 57: Time Windows for SF-36v2, LupusQoL, FACIT-Fatigue, EQ‑5D-5L
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 140 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 140 ; 196 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 196 ; 252 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 252 ; 322 )
Week 40 – Day 281
≥ 322*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
179/195
Table 58: Time Windows for HRU
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment –
Date of first dose + 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
[ 1 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 - Day 29 – LTE
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 - Day 57 – LTE
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 - Day 85 – LTE
[ 98 ; 140 )
Week 16 - Day 113 – LTE
[ 140 ; 224 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 - Day 281 – LTE
[ 322 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
180/195
Table 59: Time Windows for Vital Signs
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment –
Date of first dose + 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 21 )
Week 2 – Day 15
[ 21 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 210 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 210 ; 238 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 238 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 294 )
Week 40 – Day 281
[ 294 ; 322 )
Week 44 – Day 309
[ 322 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 - Day 29 – LTE
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 - Day 57 – LTE
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 - Day 85 – LTE
[ 98 ; 140 )
Week 16 - Day 113 – LTE
[ 140 ; 224 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 - Day 281 – LTE
[ 322 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
181/195
Table 60: Time Windows for PGIC
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
[ 1 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 140 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 140 ; 196 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 196 ; 252 )
Week 32 – Day 225
[ 252 ; 322 )
Week 40 – Day 281
≥ 322*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
182/195
Table 61: Time Windows for ECG
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 126 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 126 ; 224 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 – Day 281
≥ 322*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 126 )
Week 12 - Day 85 – LTE
[ 126 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
183/195
Table 62: Time Windows for C-SSRS
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
[ 1 ; 56 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 56 ; 112 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 112 ; 168 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 168 ; 224 )
Week 28 – Day 197
[ 224 ; 280 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 280 ; 336 )
Week 44 – Day 309
≥ 336*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 126 )
Week 12 - Day 85 – LTE
[ 126 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected during 
safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
184/195
Table 63: Time Windows for SLICC/ACR Damage Index
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
1
Day 1
≥ 2*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
185/195
Table 64: Time Windows for Total B Cell Count
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 84 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 84 ; 266 )
Week 24 – Day 169
≥ 266*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 84 )
Week 4 - Day 29 – LTE
[ 84 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
186/195
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
187/195
Table 66: Time Windows for Autoantibodies, anti-Sm
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 – Day 169
≥ 266*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169
– LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365
– LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745
– LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments 
collected during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
188/195
Table 67: Time Windows for ANA
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment
period
1
Day 1
•
LTE 
analysis
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
52-week treatment
period
NA
NA
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 266 )
Week 24 - Day 169
– LTE
[ 266 ; 554 )
Week 52 - Day 365
– LTE
[ 554 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745
– LTE
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
189/195
Table 69: Time Windows for HBV DNA assessments
Analysis
Treatment groups
Period covered
Interval (days) 
[Date of assessment 
– Date of first dose 
+ 1]
Analysis Visit
•
PA
•
Placebo
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg QD
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg BID
52-week treatment 
period
[ 2 ; 42 )
Week 4 – Day 29
[ 42 ; 70 )
Week 8 – Day 57
[ 70 ; 98 )
Week 12 – Day 85
[ 98 ; 126 )
Week 16 – Day 113
[ 126 ; 154 )
Week 20 – Day 141
[ 154 ; 182 )
Week 24 – Day 169
[ 182 ; 266 )
Week 36 – Day 253
[ 266 ; 350 )
Week 48 – Day 337
≥ 350*
Week 52 – Day 365
•
LTE 
•
Placebo/Evobrutinib 50 
52-week treatment 
period
NA
NA
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
190/195
analysis
mg BID
•
Evobrutinib 25 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 75 mg 
QD/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
•
Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID/Evobrutinib 50 mg 
BID
LTE period
1
Day 1 – LTE
[ 2 ; 35 )
Week 4 – Day 29 - LTE
[ 35 ; 63 )
Week 8 – Day 57 - LTE
[ 63 ; 91 )
Week 12 – Day 85 - LTE
[ 91 ; 140 )
Week 16 - Day 113 – LTE
[ 140 ; 224 )
Week 24 - Day 169 – LTE
[ 224 ; 322 )
Week 40 - Day 281 – LTE
[ 322 ; 454 )
Week 52 - Day 365 – LTE
[ 454 ; 644 )
Week 76 - Day 545 – LTE
[ 644 ; 751 )
Week 104 - Day 745 – LTE
* Assessments performed more than 14 days after last exposure date will not be included as well as assessments collected 
during safety follow-up visit.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
191/195
18.12
Laboratory Parameters to be summarized in the TLFs
Table 70: Laboratory Parameters to be Summarized in the TLFs
Names of Clinical Safety 
Laboratory Evaluations in 
Protocol version 3.0
If gradable parameter, 
corresponding evaluation 
names in NCI-CTCAE 4.03
Worst on 
treatment 
value based 
on normal 
range 
Biochemistry
Albumin
Hypoalbuminemia
LOW
Aspartate aminotransferase
Aspartate aminotransferase 
increased
HIGH
Alanine aminotransferase
Alanine aminotransferase 
increased
HIGH
Alkaline phosphatase
Alkaline phosphatase increased
HIGH
γ-Glutamyl-transferase
GGT increased
HIGH
Lactate dehydrogenase
HIGH
Bilirubin (total)
Blood bilirubin increased
HIGH
Protein (total)
LOW
Creatinine
Creatinine increased
HIGH
eGFR
Chronic kidney disease
LOW
Amylase
Serum amylase increased
HIGH
Lipase
Lipase increased
HIGH
Bicarbonate
LOW
Blood urea nitrogen
HIGH
Glucose
Hyperglycemia
HIGH
Glucose
Hypoglycemia
LOW
Sodium
Hypernatremia
HIGH
Sodium
Hyponatremia
LOW
Potassium
Hyperkalemia
HIGH
Potassium 
Hypokalemia
LOW
Chloride
NA
Calcium
Hypercalcemia
HIGH
Calcium
Hypocalcemia
LOW
Magnesium
Hypermagnesemia
HIGH
Magnesium
Hypomagnesemia
LOW
Phosphate
Hypophosphatemia
LOW
Uric Acid
Hyperuricemia
HIGH
Hematology
Hematocrit
LOW/HIGH
Hemoglobin
Hemoglobin increased
HIGH
Hemoglobin
Anemia
LOW
Red blood cell count
(Erytrocytes)
NA
Mean corpuscular volume
NA
Mean corpuscular hemoglobin
NA
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
192/195
Mean corpuscular hemoglobin 
concentration
NA
Reticulocyte count
NA
Platelet count
Platelet count decreased
LOW
White blood cell count
(Leucocytes)
Leukocytosis
HIGH
White blood cell count
(Leucocytes)
White blood cell decreased
LOW
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts: Basophils
NA
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts: 
Eosinophils
NA
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts: 
Lymphocytes
Lymphocyte count increased
HIGH
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts: 
Lymphocytes
Lymphocyte count decreased
LOW
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts: Monocytes
NA
White blood cell differentials 
and absolute counts: 
Neutrophils
Neutrophil count decreased
LOW
Urinalysis
pH
NA
Nitrite
NA
Protein
Proteinuria
NA
Creatinine
Creatinine increased
NA
Blood
NA
Glucose 
NA
Ketones 
NA
Urobilinogen
NA
Bilirubin 
NA
UPCR
NA
Coagulation
Prothrombin International 
normalized ratio
INR increased
NA
Activated Partial 
thromboplastin time
Activated partial 
thromboplastin time prolonged
NA
Prothrombin Time
NA
Fibrinogen
NA
Urine Microscopy
White blood cells
HIGH
Red blood cells
HIGH
Casts
NA
Crystals
NA
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
193/195
18.13
Laboratory Modifiers
Laboratory results containing a modifier such as “<” or “>” will be reported both as collected in 
the database and imputed in subject data listings as per the rules defined below.
In general (for exceptions see below at end of section), laboratory modifiers will be handled as 
follows: 
! When the modifier is equal to “<” the derived laboratory value will be equal to the original 
value minus a quantity. The quantity will be equal to: 
o
1 if the original value is an integer
o
0.1 if the original value has one significant digit after the decimal place
o
0.01 if the original value has two significant digits after the decimal place
o
Etc…
As the derived value must always be positive, there is an exception for original values equal 
to 1, 0.1, 0.01, and so on. For such cases, the quantity will be equal to the quantity defined 
above divided by 10. 
Examples: 
1. If the original value is equal to “<15”, then the corresponding numeric value for 
summary statistics will be equal to 14
2. If the original value is equal to “<0.5”, then the corresponding numeric value for 
summary statistics will be equal to 0.4
3. If the original value is equal to “<0.001”, then the corresponding numeric value for 
summary statistics will be equal to 0.0009
! When the modifier is equal to “>” the derived laboratory value will be equal to the original 
value plus a quantity. The quantity will be equal to: 
o
1 if the original value is an integer
o
0.1 if the original value has one significant digit after the decimal place
o
0.01 if the original value has two significant digits after the decimal place
o
Etc…
Examples: 
1. If the original value is equal to “>20”, then the corresponding numeric value for 
summary statistics will be equal to 21
2. If the original value is equal to “>8.5”, then the corresponding numeric value for 
summary statistics will be equal to 8.6
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
194/195
3. If the original value is equal to “>1.045”, then the corresponding numeric value for 
summary statistics will be equal to 1.046
plicable to all parameters/values listed in the enclosed Excel File.
For the parameters Cytomegalovirus IgG/IgM Antibody, as well as for Epstein-Barr parameters, 
when the original value is equal to “<x”, the corresponding numeric value used for summary 
statistics will be equal to x/2 (see Excel File for examples).
Special case for the UPCR: 
The rule to be followed for the UPCR is the following: when urine protein is < 5 (BLQ), then 
impute a numeric value of 2.5 to urine protein and derive UPCR accordingly. 
For laboratory parameters other than UPCR and not listed in the enclosed Excel File (or if there 
is any change in the listed parameters), results containing a modifier will be handled case by case 
for summary statistics. Decision for each laboratory parameter will be documented in a 
Note-to-File prior to the database lock.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
195/195
18.14
Tier 1 AEs and AEs of Special Interest 
The spreadsheet enclosed contains the list of AE terms to programmatically flag subjects with 
Tier 1 AEs and AEs of special interest:
Evobrutinib_AESIs_
and_Tier1_AEs_MedD
This is the latest version at the time of IAP signoff, as of 25 November 2019. 
The spreadsheet will be regularly updated by the Safety Team according to MedDRA version 
update. For the actual analysis, the latest current version received at the time of the analysis will 
be used.
'RFXPHQW1R
2EMHFW1R
CCI
CCI


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
196/196
18.15
Hierarchical Testing Diagram
'RFXPHQW1REDEHIY
2EMHFW1REDEHFD


Evobrutinib (M2951)
Phase II Study in SLE
MS200527-0018
11 June 2020 / Version 4.0
197/197
The figure above uses the notation and approach described by Bretz 2009. This figure is constructed by using vertices, associated 
weights as well as directed edges. As explained in the paper in ‘section 3.3. Shifting significance levels between families of 
hypotheses’, the use of % in the figure has a unique meaning that is different to the overall general notation used in that paper.
'RFXPHQW1REDEHIY
2EMHFW1REDEHFD


(/(&7521,&6,*1$785(6
'RFXPHQWFWSPVLDSY
6LJQHG%\
(YHQW1DPH
0HDQLQJRI6LJQDWXUH
6HUYHU'DWH
GG000\\\\
++PPµ*07¶=
7DVN&RPSOHWHG$SSURYDO
H6LJQ$SSURYHG
7HFKQLFDO$SSURYDO
-XQ
'RFXPHQW1REDEHIY
2EMHFW1REDEHFD
PPD